Page Range | 11535-11856 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
80 FR 11855 - Read Across America Day, 2015 | |
80 FR 11853 - National Consumer Protection Week, 2015 | |
80 FR 11851 - Women's History Month, 2015 | |
80 FR 11849 - National Colorectal Cancer Awareness Month, 2015 | |
80 FR 11847 - Irish-American Heritage Month, 2015 | |
80 FR 11845 - American Red Cross Month, 2015 | |
80 FR 11718 - In the Matter of Adex Media, Inc. et al.; Order of Suspension of Trading | |
80 FR 11690 - Distribution of 2013 Cable Royalty Funds | |
80 FR 11685 - Notice of Filing of Plats of Survey, New Mexico | |
80 FR 11720 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Affidavit of Relationship (AOR) for Minors Who are Nationals of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras | |
80 FR 11632 - Foreign-Trade Zone 21-Charleston, South Carolina Application for Reorganization/Expansion Under Alternative Site Framework | |
80 FR 11599 - Appliance Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee: Notice of Open Meeting and Webinar | |
80 FR 11665 - Secretary of Energy Advisory Board; Notice of Open Meeting | |
80 FR 11662 - Application To Export Electric Energy; Noble Americas Gas & Power Corporation | |
80 FR 11664 - Application To Export Electric Energy; Vitol Inc. | |
80 FR 11683 - Notice of Advisory Council on Historic Preservation Quarterly Business Meeting | |
80 FR 11663 - Application To Export Electric Energy; Sempra Generation, LLC | |
80 FR 11632 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 127-West Columbia, South Carolina; Authorization of Production Activity; Komatsu America Corporation (Material Handling, Construction and Forestry Machinery); Newberry, South Carolina | |
80 FR 11550 - Final Priorities, Requirements, Definitions, and Selection Criteria-State Tribal Education Partnership Program | |
80 FR 11723 - Open Meeting of the Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Tax Forms and Publications Project Committee | |
80 FR 11693 - Scope Expansion of the Post-Investigation Alternative Dispute Resolution Program | |
80 FR 11668 - Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks: 1990-2013; Correction | |
80 FR 11686 - Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee: Notice of Nomination Solicitation | |
80 FR 11685 - Final Environmental Impact Statement/Wilderness Management Plan, Lake Mead National Recreation Area, Nevada/Bureau of Land Management, Southern Nevada District | |
80 FR 11548 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Chevron Oil Company Canal, Fourchon, LA | |
80 FR 11548 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Appomattox River, Hopewell, VA | |
80 FR 11547 - Special Local Regulation; Southern California Annual Marine Events for the San Diego Captain of the Port Zone | |
80 FR 11691 - Reviewing and Assessing the Financial Condition of Operating Power Reactor Licensees, Including Requests for Additional Information | |
80 FR 11692 - Guidance for Evaluation of Acute Chemical Exposures and Proposed Quantitative Standards | |
80 FR 11689 - Overview of Cuban Imports of Goods and Services and Effects of U.S. Restrictions | |
80 FR 11536 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Out Performance Requirements To Support Air Traffic Control (ATC) Service; Technical Amendment; Correction | |
80 FR 11633 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Certification Requirements for Distributors of NOAA Electronic Navigational Charts/NOAA Hydrographic Products | |
80 FR 11633 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Reporting of Sea Turtle Incidental Take in Virginia Chesapeake Bay Pound Net Operations | |
80 FR 11661 - Application To Export Electric Energy; Brookfield Energy Marketing LP | |
80 FR 11684 - Johnson O'Malley Program | |
80 FR 11668 - National Environmental Justice Advisory Council; Notification of Public Teleconference Meeting and Public Comment | |
80 FR 11679 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; State Annual Long-Term Care Ombudsman Report and Instructions | |
80 FR 11676 - Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control Special Emphasis Panel (SEP): Initial Review | |
80 FR 11677 - Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control Special Emphasis Panel (SEP): Initial Review | |
80 FR 11675 - Board of Scientific Counselors, Office of Public Health Preparedness and Response, (BSC, OPHPR) | |
80 FR 11677 - Advisory Board on Radiation and Worker Health (ABRWH or Advisory Board), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) | |
80 FR 11595 - Department of the Treasury Acquisition Regulation; Technical Amendments | |
80 FR 11598 - Importation, Interstate Movement, and Release Into the Environment of Certain Genetically Engineered Organisms | |
80 FR 11664 - Notice of Procedure Requiring Designation of U.S. Resident Agent for Applicants and Authorization Holders That Neither Reside in Nor Have a Place of Business or Other Corporate Presence in the United States | |
80 FR 11680 - Notice of Intent To Award a Single Source Non-Competing Continuation Cooperative Agreement to Amputee Coalition | |
80 FR 11629 - Eldorado National Forest; California; Eldorado National Forest Over-Snow Vehicle (OSV) Use Designation Environmental Impact Statement | |
80 FR 11675 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Public Comment Request | |
80 FR 11661 - Application To Export Electric Energy; Nalcor Energy Marketing Corporation | |
80 FR 11631 - Notice of Petitions by Firms for Determination of Eligibility To Apply for Trade Adjustment Assistance | |
80 FR 11687 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
80 FR 11688 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
80 FR 11674 - Commission To Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities; Announcement of Meeting | |
80 FR 11717 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rules Related To Order Tickets | |
80 FR 11666 - Columbia Gas Transmission, LLC; Notice of Application | |
80 FR 11667 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
80 FR 11667 - Increasing Market and Planning Efficiency Through Improved Software; Notice of Technical Conference: Increasing Real-Time and Day-Ahead Market Efficiency Through Improved Software | |
80 FR 11721 - Notice of Applications for Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity and Foreign Air Carrier Permits Filed Under Subpart B (Formerly Subpart Q) During the Week Ending December 6, 2014 | |
80 FR 11722 - Notice of Applications for Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity and Foreign Air Carrier Permits Filed Under Subpart B (Formerly Subpart Q) During the Week Ending December 13, 2014 | |
80 FR 11722 - Notice of Applications for Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity and Foreign Air Carrier Permits Filed Under Subpart B (Formerly Subpart Q) During the Week Ending December 20, 2014 | |
80 FR 11678 - Proposed Information Collection Activity; Comment Request | |
80 FR 11660 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; 2015-16 National Teacher and Principal Survey (NTPS) Full-Scale Data Collection | |
80 FR 11600 - Information Returns; Winnings From Bingo, Keno, and Slot Machines | |
80 FR 11671 - Information Collection Being Submitted for Review and Approval to the Office of Management and Budget | |
80 FR 11683 - Office of Cybersecurity and Communications, National Protection and Programs Directorate Notice of Meeting Regarding Information Sharing and Analysis Organizations | |
80 FR 11674 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
80 FR 11706 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change Consisting of Proposed Amendments to MSRB Rules G-1, on Separately Identifiable Department or Division of a Bank; G-2, on Standards of Professional Qualification; G-3, on Professional Qualification Requirements; and D-13, on Municipal Advisory Activities | |
80 FR 11673 - Notice of Agreements Filed | |
80 FR 11726 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to an Exploration Drilling Program in the Chukchi Sea, Alaska | |
80 FR 11634 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Shell Ice Overflight Surveys in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, Alaska | |
80 FR 11648 - Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Anacortes Tie-Up Slips Dolphin and Wingwall Replacement | |
80 FR 11806 - Wireless E911 Location Accuracy Requirements | |
80 FR 11695 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BATS Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rules 11.9, 11.12, and 11.13 of BATS Exchange, Inc.; Correction | |
80 FR 11713 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending the NYSE Arca Options Fee Schedule | |
80 FR 11715 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; EDGX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, To Delete References to the ROLF Routing Option, Which Routed Orders to LavaFlow ECN | |
80 FR 11712 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; EDGA Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, To Delete References to the ROLF Routing Option, Which Routed Orders to LavaFlow ECN | |
80 FR 11695 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Revisions to the Definitions of Non-Public Arbitrator and Public Arbitrator | |
80 FR 11690 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act | |
80 FR 11689 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act | |
80 FR 11673 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission | |
80 FR 11594 - Rural Call Completion Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements | |
80 FR 11634 - Caribbean Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
80 FR 11682 - Center for Scientific Review; Amended Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 11682 - National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 11679 - Proposed Information Collection Activity; Comment Request | |
80 FR 11669 - Notice of Intent To Suspend Certain Pesticide Registrations | |
80 FR 11577 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans, State Plans for Designated Facilities and Pollutants, and Operating Permits Program; State of Missouri | |
80 FR 11610 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans, State Plans for Designated Facilities and Pollutants, and Operating Permits Program; State of Missouri | |
80 FR 11722 - Unblocking of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons Pursuant to the Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act | |
80 FR 11589 - 9-Octadecenoic Acid (9Z | |
80 FR 11680 - Endocrinologic and Metabolic Drugs Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 11681 - Pediatric Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 11580 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Pennsylvania; Redesignation Request and Associated Maintenance Plan for the Reading, Pennsylvania Nonattainment Area for the 1997 Annual Fine Particulate Matter Standard, and 2007 Base Year Inventory | |
80 FR 11557 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Virginia; Infrastructure Requirements for the 2010 Sulfur Dioxide National Ambient Air Quality Standards | |
80 FR 11659 - Credit Union Advisory Council Meeting | |
80 FR 11619 - General Services Administration Acquisition Regulation (GSAR); Transactional Data Reporting | |
80 FR 11778 - Family Advocacy Program (FAP) | |
80 FR 11607 - Safety Zone; Rotary Club of Fort Lauderdale New River Raft Race, New River; Fort Lauderdale, FL | |
80 FR 11611 - Receipt of Several Pesticide Petitions Filed for Residues of Pesticide Chemicals in or on Various Commodities | |
80 FR 11583 - Metaldehyde; Pesticide Tolerances | |
80 FR 11573 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Arkansas; Revisions for the Regulation and Permitting of Fine Particulate Matter | |
80 FR 11537 - Air Carrier Contract Maintenance Requirements | |
80 FR 11614 - Permitting Remote Pickup Broadcast Auxiliary Stations To Utilize Modern Digital Technologies | |
80 FR 11535 - Airworthiness Directives; Rolls-Royce plc Turbofan Engines |
Historic Preservation, Advisory Council
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Forest Service
Economic Development Administration
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Presidential Documents
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Children and Families Administration
Community Living Administration
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Indian Affairs Bureau
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Copyright Royalty Board
Federal Aviation Administration
Foreign Assets Control Office
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Rolls-Royce plc (RR) RB211 Trent 875-17, 877-17, 884-17, 884B-17, 892-17, 892B-17, and 895-17 turbofan engines. This AD requires modification of the engine by installing upgraded software in the electronic engine control (EEC) or by removing any EEC that incorporates a software standard prior to B7.2 and installing an EEC eligible for installation. This AD was prompted by failure of the intermediate pressure (IP) turbine disk drive arm and subsequent overspeed and burst of the IP turbine disk on an RR RB211 Trent turbofan engine. We are issuing this AD to prevent overspeed of the IP turbine disk, resulting in failure of the turbine blades or the IP turbine disk and subsequent uncontained release of the turbine disk and/or blades, which could lead to damage to the engine and damage to the airplane.
This AD becomes effective April 8, 2015.
For service information identified in this AD, contact Rolls-Royce plc, Corporate Communications, P.O. Box 31, Derby, England, DE24 8BJ; phone: 011-44-1332-242424; fax: 011-44-1332-249936; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Wego Wang, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7134; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to the specified products. The NPRM was published in the
A Trent engine experienced an engine internal fire, caused by combustion of carbon deposits inside the high/intermediate (HP/IP) oil vent tubes. The consequent chain of events resulted in the failure of the IP turbine disk drive arm. Similar engine architecture exists on Trent 800 series engines.
This condition, if not corrected, could lead to uncontained multiple turbine blade failures or an IP turbine disk burst, possibly resulting in damage to, and reduced control of, the aeroplane.
Prompted by these findings, an Intermediate Pressure Turbine Overspeed System (IPTOS) protection scheme has been developed for Trent 800 engines installed on Boeing 777 aeroplanes.
For the reasons described above, this AD requires introduction of the IPTOS protection function by installation of a new software standard (B7.2) in the engine electronic controller (EEC), which will protect against IP turbine overspeed when IP shaft failure is detected.
Since we issued the NPRM (79 FR 40018, July 11, 2014), we issued a supplemental NPRM (79 FR 70475, November 26, 2014) to amend the costs of compliance and to more clearly state certain compliance requirements. Since we issued the supplemental NPRM, we changed paragraph (e) of this AD for clarity.
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We considered the comments received.
American Airlines (AA) requested that we modify the Installation Prohibition paragraph (f) to allow installation of an EEC with a software standard earlier than B7.2, and coincident on-wing upgrade of the software standard to B7.2 or later, but prohibit operation of an engine that incorporates a software standard earlier than B7.2. AA states that the EEC original equipment manufacturer does not update the software as part of a component shop visit.
We agree. We modified the Installation Prohibition paragraph (f) to allow installation of an EEC with a software standard earlier than B7.2, but to prohibit operation of an engine with a software standard earlier than B7.2.
We reviewed the available data, including the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously. We determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
We estimate that this AD affects about 140 engines installed on airplanes of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 2 hours per engine to
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD becomes effective April 8, 2015.
None.
This AD applies to all Rolls-Royce plc (RR) RB211 Trent 875-17, 877-17, 884-17, 884B-17, 892-17, 892B-17, and 895-17 turbofan engines.
This AD was prompted by failure of the intermediate pressure (IP) turbine disk drive arm and subsequent overspeed and burst of the IP turbine disk on an RR RB211 Trent turbofan engine. We are issuing this AD to prevent overspeed of the IP turbine disk, resulting in failure of the turbine blades or the IP turbine disk and subsequent uncontained release of the turbine disk and/or blades, which could lead to damage to the engine and damage to the airplane.
Twelve months after the effective date of this AD, do not operate any engine with an electronic engine control (EEC) software standard earlier than B7.2.
After removing any software standard earlier than B7.2 from an ECC on any engine, do not operate that engine with any software standard earlier than B7.2.
The Manager, Engine Certification Office, FAA, may approve AMOCs to this AD. Use the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19 to make your request. You may email your request to:
(1) For more information about this AD, contact Wego Wang, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7134; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
(2) Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency AD 2014-0051, dated March 6, 2014, for more information. You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
(3) RR Alert Service Bulletin No. RB.211-73-AH001, dated July 17, 2013, which is not incorporated by reference in this AD, can be obtained from Rolls-Royce plc, using the contact information in paragraph (h)(4) of this AD.
(4) For service information identified in this AD, contact Rolls-Royce plc, Corporate Communications, P.O. Box 31, Derby, England, DE24 8BJ; phone: 011-44-1332-242424; fax: 011-44-1332-249936; email:
(5) You may view this service information at the FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.
None.
Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.
Final rule; correction of a technical amendment.
The FAA is correcting a final rule technical amendment published on February 9, 2015 (80 FR 6899). In that final rule, which became effective on the date of publication, the FAA corrected errors in regulatory provisions addressing Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast Out equipment and use. The FAA inadvertently listed an incorrect Amendment Number for that final rule. This document corrects that error.
Effective: March 4, 2015.
For technical questions concerning this action, contact Robert F. Nichols, Jr., Surveillance Services Group Manager, AJM-23, Air Traffic Organization,
For legal questions concerning this action, contact Lorelei Peter, Office of the Chief Counsel, AGC-200, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-3073; email
On February 9, 2015, the FAA published a final rule technical amendment entitled, “Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Out Performance Requirements To Support Air Traffic Control (ATC) Service; Technical Amendment.” In that final rule, which became effective February 9, 2015, the FAA amended 14 CFR part 91. The FAA inadvertently listed the incorrect Amendment Number for part 91 in the header information of the final rule as 91-334. The correct amendment number is 91-336.
In the final rule, FR Doc. 2015-02579, published on February 9, 2015, at 80 FR 6899 make the following correction:
1. On page 6899 in the heading of the final rule, revise “Amdt. No. 91-334” to read “91-336”.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) amends the maintenance regulations for domestic, flag, and supplemental operations, and for commuter and on-demand operations for aircraft type certificated with a passenger seating configuration of 10 seats or more (excluding any pilot seat). The new rules require affected air carriers and operators to develop policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for performing contract maintenance that are acceptable to the FAA, and to include them in their maintenance manuals. The rules also require the air carriers and operators to provide a list to the FAA of all persons with whom they contract their maintenance. These changes are needed because contract maintenance has increased to over 70 percent of all air carrier maintenance, and numerous investigations have shown deficiencies in maintenance performed by contract maintenance providers. These rules will help ensure consistency between contract and in-house air carrier maintenance and enhance the oversight capabilities of both the air carriers and the FAA.
Effective May 4, 2015 except for §§ 121.368 and 135.426 which contain information collection requirements that have not been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The FAA will publish a document in the
For information on where to obtain copies of rulemaking documents and other information related to this final rule, see “How To Obtain Additional Information” in the
For technical questions concerning this action, contact Wende T. DiMuro, AFS-330, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-1685; email
For legal questions concerning this action, contact Edmund Averman, AGC-200, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-3147, email
The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.
This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 447, Section 44701(a)(2)(A) and (B) and (5). Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations and minimum standards in the interest of safety for inspecting, servicing, and overhauling aircraft, aircraft engines, propellers, and appliances, and equipment and facilities for, and the timing of and manner of, the inspecting, servicing and overhauling the FAA finds necessary for safety and commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority.
In addition, Public Law 112-95 (February 14, 2012), the “FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012” (the Act), in section 319 (Maintenance providers), requires the FAA to issue regulations “requiring that covered work on an aircraft used to provide air transportation under part 121 . . ., be performed by persons in accordance with subsection (b).” Subsection (b), in addition to listing persons authorized under existing regulations, referenced additional terms and conditions in subsection (c) that would apply to persons who provide contract maintenance workers, services, or maintenance functions to a part 121 air carrier for covered work. The Act mandates that the contracting part 121 air carrier be directly in charge of covered work, as defined by the Act, being performed for the carrier under contract, and that the work be done under the supervision and control of the air carrier. These statutory requirements are addressed in this rule.
The FAA is amending Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) §§ 121.368, 121.369, 135.426, and 135.427. These amendments apply to certificate holders who conduct domestic, flag, or supplemental operations under part 121, and to certificate holders who conduct commuter operations or on-demand operations with aircraft type certificated for a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of ten seats or more
While the Act addresses only contracted work on aircraft operated by part 121 certificate holders, the FAA is also applying the same requirements to part 135 certificate holders who operate the larger aircraft, those with 10 or more seats. As stated elsewhere in this preamble, this rulemaking began before passage of the Act in 2012, and the FAA had proposed amendments to both parts 121 and 135. After the Act's passage, the FAA accommodated the new requirements. In addition to including the requirements mandated by the Act, this final rule requires that each certificate holder who contracts for such work must first have developed policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for the accomplishment of that work, and that if they are followed, the work will be performed in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance program and maintenance manual. Each certificate holder will be required to ensure that its system for the continuing analysis and surveillance of that work contains procedures for its oversight. All of these policies, procedures, methods, and instructions must be acceptable to the FAA and be included in the certificate holder's maintenance manual. In addition, each certificate holder who contracts any of its maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alteration work to an outside source will be required to provide to its local FAA Certificate Holding District Office a list that includes the name and address of each maintenance provider it uses, and a description of the type of maintenance the contractor would perform.
Air carrier maintenance has evolved from mostly an “in-house” operation to an extended network of maintenance providers that fulfill contracts with air carriers to perform their aircraft maintenance. Under §§ 121.363 and 135.413 each air carrier remains primarily responsible for the airworthiness of its aircraft regardless of whether the maintenance is contracted to another person. Any person performing maintenance for an air carrier must follow the air carrier's maintenance manual. However, air carrier general maintenance manuals often are geared toward in-house maintenance. They fail to provide the necessary instructions to maintenance providers to enable them to follow the air carrier's maintenance programs. This is exacerbated when an air carrier's manual contains proprietary data or other confidential information that an air carrier may not want to share with a maintenance provider. Often, the maintenance provider may also work on a competitor's aircraft. Consequently, air carriers often are reluctant to share such information, and therefore, often do not.
In addition, the FAA has found that, although an air carrier is required to list its maintenance providers and a general description of the work to be done in its maintenance manual, these lists are not always kept up to date, are not always complete, and are not always in a format that is readily useful for FAA oversight and analysis purposes. The FAA needs this information to be complete and readily available in order to plan surveillance of air carrier maintenance programs and determine the extent to which maintenance providers are performing their work according to the air carrier's maintenance manual. Without accurate and complete information on the work being performed for air carriers, the FAA cannot adequately target its inspection resources for surveillance and make accurate risk assessments.
On November 13, 2012, the FAA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), Notice No. 12-07, entitled “Air Carrier Contract Maintenance Requirements,” 77 FR 67584. The NPRM proposed to amend the maintenance regulations for domestic, flag, and supplemental operations, and for commuter and on-demand operations for aircraft type certificated with a passenger seating configuration of 10 seats or more.
In addition to proposing requirements pertaining to covered work as required by the Act, the FAA proposed to require operators to develop policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for performing contract maintenance that are acceptable to the FAA and to include them in their maintenance manuals. The NPRM also proposed to require the operators to provide a list to the FAA of all persons with whom they contract their maintenance. These lists would include the physical addresses where the work would be carried out and a description of the type of work performed at each location. The FAA proposed these changes because contract maintenance has increased to over 70 percent of all air carrier maintenance, and numerous investigations found deficiencies in maintenance performed by contract maintenance providers. The proposed changes were intended to help ensure consistency between contract and in-house maintenance and to enhance the oversight capabilities of both the operators and the FAA. The NPRM comment period closed on February 11, 2013.
The FAA received 43 comments. Twenty were from air carriers; nineteen were from Associations that represent air carriers and repair stations; and nine were from individuals involved in aviation. Several commenters disagreed with some of the proposals, and some suggested changes. These will be discussed more fully in the sections below.
The FAA received comments on the following general areas of the proposal:
• “Supervision and Control” and “Directly in Charge”;
• Covered work;
• Redundancy in many areas;
• Exclusion of part 135 air carriers;
• Part 135 and Overall estimated costs;
• Reporting requirement.
The FAA proposed definitions for “directly in charge” and “supervision and control” in new §§ 121.368(a)(3) and (4), and 135.426(a)(3) and (4), but is adopting only the former term. As proposed in the NPRM, this new rule defines
Several commenters—FEDEX, NetJets, Transportation Trades Department (TTD), Aeronautical Repair Station Association (ARSA), and others—
Aviation Technical Services (ATS) stated that the term “to the extent necessary” is insufficient. It believed this term provides no standards for an air carrier, but establishes that the amount of supervision is at the air carrier's discretion until that supervision proves inadequate and a noncompliance occurs. This commenter suggested that this term should either be amended or deleted.
Upon review, the FAA agrees that the proposed definition of “supervision and control” lacks clarity. Accordingly, we are withdrawing this definition because it is not necessary in view of the “directly in charge” requirement, although the regulations will contain the phrase consistent with the Act's use of it. Nearly constant presence for personal observation of work by an air carrier would seem to be required by the proposed “supervision and control” definition, with unfettered discretion by the air carrier to determine the meaning of “to the extent necessary.” Moreover, the last clause in the definition is nearly identical to that in the proposed and adopted definition of “directly in charge.” The FAA acknowledges that physical presence at the maintenance site is unnecessary for two reasons. One, with the state of information technology today, a person can acquire sufficient data to make a reasonably accurate decision or provide adequate instruction without having to be on site. Two, to require the physical presence of an observer at all locations where contracted covered work is performed would be extremely cost prohibitive. As such, the commenters' concerns regarding confusion between the two definitions, and over the interpretation of “to the extent necessary,” are resolved.
On the other hand, the FAA does not believe that the definition of “directly in charge” is confusing. A similar and consistent definition is in §§ 121.378 and 135.435(b) since at least 1966, and in § 145.3 since 2001. That phrase has not caused confusion in all the years it has been in these regulations. Therefore, we believe the definition proposed in the NPRM is clear.
Finally, regarding possible meanings of the term “available,” the FAA notes that Ameriflight is correct that the term could be broadly interpreted. However, this term is not intended to be a limiting factor of the rule. Broad interpretation of “available” allows an air carrier the flexibility to use numerous information technology methods—such as high resolution photographs, text messaging, or the internet—to acquire the information necessary to make decisions and provide instructions. Therefore, this term is retained in the definition of “directly in charge.”
Until this rule, the FAA's maintenance regulations did not define “covered work.” With one change from what it proposed, the FAA now defines “covered work” exactly as set forth in the Act
Several commenters requested clarity on two of the terms used in the definition of “covered work”: “essential maintenance” and “regularly scheduled maintenance.” With respect to essential maintenance, ARSA stated that when terms are not defined in the legislation, the agency must rely on current usage.
Regarding ARSA's comment, we note that paragraph (d) of Operations Specifications paragraph
We also note that neither the Act nor the FAA's proposed rule attempted to define the term “essential maintenance.” When Congress defined “covered work” in section 319(d)(1) of the Act, one of the three items it included (in subparagraph (A)) was “essential maintenance.” The modifying text limits the scope to maintenance that “could result in a failure, malfunction, or defect endangering the safe operation of an aircraft if not performed properly. . . .” This limiter was excerpted from the FAA's definition found in operations specifications paragraph D-091 and in Advisory Circular AC 120-16F.
Airbus, Airlines for America (A4A), Aerospace Industries Association (AIA), United Parcel Service (UPS), and a private citizen expressed concern over whether “essential maintenance,” as defined in proposed §§ 121.368(a)(2)(i) and 135.426(a)(2)(i), includes on-wing maintenance but not off-wing maintenance. AIA stated that AC 120-16F defined “essential maintenance” as not encompassing any off-wing maintenance. A4A believes “essential maintenance” traditionally excludes off-wing maintenance, and that expanding the scope to include off-wing maintenance would significantly impact
The Act is silent as to whether the maintenance at issue was meant to be restricted to on-wing maintenance or whether off-wing maintenance was also contemplated. The Act's definition of “covered work,” especially in view of its inclusion in subparagraph (C) of: “A required inspection item (as defined by the Administrator),” makes clear that Congress did not intend to change the FAA's longstanding definition of “essential maintenance” to include all off-wing maintenance under the heading of covered work. The FAA's longstanding guidance and practice has been that required inspection items (RII) are safety of flight items on an aircraft that require a “second set of eyes,” that is, an additional inspection and sign off for the item. The provision that covered work includes RIIs “as defined by the Administrator” contemplates continued consistency in this area. Indeed, the NPRM proposed, and this final rule includes, in §§ 121.368(a)(2)(iii) and 135.426(a)(2)(iii): “A required inspection item on an aircraft.” Although this subparagraph is separate from and in addition to the inclusion of “essential maintenance” in the Act's subparagraph (A) of § 319(d)(1), the overall context is clear that essential maintenance is meant to continue to apply only to on-wing maintenance.
We agree with ARSA that that when terms are not defined in this legislation, the agency should rely on current usage. Accordingly, the term “essential maintenance,” as used both in the Act and in this final rule, is restricted to on-wing maintenance. We note, however, that covered work also includes “Regularly scheduled maintenance.” This term necessarily includes some “off-wing” maintenance. This would occur, for example, in cases in which a component (
Several commenters stated that the proposed regulations do not address non-scheduled maintenance. The FAA notes that covered work, both as proposed and in this final rule, includes both essential maintenance and required inspection items, both of which include non-scheduled maintenance. In addition, the other new requirements that address both covered work and all other contracted maintenance, such as the requirements for air carriers to develop policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for accomplishing all contracted maintenance, necessarily include both scheduled and non-scheduled work.
Part 135 contains nearly identical requirements to those in part 121 for maintenance performed on certificate holders' aircraft. For example, similar to the authorizations in part 121, part 135 permits persons other than the certificate holder to perform maintenance on aircraft operated under that part. (
Even though both parts 121 and 135 require that the certificate holders' maintenance manuals and programs be followed for both in-house and out-sourced maintenance, as we explained in the NPRM, both the FAA and the Office of Inspector General found that too often certificate holders' programs were not followed by contract maintenance providers. The FAA is adopting this final rule in an attempt to close this gap. The agency believes that by requiring certificate holders to develop policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for the accomplishment of contract maintenance in accordance with the certificate holders' programs, contract maintenance providers will be better equipped to more closely follow them. Moreover, by enhancing the existing requirement that certificate holders provide a list of their maintenance providers to the FAA, to now include each provider's physical address where the work is being performed and a description of the maintenance being done at each location, the FAA's ability to provide meaningful surveillance will be enhanced. The need for these enhancements applies equally to both part 121 and part 135 certificate holders.
Several commenters stated that the FAA erred in assuming the estimated costs of compliance would be less for part 135 operators than for part 121 operators. The FAA agrees, and to address this issue the FAA is using the same cost estimating methodology for both part 121 and part 135 air carriers. The cost estimates included in the regulatory evaluation for this final rule are based on entity size (large vs. small) rather than on whether a certificate holder operates under part 121 or part 135, because entity size is a more relevant parameter for cost estimation than the part under which an air carrier operates.
Several commenters believed the cost estimates for the proposal did not take into consideration added administrative costs, people resources, technology development, data systems, and publications infrastructure. The FAA does not agree. The agency believes that administrative costs, people resources, technology development, data systems, and publications infrastructures should already be in place to comply with current regulatory requirements. Therefore, these are not additional costs of the rule.
The agency estimated the costs associated with creating lists and any changes to the manual.
Several commenters stated that the FAA did not consider training costs.
The FAA agrees that additional costs would be incurred in training personnel on the changes to the contract maintenance requirements. These training costs have been captured in the “familiarization cost” section of the regulatory evaluation. The FAA believes the term “familiarization” is a more appropriate term than “training” to describe these costs, not only because there is a difference in the scope and extent of material covered in these two terms, but also because familiarization-type training is given to individuals who are already qualified; therefore, “familiarization” is a more appropriate descriptive term.
A few commenters stated that the FAA did not consider software and auditor costs.
This rule does not require development of new technology. Existing software (
See the Regulatory Evaluation for more in-depth details.
Southwest Airlines stated that the regulations proposed appear to duplicate various existing regulations, and are therefore redundant. The company stated that proposed § 121.368(e) and (f) would seem to duplicate the regulatory requirements currently found in §§ 121.367 “Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations programs,” and 121.373 “Continuing analysis and surveillance.” The company asserted that paragraph (h) of both proposed §§ 121.368 and 135.426 would seem to duplicate current requirements in §§ 121.369(a) and 135.427(a). And further, that §§ 121.368(g) and 121.369(b)(10) appear to duplicate existing requirements in §§ 121.133, 121.135, 121.361, 121.363, 121.365, 121.367, and 121.369.
The FAA notes that while the amendments proposed may seem to overlap some of the existing requirements in §§ 121.361, 121.363, and 121.365, those regulations address different aspects of maintenance, whereas §§ 121.368, 121.369(b)(10), 135.426 and 135.427(b)(10) establish additional conditions for the arrangement of maintenance and establish additional requirements for providing and keeping an updated list of contract maintenance providers, including the type of maintenance they are performing. For example, § 121.367 requires each operator to have an inspection program that covers all maintenance. Sections 121.369(b)(10) and 135.427(b)(10) require that the new policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for accomplishing contracted maintenance in accordance with the air carriers' programs be included in the air carriers' manuals. In addition, the new rules will require air carriers to provide the necessary maintenance instructions to maintenance providers in order for them to perform the air carriers' maintenance, whether or not their maintenance manuals contain proprietary data, or other confidential information that an air carrier may be reluctant to share.
Finally, while §§ 121.368 and 121.369 are similar in many respects, they are different in their intent. Section 121.369 addresses in-house maintenance performed by air carrier personnel, while § 121.368 addresses contract maintenance. Their similarity reflects the overall intent to standardize maintenance between in-house and contract maintenance, and to ensure overall consistency and safety.
Therefore, the FAA is not making any changes to these sections based on the commenters' concerns about duplication.
Current §§ 121.369(a) and 135.427(a) require each air carrier to include in its manual a list of persons with whom it has arranged for the performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations, including a general description of that work. As proposed, and as adopted in this final rule, §§ 121.368(h) and 135.426(h) will require each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations to provide to the FAA a list that includes each contract maintenance provider's name and physical address of where the work will be carried out, and a description of the type of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alteration that is to be performed at each location.
National Air Transportation Association (NATA) stated that the proposed additional requirements pertaining to the listing of maintenance providers would appear to create a new requirement that the FAA would have to approve the addition of a maintenance provider on the list before that provider could perform contract maintenance for the certificate holder. NATA argues that, if this is the case, it would create an undue burden for part 135 certificate holders, who operate on an ad-hoc basis to locations that are unpredictable and often change, so that they cannot account for those entities with whom they engage in unplanned maintenance.
The FAA believes the issue raised by NATA would not arise because § 135.426(h) does not require that a maintenance provider be on the list and be pre-approved by the FAA before an air carrier may contract with it to perform maintenance. Neither § 121.368(h) nor § 135.426(h) prohibit deletions or additions to the list—these rules simply require that the updated list be provided to the FAA by the last day of each calendar month. In the situation outlined by NATA, a part 135 operator would contract with maintenance providers to perform maintenance, including unplanned maintenance, as provided in § 135.413, then update its list and submit it to the FAA by the end of the calendar month.
Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Order 12866 and Executive Order 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S. standards, the Trade Act requires agencies to consider international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of 1995). This portion of the preamble summarizes the FAA's analysis of the economic impacts of this final rule. We suggest readers seeking greater detail read the full regulatory evaluation, a copy of which we have placed in the docket for this rulemaking.
In conducting these analyses, FAA has determined that this final rule: (1) Has benefits that justify its costs, (2) is not an economically “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, (3) is not “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures; (4) will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; (5) will not create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States; and (6) will not impose an unfunded mandate on state, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector by exceeding the threshold identified above. These analyses are summarized below.
This rule responds to a Congressional mandate and is expected to prevent 2 accidents. The benefit for the rule is estimated to be $142.8 million or $92.0 million present value at 7% over 10 years. The estimated cost for the rule is
Certificate holders who conduct domestic, flag, or supplemental operations under part 121, and certificate holders who conduct commuter operations or on-demand operations with aircraft type certificated for a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of ten seats or more under part 135.
• All monetary values were expressed in constant 2014 dollars. We calculated the present value of the potential benefit stream by discounting the monetary values using a 7 percent interest rate from 2015 to 2024.
• The rule is expected to take effect in 2015.
• The value of a statistical life (VSL) is $9.2 million.
• VSL in future years were estimated to grow by 1.18 percent per year (the Congressional Budget Office estimated that there will be an expected 1.18 percent annual growth rate in median real wages over the next 30 years) before discounting to present value.
• The value of medical and legal costs associated with fatal injuries was estimated at about $171,000.
• The value of a minor injury was $27,600.
• The value of medical and legal costs associated with minor injuries was estimated at about $3,000.
• The FAA also estimates the cost of accident investigations. Accidents reported by the NTSB incur investigation costs from the NTSB, the FAA, and the private sector. The total accident investigation cost per accident is assumed to be $570,968.
• As per DOT guidance, we assume that real wages increase at 1.2 percent per year.
For the benefits, we have made two significant changes to the final rule regulatory analysis:
• Since the NPRM published, the FAA has identified 2 accidents which could have been prevented by this rule. We estimate the benefit value for preventing similar future accidents will be about $92.0 million present value over 10 years.
• In this final rule, we note this rule is Congressionally mandated for part 121 air carriers.
For the cost section, we have made three significant changes to the final rule regulatory analysis, which have increased the costs from about $1.6 million to $14.1 million present value over 10 years:
• The cost estimates included in the regulatory evaluation for this final rule are based on entity size (large vs. small) rather than on whether a certificate holder operates under part 121 or part 135, because entity size is a more relevant parameter for cost estimation than whether the air carrier operates under part 121 or part 135.
• For this final rule, we used the commenters' estimates (when they were available) rather than our own, which generally raised the costs.
• We added familiarization costs.
A significant part of this rule is Congressionally mandated for part 121 air carriers.
The FAA identified two accidents that could have been prevented by this rule.
One of the accidents was operated by Air Midwest (part 121/135 operator) under part 121 service at the time. This accident resulted in 21 fatalities and 1 minor injury. The other accident was operated by Emery Worldwide Airlines, and resulted in 3 fatalities. The FAA believes that the benefits justify the costs for part 121 and part 135 operators. In addition to the casualties, 2 aircraft were destroyed. After factoring in the effectiveness of the rule to prevent these accidents, the FAA estimates the benefit value to be $142.8 million, or $92.0 million present value at 7% over 10 years.
From 2015 to 2024, the cost to air carriers and the FAA would be approximately $20.4 million ($14.1 million, present value), as shown in table below.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) (RFA) establishes “as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of the businesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions subject to regulation. To achieve this principle, agencies are required to solicit and consider flexible regulatory proposals and to explain the rationale for their actions to assure that such proposals are given serious consideration.” The RFA covers a wide-range of small entities,
Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA.
However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.
The FAA identified a total of 222 operators with less than 1,500 employees—these are classified as small entities.
The FAA believes that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the following reason:
The FAA estimates that their ratio of annualized costs to annual revenue is between 0.001% and 0.010%, which is not considered a significant economic impact. Therefore, as provided in section 605(b), the Administrator of the FAA certifies that this rulemaking will not result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Pub. L. 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to these Acts, the establishment of standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed the potential effect of this final rule and determined that it improves safety and as a legitimate domestic objective therefore will not create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (in 1995 dollars) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $151.0 million in lieu of $100 million. This final rule does not contain such a mandate; therefore, the requirements of Title II of the Act do not appl
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. According to the 1995 amendments to the Paperwork Reduction Act (5 CFR 1320.8(b)(2)(vi)), an agency may not collect or sponsor the collection of information, nor may it impose an information collection requirement unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
This final rule will impose the following amended information collection requirements. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)), the FAA has submitted these information collection amendments to OMB for its review. Notice of OMB approval for these information collections will be published in a future
Each operator which seeks to obtain, or is in possession of a commuter or on-demand operating certificate must comply with the requirements of 14 CFR part 135 in order to maintain data which is used to determine if the air carrier is operating in accordance with minimum safety standards. Original certification is completed in accordance with part 119.
Continuing certification is completed in accordance with part 121 and part 135. One form is used. The use of this form was taken into account in estimating the burden for this section.
Title 49 U.S.C. 44702, empowers the Secretary of Transportation to issue air carrier operating certificates and to establish minimum safety standards for the operation of the air carrier to whom such certificates are issued. Under the authority of Title 49 CFR 44701, Federal Aviation Regulations part 121 and part 135 prescribe the terms, conditions, and limitations as are necessary to ensure safety in air transportation.
This rule will require affected air carriers to develop policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for performing contract maintenance that are acceptable to the FAA and to include them in their maintenance manuals. The rule also requires the air carriers to provide a list to the FAA of all persons with whom they contract their maintenance.
To calculate the cost of revising and updating the manual and revising and updating the list, the following assumptions were used, paralleling those in the regulatory evaluation:
• 222 small air carriers.
• 26 large air carriers.
• Small air carriers: amount of time revising manual (manager): 16 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time revising manual (technical writer): 40 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time revising manual (editor): 2 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time maintaining manual (manager): 16 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time maintaining manual (technical writer): 40 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time maintaining manual (editor): 2 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time revising manual (manager): 60 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time revising manual (technical writer): 30 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time revising manual (editor): 30 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time maintaining manual (manager): 104 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time maintaining manual (technical writer): 156 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time maintaining manual (editor): 156 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time to provide the list (manager): 10 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time to provide the list (technical writer): 3 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time to provide the list (auditor): 10 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time to maintain and update the list (manager): 12 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time to maintain and update the list (technical writer): 12 hours.
• Small air carriers: amount of time to maintain and update the list (auditor): 12 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time to provide the list (manager): 40 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time to provide the list (technical writer): 20 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time to provide the list (auditor): 20 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time to maintain and update the list (manager): 104 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time to maintain and update the list (technical writer): 156 hours.
• Large air carriers: amount of time to maintain and update the list (auditor): 156 hours.
• For the wages, we assume that there will be a 1.2 percent projected annual increase in real wages.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $66.08) + (40 hours × $40.02) + (2 hours × $35.76) + (10 hours × $66.08) + (3 hours × $40.02) + (10 hours × $41.28)) = $870,966.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $66.87) + (40 hours × $40.50) + (2 hours × $36.19) + (12 hours × $66.87) + (12 hours × $40.50) + (12 hours × $41.77)) = $1,010,576.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours x $67.68) + (40 hours × $40.99) + (2 hours × $36.62) + (12 hours × $67.68) + (12 hours × $40.99) + (12 hours × $42.27)) = $1,022,703.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $68.49) + (40 hours × $41.48) + (2 hours × $37.06) + (12 hours × $68.49) + (12 hours × $41.48) + (12 hours × $42.78)) = $1,034,976.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $69.31) + (40 hours × $41.98) + (2 hours × $37.51) + (12 hours × $69.31) + (12 hours × $41.98) + (12 hours × $43.29)) = $1,047,395.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $70.14) + (40 hours × $42.48) + (2 hours × $37.96) + (12 hours × $70.14) + (12 hours × $42.48) + (12 hours × $43.81)) = $1,059,964.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $70.98) + (40 hours × $42.99) + (2 hours × $38.41) + (12 hours × $70.98) + (12 hours × $42.99) + (12 hours × $44.34)) = $1,072,684.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $71.84) + (40 hours × $43.51) + (2 hours × $38.87) + (12 hours × $71.84) + (12 hours × $43.51) + (12 hours × $44.87)) = $1,085,556.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $72.70) + (40 hours × $44.03) + (2 hours × $39.34) + (12 hours × $72.70) + (12 hours × $44.03) + (12 hours × $45.41)) = $1,098,583.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 222 × ((16 hours × $73.57) + (40 hours × $44.56) + (2 hours × $39.81) + (12 hours × $73.57) + (12 hours × $44.56) + (12 hours × $45.95)) = $1,111,766.
Time = 222 × (16 hours + 40 hours + 2 hours + 10 hours + 3 hours + 10 hours) = 17,982.
Cost = 26 × ((60 hours × $66.08) + (30 hours × $40.02) + (30 hours × $35.76) + (40 hours × $66.08) + (20 hours × $40.02) + (20 hours × $41.28)) = $273,193.
Time = 26 × (60 hours + 30 hours + 30 hours + 40 hours + 20 hours + 20 hours) = 5,200.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $66.87) + (156 hours × $40.50) + (156 hours × $36.19) + (104 hours × $66.87) + (156 hours × $40.50) + (156 hours × $41.77)) = $1,006,396.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $67.68) + (156 hours × $40.99) + (156 hours × $36.62) + (104 hours × $67.68) + (156 hours × $40.99) + (156 hours × $42.27)) = $1,018,473.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $68.49) + (156 hours × $41.48) + (156 hours × $37.06) + (104 hours × $68.49) + (156 hours × $41.48) + (156 hours × $42.78)) = $1,030,695.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $69.31) + (156 hours × $41.98) + (156 hours × $37.51) + (104 hours × $69.31) + (156 hours × $41.98) + (156 hours × $43.29)) = $1,043,063.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $70.14) + (156 hours × $42.48) + (156 hours × $37.96) + (104 hours × $70.14) + (156 hours × $42.48) + (156 hours × $43.81)) = $1,055,580.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $70.98) + (156 hours × $42.99) + (156 hours × $38.41) + (104 hours × $70.98) + (156 hours × $42.99) + (156 hours × $44.34)) = $1,068,247.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $71.84) + (156 hours × $43.51) + (156 hours × $38.87) + (104 hours × $71.84) + (156 hours × $43.51) + (156 hours × $44.87)) = $1,081,066.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $72.70) + (156 hours × $44.03) + (156 hours × $39.34) + (104 hours × $72.70) + (156 hours × $44.03) + (156 hours × $45.41)) = $1,094,038.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = 26 × ((104 hours × $73.57) + (156 hours × $44.56) + (156 hours × $39.81) + (104 hours × $73.57) + (156 hours × $44.56) + (156 hours × $45.95)) = $1,107,167.
Time = 26 × (104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours + 104 hours + 156 hours + 156 hours) = 21,632.
Cost = ($870,966 + $1,010,576 + $1,022,703 + $1,034,976 + $1,047,395 + $1,059,964 + $1,072,684 + $1,085,556 + $1,098,583 + $1,111,766 + $273,193 + $1,006,396 + $1,018,473 + $1,030,695 + $1,043,063 + $1,055,580 + $1,068,247 + $1,081,066 + $1,094,038 + $1,107,167) = $20,193,086
Time = ((10 × 17,982 hours) + 5,200 hours + (9 × 21,632 hours)) = 379,708.
Cost = $20,193,086/10 = $2,019,309.
Time = 379,708/10 = 37,971 hours.
The FAA has to ensure that the air carriers' manuals are revised and maintained.
To calculate the cost of ensuring that the manuals are revised and maintained, the following assumptions were used, paralleling those in the regulatory evaluation:
• 248 small and large air carriers.
• Amount of time to ensure that each manual is revised (FAA inspector): 1 hour.
• Amount of time to verify manual maintenance (FAA inspector): 1 hour.
• For the FAA inspector wage we assume that there will be a 1.2 percent projected annual increase.
Cost = 248 × (1 hour × $64.05) = $15,884.
Time = 248 × (1 hour) = 248.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $64.82) = $4,019.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $65.59) = $4,067
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $66.38) = $4,116.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $67.18) = $4,165.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $67.98) = $4,215.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $68.80) = $4,266.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $69.63) = $4,317.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour × $70.46) = $4,369.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = 248 × (0.25 hour x $71.31) = $4,421.
Time = 248 × (0.25 hour) = 62.
Cost = ($15,884 + $4,019 + $4,067 + $4,116 + $4,165 + $4,215 + $4,266 + $4,317 + $4,369 + $4,421) = $53,837.
Time = (248 hours + (9 × 62 hours)) = 806.
Cost = $53,837/10 = $5,384.
Time = 806/10 = 81 hours.
In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has determined that there are no ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices that correspond to these proposed regulations.
FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this rulemaking action qualifies for the categorical exclusion identified in Chapter 3, paragraph 312d, and involves no extraordinary circumstances.
Section 1205 of the FAA Reauthorization Act of 1996 (110 Stat. 3213) requires the FAA, when modifying its regulations in a manner affecting intrastate aviation in Alaska, to consider the extent to which Alaska is not served by transportation modes other than aviation, and to establish appropriate regulatory distinctions. In the NPRM, the FAA requested comments on whether the proposed rule should apply differently to intrastate operations in Alaska. The agency did not receive any comments, and has determined, based on the administrative record of this rulemaking, that there is no need to make any regulatory distinctions applicable to intrastate aviation in Alaska.
The FAA has analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. The agency determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on
The FAA analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under the executive order and it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.
An electronic copy of a rulemaking document my be obtained by using the Internet—
1. Search the Federal eRulemaking Portal (
2. Visit the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at
3. Access the Government Publishing Office's Web page at
Copies may also be obtained by sending a request (identified by notice, amendment, or docket number of this rulemaking) to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9680.
Comments received may be viewed by going to
The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996 requires FAA to comply with small entity requests for information or advice about compliance with statutes and regulations within its jurisdiction. A small entity with questions regarding this document, may contact its local FAA official, or the person listed under the
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Life-limited parts, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Life-limited parts, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40113, 40119, 41706, 44101, 44701-44702, 44705, 44709-44711, 44713, 44716-44717, 44722, 44732; 46105; Pub. L. 111-216, 124 Stat. 2348 (49 U.S.C. 44701 note); Pub. L. 112-95, 126 Stat. 62 (49 U.S.C. 44732 note).
(a) A certificate holder may arrange with another person for the performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations as authorized in § 121.379(a) only if the certificate holder has met all the requirements in this section. For purposes of this section—
(1) A
(2)
(i) Essential maintenance that could result in a failure, malfunction, or defect endangering the safe operation of an aircraft if not performed properly or if improper parts or materials are used;
(ii) Regularly scheduled maintenance; or
(iii) A required inspection item on an aircraft.
(3)
(b) Each certificate holder must be directly in charge of all covered work done for it by a maintenance provider.
(c) Each maintenance provider must perform all covered work in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance manual.
(d) No maintenance provider may perform covered work unless that work is carried out under the supervision and control of the certificate holder.
(e) Each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations must develop and implement policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for the accomplishment of all contracted maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations. These policies, procedures, methods, and instructions must provide for the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations to be performed in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance program and maintenance manual.
(f) Each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations must ensure that its system for the continuing analysis and surveillance of the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations carried out by the maintenance provider, as required by § 121.373(a), contains procedures for oversight of all contracted covered work.
(g) The policies, procedures, methods, and instructions required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section must be acceptable to the FAA and included in the certificate holder's maintenance manual as required by§ 121.369(b)(10).
(h) Each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations must provide to its FAA Certificate Holding District Office, in a format acceptable to the FAA, a list that includes the name and physical (street) address, or addresses, where the work is carried out for each maintenance provider that performs work for the certificate holder, and a description of the type of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alteration that is to be performed at each location. The list must be updated with any changes, including additions or deletions, and the updated list provided to the FAA in a format acceptable to the FAA by the last day of each calendar month.
(b) * * *
(10) Policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for the accomplishment of all maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations carried out by a maintenance provider. These policies, procedures, methods, and instructions must be acceptable to the FAA and provide for the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations to be performed in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance program and maintenance manual.
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 41706, 40113, 44701-44702, 44705, 44709, 44711-44713, 44715-44717, 44722, 45101-45105.
(a) A certificate holder may arrange with another person for the performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations as authorized in § 135.437(a) only if the certificate holder has met all the requirements in this section. For purposes of this section—
(1) A
(2)
(i) Essential maintenance that could result in a failure, malfunction, or defect endangering the safe operation of an aircraft if not performed properly or if improper parts or materials are used;
(ii) Regularly scheduled maintenance; or
(iii) A required inspection item on an aircraft.
(3)
(b) Each certificate holder must be directly in charge of all covered work done for it by a maintenance provider.
(c) Each maintenance provider must perform all covered work in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance manual.
(d) No maintenance provider may perform covered work unless that work is carried out under the supervision and control of the certificate holder.
(e) Each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations must develop and implement policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for the accomplishment of all contracted maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations. These policies, procedures, methods, and instructions must provide for the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations to be performed in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance program and maintenance manual.
(f) Each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations must ensure that its system for the continuing analysis and surveillance of the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations carried out by a maintenance provider, as required by § 135.431(a), contains procedures for oversight of all contracted covered work.
(g) The policies, procedures, methods, and instructions required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section must be acceptable to the FAA and included in the certificate holder's maintenance manual, as required by § 135.427(b)(10).
(h) Each certificate holder who contracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations must provide to its FAA Certificate Holding District Office, in a format acceptable to the FAA, a list that includes the name and physical (street) address, or addresses, where the work is carried out for each maintenance provider that performs work for the certificate holder, and a description of the type of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alteration that is to be performed at each location. The list must be updated with any changes, including additions or deletions, and the updated list provided to the FAA in a format acceptable to the FAA by the last day of each calendar month.
(b) * * *
(10) Policies, procedures, methods, and instructions for the accomplishment of all maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations carried out by a maintenance provider. These policies, procedures, methods, and instructions must be acceptable to the FAA and ensure that, when followed by the maintenance provider, the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations are performed in accordance with the certificate holder's maintenance program and maintenance manual.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce the special local regulations on the waters of Oceanside Harbor, California during the California Ironman Triathlon from 6:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. on March 28, 2015. These special local regulations are necessary to provide for the safety of the participants, crew, spectators, sponsor vessels of the triathlon, and general users of the waterway. During the enforcement period, persons and vessels are prohibited from entering into, transiting through, or anchoring within this regulated area unless authorized by the Captain of the Port, or his designated representative.
The regulations for the marine event listed in 33 CFR 100.1101, Table 1, Item 2, will be enforced from 6:30 a.m. to 9:30 p.m. on March 28, 2015.
If you have questions on this document, call or email Petty Officer Nick Bateman, Waterways Management, U.S. Coast Guard Sector San Diego, CA; telephone (619) 278-7656, email
The Coast Guard will enforce the special local
Under the provisions of 33 CFR 100.1101, persons and vessels are prohibited from entering into, transiting through, or anchoring within this regulated area unless authorized by the Captain of the Port, or his designated representative. The Coast Guard may be assisted by other Federal, State, or local law enforcement agencies in enforcing this regulation.
This document is issued under authority of 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 33 CFR 100.1101. In addition to this document in the
If the Captain of the Port Sector San Diego or his designated representative determines that the regulated area need not be enforced for the full duration stated on this document, he or she may use a Broadcast Notice to Mariners or other communications coordinated with the event sponsor to grant general permission to enter the regulated area.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulations.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the draw of the Seaboard System Railroad (CSX Railroad) Bridge, across Appomattox River, mile 2.5, Hopewell, VA. This deviation is necessary to conduct bridge upgrades. This temporary deviation allows the swing bridge to remain in the closed to navigation position to facilitate bridge upgrades.
This deviation is effective from 7 a.m. on March 7, 2015 to 8 p.m. on March 8, 2015.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-0113] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Jim Rousseau, Bridge Administration Branch Fifth District, Coast Guard; telephone (757) 398-6557, email
The CSX Corporation, who owns and operates this swing bridge, has requested a temporary deviation from the current operating regulations set out in 33 CFR 117.995 to facilitate bridge upgrades.
Under the regular operating schedule, the Seaboard System Railroad (CSX Railroad) Bridge, mile 2.5, in Hopewell, VA, must open on signal if at least 24 hour notice is given. The draw normally is in the closed to navigation position and only opens when proper notice is given. The Seaboard System Railroad (CSX Railroad) Bridge has a vertical clearance in the closed position to vessels of 10 feet above mean high water.
Under this temporary deviation, the drawbridge will be maintained in the closed to navigation position from 8 a.m. Saturday March 8, 2015, until 8 p.m. Sunday March 9, 2015. The bridge will operate under the normal operating schedule at all other times. Emergency openings cannot be provided. There are no alternate routes for vessels transiting this section of the Appomattox River but vessels may pass before 8 a.m. on March 8, 2015, and after 8 p.m. on March 9, 2015, with advance notice.
Appomattox River is used by a variety of vessels including commercial and recreational vessels. The Coast Guard has carefully coordinated the restrictions with these waterway users. The Coast Guard will also inform additional waterway users through our Local and Broadcast Notice to Mariners of the closure periods for the bridge so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impacts caused by the temporary deviation. Mariners able to pass under the bridge in the closed position may do so at any time. Mariners are advised to proceed with caution.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the designated time period.
This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Final rule.
The Coast Guard is adding a special operating regulation governing the State Route 3090 (SR 3090) swing span bridge across the Chevron Oil Company Canal, mile 0.05, at Fourchon, Louisiana. Since construction of the bridge in 1972, the bridge has operated on a customary schedule requiring a one-hour advance notice without having a special operating regulation in place. This rule codifies the current custom and operating schedule of the bridge as a special operating regulation.
This rule is effective March 4, 2015.
Documents mentioned in this preamble are part of docket [USCG 2014-1039]. To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this rule, call or email Donna Gagliano, Bridge Specialist, Coast Guard; telephone 504-671-2128, email
The Coast Guard is issuing this final rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule. This bridge has operated under one-hour notice for openings since put in place in 1972 without concern. Local community and waterway users are aware and accustomed to the operating schedule. In over 40 years of operation of this bridge, no complaints have been received by the Coast Guard. Waterway users understand how the bridge operates and this Final Rule simply codifies its operation. Completing the process of an NPRM is unnecessary because this operating practice is in use and accepted by the waterway users.
For the same reasons, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective in less than 30 days after publication in the
The SR 3090 swing span bridge, locally known as the Fourchon Bridge, across the Chevron Oil Company Canal, mile 0.05, at Fourchon, LA has a vertical clearance of 12.0 feet above Mean High Water elevation, 3.0 feet at Mean Sea Level in the closed-to-navigation position, unlimited in the open position. Presently, this bridge opens on signal if at least one-hour advanced notification is given to the Greater Lafourche Port Commission 24-hour dispatcher. This operating schedule has been in place since the bridge was constructed in 1972; however, this custom and operating schedule was never codified in subpart B, Specific Requirements, under 33 CFR part 117. This final rule codifies the existing operating schedule for the bridge. Since construction of the bridge, no complaints have been received by the Coast Guard from waterway users concerning the operation of the bridge.
Navigation on the waterway consists of oilfield related equipment, houseboats, shrimp boats, and other recreational craft. The bridge has opened on average one time per month for the passage of oil field equipment, houseboats, shrimp boats, and other recreational crafts. During the shrimp season, the bridge may open 8-10 times per month.
Under 33 CFR 117.5, bridges are required to open on signal for the passage of vessels except as otherwise authorized or required. The SR 3090 bridge is currently untended and maintained in the closed-to-navigation position. The bridge opens for the passage of vessels if a one-hour advance notice to the Greater Lafourche Port Commission 24-hour dispatcher. Title 33 CFR 117.40 requires that, if approved, a description of the full operation of the advance one-hour notice on the drawbridge will be added to subpart B of this part.
This present operating schedule is known and understood by the local waterway users, but this operating schedule is not reflected in the CFR. This rule codifies this schedule as a Special Operating Requirement under 33 CFR part 117, subpart B.
The operation of the draw of the SR 3090 swing span bridge across the Chevron Oil Company Canal, mile 0.05, at Fourchon, LA is as follows: The draw of the SR 3090 bridge at Fourchon shall open on signal if at least one-hour notice is given.
We developed this Final Rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on these statutes or executive orders.
This rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of Order 12866 or under section 1 of Executive Order 13563. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under those Orders.
The Coast Guard does not consider this rule to be “significant” under that Order because the rule only codifies the current operating schedule for the SR 3090 bridge which is already understood, known, and accepted by the local bridge and waterway users.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000.
This rule would affect the following entities, some of which may be small entities: The owners or operators of vessels who wish to transit the bridge. However, the affect would be negligible as this rule codifies the current custom and operating schedule of the bridge that mariners are accustomed to and the bridge would still be able to open with advance notice.
This Final Rule formalizes the drawbridge operation custom that has been in place since 1972. Therefore, mariners would not be affected given that they would not experience any alteration of current expectations with regard to current drawbridge operation.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule would call for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it does not have implications for federalism.
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
This rule would not affect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and would not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that might disproportionately affect children.
This rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
This rule does not use a “significant energy action” under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use.
This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01, and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD which guides the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded that this action is one of a category of actions which do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves the promulgation of special operating regulations or procedures for drawbridges. This rule is categorically excluded, under figure 2-1, paragraph (32)(e), of the Instruction.
Under figure 2-1, paragraph (32)(e), of the Instruction, an environmental analysis checklist and a categorical exclusion determination are not required for this rule. We seek any comments or information that may lead to the discovery of a significant environmental impact from this rule.
Bridges.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 117 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 499; 33 CFR 1.05-1; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The draw of the SR 3090, mile 0.05, at Fourchon, shall open on signal if at least one-hour notice is given.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria.
The Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education announces priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria for the State Tribal Education Partnership (STEP) program. The Assistant Secretary may use one or more of these priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria for competitions in fiscal year
Effective Date: These priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria are effective April 3, 2015.
Shahla Ortega, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W223, Washington, DC 20202-6450. Telephone: (202) 453-5602 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
20 U.S.C. 7451(a)(4).
We published a notice of proposed priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria (NPP) for this program in the
We group major issues according to subject. Generally we do not address technical and other minor changes.
Many tribes operate schools funded by the Bureau of Indian Education (BIE), or have BIE-operated schools on their reservation. While it would not be consistent with the purposes of STEP for a grantee to use STEP funds for direct services at those schools, STEP funds could be used to coordinate services provided by BIE schools and public schools. In such event, the parties would include specific provisions for such coordination in the preliminary and final agreements.
With respect to the suggestion to expand the STEP program for child find purposes, it would be duplicative and not an appropriate use of STEP funds to conduct child find for children with disabilities because there are other sources of funding, such as funds under Parts B and C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), that are specifically provided for that purpose. Under Parts B and C of the IDEA, the Department provides funds to tribal entities through the BIE, which may be used for child find purposes to identify infants, toddlers, and children with disabilities ages birth through five. Additionally, under the IDEA, the BIE is responsible for identifying, locating, and evaluating children with disabilities on reservations ages five through 21 enrolled in BIE-funded elementary and secondary schools. For infants and toddlers residing on reservations, the State lead agency is responsible under IDEA Part C for ensuring that children with disabilities ages birth through three residing in the State are identified, located, and evaluated. With respect to all other children ages three through 21 on reservations, the SEA is responsible for ensuring that all children with disabilities residing in the State are identified, located, and evaluated. However, increased collaboration between the TEA, SEA, and LEA, which is a likely outcome of a STEP project, can lead to improved communications regarding all services, including the early identification, location, and evaluation of children with disabilities.
With regard to developing tribal education codes, we understand that such codes are important. Moreover, developing a tribal education code may be helpful in implementing a STEP project, and TEAs may wish to pursue this activity. However, we have chosen not to focus on updating and developing education codes because of the limited resources available for STEP and because we wanted to focus attention on the broader purpose of STEP grants: Fostering collaboration with SEAs and LEAs.
We recognize that several of the commenters' suggested changes reflect provisions that are in section 7135 of the ESEA (“Grants to Tribes for Education Administrative Planning and Development”). The STEP program is funded under the general national activities authority in section 7131 of the ESEA, and is different from the program in section 7135. Thus, we are not required to include the activities that are in that program, and decline to do so for the reasons explained above.
These commenters stated that the proposed definition of “established TEA” is too broad and would include many very small TEAs that would meet the proposed definition but would be at a competitive disadvantage compared to larger TEAs. One of these commenters recommended that we narrow the definition of “established TEA” by including only those TEAs that have a specified number of staff members, an agreement with the SEA or LEA, and an existing tribal education code. The other commenter requested that we limit established TEAs to those TEAs with sufficient staff capacity, as determined by the tribe, as well as an agreement with the SEA or LEA and an existing tribal education code. These two commenters also did not support the proposed criteria that an established TEA have administered an education program or grant program, suggesting that these factors do not demonstrate that a TEA is, in fact, established. Another commenter requested that we provide TEAs with limited prior experience more technical assistance in preparing and implementing the grant.
Based on experience with the current STEP grants, we agree that a prior relationship with an SEA or LEA is a strong predictor of success, and should always be one of the criteria for classification as an established TEA. However, we do not agree that the other criteria that the commenters suggested should always be used to define an “established TEA.” First, we believe that we should reserve flexibility regarding the tribal education code criterion because there are so few tribes that have developed a tribal education code at this time. Second, we do not agree that size of staff should be a factor, due to the large variations in size among tribes and their memberships. Finally, we do not agree that we should add a tribally defined criterion of capacity, as that could allow TEAs to determine whether they are established, without regard to objective criteria applied to all TEAs.
We believe that experience administering Federal grants and education programs, such as a tribal preschool program, provides a strong foundation for tribal capacity and should be retained as optional criteria. Thus, we are revising the definition of “established TEA” accordingly.
With respect to the comment requesting technical assistance, we plan to provide technical assistance for the STEP competition.
We understand from our work with the current STEP grantees that access to student data is important to tribes and their TEAs, as well as to the success of STEP projects. We also understand that many entities misunderstand FERPA requirements. We have provided technical assistance to the current STEP grantees, through webinars and individual assistance from our Family Policy Compliance Office, and will continue to do so for future STEP grantees. We believe that involvement by all parties—TEA, SEA, and LEA—in such technical assistance opportunities will lead to mutually satisfactory outcomes. We also agree that stronger provisions regarding data sharing in the STEP agreements between the TEA, SEA, and LEA would be helpful. Accordingly, we are revising the preliminary agreement requirements in paragraph (f)(1) to require the parties to acknowledge the importance of student data to the project's success. In addition, in paragraph (f)(1), we are specifying that, if the project design requires data sharing, the progress of the parties towards mutual data access may be a factor in determining whether a project is making substantial progress towards meeting its objectives, for purposes of continuation awards.
In response to the commenters' concerns, we note that one option under which TEAs may access student education records without written consent is for the SEA or LEA to designate the TEA as an authorized representative for purposes of evaluating one or more ESEA formula grant programs that the SEA or LEA is responsible for evaluating. Because this designation requires the parties to enter a separate written agreement that complies with the FERPA regulations (see 34 CFR 99.35(a)(3)), it can take time to finalize. Therefore, such a designation would not have to be completed as part of the preliminary STEP agreement required as part of the grant application, but must be included in or attached to the final agreement. In paragraph (f)(2) we are requiring that parties make their best efforts to participate in training regarding FERPA and to include in or attach to the final agreement the terms relating to data sharing that are consistent with FERPA.
In paragraph (f) of the
To meet this priority, a TEA must be an established TEA.
To meet this priority, a TEA with limited prior experience is, for any STEP competition, a TEA that does not meet the definition of an “established TEA.”
When inviting applications for a competition using one or more priorities, we designate the type of each priority as absolute, competitive preference, or invitational through a notice in the
The Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education establishes the following requirements for this program. We may apply one or more of these requirements in any year in which this program is in effect.
(a) A TEA that is from an eligible Indian tribe and is authorized by its tribe to administer this program; or
(b) A consortium of such TEAs.
(a)
(2) All schools included in the project must receive services or funds for the specific ESEA formula grant program(s) selected by the applicant.
(3) For projects that include one or more tribally controlled schools—
(i) The applicant TEA must include in its application evidence that it submitted a copy of the application to BIE; and
(ii) If the proposed project includes SEA-type functions with regard to the tribally controlled school, the TEA may be required by BIE to enter into an agreement with BIE, to be submitted to the Department at the same time as the final agreement.
(b)
The preliminary agreement must include:
(a) An explanation of how the parties will work collaboratively to:
(1) Administer selected ESEA formula grant programs in eligible schools; and
(2) Cooperate on administering other educational programs or services as agreed to by the parties.
(b) The primary ESEA formula grant program(s) for which the TEA will assume SEA-type or LEA-type administrative functions;
(c) A description of the primary SEA-type or LEA-type administrative functions that the TEA will assume;
(d) The training and other activities that the SEA or LEA, as appropriate, will provide for the TEA to gain the knowledge and skills needed to administer ESEA formula programs;
(e) The assistance that the TEA will provide to the SEA or LEA, as appropriate, to facilitate the project, such as cultural competence training;
(f) A statement concerning student data that—
(1) Acknowledges that access by the TEA to data on students who are tribal members is important to building the capacity of the TEA, and, depending on the project design, may be one of the factors the Secretary considers in determining whether a grantee has made substantial progress in achieving the goals and objectives of the project for the purpose of making continuation awards; and
(2) Commits the parties to making their best efforts to:
(i) Participate in training and technical assistance, provided by or through the Department, on the requirements of section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (commonly referred to as the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA) and on the possible ways in which the TEA could be provided access to tribal student data consistent with FERPA; and
(ii) Reach agreement on and include as part of the Final Agreement to be submitted during year 1 of the grant, a provision on data sharing that is consistent with FERPA, if data sharing is required by the project design;
(g) The names of at least one LEA and two or more eligible schools, at least one of which must be a public school, that are expected to participate in the project;
(h) An explanation of how the STEP funds will be used to build on existing activities or add new activities rather than replace tribal or other funds; and
(i) Signatures of the authorized representatives of the TEA, SEA, participating LEA(s), and any BIE-funded tribally controlled school that is included in the project.
(a) All of the elements from the preliminary agreement, in final form;
(b) A timetable for accomplishing each of the objectives and activities that the parties will undertake;
(c) Goals of the project and measureable objectives towards reaching the goals; and
(d) The actions that the parties will take to sustain the relationships and activities established in the agreement after the project ends.
(a) Awards that are primarily for the benefit of Indians are subject to the provisions of section 7(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (P.L. 93-638). That section requires that, to the greatest extent feasible, a grantee—
(1) Give to Indians preferences and opportunities for training and employment in connection with the administration of the grant; and
(2) Give to Indian organizations and to Indian-owned economic enterprises, as defined in section 3 of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C. 1452(e)), preference in the award of contracts in connection with the administration of the grant.
(b) For purposes of this section, an Indian is a member of any federally recognized Indian tribe.
The Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education establishes the following definitions for this program. We may apply one or more of these definitions in any year in which this program is in effect.
(a) A public school, including a public charter school, or
(b) A BIE-funded tribally controlled school.
(a) Previously received a STEP grant, or
(b) Has an existing prior relationship with an SEA or LEA as evidenced by a prior written agreement between the TEA and SEA or LEA, and meets one or more of the following criteria, as specified by the Secretary in a notice inviting applications published in the
(i) Has an existing tribal education code;
(ii) Has administered at least one education program (for example, a tribally operated preschool or afterschool program) within the past five years; or
(iii) Has administered at least one Federal, State, local, or private grant within the past five years.
For each competition, the Secretary will publish in the
(a) Improving Academic Achievement of the Disadvantaged (title I, part A);
(b) School Improvement Grants (section 1003(g));
(c) Migrant Education (title I, part C);
(d) Neglected and Delinquent State Grants (title I, part D);
(e) Improving Teacher Quality State Grants (title II, part A);
(f) English Learner Education State Grants (title III, part A);
(g) 21st Century Community Learning Centers (title IV, part B); and
(h) Indian Education Formula Grants (title VII, part A).
State-administered ESEA formula grant programs are the programs identified in paragraphs (a)-(g) of the definition of
The Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education establishes the following selection criteria for evaluating an application under this program. In any year in which this program is in effect, we may apply one or more of these criteria or sub-criteria, any of the selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210, or any combination of these. In the notice inviting applications or the application package or both, we will announce the maximum possible points assigned to each criterion.
(a)
(b)
(1) The extent to which the proposed project would recognize and support tribal sovereignty.
(2) The extent to which the preliminary agreement defines goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project that are likely to be achieved by the end of the project period.
(3) The extent to which the proposed project would build relationships and better communication among the TEA, SEA, and LEA, as well as families and communities, to the benefit of Indian students in the selected schools, including by enhancing the cultural competency of SEA and LEA staff.
(4) The extent to which the proposed project would enhance the capacity of the TEA to administer ESEA formula grants during the grant period and beyond.
(c)
(1) The TEA has established, prior to developing the preliminary agreement, a relationship with either the SEA or an LEA that will enhance the likelihood of the project's success; and
(2) The use of STEP grant funds supports the capacity-building activities that are needed to administer ESEA formula grants.
(d)
This notice does not preclude us from proposing additional priorities, requirements, definitions, or selection criteria, subject to meeting applicable rulemaking requirements.
This notice does not solicit applications. In any year in which we choose to use one or more of these priorities, requirements, definitions, or selection criteria, we will invite applications through a notice in the
Under Executive Order 12866, the Secretary must determine whether this regulatory action is “significant” and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to as an “economically significant” rule);
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This final regulatory action is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
We have also reviewed this final regulatory action under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We are issuing these final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria only on a reasoned determination that their benefits would justify their costs. In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, we selected those approaches that would maximize net benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes that this regulatory action is consistent with the principles in Executive Order 13563.
We also have determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
In accordance with both Executive orders, the Department has assessed the potential costs and benefits, both quantitative and qualitative, of this regulatory action. The potential costs are those resulting from statutory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering the Department's programs and activities.
We believe that the final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria would not impose significant costs on eligible TEAs that receive assistance through the STEP program. We also believe that the benefits of implementing the final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria outweigh any associated costs.
We believe that the costs imposed on applicants would be limited to costs associated with developing applications, including developing partnerships with SEAs and LEAs, and that the benefits of creating a partnership that is likely to be sustained after the end of the project period would outweigh any costs incurred by applicants. The costs of carrying out activities proposed in STEP applications would be paid for with program funds. Thus, the costs of implementation would not be a burden for any eligible applicants, including small entities. We also note that program participation is voluntary.
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for this program.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Commonwealth of Virginia pursuant to the Clean Air Act (CAA). Whenever new or revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) are promulgated, the CAA requires states to submit a plan for the implementation, maintenance, and enforcement of such NAAQS. The plan is required to address basic program elements, including but not limited to regulatory structure, monitoring, modeling, legal authority, and adequate resources necessary to assure implementation, maintenance, and enforcement of the NAAQS. These elements are referred to as infrastructure requirements. The Commonwealth of Virginia made a submittal addressing the infrastructure requirements for the 2010 sulfur dioxide (SO
This final rule is effective on April 3, 2015.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2014-0522. All documents in the docket are listed in the
Ellen Schmitt, (215) 814-5787, or by email at
On June 22, 2010 (75 FR 35520), EPA promulgated a 1-hour primary SO
On June 18, 2014, the Commonwealth of Virginia, through the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality (VADEQ), submitted a SIP revision that addresses the infrastructure elements specified in section 110(a)(2) of the CAA necessary to implement, maintain, and enforce the 2010 SO
Virginia did not submit section 110(a)(2)(I) which pertains to the nonattainment requirements of part D, Title I of the CAA, because this element is not required to be submitted by the 3-year submission deadline of section 110(a)(1) and will be addressed in a separate process. At this time, EPA is not taking action on section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II) or (J) for visibility protection for the 2010 SO
The rationale supporting EPA's proposed rulemaking action, including the scope of infrastructure SIPs in general, is explained in the published NPR and the TSD accompanying the NPR and will not be restated here. The NPR and TSD are available in the docket for this rulemaking at
EPA received comments from the Sierra Club on the August 22, 2014 proposed rulemaking action on Virginia's 2010 SO
The Commenter states that the main objective of the infrastructure SIP process “is to ensure that all areas of the country meet the NAAQS,” and that nonattainment areas are addressed through nonattainment SIPs. The Commenter asserts the NAAQS are the foundation for specific emission limitations for most large stationary sources, such as coal-fired power plants.
EPA interprets infrastructure SIPs as more general planning SIPs, consistent with the CAA as understood in light of its history and structure. When Congress enacted the CAA in 1970, it did not include provisions requiring states and the EPA to label areas as attainment or nonattainment. Rather, states were required to include all areas of the state in “air quality control regions” (AQCRs) and section 110 set forth the core substantive planning provisions for these AQCRs. At that time, Congress anticipated that states would be able to address air pollution quickly pursuant to the very general planning provisions in section 110 and could bring all areas into compliance with a new NAAQS within five years. Moreover, at that time, section 110(a)(2)(A)(i) specified that the section 110 plan provide for “attainment” of the NAAQS and section 110(a)(2)(B) specified that the plan must include “emission limitations, schedules, and timetables for compliance with such limitations, and such other measures as may be necessary to insure attainment and maintenance [of the NAAQS].”
In 1977, Congress recognized that the existing structure was not sufficient and many areas were still violating the NAAQS. At that time, Congress for the first time added provisions requiring states and EPA to identify whether areas of a state were violating the NAAQS (
Thus, EPA asserts that section 110 of the CAA is only one provision that is part of the complicated structure governing implementation of the NAAQS program under the CAA, as amended in 1990, and it must be interpreted in the context of that structure and the historical evolution of that structure. In light of the revisions to section 110 since 1970 and the later-promulgated and more specific planning requirements of the CAA, EPA reasonably interprets the requirement in section 110(a)(2)(A) of the CAA that the plan provide for “implementation, maintenance and enforcement” to mean that the SIP must contain enforceable emission limits that will aid in attaining and/or maintaining the NAAQS and that the state demonstrate that it has the necessary tools to implement and enforce a NAAQS, such as adequate state personnel and an enforcement program. EPA has interpreted the requirement for emission limitations in section 110 to mean that the state may rely on measures already in place to address the pollutant at issue or any new control measures that the state may choose to submit. Finally, as EPA stated in the Infrastructure SIP Guidance which specifically provides guidance to states in addressing the 2010 SO
The Commenter makes general allegations that Virginia does not have sufficient protective measures to prevent SO
In
The decision in
At issue in
Two of the cases Sierra Club cites,
Finally, in
Although EPA was explicit that it was not establishing requirements interpreting the provisions of new “Part
As discussed in detail in the TSD and NPR, EPA finds the Virginia SIP meets the appropriate and relevant structural requirements of section 110(a)(2) of the CAA that will aid in attaining and/or maintaining the NAAQS and that the Commonwealth demonstrated that it has the necessary tools to implement and enforce a NAAQS. Therefore, EPA approves the Virginia SO
As stated in response to a previous comment, EPA asserts that section 110 of the CAA is only one provision that is part of the complicated structure governing implementation of the NAAQS program under the CAA, as amended in 1990, and it must be interpreted in the context of not only that structure, but also of the historical evolution of that structure. In light of the revisions to section 110 since 1970 and the later-promulgated and more specific planning requirements of the CAA, EPA reasonably interprets the requirement in section 110(a)(2)(A) of the CAA that the plan provide for “implementation, maintenance and enforcement” to mean that the SIP must contain enforceable emission limits that will aid in attaining and/or maintaining the NAAQS and that the Commonwealth demonstrate that it has the necessary tools to implement and enforce a NAAQS, such as adequate state personnel and an enforcement program. As discussed above, EPA has interpreted the requirement for emission limitations in section 110 to mean that the state may rely on measures already in place to address the pollutant at issue or any new control measures that the state may choose to submit. Finally, as EPA stated in the Infrastructure SIP Guidance which specifically provides guidance to states in addressing the 2010 SO
On April 12, 2012, EPA explained its expectations regarding the 2010 SO
Therefore, EPA asserts the elements of section 110(a)(2) which address SIP revisions for SO
As stated previously, EPA believes that the proper inquiry at this juncture is whether Virginia has met the basic structural SIP requirements appropriate at the point in time EPA is acting upon the infrastructure submittal. Emissions limitations and other control measures needed to attain the NAAQS in areas designated nonattainment for that NAAQS are due on a different schedule from the section 110 infrastructure elements. A state, like Virginia, may reference pre-existing SIP emission limits or other rules contained in part D plans for previous NAAQS in an infrastructure SIP submission. For example, Virginia submitted a list of existing emission reduction measures in the SIP that control emissions of SO
Additionally, as discussed in EPA's TSD supporting the NPR, Virginia has the ability to revise its SIP when necessary (
EPA believes the requirements for emission reduction measures for an area designated nonattainment for the 2010 primary SO
The Commenter's reliance on 40 CFR 51.112 to support its argument that infrastructure SIPs must contain emission limits adequate to provide for timely attainment and maintenance of the standard is also not supported. As explained previously in response to the background comments, EPA notes this regulatory provision clearly on its face applies to plans specifically designed to attain the NAAQS and not to infrastructure SIPs which show the states have in place structural requirements necessary to implement the NAAQS. Therefore, EPA finds 40 CFR 51.112 inapplicable to its analysis of the Virginia SO
As noted in EPA's preamble for the 2010 SO
Regarding the air dispersion modeling conducted by Sierra Club pursuant to AERMOD for the coal-fired EGUs including Chesapeake Energy Center and Yorktown Power Station, EPA is not at this stage prepared to opine on whether the modeling demonstrates violations of the NAAQS, and does not find the modeling information relevant for review of an infrastructure SIP. EPA has issued non-binding guidance for states to use in conducting, if they choose, additional analysis to support designations for the 2010 SO
Finally, EPA also disagrees with the Commenter that the Virginia infrastructure SIP should incorporate the planned retirement dates of certain emission units at Chesapeake Energy Center and Yorktown Power Station to ensure attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS. Because EPA does not believe Virginia's infrastructure SIP requires at this time 1-hour SO
In conclusion, EPA disagrees with Sierra Club's statements that EPA must disapprove Virginia's infrastructure SIP submission because it does not establish specific enforceable SO
Sierra Club also cited to several cases upholding EPA's use of modeling in NAAQS implementation actions, including the
Sierra Club asserts EPA's use of air dispersion modeling was upheld in
The Commenter cites to
Finally, Sierra Club claims that Virginia's proposed SO
As discussed above and in the Infrastructure SIP Guidance, EPA believes the conceptual purpose of an infrastructure SIP submission is to assure that the air agency's SIP contains the necessary structural requirements for the new or revised NAAQS and that the infrastructure SIP submission process provides an opportunity to review the basic structural requirements of the air agency's air quality management program in light of the new or revised NAAQS.
EPA had initially recommended that states submit substantive attainment demonstration SIPs based on air quality modeling in the final 2010 SO
EPA finds Sierra Club's discussion of case law, guidance, and EPA staff statements regarding advantages of AERMOD as an air dispersion model to be irrelevant to the analysis of Virginia's infrastructure SIP as this is not an attainment SIP required to demonstrate attainment of the NAAQS pursuant to sections 172 or 192. In addition, Sierra Club's comments relating to EPA's use of AERMOD or modeling in general in designations pursuant to section 107, including its citation to
The Commenter correctly noted that the Third Circuit upheld EPA's Section 126 Order imposing SO
In its comments, Sierra Club relies on
While EPA does not believe that infrastructure SIP submissions are required to contain emission limits, as suggested by the Commenter, EPA does recognize that in the past, states have used infrastructure SIP submittals as a `vehicle' for incorporating regulatory revisions or source-specific emission limits into the state's plan.
Sierra Club also contends that infrastructure SIPs approved by EPA must include monitoring of SO
EPA has explained in the TSD supporting this rulemaking action how the Virginia SIP meets requirements in section 110(a)(2)(F) related to monitoring. 9 VAC 5-40-100 requires sources in Virginia to install, maintain, and replace equipment such as CEMS to continuously monitor SO
As mentioned previously, while EPA had in 2010 initially suggested that states submit substantive attainment demonstration SIPs for unclassifiable areas based on air dispersion modeling in section 110(a) infrastructure SIPs, EPA subsequently gathered additional information and clarified its position. The April 12, 2012 letters to states, 2012 Draft White Paper, and February 6, 2013 memorandum on next steps, as previously discussed, clearly recommend states focus section 110(a) infrastructure SIPs due in June 2013 on “traditional infrastructure elements” in section 110(a)(1) and (2) rather than on modeling demonstrations for future attainment for unclassifiable areas.
Therefore, EPA disagrees with the Commenter that the infrastructure SIP must be disapproved for failure to include measures to ensure compliance with the 2010 SO
EPA acknowledges the Commenter's concern for the interstate transport of air pollutants and agrees in general with
EPA interprets its authority under section 110(k)(3) of the CAA, as affording EPA the discretion to approve, or conditionally approve, individual elements of Virginia's infrastructure SIP submission for the 2010 SO
The Commenter raises no compelling legal or environmental rationale for an alternate interpretation. Nothing in the Supreme Court's April 2014 decision in
Furthermore, as discussed above, EPA has no obligation to issue a FIP pursuant to 110(c)(1) to address Virginia's obligations under section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) until EPA first either finds Virginia failed to make the required submission addressing the element or the Commonwealth has made such a submission but it is incomplete, or EPA disapproves a SIP submittal addressing that element. Until either occurs, EPA does not have the authority to issue a FIP pursuant to section 110(c) with respect to the good neighbor provision. Therefore, EPA disagrees with the Commenter's contention that it must issue a FIP for Virginia to address 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) for the 2010 SO
Regarding Sierra Club's assertion that one stationary source is causing “exceedances” in other states according to the modeling conducted by Sierra Club, EPA believes such assertion is irrelevant to our action approving Virginia's infrastructure SIP for the 2010 SO
As previously discussed regarding the good-neighbor SIP provisions for infrastructure SIPs, EPA disagrees with the Commenter's argument that EPA cannot approve a SIP without certain elements such as the visibility protection element. Section 110(k)(3) of the CAA authorizes EPA to approve a plan in full, disapprove it in full, or approve it in part and disapprove it in part, depending on the extent to which such a plan meets the requirements of the CAA. As discussed above, this authority to approve SIP revisions in separable parts was included in the 1990 Amendments to the CAA.
As discussed above, EPA interprets its authority under section 110(k)(3) of the CAA, as affording EPA the discretion to approve individual elements of Virginia's infrastructure submission for the 2010 SO
EPA also has no obligation to issue a FIP to address Virginia's obligations under section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II) until EPA first finds Virginia failed to satisfy its visibility protection obligations with a complete SIP submittal addressing that element or disapproves any SIP submittal addressing that element. Until such occurs, EPA may not issue any further FIP for visibility protection pursuant to section 110(c).
In short, EPA believes that EPA has discretion under section 110(k) to act upon the various individual elements of the state's infrastructure SIP submission, separately or together, as appropriate. The Commenter has not provided any case law or EPA interpretation of section 110 to support its contrary interpretation that it is inappropriate or unreasonable for EPA to approve portions of Virginia's June 18, 2014 infrastructure SIP submission for the 2010 SO
In addition, EPA also has no obligation to issue a FIP to address Virginia's obligations under section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) or (II) or 110(a)(2)(E)(ii) until EPA first finds Virginia failed to satisfy its obligations with a complete SIP submittal addressing those elements or disapproves any SIP submittal addressing that element. Until such occurs pursuant to section 110(c), EPA may not issue any FIP for transport, visibility protection, or State Board requirements or the infrastructure SIP as a whole.
EPA also disagrees with the Commenter that EPA is required to address all potential deficiencies that may exist in the Virginia SIP in the context of evaluating an infrastructure SIP submission. In particular, EPA is not addressing any existing SIP provisions related to the treatment of emissions during SSM events, including automatic or director's discretion exemptions, overbroad state enforcement discretion provisions, or affirmative defense provisions. As EPA stated in the TSD for this rulemaking action, EPA is not approving or disapproving any existing Virginia regulatory or statutory provisions with regard to excess emissions during SSM of operations at any facility. EPA believes that a number of states may have SIP provisions related to emissions during SSM events which are contrary to the CAA and existing EPA guidance (August 11, 1999 Steven Herman and Robert Perciasepe Guidance Memorandum, “State Implementation Plans: Policy Regarding Excess Emissions During Malfunctions, Startup, and Shutdown”), and EPA is addressing such potentially deficient SIP provisions in a separate rulemaking.
Regarding the Commenter's statement that the infrastructure SIP should not allow Virginia to exempt certain sources from permitting, the Sierra Club fails to identify any exemptions from permitting that preclude EPA from approving the infrastructure SIP. EPA explained in the TSD for this rulemaking that Virginia's permitting program for major and minor stationary sources met requirements in the CAA for section 110(a)(2)(C). Specifically, EPA stated Virginia has a SIP-approved minor new source review (NSR) program located in 9 VAC 5-80-10 (New and Modified Stationary Sources) and 9 VAC 5-80-11 (Stationary Source Permit Exemption Levels) which regulates certain modifications and construction of stationary sources within areas covered by its SIP as necessary to assure the NAAQS are achieved. EPA had previously approved such provisions into the Virginia SIP as they met requirements for a minor NSR program in accordance with the CAA and 40 CFR 51.160.
EPA's TSD for this rulemaking also explained Virginia's SIP met requirements in section 110(a)(2)(C) for a PSD permit program as required in part C of title I of the CAA. In Virginia, construction and modification of stationary sources are covered under Article 8, Permits for Major Stationary Sources and Major Modifications Locating in Prevention of Significant Deterioration Areas (9 VAC 5-80-1605
EPA is approving the following elements of Virginia's June 18, 2014 SIP revision for the 2010 SO
In 1995, Virginia adopted legislation that provides, subject to certain conditions, for an environmental assessment (audit) “privilege” for voluntary compliance evaluations performed by a regulated entity. The legislation further addresses the relative burden of proof for parties either asserting the privilege or seeking disclosure of documents for which the privilege is claimed. Virginia's legislation also provides, subject to certain conditions, for a penalty waiver for violations of environmental laws when a regulated entity discovers such violations pursuant to a voluntary compliance evaluation and voluntarily discloses such violations to the Commonwealth and takes prompt and appropriate measures to remedy the violations. Virginia's Voluntary Environmental Assessment Privilege Law, Va. Code Sec. 10.1-1198, provides a privilege that protects from disclosure documents and information about the content of those documents that are the product of a voluntary environmental assessment. The Privilege Law does not extend to documents or information that: (1) Are generated or developed before the commencement of a voluntary environmental assessment; (2) are prepared independently of the assessment process; (3) demonstrate a clear, imminent and substantial danger to the public health or environment; or (4) are required by law.
On January 12, 1998, the Commonwealth of Virginia Office of the Attorney General provided a legal opinion that states that the Privilege law, Va. Code Sec. 10.1-1198, precludes granting a privilege to documents and information “required by law,” including documents and information “required by Federal law to maintain program delegation, authorization or approval,” since Virginia must “enforce Federally authorized environmental programs in a manner that is no less stringent than their Federal counterparts . . .” The opinion concludes that “[r]egarding § 10.1-1198, therefore, documents or other information needed for civil or criminal enforcement under
Virginia's Immunity law, Va. Code Sec. 10.1-1199, provides that “[t]o the extent consistent with requirements imposed by Federal law,” any person making a voluntary disclosure of information to a state agency regarding a violation of an environmental statute, regulation, permit, or administrative order is granted immunity from administrative or civil penalty. The Attorney General's January 12, 1998 opinion states that the quoted language renders this statute inapplicable to enforcement of any Federally authorized programs, since “no immunity could be afforded from administrative, civil, or criminal penalties because granting such immunity would not be consistent with Federal law, which is one of the criteria for immunity.”
Therefore, EPA has determined that Virginia's Privilege and Immunity statutes will not preclude the Commonwealth from enforcing its program consistent with the Federal requirements. In any event, because EPA has also determined that a state audit privilege and immunity law can affect only state enforcement and cannot have any impact on Federal enforcement authorities, EPA may at any time invoke its authority under the CAA, including, for example, Sections 113, 167, 205, 211 or 213, to enforce the requirements or prohibitions of the state plan, independently of any state enforcement effort. In addition, citizen enforcement under Section 304 of the CAA is likewise unaffected by this, or any, state audit privilege or immunity law.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this rule approving portions of Virginia's infrastructure SIP for the 2010 SO
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by May 4, 2015. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action.
This action, which satisfies certain infrastructure requirements of section 110(a)(2) of the CAA for the 2010 SO
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur dioxide.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The amendments read as follows:
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving portions of three revisions to the Arkansas State Implementation Plan (SIP) submitted by the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality on July 26, 2010; November 6, 2012; and December 1, 2014. Together, these three submittals update the Arkansas SIP such that the ADEQ has the authority to implement the current National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and regulate and permit emissions of fine particulate matter (particulate matter with diameters less than or equal to 2.5 micrometers (PM
This final rule is effective on April 3, 2015.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R06-OAR-2014-0700. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Adina Wiley, Air Permits Section (6PD-R), telephone (214) 665-2115, email address
Throughout this document wherever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean the EPA.
The background for today's action is discussed in detail in our November 10, 2014 proposal (79 FR 66633). In that notice, we proposed to approve portions of three SIP submittals for the State of Arkansas submitted on July 26, 2010; November 6, 2012; and September 10, 2014, that collectively update the Arkansas SIP to provide for regulation and permitting of PM
The September 10, 2014, submittal was a request for parallel processing of revisions adopted by the ADEQ on August 22, 2014, as revisions to the state regulations. Under the EPA's “parallel processing” procedure, the EPA proposes a rulemaking action on a proposed SIP revision concurrently with the State's public review process. If the State's proposed SIP revision is not significantly or substantively changed, the EPA will finalize the rulemaking on the SIP revision as proposed after responding to any submitted comments. Final rulemaking action by the EPA will occur only after the final SIP revision has been fully adopted by the ADEQ and submitted formally to the EPA for approval as a revision to the Arkansas SIP. See 40 CFR part 51, Appendix V.
The ADEQ completed their state rulemaking process and submitted the final revisions to the Arkansas SIP on December 1, 2014. The EPA has evaluated the State's final SIP revision for any changes made from the time of proposal. See “Addendum to the TSD” for EPA-R06-OAR-2014-0700, available in the rulemaking docket. Our evaluation indicates that the ADEQ made no changes to the proposed SIP revision. As such, the EPA is proceeding with our final approval of the revisions to the Arkansas SIP. This action is being taken under section 110 of the Act. We did not receive any comments regarding our proposal.
We are approving portions of three SIP submittals for the State of Arkansas submitted on July 26, 2010; November 6, 2012; and December 1, 2014, because we have determined that these SIP packages were adopted and submitted in accordance with the CAA and EPA regulations regarding implementation of the PM
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 1 submitted on July 26, 2010, and November 6, 2012;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 2 submitted on July 26, 2010, November 6, 2012, and December 1, 2014, with the exception of the GHG Biomass Deferral language submitted to the definition of CO
• Revision to Regulation 19, Chapter 3 submitted on July 26, 2010, and December 1, 2014;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 5 submitted on July 26, 2010, and December 1, 2014;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 6 submitted on July 26, 2010;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 7 submitted on July 26, 2010;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 9 submitted on December 1, 2014;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 10 submitted on July 26, 2010;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 11 submitted on July 26, 2010;
• Revisions to Regulation 19, Chapter 13 submitted on July 26, 2010;
• New Regulation 19, Appendix B submitted on December 1, 2014; and
• A portion of the December 17, 2007, SIP submittal addressing interstate transport of air pollution and PSD for the 1997 PM
This action is being taken under section 110 of the Act.
In this rule, we are finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with the requirements of 1 CFR 51.4, the EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of the revisions to the Arkansas Prevention of Significant Deterioration regulations as described in the Final Action section above. We have made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by May 4, 2015. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposed of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, and Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The amendments read as follows:
(c) * * *
(e) * * *
(b) * * *
(c) 1997 PM
(d) 2006 PM
(a) * * *
(5) December 1, 2014—submittal of Regulation 19, Chapter 9, Prevention of Significant Deterioration which provided the authority to regulate and permit emissions of PM
Environmental Protection Agency.
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking direct final action to approve revisions to the State Implementation Plan (SIP) and the operating permits program for the State of Missouri which were received on November 6, 2013, November 20, 2014, March 27, 2014, July 7, 2014, and July 14, 2014. The revisions submitted by the state include amendments to rules relating to reference methods, definitions and common reference tables, ambient air quality standards, and a rule rescission related to air quality control measures for sources clustered in small land areas. Many of the revisions are administrative in nature and either incorporate by reference or update state rules to match Federal regulations. Some are more substantive, but are non-controversial. In addition, they provide more clarity for the regulated public. This direct final action will amend the SIP to include revised regulations which will then be more consistent with Federal regulations. These revisions do not have an adverse effect on air quality. EPA's approval of these rule revisions is being done in accordance with the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
This direct final rule will be effective May 4, 2015, without further notice, unless EPA receives adverse comment April 3, 2015. If EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R07-OAR-2015-0006, by one of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
Amy Bhesania, Environmental Protection Agency, Air Planning and Development Branch, 11201 Renner Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas 66219 at 913-551-7147, or by email at
Throughout this document “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to EPA. This section provides additional information by addressing the following:
EPA is taking direct final action to amend Missouri's SIP, 111(d) plan, and operating permits program by approving the state's requests to amend the following rules:
1. 10 CSR 10-6.040, Reference Methods, received November 6, 2013.
2. 10 CSR 10-6.040, Reference Methods, received November 20, 2014.
3. 10 CSR 10-6.020, Definitions and Common Reference Tables, received March 27, 2014.
4. 10 CSR 10-5.240, Additional Air Quality Control Measures May be Required When Sources are Clustered in a Small Land Area, received July 7, 2014.
5. 10 CSR 10-6.010, Air Quality Standards, received July 14, 2014.
The revisions submitted by the state include revisions to update standards and reference methods, to clarify, add or amend definitions and reference tables, to rescind an outdated rule, and to update and clarify ambient air quality standards. For more information on the state's submissions, specific revisions to each rule and EPA's review of the revisions, see the Technical Support Document (TSD) that is a part of this docket.
The state submission has met the public notice requirements for SIP submissions in accordance with 40 CFR 51.102. The submission also satisfied the completeness criteria of 40 CFR part 51, appendix V. In addition, as explained above and in more detail in the TSD which is part of this docket, the revision meets the substantive SIP requirements of the CAA, including section 110 and implementing regulations. The substantive requirements of 40 CFR part 62 and Title V of the 1990 CAA Amendments and 40 CFR part 70 have been met as well.
EPA is taking direct final action to approve this rule without a prior proposed rule because we view this as a noncontroversial action and anticipate no adverse comment. However, in the “Proposed Rules” section of today's
If EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of Missouri rules 10-5.240, 10-6.010, 10-6.020, and 10-6.040 described in the direct final amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), this action is not a “significant regulatory action” and therefore is not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). This action is also not subject to Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001). This action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and imposes no additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. Accordingly, the Administrator certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
In addition, these direct final actions are not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, this action does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
This action also does not have Federalism implications because it does not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999). Thus Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this action. This action merely approves a state rule implementing a Federal standard, and does not alter the relationship or the distribution of power and responsibilities established in the CAA. This rule also is not subject to Executive Order 13045, “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) because it approves a state rule implementing a Federal standard.
In reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. In this context, in the absence of a prior existing requirement for the State to use voluntary consensus standards (VCS), EPA has no authority to disapprove a state submission for failure to use VCS. It would thus be inconsistent with applicable law for EPA, when it reviews a state submission, to use VCS in place of a state submission that otherwise satisfies the provisions of the CAA. Thus, the requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) do not apply. This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
A major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by May 4, 2015. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this rule for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of today's
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Administrative practice and procedure, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Intergovernmental relations, Operating permits, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Environmental Protection Agency amends 40 CFR part 52 as set forth below: Chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The revisions read as follows:
(c) * * *
42 U.S.C. 7401
(b) * * *
(6) A revision to Missouri's 111(d) plan to incorporate state regulation 10 CSR 10-6.020 Definitions and Common Reference Tables was state effective March 30, 2014. The effective date of the amended plan is May 4, 2015.
42 U.S.C. 7401
(cc) The Missouri Department of Natural Resources submitted revisions to Missouri rule 10 CSR 10-6.020, “Definitions and Common Reference Tables” on March 27, 2014. The state effective date is March 30, 2014. This revision is effective May 4, 2015.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania's request to redesignate to attainment the Reading, Pennsylvania Nonattainment Area (Reading Area or Area) for the 1997 annual fine particulate matter (PM
This final rule is effective on March 4, 2015.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2014-0147. All documents in the docket are listed in the
Marilyn Powers at (215) 814-2308, or by email at
On November 25, 2013, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, through the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP), formally submitted a request to redesignate the Reading Area from nonattainment to attainment for the 1997 annual PM
On December 22, 2014 (79 FR 76251), EPA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In the NPR, EPA proposed approval of Pennsylvania's November 25, 2013 request to redesignate the Reading Area to attainment for the 1997 annual PM
The details of Pennsylvania's submittal and the rationale for EPA's proposed actions are explained in the NPR and will not be restated here. No public comments were received on the NPR.
EPA is taking final actions on the redesignation request and SIP revision submitted by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on November 25, 2013 for the Reading Area for the 1997 annual PM
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(d), EPA finds there is good cause for this action to become effective immediately upon publication. A delayed effective date is unnecessary due to the nature of a redesignation to attainment, which eliminates CAA obligations that would otherwise apply. The immediate effective date for this action is authorized under both 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1), which provides that rulemaking actions may become effective less than 30 days after publication if the rule “grants or recognizes an exemption or relieves a restriction,” and section 553(d)(3), which allows an effective date less than 30 days after publication “as otherwise provided by the agency for good cause found and published with the rule.” The purpose of the 30-day waiting period prescribed in section 553(d) is to give affected parties a reasonable time to adjust their behavior and prepare before the final rule takes effect. Today's rule, however, does not create any new regulatory requirements such that affected parties would need time to prepare before the rule takes effect. Rather, today's rule relieves the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania of the obligation to comply with nonattainment-related planning requirements for the Area pursuant to Part D of the CAA and approves certain emissions inventories and MVEBs for the Area. For these reasons, EPA finds good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d) for this action to become effective on the date of publication of this notice.
Under the CAA, redesignation of an area to attainment and the accompanying approval of the maintenance plan under CAA section 107(d)(3)(E) are actions that affect the status of a geographical area and do not impose any additional regulatory requirements on sources beyond those required by state law. A redesignation to attainment does not in and of itself impose any new requirements, but rather results in the application of requirements contained in the CAA for areas that have been redesignated to attainment. Moreover, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because the SIP is not approved to apply in Indian country located in the state, and EPA notes that it will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by May 4, 2015. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action.
This action, approving the redesignation request and maintenance plan, and comprehensive emissions inventory for the Reading Area for the 1997 annual PM
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Nitrogen oxides, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur dioxide, Volatile organic compounds.
Air pollution control, National parks, Wilderness areas.
40 CFR parts 52 and 81 are amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(s) EPA approves as revisions to the Pennsylvania State Implementation Plan the 2007 base year emissions inventory for the Reading 1997 annual fine particulate matter (PM
(n) EPA approves the maintenance plan for the Reading nonattainment area for the 1997 annual PM
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of metaldehyde in or on multiple commodities which are identified and discussed later in this document. Interregional Research Project Number 4 (IR-4) requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA). This regulation additionally removes the established tolerances in or on fruit, citrus group 10 and tomato as the tolerances will be superseded by tolerances established by this action.
This regulation is effective March 4, 2015. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before May 4, 2015, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0110 is available at
Susan Lewis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Publishing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0110, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA has modified the proposed tolerances for clover, forage and clover, hay from 0.5 ppm to 0.60 ppm. The reason for these changes are explained in Unit IV.D.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue* * *”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for metaldehyde including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with metaldehyde follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. The principal toxic effects for metaldehyde are clinical signs of neurotoxicity, as well as changes in the liver and testes/prostate following repeated oral dosing. The dog is the most sensitive species for neurotoxic effects. Nervous system effects observed in the subchronic and chronic oral toxicity studies include: Ataxia and tremors; twitching; salivation; emesis; rapid respiration in dogs and maternal rats; and limb paralysis, spinal cord necrosis, and hemorrhage in maternal rats. Liver effects include increased liver weight, increased incidence of liver lesions (hepatocellular necrosis, hepatocellular hypertrophy and inflammation), and an increased incidence of hepatocellular adenomas in female rats and in both sexes of mice. In dogs, atrophy of the testes and prostate was observed following subchronic and chronic exposure.
In the rat developmental toxicity study, maternal toxicity was observed as evidenced by clinical signs including ataxia, tremors, and twitching at the highest dose tested (HDT) in the absence of developmental toxicity. There was no observed developmental or maternal toxicity in the rabbit developmental toxicity study. In the 2-generation rat reproductive toxicity study, mortality and clinical signs including limb paralysis, spinal cord necrosis and hemorrhage were observed in the maternal animals. Effects on the offspring in the rat reproductive toxicity study consisted of decreased pup body weight and body weight gains; reproductive toxicity was not observed.
In the rat, clinical signs of neurotoxicity occurred at high dose levels following repeated oral exposures. In the 90-day neurotoxicity study, bilateral hindlimb paralysis was observed in one female rat at the HDT.
Chronic feeding studies in rats and mice indicated that metaldehyde produced liver effects characterized by liver hypertrophy and liver tumors. The chronic mouse toxicity study showed that metaldehyde was associated with a common tumor in both sexes (liver tumors, adenomas), and the rat chronic
1. Tumors found are commonly seen in the mouse;
2. Liver tumors (adenomas) in both species were benign;
3. Metaldehyde is not mutagenic;
4. No carcinogenic response was seen in the male rat;
5. Incidence of adenomas at the high dose in the female rat was within the historical control range of the testing lab; and
6. Both the No Observed Adverse Effect Level (NOAEL) and Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL) from the chronic rat study on which the chronic RfD/PAD was based are well below the dose at which adenomas were seen.
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by metaldehyde as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some degree of risk. Thus, the Agency estimates risk in terms of the probability of an occurrence of the adverse effect expected in a lifetime. For more information on the general principles EPA uses in risk characterization and a complete description of the risk assessment process, see
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for metaldehyde used for human risk assessment is discussed in Unit III.B. of the final rule published in the
1.
i.
Such effects were identified for metaldehyde. In estimating acute dietary exposure, EPA used the Dietary Exposure Evaluation Model with the Food Commodity Intake Database (DEEM-FCID). This software incorporates 2003-2008 food consumption data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture's National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, What We Eat in America, (NHANES/WWEIA). As to residue levels in food, EPA used tolerance-level residues for all commodities and 100 percent crop treated (PCT) estimates. The Agency also assumed processing factors to be 1.0 for all commodities except for dried tomato, tomato juice, cranberry juice, and high fructose corn syrup; for these commodities, DEEM default processing factors were used.
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
Based on the Pesticide Root Zone Model/Exposure Analysis Modeling System (PRZM/EXAMS) and Pesticide Root Zone Model Ground Water (PRZM GW), the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of metaldehyde for acute exposures are estimated to be 205 parts per billion (ppb) for surface water and 1,880 ppb for ground water and for chronic exposures for non-cancer assessments are estimated to be 136 ppb for surface water and 915 ppb for ground water.
Modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations were directly entered into the dietary exposure model.
For acute dietary risk assessment, the water concentration value of 1,880 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
For chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration of value 915 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
Metaldehyde is currently registered for the following uses that could result in residential exposures: Residential ornamentals and lawn/turf applications.
i. Adult handler short-term inhalation exposures from loading/applying metaldehyde products including liquid ready-to-use products (with manually-pressurized hand wands, hose-end sprayers, and sprinkler cans) and applying granules (via push-type rotary spreaders, belly grinders, spoons, cups, hands, and shaker cans); and
ii. Metaldehyde incidental post-application exposures assessed for children, including short-term exposure from hand-to-mouth and object-to-mouth contact with treated turf, and short- and intermediate-term exposures from treated soil ingestion. While EPA did calculate an acute incidental ingestion scenario for toddlers accidentally ingesting granules of metaldehyde, it is not appropriate to aggregate this scenario because it represents poisoning incident which is not likely to overlap with the typical post-application exposure scenario. Further information regarding EPA standard assumptions and generic inputs for residential exposures may be found at
4.
EPA has not found metaldehyde to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and metaldehyde does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that metaldehyde does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database for metaldehyde is complete.
ii. The toxicity database contains indications of neurotoxicity resulting from exposure to metaldehyde, including:
a. Clinical signs [ataxia, twitching, tremors, prostration, paresis of hind legs] in female rats in the developmental toxicity study;
b. Hindlimb paralysis, necrosis and hemorrhage in the spinal cord and vertebra luxation in F0 dams during lactation period in the 2-generation reproduction study;
c. Bilateral hindlimb paralysis observed initially on day 10 in one high-dose female sacrificed on day 22 due to poor condition in the 90-day subchronic neurotoxicity study in rats; no neuropathology was evident;
d. Clinical signs [ataxia, tremors, twitching, salivation] in the chronic dog study, which occurred within the first week of exposure and persisted through week 19; other signs observed in the chronic dog study included lateral position, reduced mobility, convulsions, and vocalization in one female, and agitation in another.
EPA has determined that the acute and developmental neurotoxicity studies are not needed, nor are additional uncertainty factors (UFs) necessary to account for neurotoxicity. There were no indications of neurotoxic effects in developing rats or rabbits in either the developmental or reproductive studies. Although there were some effects in adult rats, those effects occurred at doses much higher than in the dog study. The dog is the more sensitive species for neurotoxic effects and points of departure (30 mg/kg/day and 10 mg/kg/day) are based on the chronic dog oral toxicity study, which EPA considers to be protective of any neurotoxicity at higher dose levels.
iii. There is no evidence that metaldehyde results in increased susceptibility in
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The dietary food exposure assessments were performed based on 100 PCT and tolerance-level residues. EPA made conservative (protective) assumptions in the ground and surface water modeling used to assess exposure to metaldehyde in drinking water. EPA used similarly conservative assumptions to assess post application exposure of children as well as incidental oral exposure of toddlers. These assessments will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by metaldehyde.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Using the exposure assumptions described in this unit for intermediate-term exposures, EPA has concluded that the combined intermediate-term food, water, and residential exposures result in an aggregate MOE of 280 for children, only. Because EPA's level of concern for metaldehyde is a MOE of 100 or below, this MOE is not of concern.
5.
6.
Adequate enforcement methodology (gas chromatography with mass spectrometry (GC/MS) method (EN-CAS Method No. ENC-3/99, Revision 1) is available to enforce the tolerance expression.
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for metaldehyde.
Six comments were posted in the docket for this action. However, the comments received were regarding bee concerns for a different chemical, sulfoxaflor. These comments were addressed at the time the Agency assessed sulfoxaflor. As a result, the only comments received were determined to be irrelevant to the Agency's tolerance action on metaldehyde.
The Agency has determined that tolerances of 0.60 ppm for clover hay and forage are appropriate based on available residue data and use of the OECD tolerance calculation procedures.
Therefore, tolerances are established for residues of metaldehyde in or on the following commodities: Vegetable, legume, edible podded, subgroup 6A at 0.80 ppm; pea and bean, succulent shelled, subgroup 6B at 0.20 ppm; vegetable, foliage of legume, except soybean, subgroup 7A at 1.5 ppm; tomato subgroup 8-10A at 0.24 ppm; fruit, citrus, group 10-10 at 0.26; and ginseng at 0.05 ppm; and tolerances with regional registrations for clover, forage at 0.60 ppm and clover, hay at 0.60 ppm. The regulation additionally removes the tolerances in or on fruit, citrus group 10 and tomato.
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerances in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175,
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
The amendments read as follows:
(a) * * *
(c) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of 9-octadecenoic acid (9
This regulation is effective March 4, 2015. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before May 4, 2015, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2013-0601, is available at
Susan Lewis, Director, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Publishing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2013-0601 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before May 4, 2015. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2013-0601, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Inert ingredients are all ingredients that are not active ingredients as defined in 40 CFR 153.125 and include, but are not limited to, the following types of ingredients (except when they have a pesticidal efficacy of their own): Solvents such as alcohols and hydrocarbons; surfactants such as polyoxyethylene polymers and fatty acids; carriers such as clay and diatomaceous earth; thickeners such as carrageenan and modified cellulose; wetting, spreading, and dispersing agents; propellants in aerosol dispensers; microencapsulating agents; and emulsifiers. The term “inert” is not intended to imply nontoxicity; the ingredient may or may not be chemically active. Generally, EPA has exempted inert ingredients from the requirement of a tolerance based on the low toxicity of the individual inert ingredients.
Section 408(c)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish an exemption from the requirement for a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
EPA establishes exemptions from the requirement of a tolerance only in those cases where it can be clearly demonstrated that the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide chemical residues under reasonably foreseeable circumstances will pose no appreciable risks to human health. In order to determine the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide inert ingredients, the Agency considers the toxicity of the inert in conjunction with possible exposure to residues of the inert ingredient through food, drinking water, and through other exposures that occur as a result of pesticide use in residential settings. If EPA is able to determine that a finite tolerance is not necessary to ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the inert ingredient, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance may be established.
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(c)(2)(A), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(c)(2)(B), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for 9-octadecenoic acid (9
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered their validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by 9-octadecenoic acid (9
Peroxy sulfonated oleic acid is acutely toxic via the oral route and is highly corrosive via the dermal and inhalation routes of exposure. In a 28-day oral toxicity study (OECD Guideline 407), rats were administered PSOA via gavage at dose levels of 15 milligrams/kilogram/day (mg/kg/day) and 50 mg/kg/day. No observable adverse effects were seen at either dose level but since no systemic effects were observed, the dosing was considered by the Agency to not be adequate.
In a developmental toxicity (OECD Guideline 414) study with PSOA, the parental NOAEL for systemic effects was 50 mg/kg bw/day, the highest dose tested. The NOAEL for embryotoxic, fetotoxic and developmental effects was also 50 mg/kg bw/day, the highest dose tested.
The dosing in the 28-day gavage study and the developmental toxicity studies was considered inadequate because animals were not challenged at higher doses. The applicant suggested that the higher doses were not utilized because of the corrosive nature of the chemical. Since there was no evidence of corrosivity in the study, a 14-day oral toxicity study was conducted at dose levels of 100 mg/kg/day, 300 mg/kg/day and 1,000 mg/kg/day. The study results confirmed that higher doses would have been corrosive.
In a series of genotoxicity studies PSOA is negative for inducing mutations in bacterial and mammalian cells, with and without metabolic activation. In the
A neurotoxicity study was not conducted with PSOA. However, detailed functional observations were made among the parameters measured in the 28-day subchronic oral feeding study. There were no PSOA related changes in any of the parameters measured, including functional observations battery (FOB). No evidence of neurotoxicity was observed. An immunotoxicity study was not conducted with PSOA. However, minimal hemorrhage in the thymus was observed after the recovery period in the 14-day oral toxicity study with rats. Since, this effect is a common background lesion it is not considered indicative of potential immunotoxicity. There are no known chronic toxicity studies with PSOA and no available PSOA mammalian metabolism studies.
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe
1.
In the absence of actual dietary exposure data resulting from this use, EPA has utilized a conservative, health-protective method of estimating dietary intake that is based upon conservative assumptions related to the amount of residues that can be transferred to foods as a result of the proposed use of 9-octadecenoic acid (9
i.
ii.
2.
3.
4.
EPA has not found peroxy sulfonated oleic acids to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and peroxy sulfonated oleic acids do not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that peroxy sulfonated oleic acids do not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such
1.
2.
3.
i. The NOAEL used for risk assessment is based on the corrosive effects of PSOA which occur at dose levels below which any systemic toxicity is observed and is therefore protective of potential developmental and reproductive effects.
ii. There is no indication that PSOA is a neurotoxic chemical and there is no need for a developmental neurotoxicity study or additional UFs to account for neurotoxicity.
iii. There is no indication that PSOA is an immunotoxic chemical and there is no need for additional UFs to account for immunotoxicity.
iv. There is no evidence that PSOA results in increased susceptibility in
v. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. EPA made conservative (health-protective) assumptions regarding dietary exposure to PSOA. This assessment will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by PSOA.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). The aPAD and cPAD represent the highest safe exposures, taking into account all appropriate SFs. EPA calculates the aPAD and cPAD by dividing the POD by all applicable UFs. For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the probability of additional cancer cases given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the POD to ensure that the MOE called for by the product of all applicable UFs is not exceeded.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
An analytical method is not required for enforcement purposes since the Agency is not establishing a numerical tolerance for residues of peroxy sulfonated oleic acids of in or on any food commodities. EPA is establishing a limitation on the amount of peroxy sulfonated oleic acids that may be used in pesticide formulations. That limitation will be enforced through the pesticide registration process under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), 7 U.S.C. 136
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nation Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for peroxy sulfonated oleic acids.
Therefore, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance is established under 40 CFR 180.940(a) for residues of 9-octadecenoic acid (9
This action establishes a tolerance under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
(a) * * *
Federal Communications Commission.
Final rule; announcement of effective date.
In this document, the Federal Communications Commission (Commission) announces that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved, for a period of three years, the information collection associated with the Commission's
47 CFR 64.2103, 64.2105, 64.2107, and the information collection in paragraph 67 of this Report and Order, which contains information collection requirements published at 78 FR 76218, December 17, 2013 are effective on March 4, 2015.
Randy Clarke, Acting Division Chief, Wireline Competition Bureau, at (202) 418-1587.
This document announces that, on January 29, 2015, OMB approved, for a period of three years, the information collection requirements contained in the Commission's
To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an email to
As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507), the FCC is notifying the public that it received OMB approval on January 29, 2015, for the information collection requirements contained in 64.2103, 64.2105, and 64.2107 of the Commission's Rules and the information collection in paragraph 67 of the
Under 5 CFR part 1320, an agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a current, valid OMB Control Number.
No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act that does not display a current, valid OMB Control Number. The OMB Control Number is 3060-1186.
The foregoing notice is required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, October 1, 1995, and 44 U.S.C. 3507.
The total annual reporting burdens and costs for the respondents are as follows:
In the near future, the Bureau will issue a public notice providing detailed instructions and announcing the deadline for the submission of data and providing further filing information.
Office of the Procurement Executive, Treasury.
Final rule.
The Department of the Treasury is amending the Department of the Treasury Acquisition Regulation (DTAR) in order to make editorial changes. These editorial changes are in response to updates made to the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR), Treasury bureau organizational restructuring, and other internal updates that have occurred since the 2013 edition.
Thomas O'Linn, Procurement Analyst, Office of the Procurement Executive, at (202) 622-2092.
The DTAR, which supplement the Federal Acquisition Regulation, are codified at 48 CFR Chapter 10. In order to update certain elements in 48 CFR part 10, the Department issued a proposed rule on December 23, 2014 (79 FR 76948) to solicit comments on certain editorial changes to the DTAR, which include updating Treasury bureau names and updating titles and dates, and other nonsubstantive revisions. This proposed rule also invited comments on removal of the Earned Value Management System provisions codified at section 1052.234-72. There is no longer a need for Treasury-specific coverage in this area.
The public comment period on the proposed rule closed on January 22, 2015. No comments were received. Accordingly, the Department is adopting the provisions of the proposed rule without change.
This rule is not a significant regulatory action as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Therefore a regulatory assessment is not required.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) generally requires agencies to conduct an initial regulatory flexibility analysis and a final regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements, unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
It is hereby certified that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Although the rule may affect a substantial number of small entities, the rule is limited to nonsubstantive, editorial changes to the DTAR, which are anticipated to have no economic impact. Therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.
The information collections contained in this rule have been previously approved by the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501,
Government procurement.
Accordingly, the Department of the Treasury amends 48 CFR chapter 10 as follows:
41 U.S.C. 1707.
41 U.S.C. 1707.
(1) Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB);
(2) Bureau of Engraving & Printing (BEP);
(3) Bureau of the Fiscal Service (formerly Bureau of Public Debt and Financial Management Service);
(4) Departmental Offices (DO);
(5) Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN);
(6) Office of the Inspector General (OIG);
(7) Internal Revenue Service (IRS);
(8) Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC);
(9) Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program (SIGTARP);
(10) Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA); or
(11) United States Mint.
41 U.S.C. 1707.
(b)(8) The HCA shall designate a task and delivery order ombudsman in accordance with bureau procedures and provide a copy of the designation to the agency task and delivery order ombudsman. Bureau task and delivery order ombudsmen shall review complaints from contractors concerning task and delivery orders placed by the contracting activity and ensure they are afforded a fair opportunity to be considered, consistent with the procedures in the contract. In the absence of a designation, the Bureau
41 U.S.C. 1707.
The addition and revision read as follows:
(n) * * *
(2) * * *
(vi) Protégé firms shall submit a post completion report 24 months after exiting the Mentor-Protégé Program. The post completion report will assist the Department of the Treasury in assessing the progress of Protégé firms upon completion of the program.
(p) * * *
(2) Insert the clause at
41 U.S.C. 1707.
(a) Insert a clause substantially similar to 1052.228-70, Insurance requirements, in all solicitations and contracts that contain the clause at FAR 52.228-5.
Insert a clause substantially similar to 1052.228-70, Insurance requirements, in all solicitations and contracts that contain the clause at FAR 52.228-7.
41 U.S.C. 1707.
Except as provided in
41 U.S.C. 1707.
The addition reads as follows:
As used in this part—
41 U.S.C. 1707.
41 U.S.C. 1707.
As prescribed in
(a) The COR is ____ [insert name, address and telephone number].
(b) Performance of work under this contract is subject to the technical direction of the COR identified above, or a representative designated in writing. The term “technical direction” includes, without limitation, direction to the contractor that directs or redirects the labor effort, shifts the work between work areas or locations, and/or fills in details and otherwise serves to ensure that tasks outlined in the work statement are accomplished satisfactorily.
(c) Technical direction must be within the scope of the contract specification(s)/work statement. The COR does not have authority to issue technical direction that:
(6) Directs, supervises or otherwise controls the actions of the Contractor's employees.
(d) Technical direction may be oral or in writing. The COR must confirm oral direction in writing within five workdays, with a copy to the Contracting Officer.
(e) The Contractor shall proceed promptly with performance resulting from the technical direction issued by the COR. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, any direction of the COR or the designated representative falls within the limitations of (c) above, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer no later than the beginning of the next Government work day.
As prescribed in
The Contractor, or any entity or representative acting on behalf of the Contractor, shall not refer to the supplies or services furnished pursuant to the provisions
As prescribed in
In accordance with FAR clause 52.228-5, entitled “Insurance—Work on a Government Installation” [or FAR clause 52.228-7 entitled, “
(a)
(b)
(c)
As prescribed in
(a)
(1) “
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this clause, the Contractor shall submit payment requests electronically using the Invoice Processing Platform (IPP). Information regarding IPP, including IPP Customer Support contact information, is available at
(c) The Contractor may submit payment requests using other than IPP only when the Contracting Officer authorizes alternate procedures in writing in accordance with Treasury procedures.
(d) If alternate payment procedures are authorized, the Contractor shall include a copy of the Contracting Officer's written authorization with each payment request.
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Proposed rule; withdrawal.
We are withdrawing a proposed rule that would have amended the regulations regarding the introduction (importation, interstate movement, and environmental release (field testing)) of certain genetically engineered organisms. We are doing this in light of the experience we have gained over the past 28 years, continuing advances in biotechnology, and comments we received on the rule. We will begin a fresh stakeholder engagement aimed at exploring alternative policy approaches. This engagement will begin with a series of webinars that will provide the stakeholder community an opportunity to provide initial feedback. Information on these webinars will be announced in the coming month.
Effective March 4, 2015, the proposed rule published on October 9, 2008 (73 FR 60008), is withdrawn.
Mrs. Chessa Huff-Woodard, Biotechnology Regulatory Services, APHIS, 4700 River Road Unit 146, Riverdale, MD 20737-1236; (301) 8513943.
On October 9, 2008, the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) published in the
APHIS sought public comment on the proposal from October 9, 2008, to June 29, 2009. We received over 88,300 comments by the close of the comment period. These were received in 5,580 submissions that included unique comments, form letters, and signatories to petitions. We thoroughly reviewed each comment we received. Comments were from a variety of stakeholders, including advocacy groups; State, Tribal, and foreign governments; university researchers; farmers, businesses, trade associations and other regulated entities; and private citizens. We wish to thank the commenters for sharing their knowledge and views on this important subject.
Many commenters indicated that the proposed scope and many of the provisions of the rule were unclear. With regard to the scope of the proposed changes, some commenters asserted that APHIS regulations needed to be more rigorous and far-reaching, while others believed that the proposed regulations were overly restrictive. Other commenters indicated that they were not clear as to what would and would not be regulated, and raised concerns regarding what future criteria might be used to determine what organisms would fall under APHIS regulatory jurisdiction. Concerns regarding oversight of crops that produce pharmaceutical and industrial compounds and increased regulatory burden are just a few examples of the complex issues raised by commenters.
Many commenters also expressed opposition to genetic engineering in general and expressed concerns with a wide range of issues, many of which were outside the scope of the proposed rule. For example, commenters stated that APHIS should consider non-safety based risks, such as economic and social impacts, including impacts on the marketability of non-GE products. Other commenters requested that APHIS regulations include provisions related to the labeling of GE products and raised concerns regarding health effects of GE products and increased pesticide use.
Based on the experience we have gained over the past 28 years, continuing advances in biotechnology, and the scope of comments received on the proposed rule, we have decided to withdraw it and to begin a fresh stakeholder engagement aimed at exploring alternative policy approaches. Because of rules limiting
Therefore, we are withdrawing the October 9, 2008, proposed rule. As we explore a full range of policy alternatives, we will consider the comments we received on the proposed rule, as well as new scientific knowledge whenever it is available, and continue to seek the active and open input of stakeholders. In the coming months, we will engage stakeholders on biotechnology regulation alternatives to ensure the safe environmental release (field testing), interstate movement, and importation of certain GE organisms
7 U.S.C. 7701-7772 and 7781-7786; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 7 CFR 2.22, 2.80, and 371.3.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting and webinar.
This document announces a meeting of the Appliance Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (ASRAC).
The meeting will be held on Thursday, March 19, 2015 from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
U.S. Department of Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 8E-089, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585. For individuals that wish to attend by webinar, please register at—
John Cymbalsky, ASRAC Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC, 20024. Email:
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, 86 Stat. 770, requires that agencies publish notice of an advisory committee meeting in the
• Discussion of formation of working groups to negotiate proposed rules for commercial and industrial fans and miscellaneous refrigeration products.
• Discussion of other topics where ASRAC can assist the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program
• Discussion of public engagement under DOE's retrospective regulatory review plan
Due to the REAL ID Act implemented by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) recent changes regarding ID requirements for individuals wishing to enter Federal buildings from specific states and U.S. territories. Driver's licenses from the following states or territory will not be accepted for building entry and one of the alternate forms of ID listed below will be required.
DHS has determined that regular driver's licenses (and ID cards) from the following jurisdictions are not acceptable for entry into DOE facilities: Alaska, Louisiana, New York, American Samoa, Maine, Oklahoma, Arizona, Massachusetts, Washington, and Minnesota.
Acceptable alternate forms of Photo-ID include: U. S. Passport or Passport Card; An Enhanced Driver's License or Enhanced ID-Card issued by the states of Minnesota, New York or Washington (Enhanced licenses issued by these states are clearly marked Enhanced or Enhanced Driver's License); A military ID or other Federal government issued Photo-ID card.
Members of the public will be heard in the order in which they sign up for the Public Comment Period. Time allotted per speaker will depend on the number of individuals who wish to speak but will not exceed five minutes. Reasonable provision will be made to include the scheduled oral statements on the agenda. The co-chairs of the Committee will make every effort to hear the views of all interested parties and to facilitate the orderly conduct of business.
Participation in the meeting is not a prerequisite for submission of written comments. ASRAC invites written comments from all interested parties. Any comments submitted must identify the ASRAC, and provide docket number EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0005. Comments may be submitted using any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
No telefacsimilies (faxes) will be accepted.
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this notice of proposed rulemaking.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice of proposed rulemaking and notice of public hearing.
This document contains proposed regulations under section 6041 regarding the filing of information returns to report winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play. The proposed regulations affect persons who pay winnings of $1,200 or more from bingo and slot machine play, $1,500 or more from keno, and recipients of such payments. This document also provides a notice of a public hearing on these proposed regulations.
Written or electronic comments must be received by June 2, 2015. Outlines of topics to be discussed at the public hearing scheduled for June 17, 2015 at 10 a.m. must be received by June 2, 2015.
Send submissions to: CC:PA: LPD:PR (REG-132253-11), Room 5205, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-132253-11), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC, or sent electronically, via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Concerning the proposed regulations, David Bergman, (202) 317-6844; concerning submissions of comments, the hearing, or to be placed on the building access list to attend the hearing, Oluwafunmilayo P. Taylor (202) 317-6901 (not toll-free numbers).
This document contains proposed regulations to Title 26 of the Code of Federal Regulations under section 6041 of the Internal Revenue Code. The proposed regulations would update and simplify the existing information reporting requirements under § 7.6041-1 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations under the Tax Reform Act of 1976 for persons who make reportable payments of bingo, keno, or slot machine winnings. The updated requirements are proposed to be set forth in a new § 1.6041-10 of the regulations. Accordingly, when § 1.6041-10 of the proposed regulations becomes final, the regulations under § 7.6041-1 will be removed.
Section 6041 generally requires information reporting by every person engaged in a trade or business who, in the course of such trade or business, makes payments of gross income of $600 or more in any taxable year. The current regulatory reporting thresholds for winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machines deviate from this general rule. Prior to the adoption of the current thresholds in 1977, reporting from bingo, keno, and slot machines was based a sliding scale threshold tied to the amount of the wager and required the wager odds to be at least 300 to 1. On January 7, 1977, temporary regulation § 7.6041-1 was published establishing reporting thresholds for payments of winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play in the amount of $600. In Announcement 77-63, 1977-8 IRB 25, the IRS announced that it would not assert penalties for failure to file information returns before May 1, 1977, to allow the casino industry to submit, and the IRS to consider, information regarding the industry's problems in complying with the reporting requirements. After considering the evidence presented by the casino industry, the IRS announced in a press release that effective May 1, 1977, information reporting to the IRS would be required on payments of winnings of $1,200 or more from a bingo game or a slot machine play, and $1,500 or more from a keno game net of the wager. On June 30, 1977, § 7.6041-1 was amended to raise the reporting thresholds for winnings from a bingo game and slot machine play to $1,200, and the reporting threshold for winnings from a keno game to $1,500.
Section 7.6041-1(c) provides that bingo, keno, and slot machine winnings are reported on the Form W-2G, “Certain Gambling Winnings.” The payor must provide a copy of the Form W-2G to the payee by January 31 of the year following the year in which the reportable payment is made, and the payor must file the Form W-2G with the IRS by February 28 of the year following the year in which the reportable payment is made. The Form W-2G must include, among other things, the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the payee and a general description of the two forms of identification used to verify this information.
The current regulations governing information reporting of winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play were published in 1977. There have been significant changes in gaming industry technology since that time. For instance, today many gaming establishments employ electronic slot machines and other mechanisms, such as player's cards, that permit electronic tracking of wagers and/or winnings. In addition, there have been many changes in the tax information reporting regime since the late 1970s, such as the enactment of backup withholding and requirements for electronic filing of information returns, including the Form W-2G. Current regulations under § 7.6041-1 of
Proposed § 1.6041-10(a) retains the general rule from § 7.6041-1 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations that every person engaged in a trade or business who, in the course of its trade or business, pays reportable gambling winnings must make an information return with respect to such payments. Proposed § 1.6041-10(a) clarifies that, consistent with current law and as provided in § 1.6041-1(b) of the regulations, the term “persons engaged in a trade or business” includes not only those engaged in a trade or business for profit or gain, but also organizations whose activities are not for profit or gain, such as tax-exempt organizations and governmental entities.
Proposed § 1.6041-10(b) sets thresholds for when winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play will be treated as reportable gambling winnings and subject to reporting. Existing § 7.6041-1(b) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations sets one threshold for bingo and slots, and a different threshold for keno. In addition, under § 7.6041-1(b) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations, winnings from a keno game are reduced by the amount wagered in that game in determining whether the reporting threshold is satisfied, whereas for bingo and slot machine play winnings are not reduced by the amount wagered in determining whether the reporting threshold is satisfied.
Under the proposed regulations, the reporting thresholds for winnings from bingo, keno and slot machine play (other than electronically tracked slot machine play) remain the same as under the existing regulations. These thresholds are intended to reach a balance between reporting burden and compliance risk. Based on over 35 years of experience with the current thresholds, the IRS thinks they are sufficient at this time to verify correct reporting of wagering income. Accordingly, § 1.6041-10(b) of the proposed regulations provides that reportable gambling winnings means (i) $1,200 or more in the case of one bingo game or slot machine play, and (ii) $1,500 or more in the case of one keno game. However, advances in technology in the nearly four decades since the existing rules were adopted may overcome the compliance concerns that prompted the higher reporting thresholds and may warrant reducing the thresholds for bingo, keno, and slots to $600, consistent with other information reporting thresholds under § 6041(a). Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury will continue to monitor the effectiveness of the existing (and proposed) reporting thresholds, and may propose to reduce those thresholds at a future time. Comments are specifically requested regarding the proposed reporting thresholds, including the feasibility of reducing those thresholds to $600 at a future time, whether electronically tracked slot machine play should have a separate reporting threshold, and whether the amounts should be uniform for bingo, keno, and slot machine play.
In addition, the proposed regulations retain the rule from § 7.6041-1(b) of the Temporary Income Regulations that, in determining whether the reporting threshold is satisfied, the amount of the winnings from bingo or slot machine play is not reduced by the amount wagered, but the amount of winnings from one keno game is reduced by the amount wagered in that one game. Allowing the winnings from one keno game to be reduced by the amount wagered in that one game has been permitted by the regulations for over 35 years. This rule has been relied upon by payors and is an established norm in the gaming industry. The proposed regulations do not permit the winnings from one bingo game or slot machine pull to be reduced by the amount wagered in that one game or pull because the IRS does not have data indicating that this is feasible. Comments are requested regarding whether reportable gambling winnings in the case of bingo and slot machine play (other than electronically tracked slot machine play) should be determined by netting the wager against the winnings as with keno.
The proposed regulations also include new rules for determining the reporting threshold for electronically tracked slot machine play. Under § 1.6041-10(b)(1) of the proposed regulations, electronically tracked slot machine play means slot machine play where an electronic player system that is controlled by the gaming establishment (such as through the use of a player's card or similar system) records the amount a specific individual won and wagered on slot machine play. The new reporting threshold rules for electronically tracked slot machine play rules are intended to simplify reporting by allowing payors to leverage their existing technology and processes to report winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play. In addition, these changes are intended to facilitate reporting that more closely reflects gross income that will be reported by payees on their individual income tax returns. See Notice 2015-21 for more information on computing gross income attributable to electronically tracked slot machine play. Comments are specifically requested with respect to the definitions of session and electronically tracked slot machine play.
Under these new rules, gambling winnings for electronically tracked slot machine play must be reported when two criteria are met: (i) The total amount of winnings earned from electronically tracked slot machine play during a single session netted against the total amount of wagers placed on electronically tracked slot machines during the same session is $1,200 or more; and (ii) at least one single win during the session (without regard to the amount wagered) equals or exceeds $1,200. The first criterion helps to implement the safe harbor for computing gross income attributable to electronically tracked slot machine play described in Notice 2015-21. The second criterion is intended to be consistent with the casino industry's current practice of gathering payee information when a player wins a single jackpot that satisfies the reporting threshold. The $1,200 threshold for each criterion is intended to balance reporting burden and compliance risk as discussed previously. Pursuant to § 1.6041-10(b)(3) of the proposed regulations, a session begins when a patron places the first wager on a particular type of game at the payor's gaming establishment and ends when the patron places his or her last wager on the same type of game before the end of the same calendar day at the same establishment. Under this rule, reporting with respect to electronically tracked slot machine play is not required if no single win (without reduction for the amount of the wager) meets the $1,200 reporting threshold or if the net amount of winnings reduced by the amount of all wagers for the session is less than $1,200. However, if the $1,200 reporting threshold for a single win is satisfied and all winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play during a session netted against all
Proposed § 1.6041-10(b)(2) also includes several clarifications regarding the definition of reportable gambling winnings. First, the proposed regulations clarify that all winnings from all cards played during one bingo game are combined and that all winnings from all “ways” on a multi-way keno ticket are combined. Second, the proposed regulations clarify that winnings from different types of games are not combined to determine whether the reporting thresholds are satisfied, and that bingo, keno, electronically tracked slot machine play, and slot machine play that is not electronically tracked are all different types of games.
Proposed § 1.6041-10(b)(4) also adds a definition of the term “slot machine” to these information reporting regulations. Under this definition, a slot machine is a device that, by application of the element of chance, may deliver or entitle the person playing or operating the device to receive cash, premiums, merchandise, or tokens, whether or not the device is operated by inserting a coin, token, or similar object. The definition of slot machine in the proposed regulations is intended to be consistent with § 44.4402-1(b)(1) of the Wagering Tax Regulations.
Proposed § 1.6041-10(d) retains the requirement in § 7.6041-1(c) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations that a payor of reportable gambling winnings file a Form W-2G, “Certain Gambling Winnings,” or successor form, on or before February 28 (or March 31, if filed electronically) of the year following the calendar year in which the reportable gambling winnings were paid. Outdated references to the place of filing have been replaced with a requirement that the return is filed with the appropriate Internal Revenue Service location designated in the instructions to the form.
Proposed § 1.6041-10(g) requires a payor of reportable gambling winnings to provide a statement of the reportable gambling winnings to each payee on or before January 31st of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the gambling winnings were paid. Although § 7.6041-1 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations does not address when to provide statements to the payees, the proposed regulations are a restatement of the requirement to furnish statements to payees in section 6041(d). In addition, proposed § 1.6041-10(i) clarifies that the rules for reporting winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play under proposed § 1.6041-10 do not apply to payments made to foreign persons. Instead, gambling winnings paid to a foreign person are generally subject to 30 percent withholding under sections 1441(a) and 1442(a) and are reportable on Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons, and Form 1042-S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding. Proposed § 1.6041-10(e) retains the rules in § 7.6041-1(c) of the Temporary Regulations regarding the information that is required on the return, including the requirement that the payor describe on the return the two types of identification relied on to verify the payee's identity. However, proposed § 1.6041-10(e) now requires that one of the forms of identification include the payee's photograph to ensure that certain safeguards are in place to properly identify the payee. In addition, under proposed § 1.6041-10(f), the type of identification that is acceptable has been expanded.
Section 7.6041-1(c)(3) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations, which has been in place since 1977, provides that the identification verifying the payee's identity must include the payee's social security number. According to those regulations, examples of acceptable identification include a driver's license, a social security card, or a voter registration card. However, today most forms of identification do not include a person's social security number. Therefore, many payees do not have identification that contains the payee's social security number and, even if they do, they may not have this identification with them at the time that they receive a payment of reportable gambling winnings. To address this issue, § 1.6041-10(f) of the proposed regulations provides that, in addition to government-issued identification, a properly completed Form W-9 signed by the payee is an acceptable form of identification to verify the payee's identifying information. This rule is consistent with procedures currently used by many payors to address the fact that most forms of identification do not contain social security numbers. Accordingly, payors who verify payee information using identification set forth in proposed § 1.6041-10(f) before the date that final regulations implementing these provisions are published in the
Proposed § 1.6041-10(h) provides an alternative method for reporting multiple winnings from bingo, keno, and slots. Under current regulations, each payment of gambling winnings from a single bingo or keno game, or slot machine play that meets the reporting threshold is required to be reported on a Form W-2G to the same payee. To simplify reporting, proposed § 1.6041-10(h) would allow a payor who makes more than one payment of reportable gambling winnings to the same payee from the same type of game during the same session to report the aggregate amount of such reportable gambling winnings on one Form W-2G. This aggregate reporting method may be used at the payor's option. Proposed § 1.6041-10(h)(3) sets forth certain recordkeeping requirements for a payor using the aggregate reporting method.
These proposed regulations apply to reporting of gambling winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play. The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware that taxpayers required to report winnings from pari-mutuel gambling may have concerns, similar to those addressed in these proposed regulations, relating to when wagers with respect to horse races, dog races, and jai alai may be treated as identical. Identical wagers are combined and offset against winnings to determine proceeds from the wager for purposes of determining whether the reporting thresholds are satisfied. The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to amend the regulations under § 31.3402(q)-1 in a manner consistent with these proposed regulations and request comments from the public on this topic. In addition, comments are requested regarding whether the aggregate reporting method should be available for gambling winnings other than winnings from bingo, keno, and slot machine play.
These regulations are proposed to apply to payments made on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulations in the
It has been determined that this notice of proposed rulemaking is not a significant regulatory action as defined
Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any written comments (a signed original and eight (8) copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely to the IRS. In addition to the requests for comments noted in the Background Section, Treasury and the IRS request comments on any other aspects of the proposed rules, and any other issues relating to the payment of bingo, keno, and slot machine winnings that are not addressed in the proposed regulations. All comments will be available at
A public hearing has been scheduled for June 17, 2015, beginning at 10 a.m. in the IRS Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC. Due to building security procedures, visitors must enter at the Constitution Avenue entrance. In addition, all visitors must present photo identification to enter the building. Because of access restrictions, visitors will not be admitted beyond the immediate entrance area more than 30 minutes before the hearing starts. For information about having your name placed on the building access list to attend the hearing, see the
The rules of § 601.601(a)(3) apply to the hearing. Persons who wish to present oral comments at the hearing must submit electronic or written comments and an outline of the topics to be discussed and the time to be devoted to each topic (signed original and eight (8) copies) and an outline of the topics to be discussed and the time to be devoted to each topic by June 2, 2015. A period of 10 minutes will be allotted to each person for making comments. An agenda showing the scheduling of the speakers will be prepared after the deadline for receiving outlines has passed. Copies of the agenda will be available free of charge at the hearing.
The principal author of these proposed regulations is Charles W. Gorham, formerly of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration).
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employment Taxes and Collection of Income Tax at Source.
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 31 are proposed to be amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805* * *
(a)
(b)
(2)
(A) For bingo, the term “reportable gambling winnings” means winnings of $1,200 or more from one bingo game, without reduction for the amount wagered. All winnings received from all wagers made during one bingo game are combined (for example, all winnings from all cards played during one bingo game are combined).
(B) For keno, the term “reportable gambling winnings” means winnings of $1,500 or more from one keno game reduced by the amount wagered on the same keno game. All winnings received from all wagers made during one keno game are combined (for example, all winnings from all “ways” on a multi-way keno ticket are combined).
(C) For slot machine play (other than electronically tracked slot machine play as defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section), the term “reportable gambling winnings” means winnings of $1,200 or more from one slot machine play, without reduction for the amount wagered.
(D) For electronically tracked slot machine play (as defined in (b)(1) of this section), the term “reportable gambling winnings” means net winnings of $1,200 or more, but only if the winnings from at least one electronically tracked slot machine play during the session, without reduction for any amount wagered, is $1,200 or more. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, net winnings is determined by combining the amount of all winnings from all electronically tracked slot machine play during the session reduced by the amount of all wagers from all electronically tracked slot machine play during the same session.
(ii) Winnings and wagers from different types of games are not combined to determine if the reporting threshold is satisfied. Bingo, keno, and
(iii) Winnings include the fair market value of a payment in any medium other than cash.
(iv) The amount wagered in the case of a free play is zero.
(v) For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, with respect to electronically tracked slot machine play, if the amount wagered during a session exceeds the amount won during the same session, the amount of winnings is zero.
(3)
(4)
(c)
At 10 a.m., A wagers $20 at casino R on one play on a slot machine that is not electronically tracked. A wins $1,200 from this wager. At 2 p.m. on the same day, A wagers $100 on one keno game at casino R. A wins $1,550 from that wager. A makes no other wagers that day:
(i) Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section, A's $1,200 in winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked are not reduced by the amount wagered. Therefore, the $1,200 winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked are reportable gambling winnings. R must report the $1,200 in winnings from slot machine play that it pays to A.
(ii) Under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, because winnings from different types of games are not combined to determine whether the threshold for reportable gambling winnings is satisfied, A's winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked are not combined with A's winnings from keno. A's winnings from keno are below the $1,500 reporting threshold for keno, because the gross amount of $1,550 that A won is reduced by the $100 amount that A wagered. R is therefore not required to report the winnings from keno that it pays to A under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section.
Between 11 a.m. and 11 p.m. on the same day, B places five wagers of $20 each at casino Q on slot machine play that is not electronically tracked. B wins a total of $1,600 during that period of time as follows: an $800 win on the first play, no win on the second play, no win on the third play, a $600 win on the fourth play, and a $200 win on the fifth play. Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section, winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked are not combined to determine whether the reporting threshold is satisfied. Therefore, none of B's winnings is a reportable gambling winning and Q is not required to report winnings from slot machine play that it pays to B.
During one session at casino R, C places two $20 wagers on one electronically tracked slot machine and three $20 wagers on a different electronically tracked slot machine. The first four wagers result in no wins. The fifth wager results in a win of $2,000. C makes no further wagers on any games at R during the same session. C's combined winnings for the session ($2,000) reduced by C's combined wagers for the session ($100) is $1,900, which is over the $1,200 threshold described in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section. In addition, C had one win in the same session of $1,200 or more ($2,000 win). Therefore, under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, R paid reportable gambling winnings with respect to electronically tracked slot machine play of $1,900. Accordingly, R must report the winnings of $1,900 that it paid to C.
Assume the same facts as in
During one session, D places ten $200 wagers on electronically tracked slot machine play at casino S. The first nine wagers result in no wins. The last wager results in a $1,500 win. D's combined winnings for the session ($1,500) reduced by D's combined wagers placed during the session ($2,000) did not result in any net winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play during the session. Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, gambling winnings from a session of electronically tracked slot machine play are not reportable gambling winnings unless they include a single win of $1,200 or more and the net amount of all winnings during the session reduced by all wagers placed during the session is $1,200 or more. Here, there was a single win of $1,500, which exceeds the threshold for a single win under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section. However, because the net amount of the winnings reduced by all the wagers placed during the session is not $1,200 or more, paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section is not satisfied. Therefore, during the session, D did not have reportable gambling winnings with respect to electronically tracked slot machine play during the session and S is not required to report the winnings it pays D with respect to electronically tracked slot machine play during this session.
During one session, E places five $20 wagers at casino T on slot machine play that is not electronically tracked. The first four wagers result in no wins. The fifth wager results in a win of $1,200. During the same session, E also places five $20 wagers at casino T on slot machine play that is electronically tracked. The first four wagers result in no wins. The fifth wager results in a win of $1,400. E makes no wagers on any other games at T during that session. Under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked and winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play are not combined. However, even without combining the winnings from both types of slot machine play, T paid reportable gambling winnings with respect to both the slot machine play that is not electronically tracked, and electronically tracked slot machine play as follows:
(i) Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section, E's $1,200 of winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked is not reduced by the amount wagered, even though all of E's wagers were placed during the same session. Accordingly, the $1,200 of winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked meets the threshold in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section and T must report the $1,200 in winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked that it pays to E.
(ii) Because E's combined winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play during the session ($1,400) reduced by E's combined wagers on electronically tracked slot machine play placed during the session ($100) is $1,200 or more ($1,400 − $100 = $1,300) and E had at least one win during the same session of $1,200 or more (a win of $1,400), under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, T paid E reportable gambling winnings with respect to electronically tracked slot machine play. Accordingly, T must also report winnings from the electronically tracked slot machine play during the session of $1,300 that it pays to E.
During the same session, F makes five $20 wagers at casino V on slot machine play that is electronically tracked on the same slot machine. The first three wagers result in no wins. The fourth wager results in a win of $900. The fifth wager results in
Between 11 p.m. and 11:59 p.m. on Day 1, G makes five $20 wagers at casino W on slot machine play that is electronically tracked. The first four wagers placed on Day 1 result in no wins. The fifth wager placed on Day 1 results in an $800 win. Between 12:00 a.m. and 12:15 a.m. on Day 2, G makes two $20 wagers on the same slot machine at casino W that is electronically tracked. The first wager placed on Day 2 results in a win of $600. The second wager placed on Day 2 results in a win of $900.
(i) Under paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(D) and (b)(3) of this section, the winnings from one session of electronically tracked slot machine play are not combined with the winnings from another session of electronically tracked slot machine play for purposes of determining reportable gambling winnings. In this case, G engaged in electronically tracked slot machine play during two sessions, even though he played the same type of game on the same machine at the same gambling establishment. Therefore, each session must be analyzed to determine whether there were reportable gambling winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play.
(ii) During the session on Day 1, G won $800. Because no single win was $1,200 or more on Day 1, there were no reportable gambling winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play on Day 1 under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, and W does not have to report the winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play on Day 1 that it paid to G.
(iii) During the session on Day 2, G won $600 and $900. Because no single win was $1,200 or more on Day 2, there were no reportable gambling winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play on Day 2 under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section, and W does not have to report the winnings from electronically tracked slot machine play on Day 2 that it paid to G.
(d)
(e)
(1) The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the payor;
(2) The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the payee;
(3) A general description of the two types of identification (as described in paragraph (f) of this section), one of which must have the payee's photograph on it, that the payor relied on to verify the payee's name, address, and taxpayer identification number;
(4) The date and amount of payment;
(5) The type of wagering transaction (bingo, keno, slot machine play, or electronically tracked slot machine play);
(6) In the case of a bingo or keno game, any number, color, or other designation assigned to the game for which the payment is made;
(7) In the case of slot machine play (including electronically tracked slot machine play), the identification number of the slot machine(s) (for example, location and asset number);
(8) Any other information required by the form, instructions, revenue procedure, or other applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. In the case of aggregate reporting under paragraph (h) of this section, the amount of the payment in paragraphs (e)(4) is the aggregate amount of payments of reportable gambling winnings from the same type of game (bingo, keno, slot machine play, or electronically tracked slot machine play) made to the same payee during the same session (as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section). Unless otherwise provided in forms, instructions, or other guidance, in the case of aggregate reporting under paragraph (h) of this section the information required by paragraphs (e)(5), (6), (7) of this section, and this paragraph (e)(8) must be maintained by the payor as described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
(f)
(1) Government-issued identification (for example, a driver's license, passport, social security card, military identification card, or voter registration card) in the name of the payee; and
(2) A Form W-9, “Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification,” signed by the payee, that includes the payee's name, address, taxpayer identification number, and other information required by the form. A Form W-9 is not acceptable for this purpose if the payee has modified the form (other than pursuant to instructions to the form) or if the payee has deleted the jurat or other similar provisions by which the payee certifies or affirms the correctness of the statements contained on the form.
(g)
(h)
(2)
(ii) A payor may use the aggregate reporting method for payments to some payees and not others, at its own discretion. In addition, with respect to a single payee, the payor may use the aggregate reporting method to report
(iii) Failure to report some reportable gambling winnings from a particular type of game during one session to a particular payee under the aggregate reporting method (for whatever reason, including because the winnings are not permitted to be reported using the aggregate reporting method under paragraph (h)(4) of this section) will not disqualify the payor from using the aggregate reporting method to report other reportable gambling winnings from that type of game during that session to that payee.
(3)
(i) The payee's signature confirming the information in the record;
(ii) The information required under paragraph (e) of this section;
(iii) The time of the win resulting in the reportable gambling winnings;
(iv) Except in the case of electronically tracked slot machine play, the total amount of reportable gambling winnings;
(v) In the case of electronically tracked slot machine play—
(A) The total amount of the winnings during the session from electronically tracked slot machine play; and
(B) The total amount of the wagers placed during the session on electronically tracked slot machine play;
(vi) The amount of reportable gambling winnings;
(vii) The method of payment to the payee (for example, cash, check, voucher, token, or chips); and
(viii) The name and gaming license number of the individual that the payor has determined is responsible for ensuring that the entry with respect to the reportable gambling winnings (including the general description of two types of identification used to verify the payee's name, address, and taxpayer identification number) is complete and accurate. Such individual may or may not be the same individual who prepared the entry.
(4)
(i) The payee is a foreign person;
(ii) The payor knows or has reason to know that the person making the wager is not the person entitled to the winnings or is not the only person entitled to the winnings (regardless of whether the person making the wager furnishes a Form 5754, “Statement by Person(s) Receiving Gambling Winnings,” or successor form); or
(iii) Backup withholding under section 3406(a) applies to the payment.
(5)
On Day 1, C places five wagers at casino R on five different slot machines that are not electronically tracked. The first two wagers result in no win. The third wager results in a $1,500 win. The fourth wager results in a $2,500 win. The fifth wager results in an $800 win:
(i) Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section, there are reportable gambling winnings from the slot machine play that is not electronically tracked of $4,000 ($1,500 + $2,500). The $800 win is not a reportable gambling winning from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked because it does not equal or exceed the $1,200 threshold.
(ii) Because all of the amounts were won on the same type of game (even though each of the winnings occurred on different machines) during the same session, R is permitted to use the aggregate reporting method under this paragraph (h). If R decides not to use the aggregate reporting method and meets the requirements of paragraph (h), a separate Form W-2G would have to be filed and furnished for the payment of reportable gambling winnings of $1,500 and for the payment of reportable gambling winnings of $2,500. However, if R decides to use the aggregate reporting method, R may report total reportable gambling winnings from slot machine play that is not electronically tracked of $4,000 ($1,500 + $2,500) on one Form W-2G.
Assume the same facts as
At 2 p.m. on Day 1, D won $2,000 (after reducing the amount of the win by the amount wagered) playing one keno game at casino S. D provides S with his driver's license. The driver's license has D's photograph on it, as well as D's name and address. The driver's license does not include D's social security number. D cannot remember his social security number and has no other identification at the time with his social security number on it. D does not provide S with his social security number before S pays the winnings to D. Because D cannot remember his social security number, D cannot complete and sign a Form W-9. S deducts and withholds $560 (28 percent of $2,000) under the backup withholding provisions of section 3406(a) and pays the remaining $1,440 in winnings to D. D returns to casino S and at 6 p.m. on Day 1 wins $1,500 (after reducing the amount of the win by the amount wagered) in one keno game. D provides S with his driver's license as well as D's social security card. S generally uses the aggregate reporting method and in all cases where it is used, S complies with the requirements of this paragraph (h). At 8 p.m. and 10 p.m. on Day 1, D wins an additional $1,800 and $1,700 (after reducing the amount of the win by the amount wagered), respectively, from two different keno games. For each of these two wins, an employee of S obtains the information from D required by this paragraph (h):
(i) Under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section, each of D's wins from the four games of keno on Day 1 ($2,000, $1,500, $1,700, and $1,800) are reportable gambling winnings. Because D's first win on Day 1 was at 2 p.m. and D's last win on Day 1 was at 10 p.m., all of D's reportable gambling winnings from keno are won during the same session. Because S satisfies the requirements of paragraph (h)(2)(i), S may use the aggregate reporting method to report D's reportable gambling winnings from keno. However, pursuant to paragraph (h)(4)(iii) of this section, the $2,000 payment made to D at 2 p.m. cannot be reported under the aggregate reporting method because that payment was subject to backup withholding. Accordingly, if S uses the aggregate reporting method under this paragraph (h), S will have to file two Forms W-2G with respect to D's reportable gambling winnings from keno on
In one session on Day 1, E won five reportable gambling winnings from five different bingo games at a casino T. T generally uses the aggregate reporting method and in all cases where it is used, T complies with the requirements of this paragraph (h). Although E signed the entry in the record T maintains for payment of the first four reportable gambling winnings, E refuses to sign the entry in the record for the fifth payment of reportable gambling winnings. T may use the aggregate reporting method for the first four payments of reportable gambling winnings to E. However, because the entry in the record for the fifth payment of reportable gambling winnings does not include E's signature, that payment may not be reported under the aggregate reporting method. Accordingly, if T uses the aggregate reporting method under paragraph (h) of this section, T must prepare two Forms W-2G as follows: On the first Form W-2G, T must report the first four payments of reportable gambling winnings from bingo made to E on Day 1. On the second Form W-2G, T must report the fifth payment of reportable gambling winnings from bingo made to E on Day 1.
(i)
(j)
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Coast Guard proposes to establish a temporary safety zone on the waters of the New River in Fort Lauderdale, Florida during the Rotary Club of Fort Lauderdale New River Raft Race, on Saturday, April 18, 2015. The safety zone will encompass the waters between Esplanade Park to just east of the Southeast 3rd Avenue Bridge. Approximately 100 participants will attend the race. The safety zone is necessary to ensure the safety of the participants, participant vessels, and the general public during the event. Persons and vessels, except those participating in the event, are prohibited from entering, transiting through, anchoring in, or remaining within the regulated area unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative.
Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before April 3, 2015.
Requests for public meetings must be received by the Coast Guard on or before April 3, 2015.
You may submit comments identified by docket number using any one of the following methods:
(1) Federal eRulemaking Portal:
(2) Fax: 202-493-2251.
(3) Mail or Delivery: Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Deliveries accepted between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. The telephone number is 202-366-9329.
See the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” portion of the
If you have questions on this rule, call or email Petty Officer John K. Jennings, Sector Miami Prevention Department, Coast Guard; telephone (305) 535-4317, email
We encourage you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting comments and related materials. All comments received will be posted without change to
If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You may submit your comments and material online at
To submit your comment online, go to
If you submit your comments by mail or hand delivery, submit them in an unbound format, no larger than 8
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
Anyone can search the electronic form of comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review a Privacy Act notice regarding our public dockets in the January 17, 2008, issue of the
We do not now plan to hold a public meeting. But you may submit a request for one, using one of the methods specified under
Previously, a rule regarding this maritime event was published in the Code of Federal Regulations at 33 CFR part 100. No final rule has been published in regards to this event.
The legal basis for the rule is the Coast Guard's authority to establish regulated navigation areas and other limited access areas: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701, 3306, 3703; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. The purpose of the rule is to provide for the safety of life on navigable waters of the United States during the Rotary Club of Fort Lauderdale New River Raft Race.
On April 18, 2015, Fort Lauderdale Rotary Club is hosting the Rotary Club of Fort Lauderdale New River Raft Race. The race will be held on the waters of the New River in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Approximately 100 participants will attend the race. Minimal spectator vessels are expected.
The proposed rule will establish a safety zone that will encompass certain navigable waters of the New River in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from Esplanade Park to east of the Southeast 3rd Avenue Bridge. The safety zone will be enforced from 3 p.m. until 6 p.m. on April 18, 2015.
Non-participant persons and vessels may request authorization to enter, transit through, anchor in, or remain within the event area by contacting the Captain of the Port Miami by telephone at 305-535-4472, or a designated representative via VHF radio on channel 16. If authorization to enter, transit through, anchor in, or remain within the event area is granted by the Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative, all persons and vessels receiving such authorization must comply with the instructions of the Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative. The Coast Guard will provide notice of the safety zone by Local Notice to Mariners, Broadcast Notice to Mariners, and on-scene designated representatives.
We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes or executive orders.
This proposed rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of Executive Order 12866 or under section 1 of Executive Order 13563. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under those Orders. The economic impact of this proposed rule is not significant for the following reasons: (1) The safety zone will be enforced for only three hours; (2) although non-participant persons and vessels will not be able to enter, transit through, anchor in, or remain within the event area without authorization from the Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative, they may operate in the surrounding area during the enforcement period; (3) non-participant persons and vessels may still enter, transit through, anchor in, or remain within the event area during the enforcement period if authorized by the Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative; and (4) the Coast Guard will provide advance notification of the safety zone to the local maritime community by Local Notice to Mariners and Broadcast Notice to Mariners.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), we have considered the impact of this proposed rule on small entities. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This rulemaking may affect the following entities, some of which may be small entities: The owners or operators of vessels intending to enter, transit through, anchor in, or remain within that portion of Biscayne Bay encompassed within the safety zone from 3 p.m. until 6 p.m. on April 18, 2015. For the reasons discussed in the Regulatory Planning and Review section above, this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this proposed rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This proposed rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and determined that this rulemaking does not have implications for federalism.
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rulemaking elsewhere in this preamble.
This proposed rule would not cause a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This proposed rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This proposed rule is not an economically significant rulemaking and would not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that might disproportionately affect children.
This proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
This proposed rule is not a “significant energy action” under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use.
This proposed rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)(42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This proposed rule involves the creation of a special local regulation issued in conjunction with a regatta or marine parade. This rulemaking is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. Preliminary environmental analysis checklists supporting this determination are available in the docket where indicated under
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, and Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701, 3306, 3703; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Non-participant persons and vessels are prohibited from entering, transiting through, anchoring in, or remaining within the regulated area unless authorized by Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative. Non-participant persons and vessels may request authorization to enter, transit through, anchor in, or remain within the regulated area by contacting the Captain of the Port Miami by telephone at 305-535-4472, or a designated representative via VHF radio on channel 16. If authorization is granted by the Captain of the Port Miami or a designated representative, all persons and vessels receiving such authorization must comply with the
(2) The Coast Guard will provide notice of the safety zone by Local Notice to Mariners, Broadcast Notice to Mariners and on-scene designated representatives.
(d)
Environmental Protection Agency.
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve revisions to the State Implementation Plan (SIP) and the operating permits program for the State of Missouri which were received on November 6, 2013, November 20, 2014, March 27, 2014, July 7, 2014, and July 14, 2014. The revisions submitted by the state include amendments to rules relating to reference methods, definitions and common reference tables, ambient air quality standards, and a rule rescission related to air quality control measures for sources clustered in small land areas. Many of the revisions are administrative in nature and either incorporate by reference or update state rules to match Federal regulations. Some are more substantive, but are non-controversial. In addition, they provide more clarity for the regulated public. This direct final action will amend the SIP to include revised regulations which will then be more consistent with Federal regulations. These revisions do not have an adverse effect on air quality. EPA's proposed approval of these rule revisions is being done in accordance with the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
Comments on this proposed action must be received in writing by April 3, 2015.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R07-OAR-2015-0006, by mail to Amy Bhesania, Environmental Protection Agency, Air Planning and Development Branch, 11201 Renner Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas 66219. Comments may also be submitted electronically or through hand delivery/courier by following the detailed instructions in the
Amy Bhesania, Environmental Protection Agency, Air Planning and Development Branch, 11201 Renner Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas 66219 at (913) 551-7147, or by email at
EPA is proposing to approve revisions to the State Implementation Plan (SIP),
The revisions submitted by the state include revisions to update standards and reference methods, to clarify, add or amend definitions and reference tables, to rescind an outdated rule, and to update and clarify ambient air quality standards. For more information on the state's submissions, specific revisions to each rule and EPA's review of the revisions, see the Technical Support Document (TSD) that is a part of this docket.
In the final rules section of this
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Administrative practice and procedure, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Intergovernmental relations, Operating permits, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Environmental Protection Agency proposes to amend 40 CFR parts 52, 62, and 70 as set forth below: Chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The revisions read as follows:
(c) * * *
42 U.S.C. 7401
(b) * * *
(6) A revision to Missouri's 111(d) plan to incorporate state regulation 10 CSR 10-6.020 Definitions and Common Reference Tables was state effective March 30, 2014. The effective date of the amended plan is [60 DAYS AFTER DATE OF PUBLICATION OF FINAL RULE IN THE
42 U.S.C. 7401
(cc) The Missouri Department of Natural Resources submitted revisions to Missouri rule 10 CSR 10-6.020, “Definitions and Common Reference Tables” on March 27, 2014. The state effective date is March 30, 2014. This revision is effective [60 DAYS AFTER DATE OF PUBLICATION OF FINAL RULE IN THE
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of filing of petitions and request for comment.
This document announces the Agency's receipt of several initial filings of pesticide petitions requesting the establishment or modification of regulations for residues of pesticide chemicals in or on various commodities.
Comments must be received on or before April 3, 2015.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number and the pesticide petition number (PP) of interest as shown in the body of this document, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Susan Lewis, Registration Division (RD) (7505P), main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed under
1.
2.
3.
EPA is announcing its receipt of several pesticide petitions filed under section 408 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), 21 U.S.C. 346a, requesting the establishment or modification of regulations in 40 CFR part 180 for residues of pesticide chemicals in or on various food commodities. The Agency is taking public comment on the requests before responding to the petitioners. EPA is not proposing any particular action at this time. EPA has determined that the pesticide petitions described in this document contain the data or information prescribed in FFDCA section 408(d)(2), 21 U.S.C. 346a(d)(2); however, EPA has not fully evaluated the sufficiency of the submitted data at this time or whether the data support granting of the pesticide petitions. After considering the public comments, EPA intends to evaluate whether and what action may be warranted. Additional data may be needed before EPA can make a final determination on these pesticide petitions.
Pursuant to 40 CFR 180.7(f), a summary of each of the petitions that are the subject of this document, prepared by the petitioner, is included in a docket EPA has created for each rulemaking. The docket for each of the petitions is available at
As specified in FFDCA section 408(d)(3), 21 U.S.C. 346a(d)(3), EPA is publishing notice of the petition so that the public has an opportunity to comment on this request for the establishment or modification of regulations for residues of pesticides in or on food commodities. Further information on the petition may be obtained through the petition summary referenced in this unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
21 U.S.C. 346a.
Federal Communications Commission.
Proposed rule.
In this document, the Federal Communications Commission (Commission) seeks comment on its proposal to permit broadcasters to use modern digital technologies for Remote Pickup operations. Permitting this would further the Commission's goal of enabling broadcasters to use the same digital technologies for Remote Pickup operations as used by operators in the Private Land Mobile Radio Service.
Submit comments on or before April 3, 2015. Submit reply comments on or before April 20, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by WT Docket No. 15-36, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
For further information, please contact Nancy Zaczek of the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, Broadband Division, at (202) 418-0274 or email to
This is a summary of the Commission's
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS).
• Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original and one copy of each filing. If more than one docket or rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
1. RPU stations may be authorized to operate within the 25.67-26.48 MHz band (HF RPU Band), the 152.855-154 MHz, 157.45-161.575 MHz, 161.625-161.775 MHz bands (collectively, VHF RPU Band), and the 450-451 MHz and 455-456 MHz bands (collectively, UHF RPU Band). These frequencies are also either available for assignment in the part 90 Private Land Mobile Radio Service (PLMRS) or are near frequencies available for PLMRS use. When the Commission established the current RPU service rules in 2002, its goal was to harmonize the RPU technical standards with the part 90 rules so that broadcasters could use radios developed for part 90 PLMRS use for RPU use, particularly for dispatch and operational traffic. At the same time, the Commission recognized that part 90 narrowband radios may not be suitable for transmitting audio program feeds, which require greater bandwidth to support high audio quality with no delay. Accordingly, the Commission allowed broadcasters to stack multiple RPU channel segments to create wider channels. Under the current rules, the VHF RPU and UHF RPU Bands are divided into segments with designated channel centers, but broadcasters may combine multiple segments to form wider RPU channels so long as they comply with the applicable bandwidth and emission requirements. Broadcasters using RPU stations to transmit program material have primary use of the wider channels.
2. The Engineers for the Integrity of Broadcast Auxiliary Services Spectrum (EIBASS) and the Society for Broadcast Engineers (SBE) have separately identified two obstacles that they argue have prevented broadcasters from using PLMRS equipment for RPU use in the VHF RPU and UHF RPU Bands. The first obstacle concerns a mismatch between PLMRS equipment and the channel centers for RPU stations specified in the Commission's rules. For analog equipment, the 25 kilohertz channel centers listed for RPU stations in the Commission's rules cannot be programmed into analog part 90 PLMRS equipment used by broadcasters. If a broadcaster attempted to combine four 6.25 kilohertz segments to form a 25 kilohertz RPU channel, the center frequency of the resultant channel would be offset from the RPU channel centers specified in the Commission's rules. Under this scenario, the only way to create an RPU channel with a center frequency that is specified in the Commission's rules is to request an odd number of RPU segments (
3. As described above, EIBASS and SBE identify two issues relating to the designation of center frequencies for RPU stations: (1) The fact that when an applicant combines an even number of channels, the center frequency for the combined channels will fall in between frequencies listed in the Commission's rules; and (2) the inability of analog equipment to specify the center frequency with the level of precision set forth in the Commission's rules. With the clarification and guidance provided below, we conclude that no rule changes are necessary to address either of these issues.
4. We find that existing § 74.402 of the Commission's rules address the first issue. In its preamble, that rule provides, “When an even number of channels are stacked in those sections [where] stacking is permitted, channel assignments may be made for the frequency halfway between those listed.” Thus, to use EIBASS' example, a broadcaster wishing to combine the 6.25 kilohertz segments centered 455.48750 MHz, 455.49375 MHz, 455.50000 MHz, and 455.50625 MHz into a 25 kilohertz RPU channel could specify 455.496875 MHz as the center frequency of the combined segments because it is halfway between 455.49375 MHz and 455.5 MHz. Consistent with § 74.402, the current process of the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau has been to require applicants to stack the minimum number of segments necessary to accommodate the applicant's bandwidth needs. Applications that stack an odd number of segments must specify a center frequency consistent with the center of the segments listed in § 74.402, and applications that stack an even number of segments must specify a center frequency that falls in between the channel centers listed in § 74.402. The Wireless Telecommunications Bureau will continue to process applications specifying an even number of segments consistent with this interpretation of § 74.402.
5. With respect to the inability of analog equipment to precisely specify frequencies to six decimal places, no transmitter can operate on a specific frequency with absolute precision. The Broadcast Auxiliary Service (BAS) rules recognize this limitation by establishing permissible frequency tolerances for RPU equipment. In the VHF RPU Band, the tightest applicable frequency stability requirement is one part per million, which translates into an acceptable deviation of approximately 150 Hertz on those frequencies. For the UHF RPU Band, the tightest applicable frequency stability requirement is .5 parts per million, which translates into an acceptable deviation of approximately 225 Hertz on those frequencies. We note that the channel centers listed in the rules specify some frequencies in the UHF RPU Band to the nearest 10 Hertz, and neither EIBASS nor SBE has claimed that analog equipment cannot program those frequencies. So long as licensees comply with the applicable emission masks as measured from the center frequency specified in the authorization, and the licensee programs the center frequency as closely to the specified center frequency as the equipment will allow, we would view a licensee as being in compliance with the center frequency requirements of § 74.402 of the Commission's rules for the VHF RPU Band and UHF RPU Band.
6. SBE and EIBASS point out another obstacle to using PLMRS equipment for RPU purposes, specifically the lack of authorization in the rules for use of specific digital technologies. SBE and EIBASS identify Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Next Generation Digital Network (NXDN), ANSI/TIA-102A (Project 25), Trans-European Trunked Radio (TETRA), Digital Private Mobile Radio (dPMR), and Digital Mobile Radio (DMR) as digital technologies used in PLMRS radios that could be suitable for RPU use. Section 74.462 of the Commission's rules “requires that the `equipment shall be operated in accordance with emissions specifications included in the grant of the certification and as prescribed in . . . this section” and lists the authorized emissions for RPU stations. The only emissions currently authorized by the rule, however, are all analog emissions. No digital emissions are included in the list of authorized emissions.
7. We propose to change our rules to allow broadcasters to use modern digital technologies such as TDMA and NXDN for RPU operations. We believe it would be in the public interest to give broadcasters the opportunity to use the same digital technologies for RPU
8. SBE and EIBASS each propose that we amend § 74.462 of the Commission's rules to permit RPU stations to use any digital emissions that meets the applicable emissions mask and bandwidth limitations. We seek comment on amending § 74.462 in that fashion. We note that while SBE and EIBASS focus on the VHF and UHF RPU Bands, the proposed rule change would also allow digital emissions in the HF RPU Band. We seek comment on whether it is appropriate to also allow digital emissions in the HF RPU Band. We also seek comment on alternative means of amending our rules to reach the same result requested by EIBASS and SBE. Further, we seek comment on amending § 74.462 to specify a maximum authorized bandwidth of 50 kilohertz in the 450.03125-450.61875 MHz and 455.03125 455.061875 MHz bands, as opposed to the maximum authorized bandwidth of 25 kilohertz currently in the rule. This change would make § 74.462 consistent with § 74.402(b) of the Commission's rules, which allows up to eight 6.25 kilohertz segments to be stacked for a total RPU channel bandwidth of 50 kilohertz. We seek comment on the costs and benefits and advantages or disadvantages of the various proposed approaches.
9. We also seek comment on EIBASS's request that we amend § 74.463 of the Commission's rules to explicitly add the phrase “digital modulation”. We seek comment on the proposed rule language and its attendant costs and benefits, and on any alternatives and their associated costs and benefits.
10. In addition, we seek comment on what changes to our station identification requirements are needed to accommodate digital RPU operations. EIBASS recommends that we amend the station identification requirements in § 74.482 of the Commission's rules to cover all forms of commercially available digital land mobile radios, using language that is broad enough to cover new forms of digital signals as they are developed. Although EIBASS specifically recommends that we adopt a method of identifying stations that uses a watermark ID, such as the protocol adopted in the Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC) A/82 Data Return Link (DRL) standard, it stresses that is more important that we adopt the same protocol for both RPU BAS and PLMRS stations. In 2010, the Commission sought comment on amending the PLMRS rules to allow station identification in the 150-170 MHz and 450-470 MHz bands in digital format. The proposed rule language in that proceeding would allow PLMRS stations to digitally transmit their call signs, subject to the requirement that the licensees provide the Commission with the means to decode the digital transmission. Adopting the same station identification rules for both RPU BAS and PLMRS stations, EIBASS argues, would enable RPU broadcasters to purchase COTS two-way radios whose transmissions could be universally decoded to identify interfering transmitters. Should we adopt the requirements proposed by the Commission in 2010 for PLMRS stations, or should the Commission adopt a specific standard, such as the A/82 DRL standard? Commenters should provide information on the costs and benefits and advantages or disadvantages of the different approaches.
11. SBE also raises a different but related issue with regard to § 74.402 of the Commission's rules. Specifically, SBE believes there is no current need for new RPU stations with a 100 kilohertz bandwidth. It therefore proposes that no new RPU stations proposing a 100 kilohertz bandwidth be authorized absent a showing of need in individual cases. SBE believes that existing 100 kilohertz RPU stations should be grandfathered.
12. Consistent with SBE's request, we propose to modify § 74.402 to eliminate a licensee's ability to create 100 kilohertz RPU channels in the future. Given the relatively small amount of spectrum available for RPU operations, and that the 100 kilohertz channels overlap the narrower channels, a license specifying 100 kilohertz bandwidth can make it difficult for other broadcasters to obtain spectrum for narrowband RPU operations, which are much more prevalent than 100 kilohertz operations. We note that in the past four years, the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau has received only one application requesting authorization for a 100 kilohertz bandwidth RPU channel. Accordingly, there appears to be little need for licenses with 100 kilohertz channels. If we eliminate the ability to create these channels, applicants would still be able to apply via a waiver of the rules to use 100 kilohertz channels. We emphasize that we are not proposing to change the rights of existing licensees with 100 kilohertz bandwidth RPU channels. Instead, we propose to grandfather existing licensees with 100 kilohertz RPU channel authorizations. These licensees will be permitted to renew their authorizations indefinitely and will be allowed to make modifications to their existing authorization without affecting their grandfathered status. We seek comment on these proposals, as well as their associated costs and benefits.
13. SBE also seeks a temporary waiver of § 74.462 of the Commission's rules to permit broadcasters to use FCC-certified narrowband VHF and UHF RPU equipment, such as TDMA technology or NXDN technology, in the VHF and UHF RPU Bands while the rulemaking is pending. The Commission's rules provide that waivers will be granted if the petitioner shows that: (i) The underlying purpose of the rules(s) would not be served or would be frustrated by application to the instant case, and that a grant of the requested waiver would be in the public interest; or (ii) in view of the unique or unusual factual circumstances of the instant case, application of the rule(s) would be inequitable, unduly burdensome or contrary to the public interest, or the applicant has no reasonable alternative.
14. We decline to grant a blanket waiver of § 74.462 to permit use of digital emissions in the VHF and UHF RPU Bands while this rulemaking is pending. While we agree with SBE that it appears to be in the public interest to empower RPU broadcasters to use digital technologies, the instant rulemaking is designed to provide an opportunity for meaningful comment on this assessment and on important details about the implementation of such digital operations. For example, it is not clear based on the current record how broadcasters using digital equipment will comply with the station identification requirement. If we were to grant a general waiver, broadcasters might use any type of digital RPU equipment, some or all of which might be incompatible with the requirements that the Commission ultimately adopts.
15. Pursuant to § 1.1200(a) of the Commission's rules, the
16. This document does not contain proposed information collection(s) subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any new or modified “information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees,” pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198,
17. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), the Commission has prepared this present Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities by the policies and rules proposed in this
18. In the
19. The proposed action is authorized pursuant to sections 4 and 303 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, and § 1.411 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.411.
20. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules and policies, if adopted. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.” In addition, the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small business concern” under the Small Business Act. A “small business concern” is one which: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA.
21. The proposals in the
22. The subject rules and policies potentially will apply to all AM and FM radio broadcasting licensees and potential licensees. A radio broadcasting station is an establishment primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by radio to the public. Included in this industry are commercial, religious, educational, and other radio stations. Radio broadcasting stations, which primarily are engaged in radio broadcasting, and produce radio program materials are similarly included. However, radio stations that
23. This economic census category “comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting images together with sound. These establishments operate television broadcasting studios and facilities for the programming and transmission of programs to the public.” The SBA has created the following small business size standard for Television Broadcasting firms: those having $14 million or less in annual receipts. The Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television stations to be 1,388. In addition, according to Commission staff review of the BIA Advisory Services, LLC's Media Access Pro Television Database on March 28, 2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300 commercial television stations (or approximately 73 percent) had revenues of $14 million or less. We therefore estimate that the majority of commercial television broadcasters are small entities.
24. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control) affiliations must be included. Our estimate, therefore, likely overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our action because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, an element of the definition of “small business” is that the entity not be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific television station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any television station from the definition of a small business on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
25. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of licensed noncommercial educational (“NCE”) television stations to be 396. These stations are non-profit, and therefore considered to be small entities.
26. There are also 2,414 LPTV stations, including Class A stations, and 4,046 TV translator stations. Given the nature of these services, we will presume that all of these entities qualify as small entities under the above SBA small business size standard.
27. The
28. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1) The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities.
29. The actions proposed in the
30. Generally, the alternative approach would be to maintain the existing rules. Under that approach, however, Remote Pickup Service licensees would not have the opportunity to use digital off-the-shelf equipment.
31. None.
32. Accordingly,
33.
34. For the reasons stated above,
35.
Communications equipment.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 74 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 336 and 554.
(d) Up to two of the following 50 kilohertz segments may be stacked to form a channel which may be assigned for use by broadcast remote pickup stations using any emission contained within the resultant channel in accordance with the provisions of § 74.462. Users committed to 100 kilohertz bandwidths and transmitting program material will have primary use of these channels. After [insert effective date of rule], initial authorizations with 100 kilohertz bandwidth will not be issued.
(a) Each authorization for a new remote pickup broadcast station or system shall require the use of certificated equipment and such equipment shall be operated in accordance with emission specifications included in the grant of certification and as prescribed in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Any form of modulation may be used.
(b) The maximum authorized bandwidth of emissions corresponding to the types of emissions specified below, and the maximum authorized frequency deviation in the case of frequency or phase modulated emission, shall be as follows:
(c) If frequency modulation or digital modulation is employed, the emission shall conform to the requirements specified in § 74.462.
(f) Stations that normally employ digital signals for the transmission of data, text, control codes, or digitized voice, may also be identified by digital transmission of the call sign. A licensee that identifies its call sign in this manner must provide the Commission, upon request, information sufficient to decode the digital transmission and ascertain the call sign transmitted.
Office of Acquisition Policy, General Services Administration.
Notice of a public meeting and request for comments on proposed rule.
The General Services Administration (GSA) announces a public meeting and request for comment on its proposal to amend the General Services Administration Acquisition Regulation (GSAR) to include clauses that would require vendors to report transactional data from orders and prices paid by ordering activities. This includes orders placed against both Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) contract vehicles and GSA's non-FSS contract vehicles—Governmentwide Acquisition Contracts (GWACs) and Governmentwide Indefinite-Delivery, Indefinite-Quality (IDIQ) contracts. For FSS vehicles, the clause would be introduced in phases, beginning with a pilot for select products and commoditized services. The new clause will be paired with changes to the basis of award monitoring requirement of the existing price reductions clause, resulting in a burden reduction for participating FSS contractors. This rulemaking does not apply to the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) FSS contract holders.
GSA is interested in conducting a dialogue with industry and interested
Interested parties may offer oral and/or written comments at a public meeting to be held on Friday, April 17, 2015, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. Parties are also encouraged to provide all written comments, including those to be delivered at the public meeting, directly to
Interested parties should submit written comments to the Regulatory Secretariat on or before Monday, May 4, 2015 to be considered in the formulation of a final rule.
The public meeting will be conducted on Friday, April 17, 2015, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. Information for the public meeting may be found under the heading
Submit comments identified by GSAR Case 2013-G504, Transactional Data Reporting, by any of the following methods:
•
Submit comments by searching for “GSAR Case 2013-G504”. Select the link “Comment Now” and follow the instructions provided at the “You are commenting on” screen. Please include your name, company name (if any), and “GSAR Case 2013-G504”, on your attached document.
•
•
Ms. Dana Munson, General Services Acquisition Policy Division, GSA, 202-357-9652 or Mr. Matthew McFarland, General Services Acquisition Policy Division, GSA, 202-690-9232 or email
GSA is holding a public meeting on Friday, April 17, 2015. The meeting will start at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. The meeting end time will depend on the final number of registered oral presentations. Attendees can attend the meeting in person at GSA Central Office or virtually through GSA's Internet meeting platform, Adobe Connect.
The TTY number for further information is: 1-800-877-8339. When the operator answers the call, let them know the agency is the General Services Administration; the point-of-contact is Dana Munson at 202-357-9652 or Matthew McFarland 202-690-9232.
The Office of Federal Procurement Policy (OFPP) recently announced a new vision for Federal purchasing, one that fundamentally shifts from managing purchases and price individually across thousands of procurement units to managing entire categories of purchases across Government collaboratively (see
GSA is creating a Common Acquisition Platform (CAP), an online marketplace to identify best-in-class contracts issued by GSA or other agencies, best practices, and other information agencies need to reduce the proliferation of duplicative contract vehicles and deliver the best value possible to federal customers and the American people. A critical component of the CAP, and smarter buying in general, is the availability of the prices previously paid by other government
The current lack of transparency on prices paid by government customers has led to significant price variation, sometimes 300 percent or more, for identical purchases by federal agencies from the same commercial vendor as well as the unnecessary duplication of contract vehicles. A recent pilot where contractors were required to furnish prices paid on GSA's strategically sourced Office Supplies 2 (OS2) vehicle demonstrated the power of such a tool in producing market driven pricing throughout the life of the contract.
Accordingly, this proposed rule would create a transactional data reporting clause to improve GSA's ability to conduct meaningful price analysis and more efficiently and effectively validate fair and reasonable pricing on both its non-FSS and FSS vehicles. It would also allow GSA's customers to improve their ability to compare prices prior to placing orders under its vehicles. Under the transactional data reporting clause, contractors would report prices paid for products and services delivered during the performance of the contract, including under orders and blanket purchase agreements (BPAs) through a user-friendly, online reporting system. The report would include transactional data elements such as unit measure, quantity of item sold, universal product code, if applicable, prices paid per unit, and total price.
The transactional data reporting clause would be applied immediately to GSA's government-wide non-FSS vehicles, where transactional data is not already collected through other methods. For FSS vehicles, the clause would be introduced in phases, beginning with a pilot for select products and commoditized services. Under the pilot, FSS customers would take advantage of prices paid information and the more rigorous order level competition it generates to establish pricing. To ensure these prices remain competitive with commercial pricing, GSA would evaluate prices paid under the pilot to commercial benchmarks and other available data on commercial pricing, as well as prices previously paid prior to the pilot where such data is available. Vendors would not be subject to the “tracking customer” provisions of the price reductions clause that require them to monitor their pricing, and provide the government with the same price reductions that they give to the class of the contractor's commercial customers upon which the original contract was awarded. However, GSA would maintain the right throughout the life of the FSS contract to ask a vendor for updates to the disclosures on its commercial sales format—which is used to negotiate pricing on FSS vehicles—where commercial benchmarks or other available data on commercial pricing is insufficient to establish price reasonableness. Price and quality metrics would be established, and commercial benchmarks identified, prior to the launch of the pilot so that GSA could perform these analyses and measure the results and impact of the pilot. GSA would also seek vendor feedback to compare experience with the transactional data clause to the tracking requirements of the price reductions clause. GSA would use all relevant information and analysis to determine, in consultation with OMB, whether use of the clause is beneficial. If the results of the pilot confirm that using transactional data is an effective pricing model, its use would be broadened using the authorities provided by this rule. If the results of the pilot reveal that using transactional data is not an effective pricing model, contracts would be modified to revert back to using the tracking customer provisions of the price reductions clause. Additional details regarding the scope of the pilot will be announced through an open dialog on GSA's Interact platform at
GSA recognizes that use of prices paid information must be done within the context of seeking to obtain the best value for the taxpayer. GSA believes the clause will be especially impactful when combined with the insight and expertise of category managers to provide agency buyers across government with market intelligence, expertise, and deep-dive analysis to improve supply chain management, pricing variances, innovation, redundancies, and unnecessary duplication of effort. Tools and training deployed in connection with the implementation of this rule would emphasize the importance of considering total cost (not just unit price) in the context of each procurement, taking into account desired terms and conditions, performance levels, past customer satisfaction, and other relevant information.
In Fiscal Year 2014, government agencies ordered nearly $39 billion in goods and services through GSA's FSS contracts GWACs, and Governmentwide IDIQs. While GSA has a number of policies in place to help its buyers and agency users to secure best value for the taxpayer, two limitations in current pricing practices make achievement of this goal unnecessarily challenging: (1) Lack of visibility into prices paid by other customers; and (2) insufficient attention on “horizontal pricing” under the FSS program—
The Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) has long emphasized the need for contracting officers to conduct price analysis as part of their responsibility to establish that offered prices are fair and reasonable. Price analysis requires contracting officers to obtain and analyze data on the prices at which the same or similar items have been sold. At GSA, like most agencies, collection of this information has rested largely on the shoulders of each contracting officer. Until recently, little effort was made to share prices previously paid by agencies throughout the government. Over the years, this lack of transparency contributed to large price disparities, where one agency may pay a significant amount more for the exact same product or commoditized service as another agency under the same or substantially similar terms and conditions, sometimes even from the same vendor. GSA has already seen examples where price variability has decreased through the collection of transactional data such as with its Office Supplies 2 (OS2) government-wide strategic sourcing vehicle, and others, saving taxpayers approximately $370 million.
GSA proposes to address this weakness through the use of a transactional data reporting clause. Under the clause contractors would be required to report historical information encompassing the products and services delivered during the performance of the contract, including under orders and BPAs. Contractors would be required to electronically report contract sales monthly through a user-friendly online reporting system. The report would include transactional data elements such as unit measures, quantity of item sold, universal product code, if
GSA believes there are multiple benefits to use of the transactional data reporting clause, including better pricing, administrative savings, increased opportunities for small business participation, and standardization of practice.
•
•
•
•
The FSS program is currently built around a vertical pricing model where pricing offered to the government from a potential vendor is compared to the pricing that the same vendor offers to its commercial customers. When vendors first submit an FSS offer, minimal consideration is given to the relative competitiveness of the vendor's prices to other vendors (
The required disclosure of commercial sales practices and the PRC were first introduced into the FSS program in the 1980s as a way to ensure fair and reasonable pricing through the life of a contract with the goal of achieving most favored customer pricing. For many years, the tracking customer feature of the PRC was a critical mechanism for enabling GSA and its customers to maintain good pricing from original equipment manufacturers who held the vast majority of FSS contracts. However, changes in the Federal market have lessened the impact of the tracking customer mechanism over time. Of particular note, an increasing percentage of FSS contractors are resellers with little or no commercial sales. The GSA Inspector General (IG) recently reported that resellers represent more than one-third of FSS vendors (See
Moreover, due to the various exceptions included in the PRC the tracking customer feature ties pricing for reductions to sales of single items and plays little role in blanket purchase agreement and order purchases reflecting volume sales. Further, many products sold under the FSS program are commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) products or other commercial items for which the government is not a market driver. The government, and other customers in the category to which the government is most typically aligned under the price reductions clause, tend to receive voluntary price reductions from the vendor as a result of general market forces (
Simultaneous with these trends, significant improvements in technology now make it possible to collect transactional data and display it in a way that government customers can see the prices paid by other FSS customers along with other data to determine whether prices offered to them represent the best value to the taxpayer. As explained above, the required disclosure and sharing of prices paid information through the use of a transactional data reporting clause and portal under the OS2 pilot led to savings rates averaging approximately 18 percent, or about 4.5 percent higher than pre-dynamic pricing.
GSA believes the collection and use of transactional data may be a more efficient and effective way for driving price reductions on FSS buys than through use of the tracking customer mechanism. In addition to avoiding the challenges associated with the tracking customer mechanism described above, the transactional data reporting clause would allow for greater reliance on horizontal pricing in the FSS program so that GSA and its customers can easily evaluate the relative competitiveness of prices between FSS vendors. Moreover, the transactional data reporting clause, if used as an alternative to tracking customer mechanism, could significantly reduce contractor burden. The Chief Acquisition Officers Council recently conducted an Open Dialogue through an online platform on improving how to do business with the Federal Government. Contractors pointed to the price reductions clause as one of the most complicated and burdensome requirements in Federal contracting, and GSA's own estimates suggest FSS contractors spend over 860,000 hours a year (at a cost of approximately $58.5 million) on compliance with this clause. Several conversations in this dialogue identified the need to reform FSS pricing policies, particularly requesting the removal of GSAR clause 552.238-75, Price Reductions requirements. Over the years, GSA has made adjustments to address burdens and improve the use of these tools. In particular, on March 4, 1996 (GSAR Change 70), GSA modified the sales disclosure form to require only summary information and recognize that the terms and conditions of commercial sales vary and there may be legitimate reasons why the best price is not achieved. Despite these significant adjustments to the FSS pricing model, contractors continue to struggle to comply with the sales practice disclosure requirements and the price reduction clause. In two separate reports, the GSA IG found that over two-thirds of vendors reviewed in fiscal year (FY) 2011 and 84 percent in FY 2012 provided commercial sales practice disclosures that are not current, accurate, and/or complete and nearly half of the vendors in FY 2012 had inadequate sales monitoring systems and billing systems to ensure proper administration of the price reduction and billing provisions. See
As stated above, GSA believes that the transactional data reporting clause could reduce the annual burden on contractors by more than 85 percent, or approximately $51 million in administrative costs to contractors, when compared to the burden hours associated with monitoring pricing under the price reductions clause in its current configuration. GSA further believes that use of the transactional data reporting clause as an alternative to the price reduction clause addresses recommendations made by independent reviewers of the FSS program over the past several years. In particular, the Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) Blue Ribbon Advisory Panel, which included representatives from the largest buying agencies, the Department of the Defense, Department of Homeland Security, Department of the Interior, Department of the Treasury, and U.S. Department of Education and industry, recommended in 2010 that “the GSA Administrator remove the Price Reduction Clause from the MAS program supply contracts for products in phases as the GSA Administrator implements recommendations for competition and price transparency at the Schedule contract level and the order level.” The same year, the Government Accountability Office (GAO) issued a report recommending that GSA collect “prices paid” data on FSS orders and make this information available to FSS contract negotiators and customer agencies. See
GSA recognizes that use of prices paid information must be done within the context of seeking to obtain the best value for the taxpayer and envisions that this information would be used as one information point in conjunction with other considerations, such as total cost, desired performance levels, delivery schedule, unique terms and conditions, time considerations, and customer satisfaction. Training to support the implementation of this rule would emphasize that prices paid information must be considered within the context of each individual procurement. More importantly, related efforts, such as the development of category hallways—an online marketplace tool—and the appointment of category managers with in-depth market expertise, will help agencies gain market intelligence to make smarter and well-informed buying decisions.
GSA further recognizes that its government-wide non-FSS and FSS contract vehicles require separate implementation strategies taking into account differences in the pricing models currently used by these vehicles.
Details regarding the pilot will be provided by separate notice, including through social media tools already in place such as GSA Interact (
•
•
However, vendors would still be subject to the commercial sales disclosure requirements, including the requirement to disclose commercial sales practices when requesting a contract modification for additional items or additional Special Item Numbers. In addition, GSA would maintain the right throughout the life of the FSS contract to ask a vendor for updates to the disclosures made on its commercial sales format (which is used to negotiate pricing on FSS vehicles) if and as necessary to ensure that prices remain fair and reasonable in light of changing market conditions. The government could request price reductions and vendors could voluntarily provide price reductions. GSA would modify select existing contracts and conduct solicitation refreshes under the FSS program to implement the new transactional data reporting requirements.
•
GSA intends to update its systems in order to collect and analyze transactional data. Data submission will be enabled through multiple electronic interfaces (
GSA also plans to implement an API for buyers to benefit from using transactional data. Through the API, GSA will make this information accessible online for all Government buyers. This data will help buyers better understand the universe of GSA purchases; helping them to drive down prices, reduce price variability, and make smarter purchases.
Prior to implementation of transactional data reporting requirements, GSA's Vendor Support Center (
Additionally, GSA will update its relevant courseware on the Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI) and Defense Acquisition University (DAU) portals to educate both customers and GSA contracting officers on how to use the data. The Federal Acquisition Service (FAS) has an internal training course aimed at GSA contracting officers awarding and administering FSS contracts—this course will be updated to educate contracting officers on how to conduct analysis on transactional data, as well as how to use these analyses to achieve better pricing on the contracts. Similarly, the external-facing courseware on how to use the FSS program and other non-FSS GWACs and MACs will be updated to educate customers on the new requirements and how they can use the data collected (to be shared by GSA) to buy smarter. The external courseware will also highlight the additional value the collected data offers to GSA's FSS and non-FSS contracting programs.
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
GSA expects this proposed rule to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,
An additional benefit to FSS contractors is that the addition of the transactional data reporting clause would be coupled with an alternate version of GSAR clause 552.238-75
Providing the required transactional data will impose significant economic impact on all contractors, both small and other than small, doing business on GSA-managed contracts. Therefore, an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) has been prepared consistent with 5 U.S.C. 603, and is summarized as follows:
The General Services Administration (GSA) is proposing to amend General Services Administration Acquisition Regulation (GSAR) to add an alternate to clause 552.238-74 Industrial Funding Fee (IFF) and Sales Reporting, and new clause 552.216-75 Sales Reporting and Fee Remittance to require transactional data reporting in FSS and non-FSS contract vehicles. The clause will require GSA contractors to provide transactional data, which is equivalent to information found on an itemized invoice, to GSA. This will further the objective to improve category management and negotiate better pricing on all GSA acquisition vehicles. Collecting transactional data on orders and prices paid will allow customers to analyze spending patterns and develop new acquisition strategies to fully leverage the Government's spend.
GSA is undertaking a major modernization initiative aimed at enabling customers to drive better value and achieve taxpayer savings by setting the stage for pricing reform. A major characteristic of modernization is collecting and using transactional data for units under most GSA acquisition vehicles to serve as a basis for price analysis and category management.
This rule will apply to all contractors who hold non-FSS contract vehicles as well as to all FSS contract holders, contingent on beneficial results being demonstrated through a pilot conducted on a subset of FSS contracts for products and commoditized services. As of Fiscal Year 2013, there are 15,738 vendors holding 18,598 FSS and non-FSS contract vehicles. Of the 15,738 vendors, 12,590 are small entities to which the rule will apply. Only those contracts with sales would have data to report. Department of Veteran Affairs FSS holders are not affected.
During the development of the rule, GSA considered using one of its many internal applications that support pre-award and post-award actions for GSA contracts to pull the transactional data necessary for more robust price analysis. These internal applications facilitate data exchanges between GSA and its vendors to provide business intelligence, create procurement sources, facilitate acquisitions, execute deliveries, and provide customer care. GSA uses this information to update systems architecture, to develop new applications for contract administration, and to enhance business intelligence for suppliers and ordering activities. Unfortunately, most of these systems do not collect transactional data at a level that would be of benefit for spend analysis and/or do not possess the most accurate and timely information regarding purchasing activity. Approximately 13 percent of GSA-controlled sales, which includes purchases made by GSA's Assisted Acquisition Services activity on behalf of customer agencies, can capture transactional data; for the remaining majority of purchases (87 percent), the customer and supplier are the only sources of detailed transaction-level data.
Another option for transactional data sourcing would be to enhance or combine existing GSA systems to collect the data. GSA would incur significant IT development costs for the effort. Were GSA to invest the time and resources into an enterprise-wide system that could handle procurement functions and spend analysis, then customers and suppliers would need to commit to use electronic commercial tools such as eBuy and Advantage!®. Without the 100 percent commitment of individual customers, the data will be incomplete—possibly to a large extent—and may significantly skew any subsequent analysis on cost savings and/or purchasing decisions.
GSA's SmartPay program (the program that manages the governmentwide purchase card) is another source where transactional data could be collected, and has been on a limited basis following commercial standards for the past several years on sub-sets of several FSS contracts. However, with less than 1 percent of procurements being made through the purchase card, this method would not provide a complete set of data to achieve the full benefits of capturing transactional data.
Finally, FPDS could be upgraded to collect transactional data. However, this would require Federal Acquisition Regulation revisions, tens of millions of dollars in system changes, and years to implement. Additionally, ordering activities do not normally collect transactional data, so agency financial procedures and systems would have to be overhauled in order to accommodate transactional data collection.
The Regulatory Secretariat has submitted a copy of the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. A copy of the IRFA may be obtained from the Regulatory Secretariat. GSA invites comments from small business concerns and other interested parties on the expected impact of this rule on small entities.
GSA will also consider comments from small entities concerning the existing regulations in subparts affected by this rule in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 610. Interested parties must submit such comments separately and should cite 5 U.S.C. 601,
The Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) applies. The proposed rule contains information collection requirements. Accordingly, the Regulatory Secretariat will be submitting a request for approval of a new information collection requirement concerning this rule to the Office of Management and Budget under 44 U.S.C. 3501,
GSA estimates the proposed rule will result in a net burden reduction of approximately 757,000 hours per year based on the difference in current reporting requirement (
GSA estimates the public reporting burden for contractors to set-up transactional data reporting systems to average a one-time initial set-up burden of 6 hours. The estimated time includes the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. GSA also took into consideration training, compliance systems, negotiations, and audit preparation the new clause may require, when estimating the one-time initial set-up of 6 hours.
Thereafter, the monthly burden estimate to report data is approximately .52 of an hour or 31 minutes. This number takes into consideration the distribution of contract values (
A weighted average was used, based on distribution of sales, to calculate a reporting burden. To arrive at the weighted average, vendors were broken up into six categories, based on contract values. The characteristics of these categories of contracts in FY 2013 are as follows:
Category 1: Contract value is less than $0. The estimated burden for this category per contractor is 0.03 hours (2 minutes) a month, or 0.36 hours (21.8 minutes) annually. This makes up 37 percent of FSS contractors and 8 percent of non-FSS vendors. The total annual burden for this category is estimated as 2,620 hours.
Category 2: Contract value is $1-$500,000. The estimated burden for this category per contractor is 0.5 hours (30 minutes) a month, or 6 hours annually. This category makes up 41 percent of FSS contractors and 24 percent of non-FSS vendors. The total annual burden for this category is estimated as 44,884 hours.
Category 3: Contract value is $500,000-$5,000,000. The estimated burden for this category per contractor is 1 hour per month, or 12 hours annually. This category makes up 17 percent of FSS contractors and 43 percent of non-FSS vendors. The total annual burden for this category is estimated as 38,956 hours.
Category 4: Contract value is $5,000,000-$20,000,000. The estimated burden for this category per contractor is 2 hours per month, or 24 hours annually. This category makes up 4 percent of FSS contractors and 17 percent of non-FSS vendors. The total annual burden for this category is estimated as 17,293 hours.
Category 5: Contract value is $20,000,000-$50,000,000. The estimated burden for this category per contractor is 3 hours per month, or 36 hours annually. This category makes up 1 percent of FSS contractors and 5 percent of non-FSS vendors. The total annual burden for this category is estimated as 6,785 hours.
Category 6: Contract value is greater than $50,000,000. The estimated burden for this category per contractor is 4 hours per month, or 48 hours annually. This category makes up 1 percent of FSS contractors and 4 percent of non-FSS vendors. The total annual burden for this category is estimated as 5,094 hours.
Taking the above into consideration, a weighted average was used to calculate an annual burden of 6.3 hours or 0.52 hours per month since reporting will be required monthly.
The cost of reporting was quantified by multiplying the level of effort in hours by an assumed fully loaded hourly rate for contractors ($50 × 136 percent = $68). The annual reporting burden is estimated as follows:
The total public annual burden hours for setup and reporting are 223,906.32 based on the following:
(One-time initial setup)
Respondents: 477.
Responses Per Respondent: × 1.
Total Responses: 477.
Hours Per Response: × 6.
Total Burden Hours: 2,862.
(Reporting)
Respondents: 477.
Responses Per Respondent: × 12.
Total Responses: 5,724.
Hours Per Response: × 0.52.
Total Burden Hours: 2,976.48.
The annual estimated total burden hours for non-FSS contracts are 5,838.48 for year one and 2,976.48 for every year thereafter.
(One-time initial setup)
Respondents: 17,816.
Responses Per Respondent: × 1.
Total Responses: 17,816.
Hours Per Response: × 6.
Total Burden Hours: 106,896.
(Reporting)
Respondents: 17,816.
Responses Per Respondent: × 12.
Total Responses: 213,792.
Hours Per Response: × 0.52.
Total Burden Hours: 111,171.84.
The annual estimated total burden hours for FSS contracts are 218,067.84 for year one and 111,171.84 for every year thereafter.
The total annual estimated cost to the public for the Transactional Data Reporting GSAR clauses (552.216-75 and 552.238-74 Alternate I) and is estimated to be $15,225,629.76 based on the following:
(One-time initial setup)
Respondents: 477.
Responses per respondent: × 1.
Total annual responses: 477.
Preparation hours per response: × 6.
Total response burden hours: 2,862.
Average hourly wages ($50.00+36 percent overhead): × 68.
Estimated cost to the public: $194,616.
(Reporting)
Respondents: 477.
Responses per respondent: × 12.
Total annual responses: 5,724.
Preparation hours per response: × .52.
Total response burden hours: 2,976.48
Average hourly wages ($50.00+36 percent overhead): × 68.
Estimated cost to the public: $202,400.64.
Estimated cost to the public for Non-MAS contracts is: $397,016.64 for year one and $202,400.64 for every year thereafter.
(One-time initial set up)
Respondents: 17,816.
Responses per respondent: × 1.
Total annual responses: 17,816.
Preparation hours per response: × 6.
Total response burden hours: 106,896.00
Average hourly wages ($50.00+36 percent overhead): × 68.00.
Estimated cost to the public: $7,268,928.
(Reporting)
Respondents: 17,816.
Responses per respondent: × 12.
Total annual responses: 213,792.
Preparation hours per response: × .52.
Total response burden hours: 111,171.84.
Average hourly wages ($50.00+36 percent overhead): 68.00.
Estimated cost to the public: $7,559,685.12.
There are 18,293 contracts containing the transactional data reporting requirement. Data submitted by respondents is submitted and stored electronically. Retrieval of cumulative data requires approximately 1 hour each month (1*12) for a total of 12 hours annually; and costs the Government $9,015,522.12 annually.
Requests per year 18,293.
Reviewing Time (1*12) × 12.
Total Review Time/year 219,516.
Average Cost/hr × 41.07.
Total Government Cost $9,015,522.12.
The cost of $41.07 per hour is based on GS-12, step 5 salary (Salary Table 2014-DCB Washington-Baltimore, DC-MD-VA-WV-PA, Effective January 2014).
Acceptance of GSAR Alternate I, 552.238-74 Industrial Funding Fee and
The current total estimated reporting burden hours for GSAR clause 552.238-75 Price Reductions is 868,150 with annual burden cost of approximately $58.5 million (see OMB control number 3090-0235). The total annual estimated reporting burden hours for the new Transactional Data Reporting clause is 111,171.84 with annual burden cost of $7,559,685.12. Therefore, the net annual burden reduction is 756,978.16 hours with annual burden savings of approximately $51 million.
Submit comments, including suggestions for reducing this burden, not later than Monday, May 4, 2015 to: General Services Administration, Regulatory Secretariat Division (MVCB), ATTN: Hada Flowers, 1800 F Street NW., 2nd Floor, Washington, DC 20405-0001.
Public comments are particularly invited on: Whether this collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of functions of the GSAR, and will have practical utility; whether our estimate of the public burden of this collection of information is accurate, and based on valid assumptions and methodology; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways in which we can minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, through the use of appropriate technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Requesters may obtain a copy of the supporting statement from the General Services Administration, Regulatory Secretariat (MVCB), ATTN: Hada Flowers, 1800 F Street NW., 2nd Floor, Washington, DC 20407. Please cite OMB Control Number 3090-0306, Transactional Data Reporting: GSAR Part Affected: 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales in all correspondence.
Government procurement.
Therefore, GSA proposes to amend 48 CFR parts 501, 516, 538, and 552 as set forth below:
40 U.S.C 121(c).
(d) The contracting officer may insert clause 552.216-75 in solicitations and GSA-awarded IDIQ contracts. This clause should be included in all GSA-awarded Governmentwide acquisition contracts and multi-agency contracts.
(b) * * *
(1) 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting. Use Alternate I for Federal Supply Schedules with Transactional Data Reporting Requirements. Clause 552.238-75 Alternate II should also be used when vendors agree to include clause 552.238-74 Alternate I in the contract.
(2) 552.238-75, Price Reductions (May 2004).
(i) Except in cases where Alternate II is used, use Alternate I in solicitations and contracts for:
(A) Federal Supply Schedule 70;
(B) The Consolidated Schedule containing information technology Special Item Numbers;
(C) Federal Supply Schedule 84; and
(D) Federal Supply Schedules for recovery purchasing (see 538.7102).
(ii) Use Alternate II for Federal Supply Schedules with Transactional Data Reporting Requirements. This alternate clause is used when vendors agree to include clause 552.238-74 Alternate I;
(iii) Federal Supply Schedule 84; and
(iv) Federal Supply Schedules for recovery purchasing (see 538.7102).
As prescribed in 512.301(a)(1), insert the following clause:
As prescribed in 516.506(d), insert the following provision:
(a)
(1)
(2)
(b)
(1) The Contractor shall electronically report contract sales monthly, including “zero” sales, by utilizing the automated reporting system at an Internet Web site designated by the General Services Administration (GSA) or by uploading the data according to GSA instructions. Each report shall be submitted within 15 calendar days of the applicable monthly reporting period. The Web site address, as well as registration instructions and reporting procedures, will be provided at the time of award.
(2) The Contractor shall provide, at no cost to the Government, the following transactional data elements, as applicable—
(i) Contract or BPA Number;
(ii) Order Number/Procurement Instrument Identifier (PIID);
(iii) Non Federal Entity, if applicable;
(iv) Description of Deliverable;
(v) Manufacturer Name;
(vi) Manufacturer Part Number;
(vii) Unit Measure (each, hour, case, lot);
(viii) Quantity of Item Sold;
(ix) Universal Product Code (UPC), if applicable;
(x) Price Paid per Unit; and
(xi) Total Price.
(3) GSA will post reporting instructions at
(4) The Contractor shall report contract sales in U.S. dollars.
(5) The reported contract sales value shall include the Contractor Access Fee (CAF).
(6) The Contractor shall maintain a consistent accounting method of contract sales reporting, based on the Contractor's established commercial accounting practice.
(7) The acceptable points at which contract sales may be reported include—
(i) Issuance of an invoice; or
(ii) Receipt of payment.
(8) The Contractor shall continue to furnish reports, including “zero” sales, through physical completion of the last outstanding task or delivery order of the contract.
(9) Orders that contain classified information are exempt from this reporting requirement (See FAR 4.606(c)).
(c)
(2) Within 60 days of award, a GSA representative will provide the Contractor with specific written procedural instructions on remitting the CAF. GSA reserves the unilateral right to change such instructions following notification to the Contractor.
(3) The Contractor shall remit the CAF at the rate set by GSA within 15 calendar days after the end of the calendar month. Final payment shall be remitted within 30 days after physical completion of the last outstanding task order or delivery order of the contract.
(4) The Contractor shall remit the CAF to GSA in U.S. dollars.
(5) Failure to remit the full amount of the CAF within 15 calendar days after the end of the applicable reporting period constitutes a contract debt to the United States Government under the terms of FAR Subpart 32.6. The Government may exercise all rights under the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996, including withholding or setting off payments and interest on the debt (see FAR clause 52.232-17, Interest). Should the Contractor fail to submit the required sales reports, falsify them, or fail to timely pay the CAF, this is sufficient cause for the Government to terminate the contract for cause.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(b)
(1) The Contractor shall electronically report contract sales monthly, including “zero” sales, by utilizing the automated reporting system at an Internet Web site designated by the General Services Administration (GSA) or by uploading the data according to GSA instructions. Each report shall be submitted within 15 calendar days of the applicable monthly reporting period. The Web site address, as well as registration instructions and reporting procedures, will be provided at the time of award.
(2) The Contractor shall provide, at no cost to the Government, the following transactional data elements, as applicable—
(i) Contract or BPA Number;
(ii) Order Number/Procurement Instrument Identifier (PIID);
(iii) Non Federal Entity, if applicable;
(iv) Description of Deliverable;
(v) Manufacturer Name;
(vi) Manufacturer Part Number;
(vii) Unit Measure (each, hour, case, lot);
(viii) Quantity of Item Sold;
(ix) Universal Product Code (UPC), if applicable;
(x) Price Paid per Unit; and
(xi) Total Price.
(3) GSA will post reporting instructions at
(4) The Contractor shall report contract sales in U.S. dollars.
(5) The reported contract sales value shall include the Industrial Funding Fee (IFF).
(6) The Contractor shall maintain a consistent accounting method of contract sales reporting, based on the Contractor's established commercial accounting practice.
(7) The acceptable points at which contract sales may be reported include—
(i) Issuance of an invoice; or
(ii) Receipt of payment.
(8) The Contractor shall continue to furnish reports, including “zero” sales, through physical completion of the last outstanding task or delivery order of the contract.
(9) Orders that contain classified information are exempt from this reporting requirement (See FAR 4.606(c)).
(c)
(1) The Contractor shall remit the IFF to FAS in U.S. dollars within 30 calendar days after the end of the reporting quarter; final payment shall be remitted within 30 days after physical completion of the last outstanding task order or delivery order of the contract.
(2) The IFF remittance Web site address, as well as registration procedures and remittance instructions, will be provided at the time of award or acceptance of this clause. FAS reserves the unilateral right to change such instructions from time to time, following notification to the Contractor.
(3) The IFF represents a percentage of the total quarterly sales reported. This percentage is set at the discretion of GSA's FAS. GSA's FAS has the unilateral right to change the percentage at any time, but not more than once per year. FAS will provide reasonable notice prior to the effective date of the change. The IFF reimburses FAS for the costs of operating the Federal Supply Schedules Program. FAS recoups its operating costs from ordering activities as set forth in 40 U.S.C. 321: Acquisition Services Fund. Net operating revenues generated by the IFF are also applied to fund initiatives benefitting other authorized FAS programs, in accordance with 40 U.S.C. 321. Offerors must include the IFF in their prices. The fee is included in the awarded price(s) and reflected in the total amount charged to ordering activities. FAS will post notice of the current IFF at
The Government may request from the contractor a price reduction at any time during the contract period.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.
The Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture will prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) on a proposal to designate over-snow vehicle (OSV) use on National Forest System roads, National Forest System trails, and Areas on National Forest System lands within the Eldorado National Forest; and to identify snow trails for grooming within the Eldorado National Forest. In addition, the Forest Service proposes to:
1. Formally adopt California State Parks' Off-Highway Motor Vehicle Recreation (OHMVR) Division snow depth standards for grooming to occur;
2. Implement a forest-wide snow depth requirement for OSV use that would provide for public safety and natural and cultural resource protection by allowing off-trail, cross-country OSV use in designated Areas when there is a minimum of 12 inches of continuous and supportable snow covering the landscape;
3. Allow OSV use on designated National Forest System snow trails when there is a minimum of 6 inches of snow, regardless of the underlying surface; and
4. Prohibit OSV use in selected Areas and on non-motorized trails.
This proposal would be implemented on all of the Eldorado National Forest.
Comments concerning the scope of the analysis must be received by April 3, 2015. The draft environmental impact statement is expected in February 2016 and the final environmental impact statement is expected in October 2016.
Send written comments to Micki D. Smith, on behalf of Laurence Crabtree, Forest Supervisor, Eldorado National Forest, 100 Forni Road Placerville, CA 95667. Comments may also be sent via facsimile to 530-621-5297. Comments may also be submitted on the Eldorado National Forest OSV Designation Web page:
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TTY) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at (800) 877-8339 TTY, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
Micki D. Smith, Amador Resource and Recreation Staff Officer, USDA Forest Service, Eldorado National Forest, 100 Forni Road, Placerville, CA 95667; phone: 209-295-5960;
The following summarizes how the Forest Service currently manages OSV use on the approximately 606,260-acre Eldorado National Forest:
1. Approximately 56 miles of National Forest System OSV trails exist on the Eldorado National Forest; all of which are groomed for OSV use;
2. Approximately 159 miles of National Forest System trails are closed to OSV use, but accessible from Areas otherwise open to off-trail, cross-country OSV use;
3. Approximately 452,140 acres of National Forest System land are open to off-trail, cross-country OSV use; and
4. Approximately 154,120 acres of National Forest System land are closed to OSV use.
Travel Management Rule Subpart C: The Forest Service issued a final rule governing OSV management (Subpart C of the Travel Management Rule, 36 CFR part 212) in the
“Over-snow vehicle use on National Forest System roads, on National Forest System trails, and in areas on National Forest System lands shall be designated by the Responsible Official on administrative units or Ranger Districts, or parts of administrative units or Ranger Districts, of the National Forest System where snowfall is adequate for that use to occur, and, if appropriate, shall be designated by class of vehicle and time of year, provided that the following uses are exempted from these decisions:
1. Limited administrative use by the Forest Service;
2. Use of any fire, military, emergency, or law enforcement vehicle for emergency purposes;
3. Authorized use of any combat or combat support vehicle for national defense purposes;
4. Law enforcement response to violations of law, including pursuit; and
5. Over-snow vehicle use that is specifically authorized under a written authorization issued under Federal law or regulations” (36 CFR 212.81(a)).
The designations resulting from this analysis would only apply to the use of OSVs. An OSV is defined in the Forest Service's Travel Management Rule as “a motor vehicle that is designed for use over snow and that runs on a track or tracks and/or a ski or skis, while in use over snow” (36 CFR 212.1). OSV use designations made as a result of the analysis in this environmental impact statement would conform to Subpart C of the Travel Management Rule. OSV use that is inconsistent with the OSV use designations made under this decision would be prohibited under 36 CFR 261.14.
These designations would not affect valid existing rights held by federally recognized tribes, counties, or private individuals, including treaty rights, other statutory rights, or private rights-of-way.
Snow Trail Grooming Program: For over 30 years, the Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Region, in cooperation with the California Department of Parks and Recreation (California State Parks) Off-highway Motor Vehicle Division has enhanced winter recreation, and more specifically, snowmobiling recreation by maintaining National Forest System trails (snow trails) by grooming snow for snowmobile use. Most groomed snow trails are co-located on underlying National Forest System roads and trails. Some grooming occurs on county roads and closed snow-covered highways, and some routes are designated cross-country over snow. Grooming activities are funded by the state off-highway vehicle trust fund.
In 2013, the Forest Service entered into a Settlement Agreement with
One purpose of this project is to effectively manage OSV use on the Eldorado National Forest to provide access, ensure that OSV use occurs when there is adequate snow, promote the safety of all users, enhance public enjoyment, minimize impacts to natural and cultural resources, and minimize conflicts among the various uses.
There is a need to provide a manageable, designated OSV system of trails and Areas within the Eldorado National Forest, that is consistent with and achieves the purposes of the Forest Service Travel Management Rule at 36 CFR part 212. This action responds to direction provided by the Forest Service's Travel Management Rule.
The existing system of available OSV trails and Areas on the Eldorado National Forest is the culmination of multiple agency decisions over recent decades. Public OSV use of the majority of this available system continues to be manageable and consistent with current travel management regulations. Exceptions have been identified, based on internal and public input and the criteria for designating roads, trails, and Areas listed at 36 CFR 212.55. These include needs to provide improved access for OSV users and enact prohibitions required by the Eldorado National Forest Land and Resource Management Plan (Forest Plan) and other management direction. These exceptions represent additional needs for change, and in these cases, changes are proposed to meet the overall objectives.
The Forest Service has identified trails and Areas in which OSV use should be prohibited based on management direction in the Forest Plan. These trails and areas are currently managed as closed to OSV use through temporary closure orders to comply with Forest Plan direction. However, those closure orders will eventually expire. Therefore, the proposed action will prohibit OSV use on these trails and in these Areas on a more permanent basis to be consistent with the Forest Plan.
A second purpose of this project is to identify snow trails where the Forest Service or its contractors would conduct grooming for OSV use. Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement between the Forest Service and Snowlands Network et al., the Forest Service is required to complete the appropriate NEPA analysis to identify snow trails for grooming on the Eldorado National Forest.
The snow trail grooming analysis would also address the need to provide a safe, high-quality snowmobile trail system on the Eldorado National Forest that is smooth and stable for the rider. Groomed trails are designed so that the novice rider can use them safely and without difficulty.
Subpart C of the Forest Service Travel Management Regulation requires the Forest Service to designate over-snow vehicle (OSV) use on National Forest System roads, National Forest System trails, and Areas on National Forest System lands. Both decisions will be informed by an analysis as required by the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321
Subpart C of the Travel Management Regulation specifies that all requirements of subpart B of the Travel Management Regulations will continue to apply to the designation decision, including:
1. Public involvement as required by the National Environmental Policy Act (36 CFR 212.52);
2. Coordination with Federal, State, county, and other local governmental entities and tribal governments (36 CFR 212.53);
3. Revision of designations (36 CFR 212.54);
4. Consideration of the criteria for designation of roads, trails, and Areas (36 CFR 212.55);
5. Identification of designated uses on a publicly available use map of roads, trails, and Areas (36 CFR 212.56); and
6. Monitoring of effects (36 CFR 212.57).
Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Forest Service is required to complete an appropriate NEPA analysis to identify snow trails for grooming. Furthermore, additional terms of the Settlement Agreement require the Forest Service to:
1. Analyze ancillary activities such as the plowing of related parking lots and trailheads as part of the effects analysis;
2. Consider a range of alternative actions that would result in varying levels of snowmobile use; and
3. Consider an alternative submitted by Plaintiffs and/or Interveners during the scoping period in the NEPA analysis so long as the alternative meets the purpose and need, and is feasible and within the scope of the NEPA analysis.
The Forest Service proposes several actions on the Eldorado National Forest to be analyzed as required by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The actions proposed are as follows:
1. To designate OSV use on National Forest System roads, National Forest System trails, and Areas on National Forest System lands within the Eldorado National Forest where snowfall depth is adequate for that use to occur. This would result in no change in the number of miles of snow trail and acres of OSV Areas on the Eldorado National Forest where OSV use would be allowed, subject to snow depth restrictions. All existing OSV prohibitions applying to Areas or trails would continue. OSV use that is inconsistent with the designations made under this project would be prohibited under 36 CFR 261.14.
2. To enact OSV prohibitions of a more permanent nature than the temporary closures that currently exist in the following Areas and trails, consistent with management direction in the Forest Plan:
a. Caples Creek Recommended Wilderness;
b. Primitive High Country;
c. Areas within Semi-primitive Non-motorized High Country: Little McKinstry, Shadow Lake, Rockbound, July Flat, Bryan Meadow, Devils Lake, Hidden Lake, and Little Indian;
d. Research Natural Areas (RNAs): Peavine RNA, and Station Creek RNA;
e. Special Use permitted areas: Kirkwood Mountain and Kirkwood Nordic Ski Resorts, Sierra-at-Tahoe Resort, Adventure Mountain, and Echo Summit Nordic area;
f. Rock Creek Critical Deer Winter Range;
g. Loon Lake Winter Recreation Area (including forest developed roads);
h. Emigrant Lake Trail;
i. Carson-Emigrant National Recreation Trail from Horse Canyon Saddle to Caples Lake Trailhead; and
j. Rock Creek Trails (including Mar Det).
3. To identify approximately 56 miles of designated snow trails that would be groomed on the Eldorado National Forest for OSV use. Our trail mileages are estimates only and we are currently reviewing the status of trails where there is uncertainty regarding Forest Service jurisdiction or grooming authorization, such as trails located on
4. To groom trails consistent with historical grooming practices, when there are 12 or more inches of snow, and formally adopt California State Parks' Off-Highway Motor Vehicle Recreation (OHMVR) Division snow depth standards for grooming to occur.
5. To implement a forest-wide snow depth requirement for OSV use that would provide for public safety and natural and cultural resource protection by allowing off-trail, cross-country OSV use in designated Areas when there is a minimum of 12 inches of continuous and supportable snow covering the landscape; and allow OSV use on designated National Forest System snow trails when there is a minimum of 6 inches of snow, regardless of the underlying surface. When the snow-depth requirement is not met, OSV use would be prohibited.
These actions would begin immediately upon the issuance of the record of decision, which is expected in October of 2016. The Forest Service would produce an OSV use map (OSVUM) that would look like the existing motor vehicle use map (MVUM) for the Eldorado National Forest. Such a map would allow OSV enthusiasts to identify the routes and Areas where OSV use would be allowed on the Eldorado National Forest.
The Eldorado National Forest Supervisor will issue the decision.
This decision will designate OSV use on National Forest System roads, on National Forest System trails, and in Areas on National Forest System lands on the Eldorado National Forest where snowfall is adequate for that use to occur. It will also identify the National Forest System trails where grooming would occur. The decision would only apply to the use of over-snow vehicles as defined in the Forest Service's Travel Management Regulations (36 CFR 212.1). The Forest Supervisor will consider all reasonable alternatives and decide whether to continue current management of OSV uses on the Eldorado National Forest, implement the proposed action, or select an alternative for the management of OSV uses.
This notice of intent initiates the scoping process, which guides the development of the environmental impact statement.
It is important that reviewers provide their comments at such times and in such manner that they are useful to the agency's preparation of the environmental impact statement. Written comments should be within the scope of the proposed action, have a direct relationship to the proposed action, and must include supporting reasons for the responsible official to consider. Therefore, comments should be provided prior to the close of the comment period and should clearly articulate the reviewer's concerns and contentions. The preferred format for attachments to electronically submitted comments would be as an MS Word document. Attachments in portable document format (pdf) are not preferred, but are acceptable.
Comments received in response to this solicitation, including names and addresses of those who comment, will be part of the public record for this proposed action. Comments submitted anonymously will be accepted and considered, however.
The Eldorado National Forest Over-Snow Vehicle (OSV) Use Designation is an activity implementing a land management plan. It is not an activity authorized under the Healthy Forests Restoration Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-148). Therefore, this activity is subject to pre-decisional administrative review consistent with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-74) as implemented by subparts A and B of 36 CFR part 218.
Economic Development Administration, Department of Commerce.
Notice and opportunity for public comment.
Pursuant to Section 251 of the Trade Act 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2341
Any party having a substantial interest in these proceedings may request a public hearing on the matter. A written request for a hearing must be submitted to the Trade Adjustment Assistance for Firms Division, Room 71030, Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 20230, no later than ten (10) calendar days following publication of this notice.
Please follow the requirements set forth in EDA's regulations at 13 CFR 315.9 for procedures to request a public hearing. The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance official number and title for the program under which these petitions are submitted is 11.313, Trade Adjustment Assistance for Firms.
On October 28, 2014, Komatsu America Corporation submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board for its facility within FTZ 127—Site 3, located in Newberry, South Carolina.
The notification was processed in accordance with the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR part 400), including notice in the
An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board by the South Carolina State Ports Authority, grantee of FTZ 21, requesting authority to reorganize and expand the zone under the alternative site framework (ASF) adopted by the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.2(c)). The ASF is an option for grantees for the establishment or reorganization of zones and can permit significantly greater flexibility in the designation of new subzones or “usage-driven” FTZ sites for operators/users located within a grantee's “service area” in the context of the FTZ Board's standard 2,000-acre activation limit for a zone. The application was submitted pursuant to the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally docketed on February 25, 2015.
FTZ 21 was approved by the FTZ Board on June 12, 1975 (Board Order 106, 40 FR 25613, June 17, 1975), and expanded on February 28, 1995 (Board Order 734, 60 FR 12735, March 8, 1995), on June 20, 1996 (Board Order 832, 61 FR 33491, June 27, 1996), on October 23, 1996 (Board Order 850, 61 FR 57383-57384, November 6, 1996), on June 20, 1997 (Board Order 905, 62 FR 36044-36045, July 3, 1997), on September 5, 1997 (Board Order 918, 62 FR 48591, September 16, 1997), on July 25, 2000 (Board Order 1112, 65 FR 47953, August 4, 2000) and on April 1, 2010 (Board Order 1675, 75 FR 24583-24584, May 5, 2010).
The current zone includes the following sites:
The grantee's proposed service area under the ASF would be: The Counties of Charleston, Berkeley, Dorchester and Orangeburg within and adjacent to the Charleston Customs and Border Protection port of entry; the Counties of Williamsburg and Georgetown in their entirety and portions of Horry, Florence, and Marion Counties within and adjacent to the Georgetown, South Carolina Customs and Border Protection port of entry; and, the Counties of Colleton, Jasper, Hampton and Beaufort adjacent to the Savannah, Georgia Customs and Border Protection port of entry, as described in the application. If approved, the grantee would be able to serve sites throughout the service area based on companies' needs for FTZ designation.
The applicant is requesting authority to reorganize and expand its existing zone as follows: Modify Site 5 by restoring 109 acres at Parcel 5—Coal Tipple and by including 109 acres at Parcel 7—Columbus Street Terminal on a permanent basis (new total acreage = 376 acres); Sites 5 (modified), 9, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22 and 23 would become “magnet” sites; and, Sites 6, 15, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 and 32 would become “usage-driven” sites. The ASF allows for the possible exemption of one magnet site from the “sunset” time limits that generally apply to sites under the ASF, and the applicant proposes that Site 5 be so exempted. No subzones/usage-driven sites are being requested at this time. The application would have no impact on FTZ 21's previously authorized subzones.
In accordance with the FTZ Board's regulations, Kathleen Boyce of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to evaluate and analyze the facts and information presented in the application and case record and to report findings and recommendations to the FTZ Board.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the FTZ Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is May 4, 2015. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to May 18, 2015.
A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the FTZ Board's Web site, which is accessible via
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before May 4, 2015.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Carrie Upite, Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office, National Marine Fisheries Service, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA, 01930; (978) 282-8475; or
This request is for extension of a current information collection.
This action would continue the reporting measure requiring all Virginia Chesapeake Bay pound net fishermen to report interactions with endangered and threatened sea turtles, found both live and dead, in their pound net operations. When a live or dead sea turtle is discovered during a pound net trip, the Virginia pound net fisherman is required to report the incidental take to National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and, if necessary, the appropriate rehabilitation and stranding network. This information will be used to monitor the level of incidental take in the state-managed Virginia pound net fishery and ensure that the seasonal pound net leader restrictions (50 CFR 223.206(d)(10)) are adequately protecting listed sea turtles. Based on the number of sea turtle takes anticipated in the Virginia pound net fishery and the available number of Virginia pound net fishermen and pound nets, the number of responses anticipated on an annual basis is 483.
Reports may be made either by telephone or fax.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before May 4, 2015.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Julia Powell (301) 713-0388, ext. 169 or
This request is for extension of a currently approved information collection.
NOS Office of Coast Survey manages the Certification Requirements for Distributors of NOAA Electronic Navigational Charts (NOAA ENCs®). The certification allows entities to download, redistribute, repackage, or in some cases reformat, official NOAA ENCs and retain the NOAA ENC's official status. The regulations for implementing the Certification are at 15 CFR part 995. The recordkeeping and reporting requirements of 15 CFR part 995 form the basis for this collection of information. This information allows the Office of Coast Survey to administer the regulation, and to better understand the marketplace resulting in products to that meet the needs of the customer in a timely and efficient manner.
Responses from the Certified ENC Distributors are all electronic and sent
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The Caribbean Fishery Management Council's (Council) Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) will hold a meeting.
The SSC meeting will be held on March 24-26, 2015, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
The SSC will meet at the Caribbean Fishery Management Council headquarters, located at 270 Muñoz Rivera Avenue, Suite 401, San Juan, Puerto Rico.
The SSC will meet to discuss the items contained in the following agenda:
The meetings are open to the public, and will be conducted in English.
Special Accommodations: These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. For more information or request for sign language interpretation and/other auxiliary aids, please contact Mr. Miguel A. Rolón, Executive Director, Caribbean Fishery Management Council, 270 Muñoz Rivera Avenue, Suite 401, San Juan, Puerto Rico, 00918, telephone (787) 766-5926, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS received an application from Shell Gulf of Mexico Inc. (Shell) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to ice overflight surveys in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to Shell to take, by Level B harassment only, seven species of marine mammals during the specified activity.
Comments and information must be received no later than April 3, 2015.
Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email comments is
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted to
A copy of the application, which contains several attachments used in this document, including Shell's marine mammal mitigation and monitoring plan (4MP) and Plan of Cooperation, may be obtained by writing to the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see
Shane Guan, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.”
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment].
On December 2, 2014, Shell submitted an application to NMFS for the taking of marine mammals incidental to ice overflight surveys the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, Alaska. After receiving comments and questions from NMFS, Shell revised its IHA application on January 13, 2015. NMFS determined that the application was adequate and complete on January 15, 2015.
The proposed activity would occur between May 1, 2015 and April 30, 2016. The following specific aspects of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of marine mammals: Ice overflight surveys using fixed and rotate winged aircraft when flying at low altitudes.
Shell has requested an authorization to take seven marine mammal species by Level B harassment. These species include: Beluga whale (
Shell plans to conduct two periods of ice overflight surveys during May 2015-April 2016: Break-up surveys and freeze-up surveys.
Shell plans to conduct the overflight surveys from fixed wing and rotary aircraft. The aircraft to be used for the surveys are not currently under contract to Shell or a contractor to Shell. Ice and weather conditions will influence when and where the surveys can be conducted.
For initial planning purposes, Shell proposes to conduct the overflight surveys during May 1, 2015 to April 30, 2016.
The ice overflight survey areas are the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, Alaska, as indicated in Figure 1-1 of Shell's IHA application. Aircraft supporting these surveys will operate out of Barrow and Deadhorse, Alaska.
The break-up surveys will occur between June and July in either the Chukchi or Beaufort Sea and will include:
• Up to five fixed-wing flights of approximately 1,500 nm total for up to approximately 13 hours total;
• One helicopter flight totaling of approximately 200 nm total for up to approximately 3 hours total.
Flight altitudes for fixed wing surveys will range from 30 to 610 m (100 to 2,000 ft) but will mostly be at or above 152 m (500 ft). For helicopter flights, the altitude will range from 15 to 152 m (50 to 500 ft) but will mostly be at or above 61 m (200 ft). Flights will occur when there is daylight. Aircraft are not scheduled to fly at the same time.
The freeze-up surveys will occur between November 2015 and March 2016 in either the Chukchi or Beaufort Sea and will include:
• Up to seven fixed-wing flights of approximately 2,500 nautical miles (nm) total in early winter for up to approximately 21 hours total;
• One helicopter flight in the Beaufort of approximately 200 nm that will include approximately 4 landings to collect ice measurements during late freeze-up including sampling with a battery powered ice auger for up to approximately 3 hours total.
Flight altitudes for fixed wing surveys will range from 30 to 610 m (100 to 2,000 ft) but will mostly be at or above 152 m (500 ft). For helicopter flights, the altitude will range from 15 to 152 m (50 to 500 ft) but will mostly be at or above 61 m (200 ft). Helicopter flights will also include landings. Flights will occur when there is daylight. Aircraft are not scheduled to fly at the same time.
Shell plans to conduct the ice overflight surveys with an Aero Commander (or similar) fixed winged aircraft and a Bell 412, AW 139, EC 145 (or similar) helicopter.
Shell will also have a dedicated helicopter for Search and Rescue (SAR) for the spring 2015 surveys. The SAR helicopter is expected to be a Sikorsky S-92 (or similar). This aircraft will stay grounded at the Barrow shorebase location except during training drills,
The Chukchi and Beaufort Seas support a diverse assemblage of marine mammals, including: Bowhead, gray, beluga, killer, minke, humpback, and fin whales; harbor porpoise; ringed, ribbon, spotted, and bearded seals; narwhals; polar bears; and walruses. Both the walrus and the polar bear are managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are not considered further in this proposed IHA notice.
Among the rest of marine mammal species, only beluga, bowhead, and gray whales, and ringed, spotted, bearded, and ribbon seals could potentially be affected by the proposed ice overflight activity. The remaining cetacean species are rare and not likely to be encountered during Shell's ice overflight surveys, which are planned either during winter when nearly 10/10 ice coverage is present, or during spring when sea ice also pre-dominants the study area. Therefore, these species are not further discussed.
The bowhead whale is listed as “endangered” under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and as depleted under the MMPA. The ringed seal is listed as “threatened” under the ESA. Certain stocks or populations of gray and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as endangered under the ESA; however, none of those stocks or populations occur in the proposed activity area.
Shell's application contains information on the status, distribution, seasonal distribution, abundance, and life history of each of the species under NMFS' jurisdiction mentioned in this document. When reviewing the application, NMFS determined that the species descriptions provided by Shell correctly characterized the status, distribution, seasonal distribution, and abundance of each species. Please refer to the application for that information (see
Table 1 lists the seven marine mammal species under NMFS' jurisdiction with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area.
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the types of stressors associated with the specified activity (
The reasonably expected or reasonably likely impacts of the specified activities on marine mammals will be related primarily to localized, short-term acoustic disturbance from aircraft flying primarily over areas covered by sea ice with limited flight activity over open water and adjacent ice edges. The acoustic sense of marine mammals probably constitutes their most important distance receptor system. Potential acoustic effects relate to sound produced by helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft.
Dominant tones in noise spectra from helicopters are generally below 500 Hz (Greene and Moore 1995). Harmonics of the main rotor and tail rotor usually dominate the sound from helicopters; however, many additional tones associated with the engines and other rotating parts are sometimes present. Because of Doppler shift effects, the frequencies of tones received at a stationary site diminish when an aircraft passes overhead. The apparent frequency is increased while the aircraft approaches and is reduced while it moves away.
Aircraft flyovers are not heard underwater for very long, especially when compared to how long they are heard in air as the aircraft approaches an observer. Very few cetaceans, including the species in the proposed ice overflight survey areas, are expected to be encountered during ice overflights due to the low density of cetacean species in the winter survey area and small area to be flown over open water during spring. Most of these effects are expected in open-water where limited aircraft noise could penetrate into the water column. For cetaceans under the ice, the noise levels from the aircraft are expected to be dramatically reduced by floating ice. Long-term or population level effects are not expected.
Evidence from flyover studies of ringed and bearded seals suggests that a reaction to helicopters is more common than to fixed wing aircraft, all else being equal (Born
Historically, there have been far greater levels of aviation activity in the offshore Chukchi and Beaufort Seas compared with that of the proposed ice overflights. None of this previous offshore aviation activity is believed to have resulted in long-term impacts to marine mammals, as demonstrated by results from a wide range of monitoring programs and scientific studies. Impacts to marine mammals from aviation activities in Arctic offshore habitats have been shown to be, at most, short-term and highly-localized in nature (
The effect of aircraft overflight on marine mammals will depend on the behavior of the animal at the time of reception of the stimulus, as well as the distance from the aircraft and received level of sound. Cetaceans (such as bowhead, gray, and beluga whales) will only be present, and thus have the potential to be disturbed, when aircraft fly over open water in between ice floes; seals may be disturbed when aircraft are over open water or over ice on which seals may be present. Disturbance reactions are likely to vary among some of the seals in the general vicinity, and not all of the seals present are expected to react to fixed wing aircraft and helicopters.
Behavioral distances from marine mammals also depend on the altitudes of the aircraft overflight. Marine mammals are not likely to be affected by aircraft overflights that are above 1,000 ft. Therefore, behavioral harassments discussed above are only limited to those aircraft flying at lower altitudes. Proposed monitoring measures discussed below would further reduce potential affects from Shell's proposed ice overflight surveys.
In light of the nature of the activities, and for the reasons described below, NMFS does not expect marine mammals will be injured or killed as a result of ice overflight surveys. In addition, due to the low received noise levels from aircraft overflights, NMFS does not expect marine mammals will experience hearing impairment such as TTS or PTS.
Of the seal species which may be encountered, only ringed seals are abundant in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas during the winter and early spring when the overflights are scheduled to occur. In March-April, ringed seals give birth in subnivean lairs established on shorefast and stable pack ice (Smith and Stirling 1975; Smith 1973). Ringed seals in subnivean layers have been known to react to aircraft overhead by entering the water in some instances (Kelly
Bearded seals spend the winter season in the Bering Sea, and then follow the ice edge as it retreats in spring (MacIntyre and Stafford 2011). Large numbers of bearded seals are unlikely to be present in the project area during the time of planned operations. However, some individuals may be encountered. Spotted seals are found in the Bering Sea in winter and spring where they breed, molt, and pup in large groups (Quakenbush 1988; Rugh
Based on extensive analysis of digital imagery taken during aerial surveys in support of Shell's 2012 operations in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, ice seals are very infrequently observed hauled out on the ice in groups of greater than one individual (Shell 2015). Tens of thousands of images from 17 flights that took place from July through October were reviewed in detail. Of 107 total observations of spotted or ringed seals on ice, only three of those sightings were of a group of two individuals (Shell 2015). Since seals typically are found as individuals or in very small groups when they are in the project area, the chance of a stampede event is very unlikely. Finally, ice seals are well adapted to move between ice and water without injury, including “escape reactions” to avoid predators.
Ringed and bearded seals sometimes, but not always, dive when approached by low-flying aircraft (Burns and Frost 1979; Burns
The sound of aircraft is also reduced by the snow of the lair (Cummings and Holliday 1983). Spotted seals are sensitive to aircraft, reacting erratically at considerable distances which may result in mother-pup separation or injury to pups (Frost et al 1993, Rugh
Shell's planned 2015/16 ice overflight surveys will not result in any permanent impact on habitats used by marine mammals, or to their prey sources. The primary potential impacts on marine mammal habitat and prey resources that are reasonably expected or reasonably likely are associated with elevated sound levels from the aircraft passing overhead. Effects on marine mammal habitat from the generation of sound from the planned surveys would be negligible and temporary, lasting only as long as the aircraft is overhead. Water column effects will be localized and ephemeral, lasting only the duration of the aircrafts presence. All effects on marine mammal habitat from the planned surveys are expected to be negligible and confined to very small areas within the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas.
The primary effect of the sound energy generated by ice overflight survey activities on marine mammal habitat will be the ensonification of the water column and air at the surface. Sound energy can also affect invertebrates and fish that are marine mammal prey, and thereby indirectly impact the marine mammals.
Levels and duration of sounds received by marine mammals underwater from a passing helicopter or fixed-wing aircraft are a function of the type of aircraft, orientation and altitude of the aircraft, depth of the animal, and water depth. Aircraft sounds are detectable underwater at greater distances when the receiver is in shallow rather than deep water. Generally, sound levels received underwater decrease as the altitude of the aircraft increases (Richardson
Aircraft sounds are audible for much greater distances in air than in water. Under calm conditions, rotor and engine sounds are coupled into the water within a 26° cone beneath the aircraft. Some of the sound will transmit beyond the immediate area, and some sound will enter the water outside the 26 degree area when the sea surface is rough. However, scattering and absorption will limit lateral propagation in shallow water. Dominant tones in noise spectra from helicopters are generally below 500 Hz (Greene and Moore 1995). Because of Doppler shift effects, the frequencies of tones received at a stationary site diminish when an aircraft passes overhead. The apparent frequency is increased while the aircraft approaches and is reduced while it moves away. Sounds generated underwater from aircraft flyovers are of short duration.
Helicopters will generally maintain straight-line routes, thereby limiting the sound levels at and below the surface. Given the timing and location of the proposed ice overflight activities, as well as the mitigation measures that will be implemented as a part of the program, any impacts from aircraft traffic on marine mammal habitat or prey will be localized and temporary with no anticipated population level effects.
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA, NMFS must, where applicable, set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant). This section summarizes the contents of Shell's Marine Mammal Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (4MP). Later in this document in the “Proposed Incidental Harassment Authorization” section, NMFS lays out the proposed conditions for review, as they would appear in the final IHA (if issued).
Shell submitted a 4MP as part of its application (see
• A PSO will be aboard all flights recording all sightings/observations (
• The aircraft will maintain a 1 mi radius when flying over areas where seals appear to be concentrated in groups of ≥5 individuals;
• The aircraft will not land on ice within 0.5 mi of hauled out pinnipeds or polar bears;
• The aircraft will avoid flying over polynyas and along adjacent ice margins as much as possible to minimize potential disturbance to cetaceans; and
• Shell will routinely engage with local communities and subsistence groups to ensure no disturbance of whaling or other subsistence activities.
NMFS has carefully evaluated the applicant's proposed mitigation measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received levels of noises generated from ice overflight surveys, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed to received levels of noises generated from ice overflight surveys, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number or number at biologically important time or location) to received levels of noises generated from ice overflight surveys, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation—an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
Proposed measures to ensure availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses are discussed later in this document (see “Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence Uses” section).
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking.” The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Shell submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA application. It can be found in Appendix B of the Shell's IHA application. The plan may be modified or supplemented based on comments or new information received from the public during the public comment period or from the peer review panel (see the “Monitoring Plan Peer Review” section later in this document).
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or more of the following general goals:
1. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, both within the mitigation zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation) and in general to generate more data to contribute to the analyses mentioned below;
2. An increase in our understanding of how many marine mammals are likely to be exposed to levels of noises generated from ice overflight surveys that we associate with specific adverse effects, such as behavioral harassment, TTS, or PTS;
3. An increase in our understanding of how marine mammals respond to stimuli expected to result in take and how anticipated adverse effects on individuals (in different ways and to varying degrees) may impact the population, species, or stock (specifically through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival) through any of the following methods:
Behavioral observations in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent information);
Physiological measurements in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent information);
Distribution and/or abundance comparisons in times or areas with concentrated stimuli versus times or areas without stimuli;
4. An increased knowledge of the affected species; and
5. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of certain mitigation and monitoring measures.
Aerial monitoring for marine mammals will be conducted by a trained protected species observer (PSO) aboard each flight. PSO duties will include watching for and identifying marine mammals, recording their numbers, distances from, and potential reactions to the presence of the aircraft, in addition to working with the helicopter pilots to identify areas for landings on ice that is clear of marine mammals.
Observers will have previous marine mammal observation experience in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. All observers will be trained and familiar with the marine mammals of the area, data collection protocols, reporting procedures, and required mitigation measures.
The following specialized field equipment for use by the onboard PSO: Fujinon 7 × 50 binoculars for visual monitoring, a GPS unit to document the route of each ice overflight, a laptop computer for data entry, a voice recorder to capture detailed observations and data for post flight entry into the computer, and digital still cameras.
The observer on the aircraft will record observations directly into computers using a custom software package. The accuracy of the data entry will be verified in the field by computerized validity checks as the data are entered, and by subsequent manual checking following the flight. Additionally, observers will capture the details of sightings and other observations with a voice recorder, which will maximize observation time and the collection of data. These procedures will allow initial summaries of data to be prepared during and shortly after the surveys, and will facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical or other programs for further processing.
During the course of the flights, the observer will record information for each sighting including number of individuals, approximate age (when
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer reviewed “where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a species or stock for taking for subsistence uses” (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing regulations state, “Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan” (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS has established an independent peer review panel to review Shell's 4MP for ice overflight survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas. The panel is scheduled to meet in early March 2015, and will provide comments to NMFS shortly after they meet. After completion of the peer review, NMFS will consider all recommendations made by the panel, incorporate appropriate changes into the monitoring requirements of the IHA (if issued), and publish the panel's findings and recommendations in the final IHA notice of issuance or denial document.
The results of Shell's ice overflight monitoring report will be presented in the “90-day” final report, as required by NMFS under the proposed IHA. The initial final report is due to NMFS within 90 days after the expiration of the IHA (if issued). The report will include:
• Summaries of monitoring effort: Total hours, total distances flown, and environmental conditions during surveys;
• Summaries of occurrence, species composition, and distribution of all marine mammal sightings including date, numbers, age/size/gender categories (when discernible), group sizes, ice cover and other environmental variables; data will be visualized by plotting sightings relative to the position of the aircraft; and
• Analyses of the potential effects of ice overflights on marine mammals and the number of individuals that may have been disturbed by aircraft.
The “90-day” report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
Shell will be required to notify NMFS' Office of Protected Resources and NMFS' Stranding Network of any sighting of an injured or dead marine mammal. Based on different circumstances, Shell may or may not be required to stop operations upon such a sighting. Shell will provide NMFS with the species or description of the animal(s), the condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if the animal is dead), location, time of first discovery, observed behaviors (if alive), and photo or video (if available). The specific language describing what Shell must do upon sighting a dead or injured marine mammal can be found in the “Proposed Incidental Harassment Authorization” section of this document.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment]. Only take by Level B behavioral harassment is anticipated as a result of the proposed ice overflight surveys.
As discussed earlier in this document, potential noise impacts to marine mammals from ice overflight surveys would be limited in a 26° cone under the flight path. The intensity of noise enters the water depends on the altitude of the aircraft (Richardson
Exposures were calculated in the following sections for cetaceans and seals. The methods used to estimate exposure for each species group was fundamentally the same with minor differences as described below. Exposure estimates for cetaceans were calculated by multiplying the anticipated area to be flown over open water each season (winter and spring) by the expected densities of cetaceans that may occur in the survey area.
Exposures of seals were calculated by multiplying the anticipated area to be flown over open water and ice in each season (winter and spring) by the expected densities of seals that may occur in the survey area by the proportion of seals on ice that may actually show a disturbance reaction to each type of aircraft (Born
Marine mammal density estimates in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas have been derived for two time periods: the winter period covering November through April, and the spring period including May through early July.
There is some uncertainty about the representativeness of the data and assumptions used in the calculations. To provide some allowance for uncertainties, “average” as well as “maximum” estimates of the numbers of marine mammals potentially affected have been derived. For a few species, several density estimates were available. In those cases, the mean and maximum estimates were determined from the reported densities or survey data. In other cases, only one or no applicable estimate was available, so correction factors were used to arrive at “average” and “maximum” estimates. These are described in detail in the following sections.
In Polar Regions, most pinnipeds are associated with sea ice and typical census methods involve counting pinnipeds when they are hauled out on ice. In the Beaufort Sea, abundance surveys typically occur in spring when ringed seals emerge from their lairs (Frost
Detectability bias, quantified in part by f(0), is associated with diminishing sightability with increasing lateral distance from the survey trackline. Availability bias, g(0), refers to the fact that there is <100 percent probability of sighting an animal that is present along the survey trackline. Some sources below included these correction factors in the reported densities (
Beluga whale density estimates were calculated based on aerial survey data collected in October in the eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea by the NMML (as part of the BWASP program funded by BOEMRE) in 2007-2010. They reported 31 sightings of 66 individual whales during 1597 km of on-transect effort over waters 200-2000 m deep. An f(0) value of 2.326 was applied and it was calculated using beluga whale sightings data collected in the Canadian Beaufort Sea (Innes
Bowhead whale density estimates in the winter in the planned ice overflight area are expected to be quite low. Miller
Gray whales may be encountered as they have been detected near Pt. Barrow throughout the winter (Moore
Spring densities of beluga whales in offshore waters are expected to be low, with somewhat higher densities in ice-margin and nearshore areas. Past aerial surveys have recorded few belugas in the offshore Chukchi Sea during the summer months and belugas are most likely encountered in offshore waters of the eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea (Moore
Those aerial surveys recorded 10 on-transect beluga sightings (22 individuals) during 22,154 km of on transect effort in waters 36-50 m deep in the Chukchi Sea during July and August. The mean group size of the sightings was 2.2. An f(0) value of 2.841 and g(0) value of 0.58 from Harwood et al. (1996) were also used in the density calculation resulting in an average open-water density of 0.0024 belugas/km
Eastward migrating bowhead whales were recorded during industry aerial surveys of the continental shelf near Camden Bay in 2008 until 12 July (Christie
Gray whales are expected to be present in the Chukchi Sea but are unlikely in the Beaufort Sea. Moore et al. (2000) found the distribution of gray whales in Chukchi Sea was scattered and limited to nearshore areas where most whales were observed in water less than 35m deep. The average open-water summer density (Table 2) was calculated from 2008-2012 aerial survey effort and sightings in Clarke and Ferguson (in prep) and Clarke
Ringed seal densities were taken from offshore aerial surveys of the pack ice zone conducted in spring 1999 and 2000 (Bengtson
Other seal species are not expected to be present in the ice overflight survey area in large numbers during the winter period of the ice overflights. Bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals would be
Three species of pinnipeds under NMFS' jurisdiction are likely to be encountered in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas during planned ice overflights in spring of 2015: ringed, bearded, and spotted seals. Ringed and bearded seals are associated with both the ice margin and the nearshore open water area during spring. Spotted seals are often considered to be predominantly a coastal species except in the spring when they may be found in the southern margin of the retreating sea ice. However, satellite tagging has shown that some individuals undertake long excursions into offshore waters during summer (Lowry
Ringed seal and bearded seal “average” and “maximum” spring densities were available in Bengtson et al. (2005) from spring surveys in the offshore pack ice zone (zone 12P) of the northern Chukchi Sea. However, corrections for bearded seal availability, g(0), based on haulout and diving patterns were not available.
Little information on spotted seal densities in offshore areas of the Alaskan Arctic is available. Spotted seal densities in the spring were estimated by multiplying the ringed seal densities by 0.02. This was based on the ratio of the estimated occurrence of the two species during ice overflight surveys and the assumption that the vast majority of seals present in areas of pack ice would be ringed seals (Funk et al., 2010; 2013).
Four ribbon seal sightings were reported during industry vessel operations in the Chukchi Sea in 2006-2010 (Hartin
Encounters that may result in potential disturbance of cetaceans will likely occur only in open water. Flight paths over open water and adjacent ice edges will be minimized by the objectives of the program as an effort to reduce encounters with cetaceans. It is estimated that five to ten percent of distance flown in winter will be over open water, and ten to twenty percent of distance flown in spring will be over open water. We applied the most conservative of these percentages to the proposed tracklines in winter and spring to estimate the area of open water exposed by planned ice overflights.
The potential disturbance area for each season was based on flight altitude and lateral distance of cetaceans from the center trackline. Based on known air-to-water propagation paths, cetaceans may be exposed to sounds produced by the aircraft when individuals are up to 13 degrees from the aircraft's center (Snell's law; Urick 1972 in Richardson
Table 2 summarizes potential disturbance radii, maximum flight distances over open water, and potential disturbance areas for cetaceans from fixed wing aircraft and helicopters during Shell's proposed ice overflights program in winter (November through April) and spring (May through early July). Maximum percentage of total trackline over open water, as based on previous surveys, is 10% and 20% of the total trackline for winter and spring, respectively. Based on maximum flight distances, percent open water, and a potential disturbance radius of 75 m for fixed wing aircraft and helicopters, a total of 169 km2 of open-water could be disturbed. Approximately 45% of this total estimated open-water area would be surveyed in winter and the remaining 55% would be surveyed during spring.
Fixed wing and helicopter flights over ice at ice overflight survey altitudes have the potential to disturb seals hauled out on ice, although the flight altitude and lateral distances at which seals may react to aircraft are highly variable (Born et al. 1999; Burns
Born
Table 3 summarizes potential disturbance radii, maximum flight distances, and potential disturbance areas for seals from fixed wing aircraft and helicopters during Shell's proposed ice overflights program in winter (November through April) and spring (May through early July). Based on maximum flight distances and potential disturbance radii of 600 and 1500 m for fixed wing aircraft and helicopters, respectively, a total of 11,112 km
This subsection provides estimates of the number of individual cetaceans that could potentially be disturbed by aircraft during Shell's proposed ice overflights. The estimates are based on an estimate of the anticipated open-water area that could be subjected to disturbance from overflights, proximity of cetaceans in open water to the aircraft, and expected cetacean densities in those areas during each season.
The number of individuals of each cetacean species potentially disturbed by fixed wing aircraft or helicopters was estimated by multiplying:
• The potential disturbance area from each aircraft (fixed wing and helicopter) for each season (winter and spring), by
• The percentage of survey area expected to be over open water as opposed to ice in each season, by
• The expected cetacean density for each season.
The numbers of individual cetaceans potentially disturbed were then summed for each species across the two seasons.
Estimates of the average and maximum number of individual cetaceans that may be disturbed are shown by season in Table 4. Less than one individual of each cetacean species was estimated to be disturbed in winter. This was due to the low density of cetaceans in the survey area in winter and extensive ice cover during this period. In spring, a few beluga whales, bowhead whales, and gray whales are estimated to potentially be disturbed during ice overflights when aircraft transit over open water for short periods. The numbers of individuals exposed represent very small proportions of their populations.
This subsection provides estimates of the number of individual ice seals that could potentially be disturbed by aircraft during Shell's proposed ice overflights. The estimates are based on a consideration of the proposed flight distances, proximity of seals to the aircraft trackline, and the proportion of ice seals present that might actually be disturbed appreciably (
The number of individuals of each ice seal species potentially disturbed by fixed wing aircraft or helicopters was estimated by multiplying:
• The potential disturbance area from each aircraft (fixed wing and helicopter) for each season (winter and spring), by
• The expected seal density in each season, and by
• The expected proportion of seals expected to react to each type of aircraft in a way that could be interpreted as disturbance.
The numbers of individuals potentially disturbed were then summed for each species across the two seasons.
Estimates of the average number of individual seals that may be disturbed are shown by season in Table 4. The estimates shown represent proportions of the total number of seals encountered that may actually demonstrate a disturbance reaction to each type of aircraft. Estimates shown in Table 4 were based on Born
Ringed seal is by far the most abundant species expected to be encountered during the planned ice overflights. The best (average) estimate of the numbers of ringed seals potentially disturbed during ice overflights is 793 individuals, which represents only a small proportion of the estimated population of ringed seals in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. Fewer individuals of other pinniped species are estimated to be encountered during ice overflights, also representing very small proportions of their populations.
Negligible impact is “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival” (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
No injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur as a result of Shell's proposed ice overflight surveys in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, and none are proposed to be authorized. Additionally, animals in the area are not expected to incur hearing impairment (
Aircraft flyovers are not heard underwater for very long, especially when compared to how long they are heard in air as the aircraft approaches an observer. Very few cetaceans are expected to be encountered during ice overflights due to the low density of cetacean species in the winter survey area and small area to be flown over open water during spring. Long-term or population level effects are not expected. The majority of seals encountered by fixed wing aircraft will unlikely show a notable disturbance reaction, and approximately half of the seals encountered by helicopters may react by moving from ice into the water. Any potential disturbance from aircraft to seals in the area of ice overflights will be localized and short-term in duration with no population level effects
Of the seven marine mammal species likely to occur in the proposed ice overflight survey area, only the bowhead whale and ringed seal are listed as endangered under the ESA. These two species are also designated as “depleted” under the MMPA. Despite these designations, the Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort stock of bowheads has been increasing at a rate of 3.4% annually for nearly a decade (Allen and Angliss, 2011), even in the face of ongoing industrial activity. Additionally, during the 2001 census, 121 calves were counted, which was the highest yet recorded. The calf count provides corroborating evidence for a healthy and increasing population (Allen and Angliss, 2011). Certain stocks or populations of gray and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as endangered or are proposed for listing under the ESA; however, none of those stocks or populations occur in the proposed activity area. Ringed seals were recently listed under the ESA as threatened species. On July 25, 2014 the U.S. District Court for the District of Alaska vacated the rule listing to the Beringia bearded seal DPS and remanded the rule to NMFS to correct the deficiencies identified in the opinion. None of the other species that may occur in the project area is listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. There is currently no established critical habitat in the proposed project area for any of these seven species.
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in this document (see the “Anticipated Effects on Habitat” section). Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of marine mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor. Based on the vast size of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by marine
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine mammal take from Shell's proposed 2015 ice overflight surveys in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks.
The estimated takes proposed to be authorized represent less than 0.3% of the affected population or stock for all species in the survey area.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks.
NMFS has defined “unmitigable adverse impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as: “an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
Subsistence hunting continues to be an essential aspect of Inupiat Native life, especially in rural coastal villages. The Inupiat participate in subsistence hunting activities in and around the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas. The animals taken for subsistence provide a significant portion of the food that will last the community through the year. Marine mammals represent on the order of 60-80% of the total subsistence harvest. Along with the nourishment necessary for survival, the subsistence activities strengthen bonds within the culture, provide a means for educating the younger generation, provide supplies for artistic expression, and allow for important celebratory events.
Activities associated with Shell's planned ice overflight survey program is not likely to have an un-mitigable adverse impact on the availability of bowhead whales for taking for subsistence uses. Ice overflight surveys that may occur near Point Lay, Wainwright, Barrow, Nuiqsut, and Kaktovik would traverse bowhead subsistence areas. Most flights would take place after the date of fall and prior to spring bowhead whale hunting from the villages. The most commonly observed reactions of bowheads to aircraft traffic are hasty dives, but changes in orientation, dispersal, and changes in activity are sometimes noted. Such reactions could potentially affect subsistence hunts if the flights occurred near and at the same time as the hunt. Shell has developed and proposes to implement a number of mitigation measures to avoid such impacts. These mitigation measures include minimum flight altitudes, use of Village Community Liaison Officers (CLOs), Subsistence Advisors (SAs), and Communication Centers in order to avoid conflicts with subsistence activities. SA calls will be held while subsistence activities are underway during the ice overflight survey program and are attended by operations staff, logistics staff, and CLOs. Aircraft flights are adjusted as needed and planned in a manner that avoids potential impacts to bowhead whale hunts and other subsistence activities. With these mitigation measures any effects on the bowhead whale as a subsistence resource, or effects on bowhead subsistence hunts would be minimal.
Activities associated with Shell's planned ice overflight survey program will not have an un-mitigable adverse impact on the availability of beluga whales for taking for subsistence uses.
Ice overflight surveys may occur near Point Lay, Wainwright, Barrow, Nuiqsut, and Kaktovik would and traverse beluga whale hunt subsistence areas. Most flights would take place when belugas are not typically harvested. Survey activities could potentially affect subsistence hunts if the flights occurred near and at the same time as the hunt. Shell has developed and proposes to implement a number of mitigation measures to avoid such impacts. These mitigation measures include minimum flight altitudes, use of CLOs, SAs, and Communication Centers. SA calls will be held while subsistence activities are underway during the ice overflight survey program and are attended by operations staff, logistics staff, and CLOs. Aircraft flights are adjusted as needed and planned in a manner that avoids potential impacts to beluga whale hunts and other subsistence activities. With these mitigation measures any effects on the beluga whale as a subsistence resource, or effects on beluga subsistence hunts would be minimal.
Seals are an important subsistence resource with ringed and bearded seals making up the bulk of the seal harvest. The survey areas are far outside of areas reportedly utilized for the harvest of seals by the villages of Point Hope, thus the ice overflight surveys will not have an un-mitigable adverse impact on the availability of ice seals for taking for subsistence uses. The survey areas encompass some areas utilized by residents of Point Lay, Wainwright, Barrow, Nuiqsut and Kaktovik for the harvest of seals. Most ringed and bearded seals are harvested in the winter and a harvest of seals could possibly be affected by Shell's planned activities. Spotted seals are harvested during the summer and may overlap briefly with Shell's planned activities. Most seals are harvested in coastal waters, with available maps of recent and past subsistence use areas indicating that seal harvests have occurred only within 30-40 mi (48-64 km) off the coastline. Some of the planned ice overflight surveys would take place in areas used by the village residents for the harvest of seals. The survey aircraft could potentially travel over areas used by residents for seal hunting and could potentially disturb seals and, therefore, subsistence hunts for seals. Any such effects from the survey activities would be minimal due to the infrequency of the planned surveys. Shell has developed and proposes to implement a number of mitigation measures which include a proposed 4MP, use of CLOs, SAs, operation of Communication Centers, and minimum altitude requirements. SA calls will be held while subsistence activities are underway during the ice overflight survey program and are attended by operations staff, logistics staff, and CLO's. Aircraft movements and activities are adjusted as needed and planned in a manner that avoids potential impacts to subsistence
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a Plan of Cooperation (POC) or information that identifies what measures have been taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes.
Shell is preparing to implement a POC in accordance with NMFS' regulations. The POC relies upon the Chukchi Sea Communication Plans to identify the measures that Shell has developed in consultation with North Slope subsistence communities and will implement during its planned 2015/2016 ice overflight surveys to minimize any adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence uses. In addition, the POC will detail Shell's communications and consultations with local subsistence communities concerning its planned 2015/2016 program, potential conflicts with subsistence activities, and means of resolving any such conflicts (50 CFR 216.104(a) (12) (i), (ii), and (iv)). Shell continues to document its contacts with the North Slope subsistence communities, as well as the substance of its communications with subsistence stakeholder groups.
The POC identifies and documents potential conflicts and associated measures that will be taken to minimize any adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence use. Outcomes of POC meetings are typically included in updates attached to the POC as addenda and distributed to federal, state, and local agencies as well as local stakeholder groups that either adjudicate or influence mitigation approaches for Shell's activities.
Shell will engage with the villages potentially impacted by the 2015/2016 ice overflight surveys in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas in 2014 and early 2015. Meetings were held in Barrow and Point Lay in early November 2014 and additional engagements are scheduled with other villages in early 2015. Throughout 2015, and 2016 Shell anticipates continued engagement with the marine mammal commissions and committees active in the subsistence harvests and marine mammal research.
Following the 2015/2016 season, Shell intends to have a post-season co-management meeting with the commissioners and committee heads to discuss results of mitigation measures and outcomes of the preceding season. The goal of the post-season meeting is to build upon the knowledge base, discuss successful or unsuccessful outcomes of mitigation measures, and possibly refine plans or mitigation measures if necessary.
In addition to the POC, the following subsistence mitigation measures will be implemented for Shell's proposed ice overflight surveys.
• Shell has developed a Communication Plan and will implement this plan before initiating ice overflight survey operations to coordinate activities with local subsistence users, as well as Village Whaling Captains' Associations, to minimize the risk of interfering with subsistence hunting activities, and keep current as to the timing and status of the bowhead whale hunt and other subsistence hunts.
• Shell will employ local CLOs and/or SAs from the Chukchi Sea villages that are potentially impacted by Shell's ice overflight surveys. The CLOs and SAs will provide consultation and guidance regarding the whale migration and subsistence activities. There will be one per village. The CLO and/or SA will use local knowledge (Traditional Knowledge) to gather data on the subsistence lifestyle within the community and provide advice on ways to minimize and mitigate potential negative impacts to subsistence resources during the survey season. Responsibilities include reporting any subsistence concerns or conflicts; coordinating with subsistence users; reporting subsistence-related comments, concerns, and information; and advising how to avoid subsistence conflicts.
• The aircraft will maintain a 1 mi (1.6 km) radius when flying over areas where seals appear to be concentrated in groups of ≥ 5 individuals.
• The aircraft will not land on ice within 0.5 mi (805 m) of hauled out pinnipeds.
• The aircraft will avoid flying over polynyas and along adjacent ice margins as much as possible to minimize potential disturbance to cetaceans.
• Aircraft shall not operate below 1,500 ft (457 m) in areas of active whale hunting; such areas to be identified through communications with the Com Centers and SAs.
• Shell will routinely engage with local communities and subsistence groups to ensure no disturbance of whaling or other subsistence activities.
NMFS considers that these mitigation measures including measures to reduce overall impacts to marine mammals in the vicinity of the proposed ice overflight survey area and measures to mitigate any potential adverse effects on subsistence use of marine mammals are adequate to ensure subsistence use of marine mammals in the vicinity of Shell's proposed ice overflight surveys in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas.
Based on the description of the specified activity, the measures described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be an unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from Shell's proposed activities.
There are two marine mammal species listed as endangered under the ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area: the bowhead whale and ringed seal. NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division will initiate consultation with NMFS' Endangered Species Division under section 7 of the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to Shell under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be concluded prior to a determination on the issuance of an IHA.
NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA), pursuant to NEPA, to determine whether the issuance of an IHA to Shell for its 2015/2016 ice overflight surveys may have a significant impact on the human environment. NMFS has released a draft of the EA for public comment along with this proposed IHA.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to Shell for conducting ice overflight surveys in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas during 2015/2016, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in
(1) This Authorization is valid from May 1, 2015, through April 30, 2016.
(2) This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with Shell's 2015/2016 Chukchi and Beaufort Seas ice overflight surveys. The specific areas where Shell's ice overflight surveys will be conducted are the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, Alaska, as indicated in Figure 1-1 of Shell's IHA application.
(3)(a) The incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the following species: bowhead whale; gray whale; beluga whale; ringed seal; bearded seal; spotted seal; and ribbon seal.
(3)(b) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or death of any of the species listed in Condition 3(a) or the taking of any kind of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension or revocation of this Authorization.
(4) The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the following activities: Ice overflight surveys during freeze-up, winter, and break-up periods in 2015 and 2016 by aircraft.
(5) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under this Authorization must be reported immediately to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS or her designee.
(6) The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at least 48 hours prior to the start of ice overflight surveys (unless constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in which case notification shall be made as soon as possible).
(7) Ice Overflight Mitigation and Monitoring Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation and monitoring requirements when conducting the specified activities to achieve the least practicable impact on affected marine mammal species or stocks:
(a) A PSO will be aboard all flights recording all sightings/observations (
(b) The aircraft will maintain a 1 mi radius when flying over areas where seals appear to be concentrated in groups of ≥ 5 individuals;
(c) The aircraft will not land on ice within 0.5 mi of hauled out pinnipeds or polar bears; and
(d) The aircraft will avoid flying over polynyas and along adjacent ice margins as much as possible to minimize potential disturbance to cetaceans.
(8) Subsistence Mitigation Measures: To ensure no unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses of marine mammals, the Holder of this Authorization shall:
(a) Develop and implement a Communication Plan before initiating ice overflight survey operations to coordinate activities with local subsistence users, as well as Village Whaling Captains' Associations, to minimize the risk of interfering with subsistence hunting activities, and keep current as to the timing and status of the bowhead whale hunt and other subsistence hunts.
(b) Employ local Community Liaison Officers (CLOs) and/or Subsistence Advisors (SAs) from the Chukchi Sea villages that are potentially impacted by the ice overflight surveys.
(A) The CLOs and SAs will provide consultation and guidance regarding the whale migration and subsistence activities.
(B) The CLOs and SAs will also report any subsistence concerns or conflicts; coordinate with subsistence users; report subsistence-related comments, concerns, and information; and advise how to avoid subsistence conflicts.
(c) Routinely engage with local communities and subsistence groups to ensure no disturbance of whaling or other subsistence activities.
(9) Monitoring Measures:
(a) Protected Species Observers:
(A) Aerial monitoring for marine mammals will be conducted by a trained protected species observer (PSO) aboard each flight.
(B) PSO duties will include watching for and identifying marine mammals, recording their numbers, distances from, and potential reactions to the presence of the aircraft, in addition to working with the helicopter pilots to identify areas for landings on ice that is clear of marine mammals.
(b) Observer Qualifications and Training
(A) Observers will have previous marine mammal observation experience in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas.
(B) All observers will be trained and familiar with the marine mammals of the area, data collection protocols, reporting procedures, and required mitigation measures.
(c) Specialized Field Equipment:
(A) Fujinon 7 X 50 binoculars for visual monitoring,
(B) GPS unit to document the route of each ice overflight,
(C) Laptop computer for data entry,
(D) Voice recorder to capture detailed observations and data for post flight entry into the computer,
(E) Digital still cameras.
(d) Field Data-Recording
(A) The observer on the aircraft will record observations directly into computers using a custom software package.
(B) The accuracy of the data entry will be verified in the field by computerized validity checks as the data are entered, and by subsequent manual checking following the flight.
(C) Observers will capture the details of sightings and other observations with a voice recorder, which will maximize observation time and the collection of data.
(D) During the course of the flights, the observer will record information for each sighting including:
• Number of individuals,
• Approximate age (when possible to determine),
• Any type of potential reaction to the aircraft.
• Weather, air temperature, wind speed, cloud and ice cover, and
• Visibility conditions.
(10) Reporting Requirements:
(a) Final Report: The results of Shell's ice overflight monitoring report will be presented in the “90-day” final report, as required by NMFS under the proposed IHA. The initial final report is due to NMFS within 90 days after the expiration of the IHA. The report will include:
(A) Summaries of monitoring effort: total hours, total distances flown, and environmental conditions during surveys;
(B) Summaries of occurrence, species composition, and distribution of all marine mammal sightings including date, numbers, age/size/gender categories (when discernible), group sizes, ice cover and other environmental variables; data will be visualized by plotting sightings relative to the position of the aircraft; and
(C) Analyses of the potential effects of ice overflights on marine mammals and the number of individuals that may have been disturbed by aircraft.
(b) The “90-day” report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
(11)(a) In the unanticipated event that the ice overflight surveys clearly cause the take of a marine mammal in a
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with Shell to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. Shell may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(b) In the event that Shell discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
(c) In the event that Shell discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 2 of this Authorization (
(12) The Plan of Cooperation outlining the steps that will be taken to cooperate and communicate with the native communities to ensure the availability of marine mammals for subsistence uses must be implemented.
(13) Shell is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the Incidental Take Statement (ITS) corresponding to NMFS's Biological Opinion issued to NMFS's Office of Protected Resources.
(14) A copy of this Authorization and the ITS must be in the possession of all contractors and PSOs operating under the authority of this Incidental Harassment Authorization.
(15) Penalties and Permit Sanctions: Any person who violates any provision of this Incidental Harassment Authorization is subject to civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and forfeiture as authorized under the MMPA.
(16) This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the Holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for subsistence uses.
As noted above, NMFS requests comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for Shell's 2015/2016 Chukchi and Beaufort Seas ice overflight surveys. Please include, with your comments, any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on Shell's request for an MMPA authorization.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments and information.
NMFS has received a request from the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) for an authorization to take small numbers of 11 species of marine mammals, by Level B harassment, incidental to proposed construction activities for a tie-up slips dolphin and wingwall replacement project in Anacortes, Washington State. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an authorization to WDOT to incidentally take, by harassment, small numbers of marine mammals for a period of 1 year.
Comments and information must be received no later than April 3, 2015.
Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email comments is
A copy of the application may be obtained by writing to the address specified above or visiting the internet at:
Shane Guan, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “. . . an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.”
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA established an expedited process by which citizens of the U.S. can apply for a one-year authorization to incidentally take small numbers of marine mammals by harassment, provided that there is no potential for serious injury or mortality to result from the activity. Section 101(a)(5)(D) establishes a 45-day time limit for NMFS review of an application followed by a 30-day public notice and comment period on any proposed authorizations for the incidental harassment of marine mammals. Within 45 days of the close of the comment period, NMFS must either issue or deny the authorization.
On April 1, 2014, WSDOT submitted a request to NOAA requesting an IHA for the possible harassment of small numbers of 11 marine mammal species incidental to construction associated with the Anacortes Tie-up Slips Dolphin and Wingwall Replacement in the city of Anacortes, on Fidalgo Island, adjacent to Guemes Channel, Skagit County, Washington, between September 1, 2015, and February 15, 2016. NMFS determined that the IHA application was complete on July 1, 2014. NMFS is proposing to authorize the Level B harassment of the following marine mammal species/stocks: Harbor seal, California sea lion, Steller sea lion (eastern Distinct Population Segment, or DPS), northern elephant seal, killer whale (transient and Southern Resident stocks), gray whale, humpback whale, minke whale, harbor porpoise, Dall's porpoise, and Pacific white-sided dolphin.
The purpose of this project is to replace the aging timber wingwalls and dolphins in Tie-up Slips 3 and 4 (Figures 1-3, 1-4 and 1-5 in WSDOT's IHA application) with standard steel and concrete designs. The aging timber facilities are beginning to deteriorate from combined docking operations, salt water infusion and wood rot organisms. Replacement of these facilities will allow the ferries to safely moor at the terminal and provide the necessary protection of the terminal from the docking of ferries. The timber piles that will be permanently removed are listed Table 1.
WSDOT plans to re-use eight existing 36-inch steel piles (remove and relocate) and install 52 new permanent steel piles (24-, 30-, and 36-inch) with a vibratory hammer. In addition, WSDOT may install one temporary dolphin consisting of one 24-inch steel pile and/or the contractor may elect to temporarily install four 24-inch steel piles at the location of each dolphin and wingwall to be used as a pile driving template for the permanent piles (Table 2). These four temporary piles will be removed once the corresponding landing aid is completed, then installed at the location of the next structure, and completely removed at the end of the project. Between one and five temporary piles will be installed at any given time during the project.
A vibratory hammer will be used for pile removal and driving. No impact pile driving or proofing is necessary. Existing timber piles may also be removed by direct pull. Pile driving and removal will be conducted from a barge containing a derrick, crane, and other necessary equipment. The barge will be anchored and/or spudded. No barge dynamic positioning system (DPS) will be used on this project.
In-water construction is planned to take place between September 2015 and February 2016. The on-site work will last approximately 135 days with pile removal and driving taking place over approximately 36 days. All work will occur in water depths between −25 and −34 feet mean low low water (MLLW).
Duration estimates of each of the pile driving elements follow:
• The daily construction window for pile removal or driving will begin no sooner than 30 minutes after sunrise to allow for initial marine mammal monitoring, and will end 30 minutes before sunset to allow for post-construction marine mammal monitoring.
• Vibratory pile removal of the existing timber piles will take approximately 10 to 15 minutes per pile. Vibratory removal will take less time than driving, because piles are vibrated to loosen them from the soil, and then pulled out with the vibratory hammer turned off. Assuming the worst case of 15 minutes per pile (with no direct pull or clamshell removal), removal of 272 piles at the Anacortes terminal will take 68 hours over nine days of pile removal.
• Vibratory pile driving of the steel piles will take approximately 20 minutes per pile, with three to five piles installed per day. Assuming 20 minutes per pile, and three piles per day, driving of 81 piles at the Anacortes terminal will take 27 hours over 27 days.
The total worst-case time for pile removal is nine days, and 27 days for pile installation. The actual number of pile-removal/driving days is expected to be less.
The proposed activities will occur at the Anacortes ferry terminal located in Anacortes, Washington (see Figures 1-1 and 1-2 of WSDOT's IHA application). The terminal is adjacent to Guemes Channel, tributary to the Georgia Basin.
The Anacortes ferry terminal, serving State Route 20, is located in the city of Anacortes, on Fidalgo Island, adjacent to Guemes Channel, Skagit County, Washington. Guemes Channel is tributary to the Georgia Basin. The terminal is located in Section 22, Township 35 North, Range 1 East. This is the primary terminal for all WSDOT ferry departures to the San Juan Islands and Vancouver Island. Land use in the area is a mix of residential, business, and local parks.
The following construction activities are anticipated:
• Remove three 35-pile dolphins, one 51-pile dolphin, 70 piles associated with wing-dolphins, and 46 piles associated with wingwalls. These piles will be removed with a vibratory hammer or by direct pull and clamshell removal.
• If necessary, vibratory pile-drive one to five 24-inch steel piles for use as a temporary template at each structure location.
• Vibratory pile-drive up to six 30-inch steel piles and up to ten 36-inch steel piles for each new dolphin.
• Place precast concrete diaphragm on new dolphins.
• Attach fender panel to new fender pile.
• Remove temporary piles.
• At Slip 3 wingwalls, vibratory pile-drive up to four 24-inch steel piles (two per wingwall).
• At Slip 4 wingwalls, vibratory pile-drive and up to four 24-inch steel piles (two per wingwall), and eight 36-inch steel piles (four per wingwall).
• Attach rubber fenders between plumb piles.
Approximately 441 tons of creosote-treated timbers will be removed from the marine environment. The total mudline footprint of the existing dolphins is 258 square feet (ft2). The total mudline footprint of the new dolphins will be 263 ft2, an increase of five square feet. However, the footprint of the new steel dolphins will be more open, allowing fish movement between the piles. The new dolphins and wingwalls will have 52 piles, compared to the existing structures, which have 272 tightly clustered piles with no space between them. Detailed descriptions of these activities are provided below.
Vibratory hammer extraction is a common method for removing timber piling. A vibratory hammer is a large mechanical device mostly constructed of steel (weighing 5 to 16 tons) that is suspended from a crane by a cable. It is attached to a derrick and positioned on the top of a pile. The pile is then unseated from the sediments by engaging the hammer, creating a vibration that loosens the sediments binding the pile, and then slowly lifting up on the hammer with the aid of the crane.
Once unseated, the crane will continue to raise the hammer and pull the pile from the sediment. When the pile is released from the sediment, the vibratory hammer is disengaged and the pile is pulled from the water and placed on a barge for transfer upland. Vibratory removal will take approximately 10 to 15 minutes per pile, depending on sediment conditions.
The piling will be loaded onto the barge or into a container and disposed of offsite in accordance with State of Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 173-304 Minimum Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling and mitigation.
Older timber pilings are particularly prone to breaking at the mudline because of damage from marine borers and vessel impacts, and must be removed because they can interfere with the installation of new pilings. In some cases, removal with a vibratory hammer is not possible if the pile is too fragile to withstand the hammer force.
Broken or damaged piles may be removed by wrapping the piles with a cable and pulling them directly from the sediment with a crane. If the piles break below the waterline, the pile stubs may be removed with a clamshell bucket, a hinged steel apparatus that operates like a set of steel jaws. The bucket will be lowered from a crane and the jaws will grasp the pile stub as the crane pulls up. The broken piling and stubs will be loaded onto the barge for off-site disposal. Clamshell removal will be used only if necessary. Direct pull and clamshell removal do not produce noise that could impact marine mammals.
Vibratory hammers are commonly used in steel pile installation where sediments allow and may involve the same vibratory hammer used in pile extraction. The pile is placed into position using a choker and crane, and then vibrated between 1,200 and 2,400 vibrations per minute. The vibrations liquefy the sediment surrounding the pile allowing it to penetrate to the required seating depth. The type of vibratory hammer that will be used for the project will likely be an APE 400 King Kong (or equivalent) with a drive force of 361 tons.
The marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction most likely to occur in the proposed construction area include Pacific harbor seal (
General information on the marine mammal species found in Washington coastal waters can be found in Caretta
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the types of stressors associated with the specified activity (
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data, Southall
• Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 22 kHz (however, a study by Au et al., (2006) of humpback whale songs indicate that the range may extend to at least 24 kHz);
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
• Pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with the greatest sensitivity between approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, 11 marine mammal species (7 cetacean and 4 pinniped species) are likely to occur in the proposed seismic survey area. Of the 7 cetacean species likely to occur in the proposed project area, 3 are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (
Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound repeatedly or for prolonged periods can experience hearing threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at certain frequency ranges (Kastak
Experiments on a bottlenose dolphin (
Chronic exposure to excessive, though not high-intensity, noise could cause masking at particular frequencies for marine mammals that utilize sound for vital biological functions (Clark
Masking occurs at the frequency band which the animals utilize. Since noise generated from in-water vibratory pile removal and driving is mostly concentrated at low frequency ranges, it may have little effect on high-frequency echolocation sounds by odontocetes (toothed whales), which may hunt California sea lion and harbor seal. However, the lower frequency man-made noises are more likely to affect the detection of communication calls and other potentially important natural sounds, such as surf and prey noise. The noises may also affect communication signals when those signals occur near the noise band, and thus reduce the communication space of animals (
Unlike TS, masking can potentially impact the species at community, population, or even ecosystem levels, as well as individual levels. Masking affects both senders and receivers of the signals and could have long-term chronic effects on marine mammal species and populations. Recent science suggests that low frequency ambient sound levels in the world's oceans have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 3 times, in terms of SPL) from pre-industrial periods, and most of these increases are from distant shipping (Hildebrand 2009). All anthropogenic noise sources, such as those from vessel traffic and pile removal and driving, contribute to the elevated ambient noise levels, thus intensifying masking.
Finally, in addition to TS and masking, exposure of marine mammals to certain sounds could lead to behavioral disturbance (Richardson et al. 1995), such as: Changing durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities, such as socializing or feeding; visible startle response or aggressive behavior, such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping; avoidance of areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (
The biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be expected to be biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Some of these types of significant behavioral modifications include: Drastic change in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those thought to be causing beaked whale strandings due to exposure to military mid-frequency tactical sonar); habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic environment; and cessation of feeding or social interaction.
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat are associated with elevated sound levels produced by vibratory pile removal and pile driving in the area. However, other potential impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also possible.
With regard to fish as a prey source for cetaceans and pinnipeds, fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the detection level of 120 dB (Ona 1988); however, the response threshold can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition (Engas
During the coastal construction only a small fraction of the available habitat would be ensonified at any given time. Disturbance to fish species would be short-term and fish would return to their pre-disturbance behavior once the pile driving activity ceases. Thus, the proposed construction would have little, if any, impact on the abilities of marine mammals to feed in the area where construction work is planned.
Finally, the time of the proposed construction activity would avoid the
Short-term turbidity is a water quality effect of most in-water work, including pile driving. WSDOT must comply with state water quality standards during these operations by limiting the extent of turbidity to the immediate project area.
Roni and Weitkamp (1996) monitored water quality parameters during a pier replacement project in Manchester, Washington. The study measured water quality before, during and after pile driving. The study found that construction activity at the site had “little or no effect on dissolved oxygen, water temperature and salinity”, and turbidity (measured in nephelometric turbidity units [NTU]) at all depths nearest the construction activity was typically less than 1 NTU higher than stations farther from the project area throughout construction.
Similar results were recorded during pile removal operations at two WSDOT ferry facilities. At the Friday Harbor terminal, localized turbidity levels (from three timber pile removal events) were generally less than 0.5 NTU higher than background levels and never exceeded 1 NTU. At the Eagle Harbor maintenance facility, local turbidity levels (from removal of timber and steel piles) did not exceed 0.2 NTU above background levels. In general, turbidity associated with pile installation is localized to about a 25-foot radius around the pile (Everitt
Cetaceans are not expected to be close enough to the Anacortes ferry terminal to experience turbidity, and any pinnipeds will be transiting the terminal area and could avoid localized areas of turbidity. Therefore, the impact from increased turbidity levels is expected to be discountable to marine mammals.
Pile removal and driving operations at the Anacortes ferry terminal will not obstruct movements of marine mammals. The operations at Anacortes will occur within 152 m (500 ft) of the shoreline, leaving 3.2 km (2.0 mi) of Puget Sound for marine mammals to pass.
A construction barge will be used during the project. The barge will be anchored and/or spudded. No dynamic positioning system (DPS) will be used.
In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses.
For WSDOT's proposed Anacortes tie-up slips dolphin and wingwall replacement project, WSDOT worked with NMFS and proposed the following mitigation measures to minimize the potential impacts to marine mammals in the project vicinity. The primary purposes of these mitigation measures are to minimize sound levels from the activities, to monitor marine mammals within designated zones of influence (ZOI) corresponding to NMFS' current Level B harassment thresholds and, if marine mammals with the ZOI appear disturbed by the work activity, to initiate immediate shutdown or power down of the piling hammer, making it very unlikely potential injury or TTS to marine mammals would occur and ensuring that Level B behavioral harassment of marine mammals would be reduced to the lowest level practicable.
To avoid potential injury to marine mammals, only vibratory pile hammer will be used for pile removal and pile driving.
Work would occur only during daylight hours, when visual monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted. In addition, all in-water construction will be limited to the period between September 1, 2015, and February 15, 2016.
Because WSDOT will not use impact pile driving for the proposed construction work, no Level A exclusion zone exists for marine mammals. NMFS currently uses received level of 120 dB as the onset of Level B harassment from non-impulse sources such as vibratory pile driving and pile removal. However, the in-water background noise data taken within the functional hearing group of relevant species showed that at the Anacortes ferry terminal area, the median day-time cumulative distribution function (CDF) for ambient noise levels range between 123 and 133 dB
Before the commencement of in-water pile driving activities, WSDOT shall establish Level B behavioral harassment zones of influence (ZOIs) where received underwater sound pressure levels (SPLs) are higher than 123 dB (rms) re 1 µPa for vibratory pile driving.
The 123-dB Level B harassment ZOIs from in-water vibratory pile removal and pile driving are modeled based on in-water measurements at the WSDOT Port Townsend Ferry Terminal (Laughlin 2011) and Friday Harbor Ferry Terminal (Laughlin 2010) constructions. These modeled results are presented in Table 4 below.
WSDOT will implement “soft start” (or ramp up) to reduce potential startling behavioral responses from marine mammals. Soft start requires contractors to initiate noise from the vibratory hammer for 15 seconds at reduced energy followed by a 1-minute waiting period. The procedure will be repeated two additional times. Each day, WSDOT will use the soft-start technique at the beginning of pile driving, or if pile driving has ceased for more than one hour.
WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if southern resident killer whales are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone (zone of influence, or ZOI) during in-water construction activities.
If a killer whale approaches the ZOI during pile driving or removal, and it is unknown whether it is a Southern Resident killer whale or a transient killer whale, it shall be assumed to be a Southern Resident killer whale and WSDOT shall implement the shutdown measure.
If a Southern Resident killer whale or an unidentified killer whale enters the ZOI undetected, in-water pile driving or pile removal shall be suspended until the whale exits the ZOI to avoid further level B harassment.
Further, WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if the number of any allotted marine mammal takes reaches the limit under the IHA (if issued), if such marine mammals are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone during in-water construction activities.
Prior to the start of pile driving, the Orca Network and/or Center for Whale Research will be contacted to find out the location of the nearest marine mammal sightings. The Orca Sightings Network consists of a list of over 600 (and growing) residents, scientists, and government agency personnel in the U.S. and Canada. Sightings are called or emailed into the Orca Network and immediately distributed to other sighting networks including: The Northwest Fisheries Science Center of NOAA Fisheries, the Center for Whale Research, Cascadia Research, the Whale Museum Hotline and the British Columbia Sightings Network.
`Sightings' information collected by the Orca Network includes detection by hydrophone. The SeaSound Remote Sensing Network is a system of interconnected hydrophones installed in the marine environment of Haro Strait (west side of San Juan Island) to study orca communication, in-water noise, bottom fish ecology and local climatic conditions. A hydrophone at the Port Townsend Marine Science Center measures average in-water sound levels and automatically detects unusual sounds. These passive acoustic devices allow researchers to hear when different marine mammals come into the region. This acoustic network, combined with the volunteer (incidental) visual sighting network allows researchers to document presence and location of various marine mammal species.
With this level of coordination in the region of activity, WSDOT will be able to get real-time information on the presence or absence of whales before starting any pile driving.
NMFS has carefully evaluated the applicant's proposed mitigation measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals listed below:
(1) Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
(2) A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received levels of pile driving and pile removal or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
(3) A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed to received levels of pile driving and pile removal, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
(4) A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number or number at biologically important time or location) to received levels of pile driving, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
(5) Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time.
(6) For monitoring directly related to mitigation—an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking.” The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. WSDOT submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA application. It can be found at
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or more of the following general goals:
(1) An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, both within the mitigation zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation) and in general to generate more data to contribute to the analyses mentioned below;
(2) An increase in our understanding of how many marine mammals are likely to be exposed to levels of pile driving that we associate with specific adverse effects, such as behavioral harassment, TTS, or PTS;
(3) An increase in our understanding of how marine mammals respond to stimuli expected to result in take and how anticipated adverse effects on individuals (in different ways and to varying degrees) may impact the population, species, or stock (specifically through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival) through any of the following methods:
Behavioral observations in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent information);
Physiological measurements in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent information);
Distribution and/or abundance comparisons in times or areas with concentrated stimuli versus times or areas without stimuli;
(4) An increased knowledge of the affected species; and
(5) An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of certain mitigation and monitoring measures.
WSDOT shall employ NMFS-approved protected species observers (PSOs) to conduct marine mammal monitoring for its Anacortes tie-up dolphins and wingwall replacement project. The PSOs will observe and collect data on marine mammals in and around the project area for 30 minutes before, during, and for 30 minutes after all pile removal and pile installation work. If a PSO observes a marine mammal within a ZOI that appears to be disturbed by the work activity, the PSO will notify the work crew to initiate shutdown measures.
Monitoring of marine mammals around the construction site shall be conducted using high-quality binoculars (
Data collection during marine mammal monitoring will consist of a count of all marine mammals by species, a description of behavior (if possible), location, direction of movement, type of construction that is occurring, time that pile replacement work begins and ends, any acoustic or visual disturbance, and time of the observation. Environmental conditions such as weather, visibility, temperature, tide level, current, and sea state would also be recorded.
WSDOT would be required to submit a final monitoring report within 90 days after completion of the construction work or the expiration of the IHA (if issued), whichever comes earlier. This report would detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed. NMFS would have an opportunity to provide comments on the report, and if NMFS has comments, WSDOT would address the comments and submit a final report to NMFS within 30 days.
In addition, NMFS would require WSDOT to notify NMFS' Office of Protected Resources and NMFS' Stranding Network within 48 hours of sighting an injured or dead marine mammal in the vicinity of the construction site. WSDOT shall provide NMFS with the species or description of the animal(s), the condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition, if the animal is dead), location, time of first discovery, observed behaviors (if alive), and photo or video (if available).
In the event that WSDOT finds an injured or dead marine mammal that is not in the vicinity of the construction area, WSDOT would report the same information as listed above to NMFS as soon as operationally feasible.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment].
As discussed above, in-water pile removal and pile driving (vibratory and impact) generate loud noises that could potentially harass marine mammals in the vicinity of WSDOT's proposed Anacortes Ferry Terminal tie-up slip dolphin and wingwall replacement project.
As mentioned earlier in this document, currently NMFS uses 120 dB re 1 µPa and 160 dB re 1 µPa at the received levels for the onset of Level B harassment from non-impulse (vibratory pile driving and removal) and impulse sources (impact pile driving) underwater, respectively. Table 3 summarizes the current NMFS marine mammal take criteria.
As explained above, ZOIs will be established that encompass the areas where received underwater sound pressure levels (SPLs) exceed the applicable thresholds for Level B harassment. In the case of WSDOT's proposed Anacortes construction project, the Level B harassment ZOI for non-impulse noise sources will be at the received level at 123 dB, which is the median ambient noise level for the high-frequency cetacean. There will not be a zone for Level A harassment in this case, because source levels from vibratory hammer do not exceed the threshold for Level A harassment, and no impact hammer will be used in the proposed project.
As mentioned earlier, the 123-dB Level B harassment ZOIs are modeled based on in-water measurements at the WSDOT Port Townsend Ferry Terminal (Laughlin 2011) and Friday Harbor Ferry Terminal (Laughlin 2010) constructions (Table 4). Incidental take is calculated for each species by estimating the likelihood of a marine mammal being present within a ZOI during active pile removal/driving. Expected marine mammal presence is determined by past observations and general abundance near the Anacortes ferry terminal during the construction window. Ideally, potential take is estimated by multiplying the area of the ZOI by the local animal density. This provides an estimate of the number of animals that might occupy the ZOI at any given moment. However, there are no density estimates for any Puget Sound population of marine mammal.
As a result, the take requests were estimated using local marine mammal data sets, and information from state and federal agencies. All haulout and observation data available are summarized in Section 3 of WSDOT's IHA application. Project duration is presented in Section 2 of WSDOT's IHA application.
The calculation for marine mammal exposures is estimated by:
Estimates include Level B acoustical harassment during vibratory pile removal and driving. All estimates are conservative, as pile removal/driving will not be continuous during the work day. Using this approach, a summary of estimated takes of marine mammals incidental to WSDOT's Anacortes Ferry Terminal tip-up dolphins and wingwall replacement work are provided in Table 5.
Negligible impact is “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival” (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
WSDOT's proposed Anacortes Ferry Terminal tie-up dolphins and wingwall replacement project would involve vibratory pile removal and pile driving activities. Elevated underwater noises are expected to be generated as a result of these activities; however, these noises are expected to result in no mortality or Level A harassment and limited Level B harassment of marine mammals. WSDOT would not use impact hammer for pile driving, thus eliminating the potential for injury (including PTS) and TTS from noise impact. For vibratory pile removal and pile driving, noise levels are not expected to reach the level that may cause TTS, injury (including PTS), or mortality to marine mammals. Therefore, NMFS does not expect that any animals would experience Level A harassment (including injury or PTS) or Level B harassment in the form of TTS from being exposed to in-water pile removal and pile driving associated with WSDOT's construction project.
Additionally, the sum of noise from WSDOT's proposed Anacortes Ferry Terminal tie-up dolphins and wingwall replacement construction activities is confined to a limited area by surrounding landmasses; therefore, the noise generated is not expected to contribute to increased ocean ambient noise. In addition, due to shallow water depths in the project area, underwater sound propagation of low-frequency sound (which is the major noise source from pile driving) is expected to be poor.
In addition, WSDOT's proposed activities are localized and of short duration. The entire project area is limited to WSDOT's Anacortes Ferry Terminal construction work. The entire
The proposed project area is not a prime habitat for marine mammals, nor is it considered an area frequented by marine mammals. Therefore, behavioral disturbances that could result from anthropogenic noise associated with WSDOT's construction activities are expected to affect only a small number of marine mammals on an infrequent and limited basis.
The project also is not expected to have significant adverse effects on affected marine mammals' habitat, as analyzed in detail in the “Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat” section. The project activities would not modify existing marine mammal habitat. The activities may cause some fish to leave the area of disturbance, thus temporarily impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion of the foraging range; but, because of the short duration of the activities and the relatively small area of the habitat that may be affected, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine mammal take from WSDOT's Anacortes Ferry Terminal tie-up dolphins and wingwall replacement project will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Based on analyses provided above, it is estimated that approximately 900 harbor seals, 180 California sea lions, 360 Steller sea lions, 72 northern elephant seals, 612 harbor porpoises, 108 Dall's porpoises, 70 transient killer whales, 4 Southern Resident killer whales, 360 Pacific white-sided dolphins, 36 gray whales, 30 humpback whales, and 10 minke whales could be exposed to received noise levels that could cause Level B behavioral harassment from the proposed construction work at the Anacortes Ferry Terminal in Washington State. These numbers represent approximately 0.06% to 20% of the populations of these species that could be affected by Level B behavioral harassment, respectively (see Table 5 above), which are small percentages relative to the total populations of the affected species or stocks.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures, which are expected to reduce the number of marine mammals potentially affected by the proposed action, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks.
There are no subsistence uses of marine mammals in the proposed project area; and, thus, no subsistence uses impacted by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
The humpback whale and the Southern Resident stock of killer whale are the only marine mammal species currently listed under the ESA that could occur in the vicinity of WSDOT's proposed construction projects. NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation with NMFS' Protected Resources Division under section 7 of the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to WSDOT under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be concluded prior to a determination on the issuance of an IHA.
NMFS prepared a draft Environmental Assessment (EA) for the proposed issuance of an IHA, pursuant to NEPA, to determine whether or not this proposed activity may have a significant effect on the human environment. This analysis will be completed prior to the issuance or denial of this proposed IHA.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to WSDOT for conducting the Anacortes Ferry Terminal tie-up dolphins and wingwall replacement project, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
1. This Authorization is valid from September 1, 2015, through August 31, 2016.
2. This Authorization is valid only for activities associated in-water construction work at the Anacortes Ferry Terminal tie-up dolphins and wingwall replacement project in the State of Washington.
3. (a) The species authorized for incidental harassment takings, Level B harassment only, are: Pacific harbor seal (
(b) The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the following acoustic sources and from the following activities:
• Vibratory pile driving;
• Vibratory pile removal; and
• Work associated with above piling activities.
(c) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to the West Coast Administrator (206-526-6150), National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at (301) 427-8401, or her designee (301-427-8418).
4. The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at least 48 hours prior to the start of activities identified in 3(b) (unless constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in which case notification shall be made as soon as possible).
5. Prohibitions
(a) The taking, by incidental harassment only, is limited to the species listed under condition 3(a) above and by the numbers listed in Table 5. The taking by Level A harassment, injury or death of these species or the taking by harassment, injury or death of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this Authorization.
(b) The taking of any marine mammal is prohibited whenever the required protected species observers (PSOs), required by condition 7(a), are not present in conformance with condition 7(a) of this Authorization.
6. Mitigation
(a) Time Restriction
In-water construction work shall occur only during daylight hours, when visual monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted.
(b) Establishment of Level B Harassment Zones of Influence
Before the commencement of in-water pile driving activities, WSDOT shall establish Level B behavioral harassment zones of influence (ZOIs) where received underwater sound pressure levels (SPLs) are higher than 123 dB (rms) re 1 µPa. The modeled isopleths for ZOIs are listed in Table 4.
(c) Monitoring of marine mammals shall take place starting 30 minutes before pile driving begins until 30 minutes after pile driving ends.
(d) Soft Start
(i) When there has been downtime of 30 minutes or more without pile driving, the contractor will initiate the driving with ramp-up procedures described below.
(ii) Soft start requires contractors to initiate noise from the vibratory hammer for 15 seconds at reduced energy followed by a 1-minute waiting period. The procedure will be repeated two additional times. Each day, WSDOT will use the soft-start technique at the beginning of pile driving, or if pile driving has ceased for more than one hour.
(e) Shutdown Measures
(i) WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if southern resident killer whales (SRKWs) are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone (zone of influence, or ZOI) during in-water construction activities.
(ii) If a killer whale approaches the ZOI during pile driving or removal, and it is unknown whether it is a SRKW or a transient killer whale, it shall be assumed to be a SRKW and WSDOT shall implement the shutdown measure identified in 6(e)(i).
(iii) If a SRKW enters the ZOI undetected, in-water pile driving or pile removal shall be suspended until the SRKW exits the ZOI to avoid further level B harassment.
(iv) WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if the number of any allotted marine mammal takes reaches the limit under the IHA, if such marine mammals are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone during pile removal activities.
(v) WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if marine mammals with the ZOI appear disturbed by the work activity.
(f) Coordination With Local Marine Mammal Research Network
Prior to the start of pile driving, WSDOT will contact the Orca Network and/or Center for Whale Research to get real-time information on the presence or absence of whales before starting any pile driving.
7. Monitoring:
(a) Protected Species Observers
WSDOT shall employ NMFS-approved PSOs to conduct marine mammal monitoring for its construction project.
(i) Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible) sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface with ability to estimate target size and distance. Use of binoculars will be required to correctly identify the target.
(ii) Experience or training in the field identification of marine mammals (cetaceans and pinnipeds).
(iii) Sufficient training, orientation or experience with the construction operation to provide for personal safety during observations.
(iv) Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with project personnel to provide real time information on marine mammals observed in the area as necessary.
(v) Experience and ability to conduct field observations and collect data according to assigned protocols (this may include academic experience).
(vi) Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of observations that would include such information as the number and type of marine mammals observed; the behavior of marine mammals in the project area during construction, dates and times when observations were conducted; dates and times when in-water construction activities were conducted; and dates and times when marine mammals were present at or within the defined ZOI.
(b) Monitoring Protocols: PSOs shall be present on site at all times during pile removal and driving.
(i) A range finder or hand-held global positioning system device will be used to ensure that the 123 dB
(ii) A 30-minute pre-construction marine mammal monitoring will be required before the first pile driving or pile removal of the day. A 30-minute post-construction marine mammal monitoring will be required after the last pile driving or pile removal of the day. If the constructors take a break between subsequent pile driving or pile removal for more than 30 minutes, then additional pre-construction marine mammal monitoring will be required before the next start-up of pile driving or pile removal.
(iii) Marine mammal visual monitoring will be conducted for different ZOIs based on different sizes of piles being driven or removed.
(A) For vibratory timber removal, and 24″ steel vibratory pile driving and removal, one land-based PSO will monitor the area from the terminal work site, and one boat with a driver and a PSO will travel through the monitoring area.
(B) For 30″/36″ vibratory pile driving, one land-based PSO will monitor the area from the terminal work site, and two boats with two drivers and two PSOs will travel through the monitoring area.
(iv) If marine mammals are observed, the following information will be documented:
(A) Species of observed marine mammals;
(B) Number of observed marine mammal individuals;
(C) Behavioral of observed marine mammals;
(D) Location within the ZOI; and
(E) Animals' reaction (if any) to pile-driving activities.
8. Reporting:
(a) WSDOT shall provide NMFS with a draft monitoring report within 90 days of the conclusion of the construction work or within 90 days of the expiration of the IHA, whichever comes first. This report shall detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed.
(b) If comments are received from the NMFS West Coast Regional Administrator or NMFS Office of Protected Resources on the draft report, a final report shall be submitted to NMFS within 30 days thereafter. If no comments are received from NMFS, the draft report will be considered to be the final report.
(c) In the unanticipated event that the construction activities clearly cause the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this Authorization (if issued), such as an injury, serious injury, or mortality, WSDOT shall immediately cease all operations and immediately report the incident to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the West Coast Regional Stranding Coordinators. The report must include the following information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(iv) Environmental conditions (
(v) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vi) Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
(vii) The fate of the animal(s); and
(viii) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is available).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with WSDOT to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. WSDOT may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(E) In the event that WSDOT discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
(F) In the event that WSDOT discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
9. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for subsistence uses.
10. A copy of this Authorization and the Incidental Take Statement must be in the possession of each contractor who performs the construction work at the Anacortes Ferry Terminals.
11. WSDOT is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the Incidental Take Statement corresponding to NMFS' Biological Opinion.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Notice of public meeting.
This notice sets forth the announcement of a public meeting of the Credit Union Advisory Council (CUAC or Council) of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (Bureau). The notice also describes the functions of the Council. Notice of the meeting is permitted by section 6 of the CUAC Charter and is intended to notify the public of this meeting. Specifically, section X of the CUAC Charter states:
(1) Each meeting of the Council shall be open to public observation, to the extent that a facility is available to accommodate the public, unless the Bureau, in accordance with paragraph (4) of this section, determines that the meeting shall be closed. The Bureau also will make reasonable efforts to make the meetings available to the public through live recording. (2) Notice of the time, place and purpose of each meeting, as well as a summary of the proposed agenda, shall be published in the
The meeting date is Thursday, March 12, 2014, 3:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.
The meeting location is Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, 1275 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20002.
Jennifer Draper, Consumer Advisory Board & Councils, External Affairs, 1700 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20552; telephone: 202-435-7176;
Section 1014(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (
(a) The purpose of the Council is outlined in section 1014(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act (
The Credit Union Advisory Council will discuss financial education and financial capability.
Persons who need a reasonable accommodation to participate should contact
Individuals who wish to attend the Credit Union Advisory Council meeting must RSVP to
The Council's agenda will be made available to the public on Friday, February 27, 2015, via consumerfinance.gov. Individuals should express in their RSVP if they require a paper copy of the agenda.
A recording and transcript of this meeting will be available after the meeting on the CFPB's Web site consumerfinance.gov.
Department of Education (ED), Institute of Education Sciences/National Center for Education Statistics (IES).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before May 4, 2015.
Comments submitted in response to this notice should be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Kashka Kubzdela, 202-502-7411.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of application.
Brookfield Energy Marketing LP (Applicant or BEMLP) has applied to renew its authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before April 3, 2015.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Mail Code: OE-20, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0350. Because of delays in handling conventional mail, it is recommended that documents be transmitted by overnight mail, by electronic mail to
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 824a(e)).
On August 12, 2010, DOE issued Order No. EA-368 to the Applicant, which authorized BEMLP to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada as a power marketer for a five-year term using existing international transmission facilities. That authority expires on August 12, 2015. On January 29, 2015, the Applicant filed an application with DOE for renewal of the export authority contained in Order No. EA-368 for an additional five-year term.
In its application, the Applicant states that it does not own or operate any electric generation or transmission facilities, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that the Applicant proposes to export to Canada would be surplus energy purchased from third parties such as electric utilities and Federal power marketing agencies pursuant to voluntary agreements. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by the Applicant have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning the BEMLP application to export electric energy to Canada should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-368-A. An additional copy is to be provided directly to Shaun Logue, Brookfield Energy Marketing LP, 480 de la Cite Blvd., Gatineau, Quebec J8T 8R3.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the sufficiency of supply or reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system.
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of Application.
Nalcor Energy Marketing Corporation (Applicant or NEMC) has applied for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before April 3, 2015.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Mail Code: OE-20, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0350. Because of delays in handling conventional mail, it is recommended that documents be transmitted by overnight mail, by electronic mail to
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 824a(e)).
On February 20, 2015, DOE received an application from NEMC for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada as a power marketer for five years using existing international transmission facilities.
In its application, NEMC states that it does not own or control any electric generation or transmission facilities, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that NEMC proposes to export to Canada would be surplus energy purchased from wholesale energy markets operated by NYISO, ISO-NE., electric utilities and other entities within the United States. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by NEMC have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning the NEMC application to export electric energy to Canada should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-408. An additional copy is to be provided directly to both Greg Jones, Nalcor Energy Marketing Corporation, 500 Columbus Drive—Hydro Place, P.O. Box 15200, St. John's, NL, A1B0P5 Canada and to Joseph B. Nelson, Van Ness Feldman, LLP, 1050 Thomas Jefferson St. NW., Washington, DC 20007.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the sufficiency of supply or reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system.
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of Application.
Noble Americas Gas & Power Corporation (Applicant or NAG&P) has applied to renew its authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before April 3, 2015.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Mail Code: OE-20, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0350. Because of delays in handling conventional mail, it is recommended that documents be transmitted by overnight mail, by electronic mail to
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. § 824a(e)).
On April 22, 2010, DOE issued Order No. EA-364 to the Applicant, which authorized NAG&P to transmit electric energy from the United States to Canada as a power marketer for a five-year term using existing international transmission facilities. That authority expires on April 22, 2015. On February 18, 2015, the Applicant filed an application with DOE for renewal of the export authority contained in Order No. EA-364 for an additional five-year term.
In its application, the Applicant states that it does not own or operate any electric generation or transmission facilities, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that the Applicant proposes to export to Canada would be surplus energy purchased from third parties such as electric utilities and Federal power marketing agencies pursuant to voluntary agreements. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by the Applicant have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning the NAG&P's application to export electric energy to Canada should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-364-A. An additional copy is to be provided directly to Joseph P. Limone, Noble Americas Corporation, 107 Elm Street, Four Stamford Plaza, Stamford, CT 06902.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the sufficiency of supply or reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system.
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of Application.
Noble Americas Gas & Power Corporation (Applicant or NAG&P) has applied to renew its authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Mexico pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before April 3, 2015.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 824a(e)).
On April 26, 2010, DOE issued Order No. EA-363 to the Applicant, which authorized NAG&P to transmit electric energy from the United States to Mexico as a power marketer for a five-year term using existing international transmission facilities. That authority expires on April 26, 2015. On February 18, 2015, the Applicant filed an application with DOE for renewal of the export authority contained in Order No. EA-363 for an additional five-year term.
In its application, the Applicant states that it does not own or operate any electric generation or transmission facilities, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that the Applicant proposes to export to Mexico would be surplus energy from third parties such as electric utilities and Federal power marketing agencies pursuant to voluntary agreements. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by the Applicant have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning the NAG&P application to export electric energy to Mexico should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-363-A. An additional copy is to be provided directly to Joseph P. Limone, Noble Americas Corporation, 107 Elm Street, Four Stamford Plaza, Stamford, CT 06902.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the sufficiency of supply or reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system.
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of Application.
Sempra Generation, LLC (Sempra or Applicant) has applied for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Mexico pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before April 3, 2015.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Mail Code: OE-20, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0350. Because of delays in handling conventional mail, it is recommended that documents be transmitted by overnight mail, by electronic mail to
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 824a(e)).
On February 10, 2015, DOE received an application from the Applicant for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Mexico as a power marketer for a five-year term using existing international transmission facilities.
In its application, Sempra states that it does not own or operate an integrated transmission or distribution system, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that Sempra proposes to export to Mexico would be surplus energy purchased from third parties such as electric utilities and Federal power marketing agencies pursuant to voluntary agreements. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by the Applicant have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning the Sempra application to export electric energy to Mexico should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-406. An additional copy is to be provided directly to Daniel A. King, Sempra U.S. Gas & Power, LLC, 101 Ash Street, HQ15C, San Diego, CA 92101 and to Emily Shults, Sempra U.S. Gas & Power, LLC, 101 Ash Street, HQ13, San Diego, CA 92101.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, DOE.
Notice of Application.
Vitol Inc. (Vitol or Applicant) has applied for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Mexico pursuant to section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act.
Comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be submitted on or before April 3, 2015.
Comments, protests, motions to intervene, or requests for more information should be addressed to: Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Mail Code: OE-20, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0350. Because of delays in handling conventional mail, it is recommended that documents be transmitted by overnight mail, by electronic mail to
Exports of electricity from the United States to a foreign country are regulated by the Department of Energy (DOE) pursuant to sections 301(b) and 402(f) of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f)) and require authorization under section 202(e) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 824a(e)).
On February 10, 2015, DOE received an application from Vitol for authority to transmit electric energy from the United States to Mexico as a power marketer for a five-year term using existing international transmission facilities. The Applicant is also requesting an expedited review of the Application and for DOE to issue the requested authorization within 60 days.
In its application, Vitol states that it does not own or control any electric generation or transmission facilities, and it does not have a franchised service area. The electric energy that Vitol proposes to export to Mexico would be surplus energy purchased from third parties such as electric utilities and Federal power marketing agencies pursuant to voluntary agreements. The existing international transmission facilities to be utilized by the Applicant have previously been authorized by Presidential permits issued pursuant to Executive Order 10485, as amended, and are appropriate for open access transmission by third parties.
Comments and other filings concerning the Vitol application to export electric energy to Mexico should be clearly marked with OE Docket No. EA-407. An additional copy is to be provided directly to both Robert F. Viola and Kolby Kettler, Vitol Inc., 1100 Louisiana Street, Suite 5500, Houston, TX 77002.
A final decision will be made on this application after the environmental impacts have been evaluated pursuant to DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures (10 CFR part 1021) and after a determination is made by DOE that the proposed action will not have an adverse impact on the sufficiency of supply or reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system.
Copies of this application will be made available, upon request, for public inspection and copying at the address provided above, by accessing the program Web site at
Office of Fossil Energy, DOE.
Notice of procedure.
The Office of Fossil Energy (FE) of the Department of Energy (DOE) is hereby notifying both applicants for authorizations to import or export natural gas, including liquefied natural gas (LNG), and the current holders of such authorizations that neither reside in nor have a place of business or other corporate presence in the United States that they must identify an agent resident within the United States to receive service of legal process. This notice applies to any such applicant and/or authorization holder that has not already identified a U.S. agent in its existing proceeding in a filing or other correspondence with DOE/FE.
This procedural change is effective March 4, 2015. Those affected by the change must comply by April 3, 2015.
Submissions of information required by this procedure can be made using one of the following:
U.S. Department of Energy (FE-34), Office of Oil and Gas Global Security and Supply, Office of Fossil Energy, P.O. Box 44375, Washington, DC 20026-4375.
U.S. Department of Energy (FE-34), Office of Oil and Gas Global Security and Supply, Office of Fossil Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 3E-042, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585.
Larine Moore or Beverly Howard, U.S. Department of Energy (FE-34), Office of Oil and Gas Global Security and Supply, Office of Fossil Energy, Forrestal
Edward B. Myers, Cassandra S. Bernstein, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the Assistant General Counsel for Electricity and Fossil Energy, Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20585, (202) 586-3397, (202) 586-9793.
DOE is authorized under the Natural Gas Act, 15 U.S.C. 717b(a), (c), to regulate the import and export of natural gas to or from the United States.
Accordingly, DOE/FE has determined that applicants and authorization holders that neither reside in nor have a place of business or other corporate presence in the United States must identify an agent within the jurisdiction of the United States to receive service of process regarding their pending application or existing authorization, respectively. As noted above, this action will help to ensure that all applicants and authorization holders are notified promptly of any agency or party filing in their proceeding, and that DOE/FE has the means to monitor and enforce compliance with the terms, conditions, and other requirements of its authorizations.
Compliance with this procedural change shall be accomplished in the following manner: Within 30 days of the date of publication of this Notice in the
For purposes of complying with this procedural requirement, the U.S. agent may be a natural person residing in the United States, a U.S. corporation, or a foreign corporation registered to conduct business in the United States (including the applicant or authorization holder itself), provided that the domestic or foreign corporation has a business address in the United States and is authorized by its articles of incorporation to act as agent.
Submissions shall include the docket number and the order number(s) (if appropriate), the agent's name and complete U.S. address, and the consent of the applicant or authorization holder to service of process on the designated agent as long as the authority of the agent continues. This requirement shall be a continuing obligation of applicants and authorization holders. Accordingly, it shall be incumbent upon applicants and authorization holders to designate a new agent in the event an agent discontinues its service as agent.
Department of Energy.
Notice of Open Meeting.
This notice announces an open meeting of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (SEAB). SEAB was reestablished pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) (the Act). This notice is provided in accordance with the Act.
Tuesday, March 31, 2015—11:30 a.m.-2:30 p.m.
Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Room 8E-089, Washington, DC 20585.
Karen Gibson, Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585; telephone: (202) 586-3787; email:
Individuals and representatives of organizations who would like to offer
Those not able to attend the meeting or who have insufficient time to address the committee are invited to send a written statement to Karen Gibson, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington DC 20585, email to
Take notice that on February 12, 2015, Columbia Gas Transmission, LLC (Columbia), 5151 San Felipe, Suite 2500, Houston, Texas 77056, filed in Docket No. CP15-87-000, an application pursuant to section 7(c) of the Natural Gas Act and Part 157 of the Commission's regulations, for a certificate of public convenience and necessity to construct and operate its Utica Access Project. Specifically, Columbia request to construct a 5-mile 24-inch diameter pipeline from Dominion Transmission, Inc's (DTI) Cornwell Compressor station to an intersection with Columbia's existing line X-52-M1 in Kanawha and Clay Counties, West Virginia. The proposal will provide 205 million cubic feet (MMcf) per day of firm transportation capacity to deliver natural gas to the proposed facilities to be constructed by DTI in Docket No. CP15-7-000. The estimated cost of the project is $45.3 million, all as more fully set forth in the application, which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the web at
Any questions regarding this application should be directed to S. Diane Neal, Assistant General Counsel, Columbia Gas Transmission, LLC, 5151 San Felipe, Suite 2500, Houston, Texas 77056 or phone: (713) 386-3745.
Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment (EA) and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS) or EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's FEIS or EA.
There are two ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project. First, any person wishing to obtain legal status by becoming a party to the proceedings for this project should, on or before the comment date stated below, file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.214 or 385.211) and the Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.10). A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties. A party must submit 7 copies of filings made with the Commission and must mail a copy to the applicant and to every other party in the proceeding. Only parties to the proceeding can ask for court review of Commission orders in the proceeding.
However, a person does not have to intervene in order to have comments considered. The second way to participate is by filing with the Secretary of the Commission, as soon as possible, an original and two copies of comments in support of or in opposition to this project. The Commission will consider these comments in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but the filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. The Commission's rules require that persons filing comments in opposition to the project provide copies of their protests only to the party or parties directly involved in the protest.
Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commentors will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commentors will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commentors will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Comment Date: 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on March 19, 2015.
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Description: § 205(d) rate filing per 35.13(a)(2)(iii): Rate Schedule No. 260—Fully Executed Version to be effective 10/21/2011.
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that Commission staff will convene a technical conference on June 22, 23, and 24, 2015 to discuss opportunities for increasing real-time and day-ahead market efficiency through improved software. A detailed agenda with the list of and times for the selected speakers will be published on the Commission's Web site
This conference will bring together experts from diverse backgrounds and experiences, including electric system operators, software developers, government, research centers and academia for the purposes of stimulating discussion, sharing information, and identifying fruitful avenues for research concerning the technical aspects of improved software for increasing efficiency. This conference is intended to build on the discussions initiated in the previous Commission staff technical conferences on increasing market and planning efficiency through improved software. As such, staff will be facilitating a discussion to explore research and operational advances with respect to market modeling that appear to have significant promise for potential efficiency improvements. Broadly, such topics fall into the following categories:
(1) Improvements to the representation of physical constraints that are either not currently modeled or currently modeled using mathematical approximations (
(2) Consideration of uncertainty to better maximize expected market surplus (
(3) Improvements to the ability to identify and use flexibility in the existing systems (
(4) Other improvements in algorithms, model formulations, or hardware that may allow for increases in market efficiency.
Within these or related subject areas, we encourage presentations that discuss best modeling practices, existing modeling practices that need improvement, any advances made since last year's conference, or related perspectives on increasing market efficiency through improved power systems modeling.
The technical conference will be held at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission headquarters, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426. All interested participants are invited to attend, and participants with ideas for relevant presentations are invited to nominate themselves to speak at the conference.
Speaker nominations must be submitted on or before March 25, 2015 through the Commission's Web site
Although registration is not required for general attendance by United States citizens, we encourage those planning to attend the conference to register through the Commission's Web site.
Due to new security procedures, we strongly encourage attendees who are not citizens of the United States to register for the conference by June 1, 2015, in order to avoid any delay associated with being processed by FERC security.
The Commission will accept comments following the conference, with a deadline of July 31, 2015.
There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
A WebEx will be available. Off-site participants interested in listening via teleconference or listening and viewing the presentations through WebEx must register at
FERC conferences are accessible under section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. For accessibility accommodations please send an email to
For further information about these conferences, please contact: Sarah McKinley (Logistical Information), Office of External Affairs, (202) 502-8004,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Notice of document availability and request for comments; correction.
On February 24, 2015, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) published a document in the
Mr. Leif Hockstad, (202) 343-9432.
Correction:
In the
“The draft report can be obtained by visiting the U.S. EPA's Climate Change Site at:
Environmental Protection Agency.
Notification of Public Teleconference Meeting and Public Comment.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), Public Law 92-463, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) hereby provides notice that the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council (NEJAC) will host a public teleconference meeting on Thursday, March 19, 2015, from 2:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The primary discussion will focus on letters regarding the following topics: (1) Chemical Safety Policy; (2) Farmworker Protection Standards; (3) Refinery Rule; (4) Clean Power Rule and (5) Title VI.
There will be a public comment period from 3:30 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Members of the public are encouraged to provide comments relevant to the topics of the meeting.
For additional information about registering to attend the meeting or to provide public comment, please see the “REGISTRATION” and
The NEJAC teleconference meeting on Thursday, March 19, 2015, will begin promptly at 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
Questions or correspondence concerning the teleconference meeting should be directed to Jasmin Muriel, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, by mail at 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., (MC2201A), Washington, DC 20460; by telephone at 202-564-4287; via email at
The Charter of the NEJAC states that the advisory committee shall provide independent advice to the Administrator on areas that may include, among other things, “advice about broad, cross-cutting issues related to environmental justice, including environment-related strategic, scientific, technological, regulatory, and economic issues related to environmental justice.”
Environmental Protection Agency, EPA.
Notice.
This notice, pursuant the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), publishes three Notices of Intent to Suspend certain pesticide registrations issued by EPA. Each Notice of Intent to Suspend was issued following the Agency's issuance of a Data Call-In Notice (DCI), which required the registrants of the affected pesticide products containing a certain pesticide active ingredient to take appropriate steps to secure certain data, and following the registrants' failure to submit these data or to take other appropriate steps to secure the required data. The subject data were determined to be required to maintain in effect the existing registrations of the affected products. Failure to comply with the data requirements of a DCI is a basis for suspension of the affected registrations under FIFRA.
Each Notice of Intent to Suspend included in this
Moana Appleyard, Pesticide Re-evaluation Division (7508P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 308-8175; email address:
This action is directed to the public in general, and may be of interest to a wide range of stakeholders including environmental, human health, farm worker and agricultural advocates; the chemical industry; pesticide users; and members of the public interested in the sale, distribution, or use of pesticides. Since others also may be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed under
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0062, is available at
The registrants and products subject to this Notice of Intent to Suspend are
The registrants failed to submit the data or information required by the DCI, or to take other appropriate steps to secure the required data for their pesticide products listed in Table 2 of this unit.
1. You may avoid suspension under this notice if you or another person adversely affected by this notice properly request a hearing within 30 days of your receipt of the Notice of Intent to Suspend by mail or, if you did not receive the notice that was sent to you via USPS first class mail return receipt requested, then within 30 days from the date of publication of this
• Include specific objections which pertain to the allowable issues which may be heard at the hearing.
• Identify the registrations for which a hearing is requested.
• Set forth all necessary supporting facts pertaining to any of the objections which you have identified in your request for a hearing.
If a hearing is requested by any person other than the registrant, that person must also state specifically why he/she asserts that he/she would be adversely affected by the suspension action described in this notice. Three copies of the request must be submitted to: Hearing Clerk, 1900 Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001.
An additional copy should be sent to the person who signed this notice. The request must be received by the Hearing Clerk by the applicable 30th day deadline as measured from your receipt of the Notice of Intent to Suspend by mail or publication of this notice, as set forth in
2. You may also avoid suspension if, within the applicable 30-day deadline period as measured from your receipt of the Notice of Intent to Suspend by mail or publication of this notice, as set forth in
Office of Pesticide Programs, Pesticide Re-evaluation Division (7508P), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001.
For you to avoid automatic suspension under this notice, the Agency must also determine within the applicable 30-day deadline period that you have satisfied the requirements that are the bases of this notice and so notify you in writing. You should submit the necessary data/information as quickly as possible for there to be any chance the Agency will be able to make the necessary determination in time to avoid suspension of your product. The suspension of the registration of your company's product pursuant to this notice will be rescinded when the Agency determines you have complied fully with the requirements which were the bases of this notice. Such compliance may only be achieved by submission of the data/information described in Table 2 of Unit II.
Your product will remain suspended, however, until the Agency determines you are in compliance with the requirements which are the bases of this notice and so informs you in writing.
After the suspension becomes final and effective, the registrant subject to this notice, including all supplemental registrants of products listed in Table 1 of Unit II., may not legally distribute, sell, use, offer for sale, hold for sale, ship, deliver for shipment, or receive and (having so received) deliver or offer to deliver, to any person, the products listed in Table 1 of Unit II. Persons other than the registrant subject to this notice, as defined in the preceding sentence, may continue to distribute, sell, use, offer for sale, hold for sale, ship, deliver for shipment, or receive and (having so received) deliver or offer to deliver, to any person, the products listed in Table 1 of Unit II. Nothing in this notice authorizes any person to distribute, sell, use, offer for sale, hold for sale, ship, deliver for shipment, or receive and (having so received) deliver or offer to deliver, to any person, the products listed in Table 1 of Unit II. in any manner which would have been unlawful prior to the suspension.
If the registration for your product, listed in Table 1 of Unit II., are currently suspended as a result of failure to comply with another FIFRA section 3(c)(2)(B) DCI notice or FIFRA Section 4 Data Requirements notice, this notice, when it becomes a final and effective order of suspension, will be in addition to any existing suspension,
It is the responsibility of the basic registrant to notify all supplementary registered distributors of a basic registered product that this suspension action also applies to their supplementary registered products. The basic registrant may be held liable for violations committed by their distributors.
Any questions about the requirements and procedures set forth in this notice or in the subject FIFRA section 3(c)(2)(B) DCI notice, should be addressed to the person listed under
7 U.S.C. 136
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written comments should be submitted on or before April 3, 2015. If
Direct all PRA comments to Nicholas A. Fraser, OMB, via email
For additional information or copies of the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918. To view a copy of this information collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) Go to the Web page
Section 17.4 includes third party disclosure requirements. Specifically, Section 17.4 requires the owner of any proposed or existing antenna structure that requires notice of proposed construction to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to register the structure with the Commission. This includes those structures used as part of the stations licensed by the Commission for the transmission of radio energy, or to be used as part of a cable television head-end system. If a Federal Government antenna structure is to be used by a Commission licensee, the structure must be registered with the Commission. Section 17.4(f) currently requires antenna structure owners to provide their tenants with copies of the antenna structure registration. This rule is being revised to provide that antenna structure owners may either provide a copy or a link to the FCC antenna structure Web site. The revised rules provide that this notification may be done electronically or via paper mail.
Section 17.4(g) currently requires antenna structure owners to display the Antenna Structure Registration Number a conspicuous place that is readily visible near the base of the antenna. This rule is being revised to require that the Antenna Structure Number be displayed so that it is conspicuously visible and legible from the publicly accessible area nearest the base of the antenna structure along the publicly accessible roadway or path. Where an antenna structure is surrounded by a perimeter fence, or where the point of access includes an access gate, the Antenna Structure Registration Number should be posted on the perimeter fence or access gate. Where multiple antenna structures having separate Antenna Structure Registration Numbers are located within a single fenced area, the Antenna Structure Registration Numbers must be posted both on the perimeter fence or access gate and near the base of each antenna structure. If the base of the antenna structure has more than one point of access, the revised rule will require that the Antenna Structure Registration Number be posted so that it is visible at the publicly accessible area nearest each such point of access. The registration number is issued to identify antenna structure owners in order to enforce the Congressionally-mandated provisions related to the owners.
Sections 17.48 and 17.49 contain reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Section 17.48(a) currently requires that antenna structure owners promptly report outages of top steady burning lights or flashing antenna structure lights to the FAA. Upon receipt of the outage notification, the FAA will issue a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM), which notifies aircraft of the outage. However, the FAA cancels all such notices within 15 days. Currently, the Commission's rules do not require antenna structure owners to provide any notification to the FAA regarding the status of repairs other than the initial outage report and the resumption of normal operation. Thus, if the repairs to an antenna structure's lights require more than 15 days, the FAA may not have any record of the outage from that 15th day to the resumption of normal operation. This rule is being revised to require antenna structure owners to provide the FAA with regular updates on the status of their repairs of lighting outages so that the FAA can maintain notifications to aircraft throughout the entire period of time the antenna structure remains unlit. Consistent with the current FAA requirements, if a lighting outage cannot be repaired within the FAA's original NOTAM period, the revised rule will require the antenna structure owner to notify the FAA of that fact. In addition, the revised rule provides that the antenna structure owner must provide any needed updates to its estimated return-to-service date to the FAA. The revised rule will also require antenna structure owners to continue to provide these updates to the FAA every NOTAM period until its lights are repaired.
Section 17.49 currently requires antenna structure owners to maintain a record of observed or otherwise known extinguishments or improper functioning of structure lights, but does not specify the time period for which such records must be maintained. This rules is being revised to require antenna structure owners to maintain a record of observed or otherwise known extinguishments or improper functioning of structure lights for two years and provide the records to the Commission upon request.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before May 4, 2015. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Benish Shah, FCC, via email
For additional information about the information collection, contact
The Order the Commission adopted on May 19, 2005, sets forth rules requiring providers of VoIP services that interconnect with the nation's existing public switched telephone network (interconnected VoIP services) to supply E911 capabilities to their customers. To ensure E911 functionality for customers of VoIP service providers the Commission requires the following information collections:
A. Location Registration. Requires providers to interconnected VoIP services to obtain location information from their customers for use in the routing of 911 calls and the provision of location information to emergency answering points.
B. Provision of Automatic Location Information (ALI). Interconnected VoIP service providers will place the location information for their customers into, or make that information available through, specialized databases maintained by local exchange carriers (and, in at least one case, a state government) across the country.
C. Customer Notification. Requires that all providers of interconnected VoIP are aware of their interconnected VoIP service's actual E911 capabilities. That all providers of interconnected VoIP service specifically advise every subscriber, both new and existing, prominently and in plain language, the circumstances under which E911 service may not be available through the interconnected VoIP service or may be in some way limited by comparison to traditional E911 service.
D. Record of Customer Notification. Requires VoIP providers to obtain and keep a record of affirmative acknowledgement by every subscriber, both new and existing, of having received and understood this advisory.
E. User Notification. In addition, in order to ensure to the extent possible that the advisory is available to all potential users of an interconnected VoIP service, interconnected VoIP service providers must distribute to all subscribers, both new and existing, warning stickers or other appropriate labels warning subscribers if E911 service may be limited or not available and instructing the subscriber to place them on or near the customer premises equipment used in conjunction with the interconnected VoIP service.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the filing of the following agreements under the Shipping Act of 1984. Interested parties may submit comments on the agreements to the Secretary, Federal Maritime Commission, Washington, DC 20573, within twelve days of the date this notice appears in the
By Order of the Federal Maritime Commission.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than March 20, 2015.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (Dennis Denney, Assistant Vice President) 1 Memorial Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64198-0001:
1.
Commission To Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities, GSA.
Meeting notice.
The Commission To Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities (CECANF), a Federal Advisory Committee established by the Protect Our Kids Act of 2012, Public Law 112-275, will hold a meeting open to the public on Wednesday, March 25 and Thursday, March 26 in Scottsdale, Arizona.
The meeting will be held on Wednesday, March 25, 2015, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m., and Thursday, March 26, 2015, from 8 a.m. to 12:30 p.m. Mountain Standard Time. (Please note that Arizona does not observe Daylight Saving Time.) Comments regarding this meeting must be received by Monday, March 25, 2015, for consideration prior to the meeting.
CECANF will convene its meeting at the Talking Stick Resort, 9800 E. Indian Bend Rd., Scottsdale, AZ 85256. This site is accessible to individuals with disabilities. The meeting also will be made available via teleconference and/or webinar.
Submit comments identified by “Notice-CECANF-2015-02,” by either of the following methods:
•
•
Visit the CECANF Web site at
However, members of the public wishing to comment should follow the steps detailed under the heading
Office of the Secretary, HHS.
Notice.
In compliance with section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of the Secretary (OS), Department of Health and Human Services, announces plans to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR), described below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR is for extending the use of the approved information collection assigned OMB control number 0990-0388, which expires on July 31, 2015. Prior to submitting that ICR to OMB, OS seeks comments from the public regarding the burden estimate, below, or any other aspect of the ICR.
Comments on the ICR must be received on or before May 4, 2015.
Submit your comments to
Information Collection Clearance staff,
When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the document identifier HHS-OS-0990-0388-60D for reference.
Information Collection Request Title:
Abstract: The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health (OASH) is requesting an approval on an extension by Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on a currently approved information collection; the OMB number is 0990-0388. The project on,
Therefore, the online survey is essential to the successful operation of the initiative. Since July 2012 until January 31 2015, 463 sites had signed up for
Likely Respondents: This activity is requesting comment on the burden for a survey for local government officials who have chosen to participate in
OS specifically requests comments on (1) the necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions, (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden, (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected, and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC),
• Full Name
• Organizational Affiliation
• Complete Mailing Address
• Citizenship
• Phone Number or Email Address
Day two of the meeting will cover briefings and BSC deliberation on the following topics: Hurricane Sandy Recovery Research Initiative overview; select agent regulations; National Health Security Preparedness Index Update; and OPHPR impact measurement.
Agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
The meeting announced below concerns Public Health Research on Modifiable Risk Factors for Spina Bifida, DD15-001, initial review.
This document corrects a notice that was published in the
Time And Date: 11:00 a.m.-6:00 p.m., March 19, 2015 (Closed).
M. Chris Langub, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, CDC, 4770 Buford Highway NE., Mailstop F46, Atlanta, Georgia 30341, Telephone: (770) 488-3585,
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
In accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces a meeting for the initial review of applications in response to DP15-006, Investigating New Approaches for Tobacco Surveillance Systems.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
The meeting announced below concerns Comparison and Validation of Screening Tools for Substance Use Among Pregnant Women, DP15-003, initial review.
This document corrects a notice that was published in the
M. Chris Langub, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, CDC, 4770 Buford Highway NE., Mailstop F46, Atlanta, Georgia 30341, Telephone: (770) 488-3585,
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
The meeting announced below concerns Epidemiologic Study of Interstitial Cystitis, DP15-010, initial review.
In accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces the aforementioned meeting:
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), and pursuant to the requirements of 42 CFR 83.15(a), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), announces the following meeting of the aforementioned committee:
* Please note that the public comment period may end before the time indicated, following the last call for comments. Members of the public who wish to provide public comments should plan to attend the public comment session at the start time listed.
In December 2000, the President delegated responsibility for funding, staffing, and operating the Advisory Board to HHS, which subsequently delegated this authority to the CDC. NIOSH implements this responsibility for CDC. The charter was issued on August 3, 2001, renewed at appropriate intervals, and will expire on August 3, 2015.
The agenda is subject to change as priorities dictate.
In the event an individual cannot attend, written comments may be submitted to the contact person below well in advance of the meeting. Any written comments received will be provided at the meeting in accordance with the redaction policy provided below.
(2) If an individual in making a statement reveals personal information (
(3) If a commenter reveals personal information concerning a living third party, that information will be reviewed by the NIOSH FOIA coordinator, and upon determination, if deemed appropriated, such information will be redacted, unless the disclosure is made by the third party's authorized representative under the Energy Employees Occupational Illness Compensation Program Act (EEOICPA) program.
(4) In general, information concerning a deceased third party may be disclosed; however, such information will be redacted if (a) the disclosure is made by an individual other than the survivor claimant, a parent, spouse, or child, or the authorized representative of the deceased third party; (b) if it is unclear whether the third party is living or deceased; or (c) the information is unrelated or irrelevant to the purpose of the disclosure.
The Board will take reasonable steps to ensure that individuals making public comment are aware of the fact that their comments (including their name, if provided) will appear in a transcript of the meeting posted on a public Web site. Such reasonable steps include: (a) A statement read at the start of each public comment period stating that transcripts will be posted and names of speakers will not be redacted; (b) A printed copy of the statement mentioned in (a) above will be displayed on the table where individuals sign up to make public comments; (c) A statement such as outlined in (a) above will also appear with the agenda for a Board Meeting when it is posted on the NIOSH Web site; (d) A statement such as in (a) above will appear in the
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
We are requesting no changes in the collection of data with the Carryover and Reallotment Report For FY 20__, a form for the collection of data, and the Simplified Instructions for Timely Obligations of FY 20__ LIHEAP Funds and Reporting Funds For Carryover and Reallotment. The form clarifies the information being requested and ensures the submission of all the required information. The form facilitates our response to numerous queries each year concerning the amounts of obligated funds. Use of the form is voluntary. Grantees have the option to use another format.
In compliance with the requirements of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Administration for Children and Families is soliciting public comment on the specific aspects of the information collection described above. Copies of the proposed collection of information can be obtained and
The Department specifically requests comments on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted within 60 days of this publication.
Both goals require collecting information from HPOG grantees on a regular basis. The information collection proposed is an internet-based collection of information from HPOG grantees on: (1) Baseline characteristics of both treatment group and control group sample members; (2) treatment group members' program participation and patterns, and participant outputs and outcomes; and (3) program designs and operating characteristics.
The universe of information collection proposed for HPOG Next Gen includes:
1. A performance management system will collect information from all grantees on their programs and participants on a semi-annual basis over the grant period of performance.
2. A brief baseline survey of eligible applicants to non-Tribal HPOG programs.
In compliance with the requirements of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Administration for Children and Families is soliciting public comment on the specific aspects of the information collection described above. Copies of the proposed collection of information can be obtained and comments may be forwarded by writing to the Administration for Children and Families, Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, 370 L'Enfant Promenade SW., Washington, DC 20447, Attn: OPRE Reports Clearance Officer. Email address:
The Department specifically requests comments on (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted within 60 days of this publication.
Administration for Community Living, Administration on Aging.
Notice.
The Administration on Aging (AoA) is announcing that the proposed collection of information listed below has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Submit written or electronic comments on the collection of information by May 4, 2015.
Submit electronic comments on the collection of information to:
Louise Ryan, telephone: (202) 357-3503; email:
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, AoA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
States provide the following data and narrative information in the report:
1. Numbers and descriptions of cases filed and complaints made on behalf of long-term care facility residents to the statewide ombudsman program;
2. Major issues identified impacting on the quality of care and life of long-term care facility residents;
3. Statewide program operations; and
4. Ombudsman activities in addition to complaint investigation.
The report form and instructions have been in continuous use, with minor modifications, since they were first approved by OMB for the FY 1995 reporting period. This request is for approval to extend use of the current form and instructions, with no modifications, for three years, covering the FY 2015-2017 reporting periods.
The data collected on complaints filed with Ombudsman programs and narrative on long-term care issues provide information to Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and others on patterns of concerns and major long-term care issues affecting residents of long-term care facilities. Both the complaint and program data collected assist the states and local Ombudsman programs in planning strategies and activities, providing training and technical assistance and developing performance measures.
A reporting form and instructions may be viewed in the ombudsman section of the AoA Web site,
Administration for Community Living, HHS.
The Administration for Community Living (ACL) is proud to announce the Center for Improved Health of Persons with Limb Loss (Limb Loss Program) is moving to ACL as a result of the 2015 budget recently signed by President Obama.
The Limb Loss Program supports a national resource center and related activities that provides comprehensive information and resources to assist individuals and families dealing with Limb Loss. The Limb Loss Program currently operates through a cooperative agreement between the Amputee Coalition and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). ACL will be working with the CDC on transitioning the program to ACL.
This program is authorized under Section 317 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247(b-4)); Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015, Public Law 113-235 (Dec. 16, 2014).
Estimated Project Period—April 1, 2015 through March 31, 2016.
The purpose of this cooperative agreement is to continue existing activities to promote health, wellness and the adoption of healthy behaviors with the objective of preventing and/or reducing chronic conditions associated with limb loss. The grantee will continue to use both traditional and innovative approaches that will educate and inform people with disabilities, their family members, health care providers, policy makers, community members, and the general public.
For further information or comments regarding this action, contact Ophelia M. McLain, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Community Living, Administration on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, Office of Innovation, One Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20001; telephone (202) 690-7025; fax (202) 357-3560; email
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
During the afternoon session, the committee will discuss the results of the CVOT, Examination of Cardiovascular Outcomes with Alogliptin versus Standard of Care, for NDA 22271, Nesina (ALOGLIPTIN); NDA 022426, Oseni (ALOGLIPTIN and PIOGLITAZONE); and NDA 203414, Kazano (ALOGLIPTIN and METFORMIN) tablets marketed by Takeda Pharmaceutical U.S.A., Inc.
Saxagliptin and ALOGLIPTIN are dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors, both indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Both CVOTs were submitted in accordance with the 2008 FDA Draft Guidance, “Diabetes Mellitus—Evaluating Cardiovascular Risk in New Antidiabetic Therapies to Treat Type 2 Diabetes,” to demonstrate that a new antidiabetic therapy to treat type 2 diabetes is not associated with an unacceptable increase in cardiovascular risk.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Philip Bautista at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Walter Ellenberg at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Notice is hereby given of a change in the meeting of the Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel, March 05, 2015, 11:00 a.m. to March 05, 2015, 05:00 p.m., National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD, 20892 which was published in the
The meeting will be held on March 12, 2015. The meeting location and time remain the same. The meeting is closed to the public.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Neurological Disorders and Stroke Council.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable materials, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation.
Notice of Advisory Council on Historic Preservation Quarterly Business Meeting.
Notice is hereby given that the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) will hold its next quarterly meeting on Thursday, March 19, 2015. The meeting will be held in the Ortega Ballroom at the Officer's Club on Moraga Avenue, The Presidio, San Francisco, California, starting at 8:00 a.m. PST.
The quarterly meeting will take place on Thursday, March 19, 2015, starting at 8:30 a.m. PST.
The meeting will be held in the Ortega Ballroom at the Officer's Club on Moraga Avenue, The Presidio, San Francisco, California.
Cindy Bienvenue, 202-517-0202,
The Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) is an independent federal agency that promotes the preservation, enhancement, and sustainable use of our nation's diverse historic resources, and advises the President and the Congress on national historic preservation policy. The goal of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), which established the ACHP in 1966, is to have federal agencies act as responsible stewards of our nation's resources when their actions affect historic properties. The ACHP is the only entity with the legal responsibility to encourage federal agencies to factor historic preservation into federal project requirements. For more information on the ACHP, please visit our Web site at
The agenda for the upcoming quarterly meeting of the ACHP is the following:
The meetings of the ACHP are open to the public. If you need special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Cindy Bienvenue, 202-517-0202 or
16 U.S.C. 470j.
6 U.S.C. 131-134; 6 CFR. 29; E.O. 13691.
Office of Cybersecurity and Communications, National Protection and Programs Directorate.
Notice of Meeting.
This Notice announces a public meeting on March 18, 2015 to discuss Information Sharing and Analysis Organizations, cybersecurity information sharing, and the Executive Order 13691, “Promoting Private Sector Cybersecurity Information Sharing” of February 13, 2015.
The meeting will be held on March 18, 2015, 9:00 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. The meeting may conclude before the allotted time if all matters for discussion have been addressed. Submit comments on or before April 19, 2015 at 11:59 p.m. In the event DHS does not have appropriations by 11:59 p.m. on March 16, 2015, this notice and the meeting is cancelled.
The meeting location is in Arlington—Navy League of the United States, 2300 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22201. See Supplementary Information section for the address to submit written or electronic comments.
If you have questions concerning the meeting, please contact
On February 13, 2015, President Obama signed Executive Order 13691 intended to enable and facilitate “private companies, nonprofit organizations, and executive departments and agencies . . .to share information related to cybersecurity risks and incidents and collaborate to
• How can companies share information if they do not fit neatly into the sector-based structure of the existing Information Sharing and Analysis Centers (ISACs)?
• If a group of companies wants to start an information sharing organization, what model should they follow? What are the best practices for such an organization?
ISAOs may allow organizations to robustly participate in DHS information sharing programs even if they do not fit into an existing critical infrastructure sector, seek to collaborate with other companies in different ways (regionally, for example), or lack sufficient resources to share directly with the government. ISAOs may participate in existing DHS cybersecurity information sharing programs and contribute to near-real-time sharing of cyber threat indicators.
For information on facilities or services for individuals with disabilities or to request special assistance at the public meeting, contact
Members of the public may attend this meeting up to the seating capacity of the room. We plan to record the meeting using an audio-digital recorder, and to make that audio recording available through a link in our online docket. A valid government-issued photo identification (for example, a driver's license) will be required for entrance to the building and meeting space. To facilitate the building security process, and to request reasonable accommodation, those who plan to attend should contact the meeting coordinator, Mr. Michael Echols, 7 days prior to the meeting by using the contact information in the
We encourage you to participate in this meeting by commenting orally, or submitting written comments to the DHS personnel attending the meeting who are identified to receive them. These comments will be posted to the online docket and will include any personal information you have provided.
In the event that DHS does not have appropriations as of Monday, March 16, 2015 by 11:59 p.m., the meeting is cancelled until further notice.
You may also submit written comments to the docket before or after the meeting using any one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
To avoid duplication, please use only one of these four methods. All comments and related material submitted after the meeting must either be submitted to the online docket on or before April 19, 2015, or reach the Docket Management Facility by that date.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Tribal consultation meetings.
The Bureau of Indian Education (BIE) will be conducting consultation meetings to obtain oral and written comments on potential issues about the Johnson O'Malley (JOM) program. The meetings are a continuation of meetings conducted by the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) and BIE in 2012. As required by 25 U.S.C. 2011(b), the purpose of consultation is to provide Indian tribes, school boards, parents, Indian organizations and other interested parties with an opportunity to comment on potential issues raised during previous consultation meetings or being considered by the BIE on Indian education programs.
See the
See the
Ms. Jennifer L. Davis, Program Analyst, telephone: (202) 208-4397.
Tribal consultation sessions on the JOM Student Count will be held on the following dates and at the following locations:
A consultation booklet for the meetings will be distributed to federally-recognized Indian tribes, Bureau Regional and Agency Offices and Bureau-funded schools. The booklets will also be available from local contact persons at each meeting and can be obtained on the BIE Web site at
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of filing of plats of survey.
The plats of survey described below are scheduled to be officially filed in the New Mexico State Office, Bureau of Land Management, Santa Fe, New Mexico, thirty (30) calendar days from the date of this publication.
These plats will be available for inspection in the New Mexico State Office, Bureau of Land Management, 301 Dinosaur Trail, Santa Fe, New Mexico. Copies may be obtained from this office upon payment. Contact Carlos Martinez at 505-954-2096, or by email at
The Remonumentation of Corner, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 15 North, Range 6 East, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted February 13, 2015, for Group 1131 NM.
The Supplement plat, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township.
17 South, Range 13 West, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted January 5, 2015, NM.
The plat, in two sheets, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 12 North, Range 20 West, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted January 15, 2015 for Group, 1132, NM.
The plat, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 11 North, Range 20 West, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted January 15, 2015, for Group 1132, NM.
The plat, in five sheets, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 16 North, Range 6 East, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted February 10, 2015, for Group 1131, NM.
The plat, in two sheets, representing the dependent resurvey and survey of Fractional Township 31 North, Range 21 West, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted February 13, 2105, for Group 1159, NM.
The plat, in four sheets, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 12 North, Range 20 West, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted February 13, 2015, for Group 1132, NM.
The plat, representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 21 South, Range 3 East, of the New Mexico Principal Meridian, accepted February 23, 2015, for Group 1163, NM.
The Supplemental plat representing the dependent resurvey and survey in Township 5 South, Range 9 West, of the Indian Meridian, accepted February 13, 2015, for Group 228 OK.
These plats are scheduled for official filing 30 days from the notice of publication in the
A plat will not be officially filed until the day after all protests have been dismissed and become final or appeals from the dismissal affirmed. A person or party who wishes to protest against any of these surveys must file a written protest with the Bureau of Land Management New Mexico State Director stating that they wish to protest.
A statement of reasons for a protest may be filed with the Notice of Protest to the State Director or the statement of reasons must be filed with the State Director within thirty (30) days after the protest is filed.
National Park Service and Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of availability.
The National Park Service (NPS) and Bureau of Land Management (BLM) announce the availability of the Final Environmental Impact Statement (Final EIS) for the Wilderness Management Plan for the Jimbilnan, Pinto Valley, Black Canyon, Eldorado, Ireteba Peaks, Nellis Wash, Spirit Mountain, and Bridge Canyon Wilderness Areas at Lake Mead National Recreation Area and adjacent public lands. The jointly prepared Wilderness Management Plan describes three alternatives for consideration.
The National Park Service will execute a Record of Decision (ROD) no sooner than 30 days following
The Final EIS is available for public inspection at
Mr. Jim Holland, Park Planner, Lake Mead National Recreation Area, 601 Nevada Highway, Boulder City, NV 89005 (702) 293-8986.
The proposed Wilderness Management Plan addresses public issues and concerns, identifies goals, objectives, and decision-making guidelines for administrative actions and visitor use, and provides guidelines for managing the Jimbilnan, Pinto Valley, Black Canyon, Eldorado, Ireteba Peaks, Nellis Wash, Spirit Mountain, and Bridge Canyon wilderness areas in Nevada. These areas were designated as units of the National Wilderness Preservation System through the Clark County Conservation of Public Land and Natural Resources Act (Pub. L. 107-282) in 2002. The NPS and BLM jointly manage the Eldorado, Ireteba Peak, and the Spirit Mountain wilderness areas; the other five wilderness areas are managed by the NPS.
During April 2010, a draft wilderness management plan/environmental assessment was distributed for public review. However, due to issues subsequently raised by rock climbers and American Indian tribes, the NPS and BLM determined it would be appropriate to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement. The Notice of Intent was published in the
The primary issues addressed in the Final EIS for the Wilderness Management Plan are as follows:
• Providing for use of Spirit Mountain by the general public while meeting tribal needs and concerns.
• Managing rock climbing in the wilderness areas, particularly placement or removal of fixed anchors for rock-climbing activities, and managing “bolt-intensive face climbs.”
• The use of climbing equipment (including climbing chalk) near sensitive cultural resources (
• Access to several of the wilderness areas, including losing vehicle access to areas listed in the plan, illegal off-road access, and motorized or climbing ascents of Spirit Mountain.
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice of request for nominations.
The National Park Service is seeking nominations for three members of the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee (Review Committee). The Secretary of the Interior will appoint the members from nominations submitted by national museum organizations and national scientific organizations.
Nominations must be received by June 2, 2015.
Melanie O'Brien, Designated Federal Officer, Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee, National NAGPRA Program (2253), National Park Service, 1849 C Street NW., Washington, DC 20240, or via email
The Review Committee was established by the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990 (NAGPRA), at 25 U.S.C. 3006, 5 U.S.C. Appendix 2.
The Review Committee is responsible for:
1. Monitoring the NAGPRA inventory and identification process;
2. reviewing and making findings related to the identity or cultural affiliation of cultural items, or the return of such items;
3. facilitating the resolution of disputes;
4. compiling an inventory of culturally unidentifiable human remains and developing a process for disposition of such remains;
5. consulting with Indian tribes and Native Hawaiian organizations and museums on matters within the scope of the work of the Review Committee affecting such tribes or organizations;
6. consulting with the Secretary of the Interior in the development of regulations to carry out NAGPRA; and
7. making recommendations regarding future care of repatriated cultural items.
The Review Committee consists of seven members appointed by the Secretary of the Interior. The Secretary may not appoint Federal officers or employees to the Review Committee. Three members are appointed from nominations submitted by Indian tribes, Native Hawaiian organizations, and traditional Native American religious leaders. At least two of these members must be traditional Indian religious leaders. Three members are appointed from nominations submitted by national museum or scientific organizations. One member is appointed from a list of persons developed and consented to by all of the other members.
Members serve as Special Governmental Employees, which requires completion of annual ethics training. Members are appointed for 4-
Review Committee members serve without pay but shall be reimbursed for each day the member participates in Review Committee meetings. Review Committee members are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in association with Review Committee meetings (25 U.S.C. 3006(b)(4)). Additional information regarding the Review Committee, including the Review Committee's charter, meeting protocol, and dispute resolution procedures, is available on the National NAGPRA Program Web site, at
Individuals who are federally registered lobbyists are ineligible to serve on all FACA and non-FACA boards, committees, or councils in an individual capacity. The term “individual capacity” refers to individuals who are appointed to exercise their own individual best judgment on behalf of the government, such as when they are designated Special Government Employees, rather than being appointed to represent a particular interest.
Nominations should:
1. Be submitted on the official letterhead of the organization.
2. Affirm that the signatory is the official authorized by the organization to submit the nomination.
3. Affirm that the organization's activity pertains or relates to the United States as a whole, as opposed to a lesser geographical scope.
4. Include the nominee's full legal name, home address, home telephone number, and email address.
5. Include the nominee's resume or a brief biography of the nominee, in which the nominee's NAGPRA experience and ability to work as a member of a Federal advisory committee are addressed.
Melanie O'Brien, Designated Federal Officer, Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee, National NAGPRA Program (2253), National Park Service, 1849 C Street NW., Washington, DC 20240, or via email
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to section 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of Ericsson Inc. and Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson on February 26, 2015. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain wirelsess standard compliant electronic devices, including communication devices and tablet computers. The complaint names as respondent Apple Inc., a/k/a Apple Computer, Inc. of Cupertino, CA. The complainant requests that the Commission issue a permanent limited exclusion order and permanent cease and desist orders.
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or section 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
(ii) identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the requested remedial orders;
(iii) identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the docket number (“Docket No. 3061”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and of sections 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to section 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of Ericsson Inc. and Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson on February 26, 2015. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain electronic devices, including wireless communication devices, computers, tablet computers, digital media players, and cameras. The complaint names as respondent Apple Inc., a/k/a Apple Computer, Inc. of Cupertino, CA. The complainant requests that the Commission issue a permanent limited exclusion order and permanent cease and desist orders.
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or section 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
(ii) identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the requested remedial orders;
(iii) identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the docket number (“Docket No. 3060”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and of sections 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission.
Rescheduling of public hearing.
The Commission has rescheduled the public hearing in this investigation from March 24, 2015 to June 2, 2015.
All Commission offices, including the Commission's hearing rooms, are located in the United States International Trade Commission Building, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC. All written submissions should be addressed to the Secretary, United States International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. The public record for this investigation may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at
Project Leader Heidi Colby-Oizumi (202-205-3391;
As announced in the notice of institution of the investigation published in the
In the event that, as of the close of business on May 18, 2015, no witnesses are scheduled to appear at the hearing, the hearing will be canceled. Any person interested in attending the hearing as an observer or nonparticipant may call the Secretary to the Commission (202-205-2000) after May 18, 2015 for information concerning whether the hearing will be held.
By order of the Commission.
On February 26, 2015, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed consent decree with the United States District Court for the District of Nevada in the lawsuit entitled
In this action, the United States and the State of Nevada filed a complaint under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,, 42 U.S.C. 6901
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the consent decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the consent decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
Please enclose a check or money order for $6.25 (25 cents per page reproduction cost) payable to the United States Treasury.
On February 26, 2015, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed consent decree with the United States District Court for the District of Nevada in the lawsuit entitled
In this action, the United States and the State of Nevada filed a complaint under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the consent decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the consent decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
Please enclose a check or money order for $6.50 (25 cents per page reproduction cost) payable to the United States Treasury.
Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.
Notice requesting comments.
The Copyright Royalty Judges solicit comments on a motion of Phase I claimants for partial distribution of 2013 cable royalty funds.
Comments are due on or before April 3, 2015.
Interested parties may submit comments electronically to
LaKeshia Keys, Program Specialist, by telephone at (202) 707-7658 or email at
Each year cable systems must submit royalty payments to the Register of Copyrights as required by the statutory license set forth in section 111 of the Copyright Act for the retransmission to cable subscribers of over-the-air television and radio broadcast signals.
On January 21, 2015, representatives of the Phase I claimant categories (the “Phase I Claimants”)
The Judges have caused the Motion of the Phase I Claimants for Partial Distribution to be posted on the Copyright Royalty Board Web site at
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Interim staff guidance; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing Interim Staff Guidance (ISG), OL/FR-ISG-2014-01, “Reviewing and Assessing the Financial Condition of Operating Power Reactor Licensees, Including Requests for Additional Information,” dated February 17, 2015. The ISG provides clarifying guidance to the NRC staff when reviewing licensee financial information, and when requesting additional information regarding licensee financial conditions, as authorized under the NRC's regulations. Such review and inquiry are performed by NRC staff for currently operating power reactor licensees, absent a licensing action such as a license transfer.
The ISG is available March 4, 2015.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2015-0045 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Richard Turtil, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2308; email:
The purpose of this ISG is to clarify the process by which the NRC will review financial conditions of, and financial concerns about, currently operating power reactor licensees. This guidance is intended to provide consistency and transparency with regard to the NRC's financial review process for licensees (in the absence of a license transfer or other similar licensing action). It addresses the NRC's basis for financial Requests for Additional Information from licensees during operations, the NRC staff's evaluation of Requests for Additional Information responses, and the closure of such inquiries. This ISG is intended to enhance the NRC's financial review guidance presented in Section III(1)(d)—Post-OL Non-transfer Reviews, of NUREG-1577, Revision 1, “Standard Review Plan on Power Reactor Licensee Financial Qualifications and Decommissioning Funding Assurance,” dated December 2001, (ADAMS Accession No. ML013330264). The guidance in this ISG will be included in the next update to NUREG-1577.
The NRC is issuing interim guidance for the NRC staff regarding its review of operating power reactor licensees' financial information. Issuance of the ISG does not constitute backfitting as defined in § 50.109 of Title 10 of the
1.
The ISG provides interim guidance to the NRC staff on how to review licensees' financial information and request additional financial information. Changes in internal staff guidance are not matters for which applicants or licensees are protected under 10 CFR 50.109 or issue finality provisions in 10 CFR part 52.
2.
The NRC staff does not intend to impose or apply the positions described in the ISG to existing (already issued) licenses (
Even if, in the future, the NRC staff seeks to impose a position in the ISG on holders of already issued licenses, such imposition would not provide any basis for the Backfit Rule or issue finality provisions to apply. The ISG concerns, in part, the NRC's request for operating power reactor licensees' financial information. Information collection and reporting requirements such as these are not subject to the Backfit Rule and issue finality provisions.
This action is a rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808). However, the Office of Management and Budget has not found it to be a major rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Draft interim staff guidance; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is soliciting public comment on its draft Interim Staff Guidance (ISG), “Guidance for Evaluation of Acute Chemical Exposures and Proposed Quantitative Standards.” The ISG supplements existing guidance in NUREG-1520, “Standard Review Plan for the Review of a License Application for a Fuel Cycle Facility,” by providing additional guidance for the NRC to follow when evaluating descriptions of proposed quantitative standards. The ISG identifies sources of information on which proposed quantitative standards may be based.
Submit comments by May 18, 2015. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the Commission is able to ensure consideration only for comments received before this date.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods (unless this document describes a different method for submitting comments on a specific subject):
•
•
For additional direction on accessing information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Marilyn Diaz, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-287-9068, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-NRC-2015-0044 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2015-0044 in the subject line of your comment submission, in order to ensure that the NRC is able to make your comment submission available to the public in this docket.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
A fuel cycle facility licensee that is regulated under part 70 of Title 10 of the
The ISG will assist the NRC in determining whether ISA summaries and the underlying ISAs conducted by applicants or licensees adequately consider all credible acute chemical exposure events and exposure pathways. The ISG identifies several sources of chemical hazards information on which proposed quantitative standards may be based. As stated in the ISG, these sources of information include the Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs), the Acute Exposure Guidelines Levels (AEGLs), Temporary Emergency Exposure Levels (TEELs), and the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS). The ERPGs, AEGLs, TEELs and GHS hazard statements contain information relevant to inhalation exposure pathways. As detailed in the ISG, the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Skin Notations, and the GHS hazards statements, contain useful data on which an applicant may base its
The information from the ISG will be incorporated into the next revision of NUREG-1520, “Standard Review Plan for the Review of a License Application for a Fuel Cycle Facility,” (ADAMS Accession No. ML101390110).
Additional background information and documents related to this notice can be found in ADAMS under the following accession numbers:
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Policy revision; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing a revision to its Enforcement Policy (Enforcement Policy or Policy) to incorporate Commission direction to add escalated non-willful (traditional) enforcement cases with the potential for civil penalties within the scope of the Commission's Alternative Dispute Resolution Program and to make other conforming edits.
This revision to the Enforcement Policy is effective March 4, 2015.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2013-0046 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
• Federal Rulemaking Web site: Go to
• NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS): You may obtain publicly-available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at
• NRC's PDR: You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
Daniel Lenehan, telephone: 301-415-3501, email:
The Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 authorizes and encourages the use of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) procedures by Federal agencies. The term “ADR” refers to a number of voluntary processes, such as mediation and facilitated dialogues that can be used to assist parties in resolving disputes and potential conflicts. These techniques involve the use of a neutral third party, either from within the agency or from outside the agency, and are voluntary processes in terms of the decision to participate and the content of the final agreement. The NRC's experience with ADR has demonstrated that the use of these techniques can result in more efficient resolution of issues, more effective outcomes, and improved relationships between the agency and other parties. The NRC established the ADR Program in its Office of Enforcement in 2004.
Since the implementation of the ADR Program, the NRC has reached settlement agreements with licensees (or contractors) and individuals, and has issued subsequent ADR confirmatory orders in more than 90 enforcement cases. The parties to ADR in the NRC's enforcement program are the NRC staff and, in most cases, a licensee. The proceedings are conducted using the facilitation skills of a trained independent mediator. Mediation allows the NRC staff and the licensee to communicate openly and directly and enables the parties to reach effective and workable agreements that meet the NRC's regulatory interests. Historically,
On December 16, 2010, then NRC Chairman, Gregory Jaczko, issued a memorandum, “ADR Implementation and Assessment” (ADAMS Accession No. ML12030A228) tasking the NRC staff to conduct a comprehensive review of the ADR Program, including determining if it should be expanded. At the time the ADR Program was limited to cases involving discrimination and other wrong doing. On September 6, 2011, the NRC issued a notice in the
In Commission Paper SECY-12-0161, “Status Update, Tasks Related to Alternative Dispute Resolution in the Allegation and Enforcement Programs,” dated November 28, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12321A145), the NRC staff notified the Commission of its intent to pilot the expansion of the ADR Program to include escalated non-willful (traditional) enforcement cases with proposed civil penalties for a 1-year period. The expansion of the program did not include violations associated with findings assessed through the Reactor Oversight Process.
During the pilot period, the NRC staff made ADR available for seven escalated non-willful (traditional) enforcement cases with proposed civil penalties however, none of the licensees chose ADR. The licensees included a waste disposal facility, two radiographers, a gauge user, two hospitals, and one non-operating (decommissioned) reactor. However, shortly after the 1-year period, a power reactor licensee chose to engage in ADR for an escalated non-willful (traditional) enforcement case with the potential for a civil penalty. The subsequent mediation resulted in a settlement, specified in the Confirmatory Order, under which the licensee agreed to fleet-wide actions as opposed to plant-specific actions that would have typically been expected from using the traditional enforcement process.
In Commission Paper SECY-14-0077, “Status Update and Proposed Policy Revision: Tasks Related to Alternative Dispute Resolution in the Enforcement Program,” dated July 30, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14143A363), the NRC staff recommended that the Commission approve expanding the scope of the ADR Program to include non-willful (traditional) enforcement cases with the potential for civil penalties (not including violations associated with findings assessed through the Reactor Oversight Process).
In the Staff Requirements Memorandum to SECY-14-007, the Commission approved the expansion of the ADR Program. Accordingly, the NRC is revising Section 2.4.3, “Alternate Dispute Resolution,” of the Enforcement Policy to add escalated non-willful (traditional) enforcement cases with the potential for civil penalties within the scope of the program and to make other conforming edits.
The text of revised section 2.4.3, in its entirety, follows. A marked copy of the Enforcement Policy is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML15028A422.
The Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (ADRA) authorizes and encourages the use of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) procedures by Federal agencies. ADR refers to a variety of processes that emphasize creative, cooperative approaches to handling conflicts in lieu of adversarial procedures. Mediation is the form of ADR typically used by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC). The use of ADR in the NRC's enforcement program is available for cases involving discrimination and other wrongdoing as well as escalated nonwillful (traditional) enforcement cases with the potential for civil penalties (not including violations associated with findings assessed through the Reactor Oversight Process).
ADR may also be used for discrimination violations based solely on a finding by DOL; however, the NRC will not negotiate the DOL finding. Individuals within the Commission's jurisdiction may also be offered ADR. ADR complements, and works in conjunction with, the traditional NRC enforcement process. ADR may be offered (1) before a predecisional enforcement conference (PEC), (2) after the initial enforcement action is taken (
In some circumstances, it may not be appropriate for the NRC to engage in ADR (
Additional information concerning the NRC's ADR program is available in the NRC Enforcement Manual and on the NRC Web site.
In addition, an individual and his or her employer (or former employer) can use ADR to resolve discrimination complaints (under Section 211 of the ERA) before the initiation of investigative activities by OI (
This policy revision is a rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808). However, the Office of Management and Budget has not found it to be a major rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Securities and Exchange Commission
Notice; correction.
The Securities and Exchange Commission published a document in the
Christopher P. Grobbel, Division of Trading and Markets, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, (202) 551-5491.
In the
On June 17, 2014, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”), pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The proposed rule change was published for comment in the
The Commission discussed these comments in the Proceedings Order.
This order approves the proposed rule change.
In general, FINRA classifies arbitrators as “non-public” or “public” based on their professional and personal affiliations. Currently, FINRA Rule 12100(p) of the Customer Code and FINRA Rule 13100(p) of the Industry Code (defining the term “non-public arbitrator”) list financial industry affiliations that might qualify a person to serve as a non-public arbitrator in the FINRA arbitration forum. Conversely, FINRA Rule 12100(u) of the Customer Code and FINRA Rule 13100(u) of the Industry Code (defining the term “public arbitrator”) list affiliations that disqualify a person from serving as a public arbitrator in the FINRA arbitration forum. FINRA is proposing to delete the definitions in their entirety, and replace them with new definitions. The proposed amendments are described below.
Under the current non-public arbitrator definition, if a person is currently, or was within the past five years, affiliated with a financial industry entity specified in the rule (a “specified financial industry entity”), the person is classified as a non-public arbitrator.
New Rule 12100(p)(1) would eliminate the five-year cooling-off provision for persons who work in the financial industry by permanently classifying persons who are, or were, affiliated with a specified financial industry entity at any point in their careers, for any duration, as non-public arbitrators. New Rule 12100(p)(1) would also add two new categories of financial industry professionals who would be permanently classified as non-public arbitrators: (i) Persons associated with, including registered through, a mutual fund or hedge fund, and (ii) persons associated with, including registered through, an investment adviser.
In addition, new Rule 12100(p)(1) would clarify certain references made in the current rule. For instance, the new rule would replace “[a person] registered under the Commodity Exchange Act; a member of a commodities exchange . . ., or associated with a person or firm registered under the Commodity Exchange Act,”
Under current Rule 12100(p)(3), attorneys, accountants, and other professionals who devoted 20 percent or more of their professional work in the last two years to serving specified financial industry entities and/or employees, are classified as non-public arbitrators.
Proposed new Rule 12100(p)(2) would broaden the application of current Rule 12100(p)(3) in three ways: (i) It would increase the look-back period from two years to five years, (ii) it would apply to not only services provided to specified financial industry entities but also to services provided to any persons or entities associated with those specified financial industry entities, and (iii) it would permanently disqualify from serving as public arbitrators persons who provided the specified services for
In addition, the proposal would replace the phrase “professional work” with “professional time.”
Currently, FINRA rules permit individuals who represent or provide professional services to investors in securities disputes to serve as public arbitrators.
Under proposed new Rule 12100(p)(3), attorneys, accountants, and other professionals who devoted 20 percent or more of their professional time, within the past five years, to serving parties in investment or financial industry employment disputes would be classified as non-public arbitrators. However, Rule 12100(p)(3) would permit these individuals to serve as public arbitrators five years after they stopped devoting 20 percent or more of their professional time to serving parties in investment or financial industry employment disputes with one exception. A person who provided services for 15 calendar years or more over the course of his or her career would be permanently disqualified from serving as a public arbitrator.
Under current Rule 12100(p)(4), any person who is an employee of a bank or other financial institution who (i) effects transactions in securities, including government or municipal securities, and commodities, futures, or options, or (ii) supervises or monitors the compliance with the securities and commodities laws of employees who engage in such activities is classified as a non-public arbitrator. When these individuals end their affiliation, they are immediately reclassified as public arbitrators unless they have engaged in this type of work for 20 years or more over the course of their careers.
Proposed new Rule 12100(p)(4) would add a five-year look-back period to this provision. Specifically, under proposed new Rule 12100(p)(4), any person who, within the last five calendar years, was an employee of a bank or other financial institution who (i) effects transactions in securities, including government or municipal securities, commodities, futures, or options, or (ii) supervises or monitors the compliance with the securities and commodities laws of employees who engage in such activities would be classified as a non-public arbitrator. However, proposed new Rule 12100(p)(4) would permit these individuals to serve as public arbitrators five years after they ended their industry affiliation unless they provided these services for 15 years or more.
Current Rules 12100(u)(1) and 12100(u)(3) identify the types of financial industry employment that disqualify a person from serving as a public arbitrator by cross-referencing those activities listed in current Rule 12100(p) (defining “non-public arbitrators”). Consequently, these otherwise qualified individuals are classified as non-public arbitrators. Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(1) would retain the types of financial industry employment that would disqualify a person from serving as a public arbitrator with revisions identical to those in proposed new Rule 12100(p)(1). Specifically: (i) Instead of referring to “[a person] registered under the Commodity Exchange Act; a member of a commodities exchange . . ., or associated with a person or firm registered under the Commodity Exchange Act,” proposed new Rule 12100(u)(1)(B) would refer to “a person who is, or was, associated with, including registered through, under, or with (as applicable), . . . the Commodity Exchange Act or the Commodities Futures Trading Commission;” (ii) instead of referring to “a member . . . of a registered futures association,” proposed new Rule 12100(u)(1)(B) would identify the association as the National Futures Association; (iii) proposed new Rule 12100(u)(1)(B) would add a reference to “[a person] who is, or was, associated with, including registered through, under, or with (as applicable), . . . the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board;” and (iv) proposed new Rule 12100(p)(1)(C) would include a provision to cover any entity “organized under or registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Investment Company Act of 1940, or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.” This provision would cover financial industry affiliated persons not otherwise specified in the rule and potential categories of financial industry professionals that may be created in the future.
As stated above, current FINRA Rule 12100 (p)(1) generally permits individuals classified as non-public arbitrators to become reclassified as public arbitrators five years after ending their affiliations (subject to specified exceptions).
Under current Rule 12100(u)(1), attorneys, accountants, and other professionals who devoted 20 percent or more of their professional work in the last two years to serving specified financial industry entities and/or employees listed in current Rule 12100(p)(1), may not be classified as public arbitrators. However, current Rule 12100(u)(1) permits these individuals to be reclassified as public arbitrators two years after they stopped providing those services, with one exception.
Proposed new Rules 12100(u)(2) and 12100(u)(6) would broaden the provisions of current Rule 12100(u)(1) in three ways: (i) It would apply to not only services provided to specified financial industry entities but also to services provided to any persons or
Under proposed new Rules 12100(u)(3) and 12100(u)(7) attorneys, accountants, expert witnesses, and other professionals who devote 20 percent or more of their professional time annually to representing or providing services to parties in disputes concerning investment accounts or transactions, or employment relationships within the financial industry generally would be classified as non-public arbitrators.
Under current Rule 12100(u)(1), any person who is an employee of a bank or other financial institution and (i) effects transactions in securities, including government or municipal securities, and commodities, futures, or options, or (ii) supervises or monitors the compliance with the securities and commodities laws of employees who engage in such activities is classified as a non-public arbitrator.
Proposed new Rules 12100(u)(4) and 12100(u)(8) would broaden the application of provisions of current Rule 12100(u)(1) in two ways: (i) Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(8) would permit these individuals to be reclassified as public arbitrators five years after they ended their affiliation, and (ii) proposed new Rule 12100(u)(4) would decrease the number of years required for a permanent classification as a non-public arbitrator from 20 years to 15 years.
Under current Rules 12100(u)(6) and 12100(u)(7), individuals who are employed by,
Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(5) would broaden the provisions of current Rules 12100(u)(6) and 12100(u)(7) in two ways: (i) It would expand the scope of the classification by replacing the phrase “securities business” with “financial industry,” and (ii) it would increase the cooling-off period from two years to five years.
Under current Rule 12100(u)(4), an attorney, accountant, or other professional whose firm derived 10 percent or more of its annual revenue in the past two years from providing services to specified financial industry entities is classified as a non-public arbitrator. Similarly, under current Rule 12100(u)(5), any attorney, accountant, or other professional whose firm derived $50,000 or more in annual revenue in the past two years from providing professional services to any specified financial industry entity relating to any customer dispute concerning an investment account or transaction is also classified as a non-public arbitrator. In both instances, however, current Rule 12100(u) permits such individuals to be reclassified as public arbitrators two years after they ended their affiliation with the firm or two years after the firm no longer derived annual revenue from specified financial industry entities that exceeding those thresholds.
Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(9) would: (i) Merge current Rules 12100(u)(4) and 12100(u)(5), and (ii) remove the requirement that the $50,000 in revenue relate to customer disputes concerning an investment account or transaction. Specifically, under proposed new Rule 12100(u)(9) any person who is an attorney, accountant, or other professional whose firm derived $50,000 or more, or at least 10 percent of its annual revenue, in any single calendar year during the past two calendar years, from (i) the entities listed in proposed new Rule 12100(u)(1) and/or from any persons or entities associated with such listed entities, or (ii) a bank or other financial institution where persons effect transactions in securities including government or municipal securities, commodities, futures, or options would be classified as a non-public arbitrator. Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(9) would, however, permit such individuals to be reclassified as public arbitrators two calendar years after ending their employment with the employing firm.
Under proposed new Rule 12100(u)(10), attorneys, accountants, and other professionals whose firm derived $50,000 or more, or at least 10 percent of its annual revenue, in any single calendar year during the past two calendar years, from individual and/or institutional investors relating to securities matters generally would be classified as non-public arbitrators. Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(10) would, however, permit such individuals to be
Under current Rules 12100(u)(6) and 12100(u)(7), an individual whose spouse or immediate family member is employed by,
In addition, under current Rule 12100(u)(8), an individual whose spouse or immediate family member is engaged in the conduct or activities described in current Rule 12100(p)(1)-(4) (
Proposed new Rule 12100(u)(11) would: (i) Merge current Rules 12100(u)(6), 12100(7), and 12100(u)(8), and (ii) add a two year cooling-off period. Specifically, under new Rule 12100(u)(11) a person whose immediate family member is an individual whom FINRA would disqualify from serving on the public arbitrator roster would be classified as a non-public arbitrator. However, if the person's immediate family member ends the disqualifying affiliation, or the person ends the relationship with the individual so that the individual is no longer the person's immediate family member, the person would be able to be reclassified as a public arbitrator after two calendar years had passed from the end of the affiliation or relationship.
Current Rule 12100(u) defines the term “immediate family member” to include a person's parent, stepparent, child, stepchild, member of a person's household, an individual to whom a person provides financial support of more than 50 percent of his or her annual income, or a person who is claimed as a dependent for federal income tax purposes. Current Rule 12100(u) does not define the term “spouse.”
Proposed new Rule 12100(u) would amend the definition of “immediate family member” to add as immediate family members a person's spouse, partner in a civil union, and domestic partner.
The text of the proposed rule change is available, at the principal office of FINRA, on FINRA's Web site at
In response to the Notice of Filing, the Commission received 316 comment letters (including 295 copies of substantially the same letter submitted by self-identified independent financial advisors). Five of the commenters expressed support for the proposed rule change in its entirety.
In response to the Proceedings Order, the Commission received fourteen comments.
In general, the proposal would result in the permanent classification (or reclassification of current public arbitrators) of individuals who worked in the financial industry (a) in any capacity, (b) at any point, and (c) for any duration, (“Industry Affiliates”) as non-public arbitrators. Many commenters opposed the permanent classification of Industry Affiliates as non-public arbitrators for varying reasons.
In general, the proposal would result in the classification (or reclassification of current public arbitrators) of individuals as non-public arbitrators who otherwise would have been classified as public arbitrators. Specifically, individuals who worked in the financial industry for any duration would be permanently classified as non-public arbitrators (effectively eliminating the five-year cooling-off period).
Several commenters supported this provision as providing a workable “bright-line” test that would address criticism regarding bias (perceived or actual) in favor of the financial industry,
Many commenters opposed eliminating the five-year cooling-off period for Industry Affiliates.
In its response, FINRA disagreed with the opposing commenters, stating that its constituents agreed that any cooling off period for financial industry employees would “leave a perception of unfairness for some advocates.”
Ultimately, FINRA stated that it believes that it is more workable to use a bright-line test than a pro rata cooling-off period for financial industry employees.
Four commenters stated that, as proposed, the rule would improperly characterize certain individuals without true financial industry experience as non-public arbitrators.
In its response, FINRA stated that its staff believes that “investor concerns about the neutrality of the public roster apply to all industry employees, including those who serve in clerical or ministerial positions.”
In general, the proposed rule change would classify attorneys, accountants, expert witnesses, or other professionals who (a) devote 20 percent or more of their professional time (b) in any single calendar year within the past five calendar years (c) to representing or providing services to parties in disputes concerning investment accounts or transactions, or employment relationships within the industry (“Investor Advocates”) as non-public arbitrators.
Several commenters supported this provision,
Several commenters also opposed the classification of Investor Advocates as non-public arbitrators,
In the Notice of Filing, FINRA stated that it proposed the reclassification of arbitrator categories in response to concerns regarding the neutrality of the public arbitrator roster raised by both investor representatives and industry representatives.
In general, the proposed rule change would extend the cooling-off period from two years to five years for attorneys, accountants, expert witnesses, or other professionals who (a) devote 20 percent or more of their professional time (b) in any single calendar year within the past five calendar years (c) to representing or providing services to financial industry firms (“Industry Advocates”).
Three commenters generally supported this provision as fair and acknowledged the consistency of approach towards professionals representing investors and those representing industry.
In its response, FINRA stated that it has drawn a distinction between individuals who work in the financial industry and individuals who provide services to the financial industry. FINRA also stated its belief that to help ensure fairness to all forum users, it needed to take a consistent approach to cooling-off periods for service providers to both investors and the financial industry.
As stated above, the proposal would classify attorneys, accountants, expert witnesses, or other professionals as either public arbitrators or non-public arbitrators depending on, among other things, the percentage of time those individuals devoted to representing either the financial industry or investors.
In its response, FINRA stated that given the purpose of the proposal is to address the perception that professionals who regularly provide services to investors might be biased in favor of investors, it does not believe that it would be appropriate to make an exception for employees of law school investor advocacy clinics.
Since February 1, 2011, customers have been able to choose an arbitration panel composed entirely of public arbitrators (
Several commenters questioned FINRA's estimate that the total number of arbitrators that would be reclassified from public arbitrators to non-public arbitrators would be approximately 474
In its response, FINRA acknowledged commenters' concerns about reducing the number of public arbitrators currently on the public arbitrator roster. FINRA also stated, however, that it believes that addressing users' perceptions of the neutrality of its public arbitrators outweighs those concerns.
Several commenters expressed concern that the proposed rule change would negatively impact the quality of public arbitrators available to serve in FINRA's arbitration forum.
In its response, FINRA stated that the proposed rule change would not reduce the total number of arbitrators available for selection but rather would shift them to another part of the roster. Accordingly, FINRA stated that it does not believe that the proposed rule change would drain from the forum the experience and expertise of those arbitrators being reclassified as non-public. FINRA stated that instead, the parties would receive a complete description of the background and experience of each arbitrator on the non-public list and could use that information to rank or strike them accordingly. FINRA stated that the proposal would effectively maintain the reclassified individuals in the pool of
Several commenters expressed concern that the proposed rule change would negatively impact the quantity and quality of chairpersons available to serve in FINRA's arbitration forum.
In its response, FINRA stated that allowing arbitrators with investor relationships to serve as chairpersons would nullify the effort to address perceived bias.
Several commenters stated that the proposed rule change should not be approved until FINRA obtained additional data and published a detailed cost-benefit analysis justifying the proposal.
In its response, FINRA stated that a cost-benefit analysis, while useful for planning purposes, does not outweigh the imperative of addressing the users' perception of neutrality in maintaining the integrity of the forum, and that fairness requires FINRA to address the concerns of all forum users.
Three commenters stated that by failing to conduct an in-depth analysis of the impact of the proposed rule change, FINRA failed to weigh the consequences of its actions.
Alternatively, one commenter stated that FINRA's representations that the proposal would not affect a significant number of arbitrators are sufficient.
In its response, FINRA stated that it monitors the amount of time it takes to process a claim in its forum and has not heard from forum users that arbitrator availability is causing delays in processing cases. Instead, FINRA stated that various other factors are more likely to result in delays, including party-initiated postponements; an increase in the number of hearing sessions per case; concentration of law firms representing the majority of parties; and efforts to verify arbitrators' disclosures to protect parties from undisclosed arbitrator conflicts.
Two commenters suggested that FINRA withdraw the proposal and submit it to its recently formed Arbitration Task Force
In its response, FINRA stated that it has engaged in a comprehensive process soliciting input from interested groups.
Several commenters suggested alternatives to the proposal.
As discussed above, FINRA stated that it has engaged in a robust review process, including consultation with its NAMC, interested groups, and other forum constituents, during which it encouraged interested persons to raise their concerns about the definitions and to make suggestions on how to improve them.
The Commission has carefully considered the proposed rule change, the comments received, and FINRA's responses to the comments. Based on its review of the record, the Commission finds that the proposal is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities association.
As stated above, FINRA classifies arbitrators as “non-public” or “public” based on their professional and personal affiliations.
The proposal would, among other things: (1) Permanently classify as “non-public arbitrators” individuals with certain affiliations with the financial industry; and (2) classify as non-public arbitrators certain professionals (
As stated in the Notice of Filing, the proposed rule change was designed to address concerns regarding the perceived neutrality of the public arbitrator roster raised by both investor representatives and financial industry representatives.
The Commission believes that the proposed rule change would help to address any perceived bias of public arbitrators by classifying certain individuals with either financial industry experience or significant experience representing investors as non-public arbitrators. Accordingly, the
The Commission also recognizes the concerns of some commenters that the proposed rule change would require FINRA to reclassify some current public arbitrators as non-public arbitrators and that these reclassifications may temporarily reduce the number and quality of the public arbitrator pool, particularly in light of the implementation of FINRA's all-public-panel rules.
Although FINRA stated that it currently anticipates having a sufficient number of public arbitrators to serve the immediate needs of forum users, it also acknowledged that the proposal may necessitate aggressive arbitrator recruitment.
Furthermore, FINRA stated that it has taken steps to enhance arbitrator retention. For example, FINRA stated that it has implemented a new rule to increase the amount of honoraria paid to its arbitrators.
While FINRA acknowledges that the proposed rule change will necessitate aggressive arbitrator recruitment to help ensure that its arbitration forum will continue to have sufficient public arbitrators to prevent delays in all hearing locations,
In sum, the Commission believes that the proposed rule change would help address forum users' perceptions of neutrality in, and maintain the integrity of, the arbitration forum. In addition, the Commission believes the potential negative effects (in particular, a temporary decline in the number of available public arbitrators) will be mitigated by FINRA's proposed recruitment and retention of public arbitrators.
The proposed rule change would also: (1) Extend the cooling off period for Industry Affiliates and Investor Advocates to five years, and (2) use professional time to quantify professional work when determining whether a person qualifies as an Industry Affiliate or Investor Advocate. Although some commenters suggested alternatives, such as proportional cooling off periods or using revenue, instead of professional time, to quantify professional work, FINRA stated its belief that a bright-line test is more workable and eases administrative burdens while addressing concerns about potential or perceived bias in the forum.
In addition to the amendments discussed above, the proposed rule change would make several additional changes to the Codes. For instance, the proposal would (1) add new categories of financial industry personnel who would be classified as non-public arbitrators, in particular persons associated with, including registered through, a mutual fund or hedge fund and persons associated with, including registered through, an investment adviser; (2) reduce from 20 to 15, the number of years a person must work over the course of his or her career in specified capacities in order to be permanently classified as a non-public arbitrator; and (3) redefine the definition of “immediate family member” as well as add a two year cooling off period for individuals whose immediate family members engage in specified activities that disqualify them from serving on the public arbitrator roster.
The Commission also recognizes some of the other concerns raised by commenters regarding the process FINRA used for proposing this rule. Some commenters expressed concern that FINRA did not perform a cost-benefit analysis prior to proposing the rule change.
For the reasons stated above, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On November 18, 2014, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (the “MSRB” or “Board”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or “Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Commission received five comment letters on the proposed rule change.
The Commission received two comment letters on Amendment No. 1.
According to the MSRB, the purpose of the proposed rule change is to establish professional qualification requirements for municipal advisors and their associated persons and to make related changes to select MSRB rules.
The proposed amendments to Rule G-1 includes language to provide that, for purposes of its municipal advisory activities, the term “separately identifiable department or division of a bank” would have the same meaning as used in 17 CFR 240.15Ba1-1(d)(4).
The proposed amendments to Rule G-2 add a basic requirement that no municipal advisor shall engage in municipal advisory activities unless such municipal advisor and every natural person associated with such municipal advisor is qualified in accordance with the rules of the Board.
MSRB Rule G-3 currently requires a municipal securities representative to serve an apprenticeship period of 90 days before transacting business with any member of the public or receiving compensation for such activities.
The proposed amendments to Rule G-3 create two new registration classifications: (i) Municipal advisor representative; and (ii) municipal advisor principal.
The proposed amendments to Rule G-3 define a “municipal advisor representative” as a natural person associated with a municipal advisor who engages in municipal advisory activities on the municipal advisor's behalf, other than a person performing only clerical, administrative, support or similar functions.
The proposed amendments to Rule G-3 define a “municipal advisor principal” as a natural person associated with a municipal advisor who is qualified as a municipal advisor representative and is directly engaged in the management, direction or supervision of the municipal advisory activities of the municipal advisor and its associated persons.
In addition, the proposed amendments to Rule G-3 require any person who ceases to be associated with a municipal advisor for two or more years (at any time after having qualified as a municipal advisor representative) to take and pass the Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination prior to being qualified as a municipal advisor representative, unless a waiver is granted.
The proposed amendments to Rule G-3 and the Supplementary Material permit the MSRB to consider waiving the requirement that a municipal advisor representative or municipal advisor principal pass the Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination in extraordinary cases: (1) Where the applicant participated in the development of the Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination as a member of the MSRB's Professional Qualifications Advisory Committee (“PQAC”); or (2) where the applicant previously qualified as a municipal advisor representative by passing the Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination and such qualification lapsed pursuant to Rule G-3(d)(ii)(B).
Currently, Rule D-13 defines municipal advisory activities as the activities described in Section 15B(e)(4)(A)(i) and (ii) of the Act.
The proposed rule change would also make minor technical amendments to select MSRB rules, such as amending Rule G-3(a)(ii) to correctly re-letter G-3(a)(ii)(D) as G-3(a)(ii)(C).
The MSRB requested that the proposed rule change become effective 60 days following the date of Commission approval.
The Commission received five comment letters in response to the proposed rule change (four of which provide substantive comments) and two comment letters in response to Amendment No. 1.
SIFMA believes that persons currently qualified to perform municipal securities activities should also be qualified to perform municipal advisor activities.
Given the new regulatory regime for municipal advisors and the differences in the roles of municipal advisor and securities professionals, the MSRB does not believe the Series 52 examination (or the general securities representative examination that qualified municipal securities representatives before November 7, 2011) would sufficiently determine whether a municipal advisor professional meets a minimal level of competency to engage in municipal advisory activities.
SIFMA is concerned that development of a new qualification examination would take an additional two to three years.
The MSRB does not agree with SIFMA's assertion that developing a new qualification examination would take an additional two to three years.
SIFMA suggests that developing a separate test for municipal advisor professionals is an inefficient process and unfairly burdens the large percentage of municipal advisor professionals who are associated with municipal securities dealers.
The MSRB does not believe that such individuals would be unfairly burdened by a new test.
SIFMA suggests that if the MSRB decides to continue with the development of a new test for qualification as a municipal advisor representative, then associated persons currently qualified as municipal securities representatives should be grandfathered in as municipal advisor representatives, if they so choose.
The MSRB responded by reiterating its view that grandfathering would be inconsistent with the intent of Congress.
SIFMA believes that the cost-benefit analysis contained in in the Proposing Release was inadequate.
The MSRB responded by stating that it considered the costs and benefits of the proposed rule change and even utilized the cost estimate per individual test taker provided by SIFMA in determining the likely initial cost to the industry and the likely ongoing expense.
SIFMA suggests that the MSRB develop continuing education requirements for municipal advisor representatives.
The MSRB responded by stating that such suggestion is not relevant to the proposed rule change.
SIFMA and its members believe that the process for nomination to the MSRB's PQAC should be fully transparent and the members of PQAC should be listed on the MSRB's Web site.
The MSRB stated that it understands the concern raised by SIFMA and believes that its examinations are developed in a fair, even-handed and suitable manner.
ICI recommends that the MSRB reconsider its current approach to develop only one examination for representatives because such approach will result in use of an examination that does not sufficiently test competencies relevant to the advisory representative's business and is inconsistent with the approach taken by other self-regulatory organizations.
The MSRB responded by stating that it believes that individuals who engage in municipal advisory activities regarding municipal fund securities should demonstrate knowledge of all of the rules and regulations governing municipal advisors.
ICI stated that it recognizes its recommendation of two examinations may impose additional burdens, however, ICI believes such approach is consistent with the manner in which self-regulatory organizations have long implemented examination requirements.
The MSRB responded by noting that self-regulatory organizations have developed a number of qualification examinations; however, most of these examinations are focused on the role of the investment professional, such as compliance officer (Series 14), investment adviser (Series 65), operations professional (Series 99), research analyst (Series 86 and 87), equity trader (Series 55), financial and operations principal (Series 27), general securities principal (Series 24), general securities sales supervisor (Series 9 and 10), and general securities representative (Series 7).
Anonymous Attorney believes that individuals who are Chartered Financial Analyst (“CFA”) charterholders should be exempt from the proposed Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination requirement in the manner suggested by the CFA Institute (“CFAI”) in the CFAI's response to MSRB Regulatory Notice 2014-08.
The MSRB stated that it recognizes the requirements established by CFAI for CFA charterholders and understands that fixed income securities are covered on its examinations.
NAMA supports the efforts of the MSRB to set professional qualification standards for municipal advisor professionals.
The MSRB does not believe that a supplemental or targeted subject area examination approach is appropriate.
Sanchez expressed concern that Amendment No. 1 will effectively create an exemption for municipal securities representatives who engage in financial advisory and consultant services for issuers in connection with the issuance of municipal securities (the “subject activity”) from having to pass the Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination to qualify as municipal advisor representatives.
The MSRB responded by clarifying that Amendment No. 1 would not have the effect of limiting, and was not intended to limit, the applicability of the municipal advisor regulatory regime, including MSRB rules governing the municipal advisory activities of municipal advisors, or to alter the definition of municipal advisory activities.
The MSRB stated that Amendment No. 1 would retain the current language in the MSRB professional qualification rules to prevent any confusion regarding the application of MSRB rules governing dealers to the financial advisory activities of municipal securities representatives while MSRB rules governing municipal advisors are developed and implemented and until the MSRB makes any future determinations regarding the application of such rules.
The Commission has carefully considered the proposed rule change, as modified by the Amendments, as well as the comments received, and the responses by the MSRB to such comments. The Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the MSRB.
In particular, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 15B(b)(2)(A) of the Act, which provides that the MSRB's rules shall provide that no municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer shall effect any transaction in, or induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of, any municipal security, and no broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, or municipal advisor shall provide advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities, unless . . . such municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer and every natural person associated with such municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer meet such standards of training, experience, competence, and such other qualifications as the Board finds necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors and municipal entities or obligated persons.
Additionally, Section 15B(b)(2)(L)(iii) of the Act provides that the MSRB's rules shall provide professional standards with respect to municipal advisors.
Section 15B(b)(2)(L)(iv) of the Act requires that MSRB rules not impose a regulatory burden on small municipal advisors that is not necessary or appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors, municipal entities, and obligated persons, provided that there is robust protection of investors against fraud.
In approving the proposed rule change, the Commission has considered the proposed rule change's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation.
As noted above, the Commission received five comment letters on the proposed rule change and two comment letters on Amendment No. 1. The Commission believes that the MSRB considered carefully and responded adequately to the comments and concerns regarding the proposed rule change and Amendment No. 1. For the reasons noted above, including those discussed in the Amendments and the MSRB Response Letters, the Commission believes that the proposed rule change, as amended by the Amendments, is consistent with the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the Amendments to the proposed rule change are consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
The Commission finds good cause for approving the proposed rule change, as amended by the Amendments, prior to the 30th day after the date of publication of notice in the
The MSRB believes Amendment No. 1 will clarify and ensure that municipal securities representatives or principals who engage in the subject activity remain covered by applicable dealer regulations until such time as the MSRB may determine that such activities are appropriately covered by the developing municipal advisor regulatory framework.
As previously noted, Sanchez and NAMA expressed concern that Amendment No. 1 will effectively provide an exemption for currently qualified municipal securities representative from having to take and pass the Municipal Advisor Representative Qualification Examination.
The Commission believes that the revisions in Amendment No. 1 are being made to address the perception of a regulatory gap and are consistent with the purpose of the proposed rule change. The Commission believes that the revision in Amendment No. 2 is being made to correct a technical error. The Commission does not believe the revisions included in the Amendments raise significant new issues or alter the substance of the proposed rule change because the proposed rule change will retain the current rule language in Rules G-1(a)(ii)(B), G-3(a)(i)(A)(2), and G-3(b)(i)(B). Accordingly, the Commission finds good cause for approving the proposed rule change, as modified by
For the Commission, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, to delete references to the ROLF routing option, which routed orders to LavaFlow ECN.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, to delete references under subparagraphs (7) and (15) to the ROLF routing option, which routed to LavaFlow ECN. These changes are being proposed in response to LavaFlow ECN ceasing market operations on Friday, January 30, 2015. Under Rule 11.11(g)(7), an order utilizing the ROLF routing option first checked the System
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposal will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change is not designed to address any competitive issues but rather avoid investor confusion by eliminating a routing option that is no longer made available by the Exchange.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (1) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (2) impose any significant burden on competition; and (3) by its terms does not become operative for 30 days after the date of this filing, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest as it will allow the Exchange to avoid potential investor confusion during the operative delay period by immediately eliminating exchange rules that account for a routing option that the Exchange can no longer provide due to LavaFlow ECN's cessation of operations.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend the NYSE Arca Options Fee Schedule (“Fee Schedule”) by adding to the Fee Schedule information regarding the number of option issues a Market Maker may have in their assignment in relation to the number of OTPs a Market Maker has. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text
The Exchange proposes to amend the Fee Schedule by adding to the Fee Schedule information from Rule 6.35(d)(1)-(4) regarding the number of options issues a Market Maker may have in its assignment in relation to the number of OTPs a Market Maker has.
The Fee Schedule sets forth the fees and charges that participants on the Exchange can be expected to pay. However, NYSE Arca Market Makers need to refer to Rule 6.35 (d)(1) to (4) to ascertain the number of OTPs they are required to have depending on the number of option issues in their assignment. The Exchange is proposing to include this information in the Fee Schedule so that Market Makers have a single reference point to ascertain fees associated with their activities on the Exchange.
Rule 6.35 (d)(1) to (4) sets forth the trading appointments of participants acting as Market Makers on the Exchange as follows:
(1) Market Makers with 1 OTP may have up to 100 option issues included in their appointment.
(2) Market Makers with 2 OTPs may have up to 250 option issues included in their appointment.
(3) Market Makers with 3 OTPs may have up to 750 option issues included in their appointment.
(4) Market Makers with 4 OTPs may have all option issues traded on the Exchange included in their appointment.
The Exchange proposes to add the information from Rule 6.35(d)(1)-(4) to the Fee Schedule under “NYSE Arca GENERAL OPTIONS and TRADING PERMIT (OTP) FEES,” subsection “NYSE Arca Market Makers.” Because the current fee schedule sets forth the monthly OTP Fees for NYSE Arca Market Makers, the Exchange proposes to delete this text and add the substance of the OTP fees back in a table format, together with the number of option issues permitted in a Market Maker's assignment depending on the OTPs held by such Market Maker as set forth in Rule 6.35(d)(1)-(4). The proposed fee schedule would read as
The Exchange is not proposing any change in the number of OTPs required by Market Makers. The Exchange believes its proposed change would make the Fee Schedule more comprehensive, thereby better informing members.
For consistency, the Exchange also proposes to make a non-substantive formatting change to how it presents and formats the information related to OTP fees for Floor Brokers, Office, and Clearing Firms to align with the proposed changes to Market Maker OTP fees. The Exchange believes this proposed change would add clarify [sic] and consistency to the Fee Schedule.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange believes that the proposed change is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because including in the Fee Schedule the number of permits required of OTP Holders and OTP Firms acting as Market Makers on the Exchange from Rule 6.35 (d)(1) through (4) improves the clarity and transparency of the Fee Schedule, which is to the benefit of all market participants who would be better able to understand the basis for Exchange fees.
The Exchange believes that the proposed non-substantive formatting changes, including to re-organize how it presents information regarding OTP fees (
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. As noted above, the Exchange believes the proposed change will enhance to [sic] comprehensibility of the Fee Schedule to the benefit of all market participants, which is pro-competitive.
The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually review, and consider adjusting, its fees and credits to remain competitive with other exchanges. For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change reflects this competitive environment.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, to delete references to the ROLF routing option, which routed orders to LavaFlow ECN.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, to delete references under subparagraph (7) to the ROLF routing option, which routed to LavaFlow ECN. These changes are being proposed in response to LavaFlow ECN ceasing market operations on Friday, January 30, 2015. Under Rule 11.11(g)(7), an order utilizing the ROLF routing option first checked the System
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposal will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change is not designed to address any competitive issues but rather avoid investor confusion by eliminating a routing option that is no longer made available by the Exchange.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (1) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (2) impose any significant burden on competition; and (3) by its terms does not become operative for 30 days after the date of this filing, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest as it will allow the Exchange to avoid potential investor confusion during the operative delay period by immediately eliminating an exchange rule that accounts for a routing option that the Exchange can no longer provide due to LavaFlow ECN's cessation of operations.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On January 23, 2015, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (the “Exchange” or “CBOE”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)
The Exchange proposes to amend its rules governing the use of order tickets. According to the Exchange, system limitations on CBOE currently may prevent a multi-part order with more than a certain number of legs from being entered on a single order ticket for representation and execution in open outcry as a complex order.
The Exchange proposes to amend CBOE Rule 6.53 to require that complex orders of twelve (12) legs or less (one leg of which may be for an underlying security or security future, as applicable) must be entered on a single order ticket at time of systemization to provide consistency in processing, and to enhance the Exchange's audit trail.
The Exchange also proposes to add Interpretation and Policy .01 to CBOE Rule 24.20 (pertaining to SPX Combo Orders) to require that an SPX Combo Order for twelve (12) legs or less be entered on a single order ticket at time of systemization.
After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
The Commission notes that CBOE's proposal is designed to help enhance the Exchange's audit trail with respect to open outcry complex order processing and SPX Combo Orders. The Commission believes that the proposal will help to protect investors and the public interest because the Commission believes an audit trail serves to provides regulators with information that aids them in surveiling activity on their market.
In addition, the Commission finds good cause, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
Accordingly, the Commission finds that good cause exists for approving the proposed rule change on an accelerated basis.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of each of the issuers detailed below because questions have arisen as to their operating status, if any. Each of the issuers below is quoted on OTC Link operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. OTC Markets Group, Inc., however, has been unable to contact each of these issuers for more than one year. In addition, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has independently endeavored to determine whether any of the issuers below are operating. Each of the issuers below either confirmed that they were no longer operating or were now private companies, failed to respond to the Commission's inquiry about their operating status, did not have an operational address, or failed to provide their registered agent with an operational address. The staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission also determined that none of the issuers below has filed any information with OTC Markets Group, Inc. or the Securities and Exchange Commission for the past year.
The Commission is of the opinion that the public interest and the protection of investors require a suspension of trading in the securities of the above-listed companies.
By the Commission.
Notice of request for public comment.
The Department of State is seeking Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are requesting comments on this collection from all interested individuals and organizations. The purpose of this notice is to allow 60 days for public comment preceding submission of the collection to OMB.
The Department will accept comments from the public up to May 4, 2015.
Direct any comments on this request to Sean Hantak, Program Officer, Department of State, Bureau of Population, Refugees and Migration, Office of Admissions, 2025 E Street NW., Washington DC, 20522.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
You must include the DS form number (if applicable), information collection title, and the OMB control number in any correspondence.
Direct requests for additional information regarding the collection listed in this notice, including requests for copies of the proposed collection instrument and supporting documents to Sean Hantak, PRM/Admissions, 2025 E Street NW., 8th Floor, Washington DC 20520 who may be reached at
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
We are soliciting public comments to permit the Department to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed information collection is necessary for the proper functions of the Department.
• Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the time and cost burden for this proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
• Minimize the reporting burden on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Please note that comments submitted in response to this Notice are public record. Before including any detailed personal information, you should be aware that your comments as submitted, including your personal information, will be available for public review.
The Department of State Bureau of Population, Refugees, and Migration (PRM) is responsible for coordinating and managing the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program (USRAP). PRM coordinates within the Department of State, as well as with the Department of Homeland Security's U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (DHS/USCIS), in carrying out this responsibility. A critical part of the State Department's responsibility is determining which individuals, from among millions of refugees worldwide, will have access to U.S. resettlement consideration. PRM and DHS/USCIS are now assisting with the preparation of a White House directive to initiate an in-country program to provide a means for certain persons who are lawfully present in the United States to claim a relationship with child(ren) in Honduras, El Salvador, and Guatemala and to assist the U.S. Department of State in determining whether those child(ren) are qualified to apply for access to the USRAP for family reunification purposes. This form also assists DHS/USCIS to verify parent-child relationships during refugee case adjudication. The main purpose of the DS-7699 is for the U.S. based parent to provide biographical information about his/her child(ren) in the qualifying countries who may subsequently seek access to the USRAP for verification by the U.S. government.
This information collection currently involves the limited use of electronic techniques. Parents (respondents) in the United States will work closely with a resettlement agency during the completion of the AOR to ensure that the information is accurate. Anchor parents may visit any resettlement agency to complete an AOR. Sometimes respondents do not have strong English-language skills and benefit from having a face-to-face meeting with resettlement agency staff. The DS-7699 form will be available electronically and responses will be completed electronically. Completed AORs will be printed out for ink signature by the respondents as well. The electronic copy will be submitted electronically to the Refugee Processing Center (RPC) for downloading into the Worldwide Refugee Admissions Processing System (WRAPS), with the signed paper copy remaining with PRM's Reception and Placement Agency partners.
Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of Applications.
The following Applications for Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity and Foreign Air Carrier Permits were filed under Subpart B (formerly Subpart Q) of the Department of Transportation's Procedural Regulations (See 14 CFR 302. 201
Joint application of Alitalia—Compagnia Aerea Italiana S.p.A. (“Alitalia”) and Alitalia—Societa Aerea Italiana S.p.A. (“Alitalia Societa”) requesting (i) an exemption for Alitalia Societa to provide scheduled and charter foreign air transportation of persons, property and mail, (ii) the transfer and re-issuance of Alitalia's foreign air carrier permit from Alitalia to Alitalia Societa, and (iii) the transfer and re-issuance of Alitalia's codeshare statements of authorization to Alitalia Societa.
Application of Connect Air Ltd. requesting a foreign air carrier permit to enable Connect Air to operate with 703/104/705 category aircraft: (1) Charter foreign air transportation of persons, property and mail between any point or points in Canada and any point or points in the United States, and between any point or points in the United States and any point or points in a third country or countries, provided that, except with respect to cargo charters, such service constitutes part of a continuous operation, with or without a change of aircraft, that includes service to Canada for the purpose of carrying local traffic between Canada and the United States; and (2) other charters. Connect Air also requests: (1) Exemption authority, to the extent necessary to enable it to hold out and provide the service described above; and (2) such additional or other relief as the Department may deem necessary or appropriate.
Application of JetMagic Ltd. (“JetMagic”) requesting a foreign air carrier permit authorizing JetMagic authority to the extent necessary to engage in: (1) Charter foreign air transportation of persons, property and mail between any point or points behind any Member State of the European Union via any point or points in any Member State and via intermediate points to any point or point in the United States or beyond; (2)
Department of Transportation (DOT).
The following Applications for Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity and Foreign Air Carrier Permits were filed under Subpart B (formerly Subpart Q) of the Department of Transportation's Procedural Regulations (See 14 CFR 302. 201
Application of Air Busan Co., Ltd. requesting an exemption and a foreign air carrier permit authorizing Air Busan to engage in (1) scheduled foreign air transportation of persons, property, and mail from points behind the Republic of Korea via the Republic of Korea and intermediate points to a point or points in the United States and beyond; (2) charter foreign air transportation of persons, property and mail between any point or points in the Republic of Korea and any point or points in the United States, and between any point or points in the United States and any point or points in a third country or countries, provided that such service constitutes part of a continuous operation, with or without a change of aircraft, that includes service to the Republic of Korea for the purpose of carrying local traffic between the Republic of Korea and the United States; and (3) other charter foreign air transportation.
Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of Applications.
The following Applications for Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity and Foreign Air Carrier Permits were filed under Subpart B (formerly Subpart Q) of the Department of Transportation's Procedural Regulations (See 14 CFR 302. 201
Application of TransAsia Airways Corporation requesting an exemption and foreign a carrier permit authorizing it to engage in charter foreign air transportation of persons, property and mail from points behind Taiwan, via Taiwan and intermediate points, and any point or points in the United States, and beyond to the full extent permitted by the open skies Air Transport Agreement between the American Institute in Taiwan and the Taipei Economic and Cultural Representative Office of 1997; and other charters pursuant to the prior approval requirements set forth in the Department's regulations.
Application of euroAtlantic Airways-Transportes Aeros, S.A. requesting an exemption and amended foreign air carrier permit to provide scheduled foreign air transportation: (a) Foreign scheduled air transportation of persons, property and mail from any point or points behind any Member State of the European Union via any point or points in any Member State and via intermediate points to any point or points in the United States and beyond; (b) foreign scheduled air transportation of persons, property and mail between any point or points in the United States and any point or points in any member of the European Common Aviation Area; (c) foreign scheduled cargo air transportation between any point or points in the United States and any other point or points; (d) scheduled transportation consistent with any future, additional rights that may be granted to foreign air carriers of the Member States of the European Community.
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Notice.
The Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets
The unblocking and removal from the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN List) of the one individual and entity identified in this notice whose property and interests in property were blocked pursuant to the Kingpin Act, is effective on February 24, 2015.
Assistant Director, Sanctions Compliance & Evaluation, Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, Washington, DC 20220, Tel: (202) 622-2420.
This document and additional information concerning OFAC are available from OFAC's Web site at
On December 3, 1999, the Kingpin Act was signed into law by the President of the United States. The Kingpin Act provides a statutory framework for the President to impose sanctions against significant foreign narcotics traffickers and their organizations on a worldwide basis, with the objective of denying their businesses and agents access to the U.S. financial system and to the benefits of trade and transactions involving U.S. persons and entities.
The Kingpin Act blocks all property and interests in property, subject to U.S. jurisdiction, owned or controlled by significant foreign narcotics traffickers as identified by the President. In addition, the Secretary of the Treasury consults with the Attorney General, the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of State, and the Secretary of Homeland Security when designating and blocking the property or interests in property, subject to U.S. jurisdiction, of persons or entities found to be: (1) Materially assisting in, or providing financial or technological support for or to, or providing goods or services in support of, the international narcotics trafficking activities of a person designated pursuant to the Kingpin Act; (2) owned, controlled, or directed by, or acting for or on behalf of, a person designated pursuant to the Kingpin Act; and/or (3) playing a significant role in international narcotics trafficking.
On February 24, 2015, the Assistant Director of the Office of Global Targeting removed from the SDN List the individual and entity listed below, whose property and interests in property were blocked pursuant to the Kingpin Act:
1. ALBA CERDA, Salvador, Avenida Pacifico No. 2834, Seccion Costa de Oro Fraccionamiento Playas de Tijuana 22250, Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico; Avenida Pacifico No. 2408, Seccion Costa de Oro Fraccionamiento Playas de Tijuana 22250, Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico; c/o Farmacia Vida Suprema, S.A. DE C.V., Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico; c/o Distribuidora Imperial De Baja California, S.A. DE C.V., Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico; c/o ADP, S.C., Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico; DOB 25 Dec 1947; POB Patzcuaro, Michoacan; Credencial electoral 125324910951 (Mexico) (individual) [SDNTK].
2. FREIGHT MOVERS INTERNATIONAL, Airport Road, Basseterre, Basseterre, Saint Kitts and Nevis; Church Street, Basseterre, Basseterre, Saint Kitts and Nevis; Offices in St. Kitts and Nevins, West Indies ONLY [SDNTK].
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice of meeting.
An open meeting of the Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Tax Forms and Publications Project Committee will be conducted. The Taxpayer Advocacy Panel is soliciting public comments, ideas and suggestions on improving customer service at the Internal Revenue Service.
The meeting will be held March 19, 2015.
Donna Powers at 1-888-912-1227 or (954) 423-7977.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. (1988) that an open meeting of the Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Tax Forms and Publications Project Committee will be held Thursday, March 19, 2015 at 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time via teleconference. The public is invited to make oral comments or submit written statements for consideration. Due to limited conference lines, notification of intent to participate must be made with Donna Powers. For more information please contact: Donna Powers at 1-888-912-1227 or (954) 423-7977 or write: TAP Office, 1000 S. Pine Island Road, Plantation, FL 33324 or contact us at the Web site:
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS received an application from Shell Gulf of Mexico Inc. (Shell) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to offshore exploration drilling on Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) leases in the Chukchi Sea, Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to Shell to take, by Level B harassment only, 12 species of marine mammals during the specified activity.
Comments and information must be received no later than April 3, 2015.
Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email comments is
A copy of the application, which contains several attachments, including Shell's marine mammal mitigation and monitoring plan (4MP) and Plan of Cooperation, used in this document may be obtained by writing to the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see
Shane Guan, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.”
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment].
On September 18, 2014, Shell submitted an application to NMFS for the taking of marine mammals incidental to exploration drilling activities in the Chukchi Sea, Alaska. After receiving comments and questions from NMFS, Shell revised its IHA application and 4MP on December 17, 2014. NMFS determined that the application was adequate and complete on January 5, 2015.
The proposed activity would occur between July and October 2015. The following specific aspects of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of marine mammals: Exploration drilling, supply and drilling support vessels using dynamic positioning, mudline cellar construction, anchor handling, ice management activities, and zero-offset vertical seismic profiling (ZVSP) activities.
Shell has requested an authorization to take 13 marine mammal species by Level B harassment. However, the narwhal (
In 2012, NMFS issued two IHAs to Shell to conducted two exploratory drilling activities at exploration wells in the Beaufort (77 FR 27284; May 9, 2012) and Chukchi (77 FR 27322; May 9, 2012) Seas, Alaska, during the 2012 Arctic open-water season (July through October). Shell's proposed 2015 exploration drilling program is similar to those conducted in 2012. In December 2012, Shell submitted two additional IHA applications to take marine mammals incidental to its proposed exploratory drilling in Beaufort and Chukchi Seas during the 2013 open-water season. However, Shell withdrew its application in February 2013.
Shell proposes to conduct exploration drilling at up to four exploration drill sites at Shell's Burger Prospect on the OCS leases acquired from the U.S. Department of Interior, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM). The exploration drilling planned for the
Shell plans to use two drilling units, the drillship
Shell anticipates that its exploration drilling program will occur between July 1 and approximately October 31, 2015. The drilling units will move through the Bering Strait and into the Chukchi Sea on or after July 1, 2015, and then onto the Burger Prospect as soon as ice and weather conditions allow. Exploration drilling activities will continue until about October 31, 2015, the drilling units and support vessels will exit the Chukchi Sea at the conclusion of the exploration drilling season. Transit entirely out of the Chukchi Sea by all vessels associated with exploration drilling may take well into the month of November due to ice, weather, and sea states.
All drill sites at which exploration drilling would occur in 2015 will be at Shell's Burger Prospect (see Figure 1-1 on page 1-2 of Shell's IHA application). Shell has identified a total of six Chukchi Sea lease blocks on the Burger Prospect. All six drill sites are located more than 64 mi (103 km) off the Chukchi Sea coast. During 2015, the
Activities associated with the Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program and analyzed herein include operation of the
The specific activities that may result in incidental taking of marine mammals based on the IHA application are limited to Shell's exploration drilling program and related activities. Activities include exploration drilling sounds, MLC construction, anchor handling while mooring a drilling unit at a drill site, vessels on DP when tending to a drilling unit, ice management, and zero-offset vertical seismic profile (ZVSP) surveys.
In 2015 Shell plans to continue its exploration drilling program on BOEM Alaska OCS leases at drill sites greater than 64 mi (103 km) from the Chukchi Sea coast during the 2015 drilling season. Shell plans to conduct exploration drilling activities at up to four drill sites at the Burger Prospect utilizing two drilling units, the drillship
During 2012, Shell drilled a partial well at the Burger A drill site. Drilling at Burger A did not reach a depth at which a ZVSP survey would be conducted. Consequently one was not performed.
A mudline cellar (MLC) will be constructed at each drill site. The MLCs will be constructed in the seafloor using a large diameter bit operated by hydraulic motors and suspended from the
During exploration drilling, the
Two ice management vessels will support the drilling units. These vessels will enter and exit the Chukchi Sea with or ahead of the drilling units, and will generally remain in the vicinity of the drilling units during the drilling season. Ice management and ice scouting is expected to occur at distances of 20 mi (32 km) and 30 mi (48 km) respectively from drill site locations. However, these vessels may have to range beyond these distances depending on ice conditions.
Up to three anchor handlers will support the drilling units. These vessels will enter and exit the Chukchi Sea with or ahead of the drilling units, and will generally remain in the vicinity of the drilling units during the drilling season. When the vessels are not anchor handling, they will be available to provide other general support. Two of the three anchor handlers may be used to perform secondary ice management tasks if needed.
The planned exploration drilling activities will use three offshore supply vessels (OSVs) for resupply of the drilling units and support vessels. Drilling materials, food, fuel, and other supplies will be picked up in Dutch Harbor (with possible minor resupply coming out of Kotzebue) and transported to the drilling units and support vessels.
Shell plans to use up to two science vessels; one for each drilling unit, from which sampling of ocean water and sediments prior to and following drilling discharges would be conducted. The science vessel specifications are based on larger OSVs, but smaller vessels may be used.
Two tugs will tow the
Shell may deploy a MLC ROV system from an OSV type vessel that could be used to construct MLCs prior to a drilling units arriving. If used, this vessel would be located at a drill site on the Burger Prospect. When not in use, the vessel would be outside of the Chukchi Sea
The oil spill response (OSR) vessel types supporting the exploration drilling program are listed in Table 1.2 of Shell's IHA application.
One dedicated OSR barge and on-site oil spill response vessel (OSRV) will be staged in the vicinity of the drilling unit(s) when drilling into potential liquid hydrocarbon bearing zones. This will enable the OSRV to respond to a spill and provide containment, recovery, and storage for the initial response period in the unlikely event of a well control incident.
The OSR barge, associated tug, and OSRV possess sufficient storage capacity to provide containment, recovery, and storage for the initial response period. Shell plans to use two
The tug and barge will be used for nearshore OSR. The nearshore tug and barge will be moored near Goodhope Bay, Kotzebue Sound. The nearshore tug and barge will also carry response equipment, including one 47 ft. (14 m) skimming vessel, 34 ft. (10 m) workboats, mini-barges, boom and duplex skimming units for nearshore recovery and possibly support nearshore protection. The nearshore tug and barge will also carry designated response personnel and will mobilize to recovery areas, deploy equipment, and begin response operations.
Offshore operations will be serviced by up to three helicopters operated out of an onshore support base in Barrow. The helicopters are not yet contracted. Sikorsky S-92s (or similar) will be used to transport crews between the onshore support base, the drilling units and support vessels with helidecks. The helicopters will also be used to haul small amounts of food, materials, equipment, samples and waste between vessels and the shorebase. Approximately 40 Barrow to Burger Prospect round trip flights will occur each week to support the additional crew change necessities for an additional drilling unit, support vessels, and required sampling.
The route chosen will depend on weather conditions and whether subsistence users are active on land or at sea. These routes may be modified depending on weather and subsistence uses.
Shell will also have a dedicated helicopter for Search and Rescue (SAR). The SAR helicopter is expected to be a Sikorsky S-92 (or similar). This aircraft will stay grounded at the Barrow shore base location except during training drills, emergencies, and other non-routine events. The SAR helicopter and crew plan training flights for approximately 40 hr/month.
A fixed wing propeller or turboprop aircraft, such as the Saab 340-B, Beechcraft 1900, or De Havilland Dash 8, will be used to transport crews, materials, and equipment between Wainwright and hub airports such as Barrow or Fairbanks. It is anticipated that there will be one round trip flight every three weeks.
A fixed wing aircraft, Gulfstream Aero-Commander (or similar), will be used for photographic surveys of marine mammals. These flights will take place daily depending on weather conditions. Flight paths are located in the Marine Mammal Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (4MP).
An additional Gulfstream Aero Commander may be used to provide ice reconnaissance flights to monitor ice conditions around the Burger Prospect. Typically, the flights will focus on the ice conditions within 50 mi (80 km) of the drill sites, but more extensive ice reconnaissance may occur beyond 50 mi (80 km).
These flights will occur at an altitude of approximately 3,000 ft. (915 m).
Shell may conduct a geophysical survey referred to as a vertical seismic profile (VSP) survey at each drill site where a well is drilled in 2015. During VSP surveys, an airgun array is deployed at a location near or adjacent to the drilling units, while receivers are placed (temporarily anchored) in the wellbore. The sound source (airgun array) is fired, and the reflected sonic waves are recorded by receivers (geophones) located in the wellbore. The geophones, typically a string of them, are then raised up to the next interval in the wellbore and the process is repeated until the entire wellbore has been surveyed. The purpose of the VSP is to gather geophysical information at various depths, which can then be used to tie-in or groundtruth geophysical information from the previous seismic surveys with geological data collected within the wellbore.
Shell will be conducting a particular form of VSP referred to as a zero-offset VSP (ZVSP), in which the sound source is maintained at a constant location near the wellbore (Figure 1-2 in IHA application). Shell may use one of two typical sound sources: (1) A three-airgun array consisting of three, 150 cubic inches (in
A ZVSP survey is normally conducted at each well after total depth is reached, but may be conducted at a shallower depth. For each survey, Shell would deploy the sound source (airgun array) over the side of the
The sound source will be pressured up to 3,000 pounds per square inch (psi), and activated 5-7 times at approximately 20-second intervals. The VSI will then be moved to the next interval of the wellbore and re-anchored, after which the airgun array will again be activated 5-7 times. This process will be repeated until the entire wellbore is surveyed. The interval between anchor points for the VSI is usually 200-300 ft. (61-91 m). A normal ZVSP survey is conducted over a period of about 10-14 hours depending on the depth of the well and the number of anchoring points.
The exploration drilling program is located in an area that is characterized by active sea ice movement, ice scouring, and storm surges. In anticipation of potential ice hazards that may be encountered, Shell will implement a Drilling Ice Management Plan (DIMP) to ensure real-time ice and weather forecasting that will identify conditions that could put operations at risk, allowing Shell to modify its activities accordingly.
Shell's ice management fleet will consist of four vessels: two ice management vessels and two anchor handler/icebreakers. Ice management that is necessary for safe operations during Shell's planned exploration drilling program will occur far out in the OCS, remote from the vicinities of any routine marine vessel traffic in the Chukchi Sea, thereby resulting in no threat to public safety or services that occur near to shore. Shell vessels will also communicate movements and activities through the 2015 North Slope Communications Centers (Com Centers). Management of ice will occur during the drilling season predominated by open water, thus it will not contribute to ice hazards, such as ridging, override, or pileup in an offshore or nearshore environment.
The ice-management/anchor handling vessels will manage the ice by deflecting any ice floes that could affect the
Ice floe frequency and intensity is unpredictable and could range from no ice to ice densities that exceed ice-management capabilities, in which case drilling activities might be stopped and the drilling units disconnected from their moorings and moved off site. The
During the 2012 drilling season, a total of seven days of active ice management by vessels occurred in support of Shell's exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea.
When ice is present at a drill site, ice disturbance will be limited to the minimum amount needed to allow drilling to continue. First-year ice will be the type most likely to be encountered. The ice-management vessel will be tasked with managing the ice so that it flows easily around the drilling units and their anchor moorings without building up in front of either. This type of ice is managed by the ice-management vessel continually moving back and forth across the drift line, directly up drift of the drilling units and making turns at both ends, or in circular patterns. During ice-management, the vessel's propeller is rotating at approximately 15 to 20% of the vessel's propeller rotation capacity. Ice management occurs with slow movements of the vessel using lower power and therefore slower propeller rotation speed (
As detailed in Shell's Drilling Ice Management Plan (DIMP), in 2012 Shell's ice management vessels conducted ice management to protect moorings for the
The Chukchi Sea supports a diverse assemblage of marine mammals, including: Bowhead, gray, beluga, killer, minke, humpback, and fin whales; harbor porpoise; ringed, ribbon, spotted, and bearded seals; narwhals; polar bears (
Of these species, 12 are expected to occur in the area of Shell's proposed operations. These species are: The bowhead, gray, humpback, minke, fin, killer, and beluga whales; harbor porpoise; and the ringed, spotted, bearded, and ribbon seals. Beluga, bowhead, and gray whales, harbor porpoise, and ringed, bearded, and spotted seals are anticipated to be encountered more than the other marine mammal species mentioned here. The marine mammal species that is likely to be encountered most widely (in space and time) throughout the period of the proposed drilling program is the ringed seal. Encounters with bowhead and gray whales are expected to be limited to particular seasons, as discussed later in this document. Where available, Shell used density estimates from peer-reviewed literature in the application. In cases where density estimates were not readily available in the peer-reviewed literature, Shell used other methods to derive the estimates. NMFS reviewed the density estimate descriptions and articles from which estimates were derived and requested additional information to better explain the density estimates presented by Shell in its application. This additional information was included in the revised IHA application. The explanation for those derivations and the actual density estimates are described later in this document (see the “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section).
The narwhal occurs in Canadian waters and occasionally in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea and the Chukchi Sea, but it is considered extralimital in U.S. waters and is not expected to be encountered. There are scattered records of narwhal in Alaskan waters, including reports by subsistence hunters, where the species is considered extralimital (Reeves
Shell's application contains information on the status, distribution, seasonal distribution, abundance, and life history of each of the species under NMFS jurisdiction mentioned in this
Table 1 lists the 12 marine mammal species or stocks under NMFS jurisdiction with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area.
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the types of stressors associated with the specified activity (
Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's pitch and is measured in hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while sound level describes the sound's intensity and is measured in decibels (dB). Sound level increases or decreases exponentially with each dB of change. The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10-dB increase is a 10-fold increase in acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase is then a 100-fold increase in power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic power does not mean that the
Exploration drilling will be conducted from the drilling units
Most drilling sounds generated from vessel-based operations occur at relatively low frequencies below 600 Hz although tones up to 1,850 Hz were recorded by Greene (1987a) during drilling operations in the Beaufort Sea. At a range of 0.17 km, the 20-1000 Hz band level was 122-125 dB re 1μ Pa rms for the drillship
Two sound sources have been proposed by Shell for the ZVSP surveys in 2015. The first is a small airgun array that consists of three 150 in
Airguns function by venting high-pressure air into the water. The pressure signature of an individual airgun consists of a sharp rise and then fall in pressure, followed by several positive and negative pressure excursions caused by oscillation of the resulting air bubble. The sizes, arrangement, and firing times of the individual airguns in an array are designed and synchronized to suppress the pressure oscillations subsequent to the first cycle. A typical high-energy airgun arrays emit most energy at 10-120 Hz. However, the pulses contain energy up to 500-1000 Hz and some energy at higher frequencies (Goold and Fish 1998; Potter
Helicopters may be used for personnel and equipment transport to and from the drilling units and support vessels. Under calm conditions, rotor and engine sounds are coupled into the water within a 26° cone beneath the aircraft. Some of the sound will transmit beyond the immediate area, and some sound will enter the water outside the 26° area when the sea surface is rough. However, scattering and absorption will limit lateral propagation in the shallow water.
Dominant tones in noise spectra from helicopters are generally below 500 Hz (Greene and Moore 1995). Harmonics of the main rotor and tail rotor usually dominate the sound from helicopters; however, many additional tones associated with the engines and other rotating parts are sometimes present. Because of doppler shift effects, the frequencies of tones received at a stationary site diminish when an aircraft passes overhead. The apparent frequency is increased while the aircraft approaches and is reduced while it moves away.
Aircraft flyovers are not heard underwater for very long, especially when compared to how long they are heard in air as the aircraft approaches an observer. Helicopters flying to and from the drilling units will generally maintain straight-line routes at altitudes of 1,500 ft. (457 m) above sea level, thereby limiting the received levels at and below the surface.
In addition to the drilling units, various types of vessels will be used in support of the operations including ice management vessels, anchor handlers, OSVs, and OSR vessels. Sounds from boats and vessels have been reported extensively (Greene and Moore 1995; Blackwell and Greene 2002, 2005, 2006). Numerous measurements of underwater vessel sound have been performed in support of recent industry activity in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. Results of these measurements were reported in various 90-day and comprehensive reports since 2007. For example, Garner and Hannay (2009) estimated sound pressure levels of 100 dB re 1 μ Pa rms at distances ranging from ~1.5 to 2.3 mi (~2.4 to 3.7 km) from various types of barges. MacDonnell
The primary sources of sounds from all vessel classes are propeller cavitation, propeller singing, and propulsion or other machinery. Propeller cavitation is usually the dominant noise source for vessels (Ross 1976). Propeller cavitation and singing are produced outside the hull, whereas propulsion or other machinery noise originates inside the hull. There are additional sounds produced by vessel activity, such as pumps, generators, flow noise from water passing over the hull, and bubbles breaking in the wake. Icebreakers contribute greater sound levels during ice-breaking activities than ships of similar size during normal operation in open water (Richardson
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data, Southall
• Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 30 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and bottlenose whales): functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species of cephalorhynchids): functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz;
• Phocid pinnipeds in Water: functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz; and
• Otariid pinnipeds in Water: functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 100 Hz and 40 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, 12 marine mammal species or stocks (nine cetaceans and four phocid pinnipeds) may occur in the proposed seismic survey area. Of the nine cetacean species or stocks likely to occur in the proposed project area and for which take is requested, two are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (
Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industry activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water at distances of many kilometers. Numerous studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show no apparent response to industry activities of various types (Miller
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, often at similar frequencies. Marine mammals are highly dependent on sound, and their ability to recognize sound signals amid other noise is important in communication, predator and prey detection, and, in the case of toothed whales, echolocation. Even in the absence of manmade sounds, the sea is usually noisy. Background ambient noise often interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to detect a sound signal even when that signal is above its absolute hearing threshold. Natural ambient noise includes contributions from wind, waves, precipitation, other animals, and (at frequencies above 30 kHz) thermal noise resulting from molecular agitation (Richardson
Although some degree of masking is inevitable when high levels of manmade broadband sounds are introduced into the sea, marine mammals have evolved systems and behavior that function to reduce the impacts of masking. Structured signals, such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales, may be readily detected even in the presence of strong background noise because their frequency content and temporal features usually differ strongly from those of the background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of background noise that are similar in frequency to the sound signal in question primarily determine the degree of masking of that signal.
Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the same direction. The sound localization abilities of
These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
Masking effects of underwater sounds from Shell's proposed activities on marine mammal calls and other natural sounds are expected to be limited. For example, beluga whales primarily use high-frequency sounds to communicate and locate prey; therefore, masking by low-frequency sounds associated with drilling activities is not expected to occur (Gales, 1982, as cited in Shell, 2009). If the distance between communicating whales does not exceed their distance from the drilling activity, the likelihood of potential impacts from masking would be low (Gales, 1982, as cited in Shell, 2009). At distances greater than 660-1,300 ft (200-400 m), recorded sounds from drilling activities did not affect behavior of beluga whales, even though the sound energy level and frequency were such that it could be heard several kilometers away (Richardson
There is evidence of other marine mammal species continuing to call in the presence of industrial activity. Annual acoustical monitoring near BP's Northstar production facility during the fall bowhead migration westward through the Beaufort Sea has recorded thousands of calls each year (for examples, see Richardson
Although some masking by marine mammal species in the area may occur, the extent of the masking interference will depend on the spatial relationship of the animal and Shell's activity. Almost all energy in the sounds emitted by drilling and other operational activities is at low frequencies, predominantly below 250 Hz with another peak centered around 1,000 Hz. Most energy in the sounds from the vessels and aircraft to be used during this project is below 1 kHz (Moore
Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-specific. Many different variables can influence an animal's perception of and response to (in both nature and magnitude) an acoustic event. An animal's prior experience with a sound or sound source affects whether it is less likely (habituation) or more likely (sensitization) to respond to certain sounds in the future (animals can also be innately pre-disposed to respond to
Exposure of marine mammals to sound sources can result in (but is not limited to) no response or any of the following observable responses: Increased alertness; orientation or attraction to a sound source; vocal modifications; cessation of feeding; cessation of social interaction; alteration of movement or diving behavior; avoidance; habitat abandonment (temporary or permanent); and, in severe cases, panic, flight, stampede, or stranding, potentially resulting in death (Southall
Detailed studies regarding responses to anthropogenic sound have been conducted on humpback, gray, and bowhead whales and ringed seals. Less detailed data are available for some other species of baleen whales, sperm whales, small toothed whales, and sea otters. The following sub-sections provide examples of behavioral responses that demonstrate the variability in behavioral responses that would be expected given the different sensitivities of marine mammal species to sound.
Some bowheads appeared to divert from their migratory path after exposure to projected icebreaker sounds. Other bowheads however, tolerated projected icebreaker sound at levels 20 dB and more above ambient sound levels. The source level of the projected sound however, was much less than that of an actual icebreaker, and reaction distances to actual icebreaking may be much greater than those reported here for projected sounds.
Brewer
Richardson
Patenaude
During their study, Patenaude
Richardson
Southall
Baker
Malme
Richardson
McCauley
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed line transect census data in which the orientation and distance off transect line were reported for large numbers of minke whales. The authors developed a method to account for effects of animal movement in response to sighting platforms. Minor changes in locomotion speed, direction, and/or diving profile were reported at ranges from 1,847 to 2,352 ft (563 to 717 m) at received levels of 110 to 120 dB.
Biassoni
Frankel and Clark (1998) conducted playback experiments with wintering humpback whales using a single speaker producing a low-frequency “M-sequence” (sine wave with multiple-phase reversals) signal in the 60 to 90 Hz band with output of 172 dB at 1 m. For 11 playbacks, exposures were between 120 and 130 dB re 1 µPa (rms) and included sufficient information regarding individual responses. During eight of the trials, there were no measurable differences in tracks or bearings relative to control conditions, whereas on three occasions, whales either moved slightly away from (n = 1) or towards (n = 2) the playback speaker during exposure. The presence of the source vessel itself had a greater effect than did the M-sequence playback.
Finally, Nowacek
At least six of 17 groups of beluga whales appeared to alter their migration path in response to underwater playbacks of icebreaker sound in the Arctic (Richardson
Patenaude
In reviewing responses of cetaceans with best hearing in mid-frequency ranges, which includes toothed whales, Southall
LGL and Greeneridge (1986) and Finley
The 1982 season observations by LGL and Greeneridge (1986) involved a single passage of an icebreaker with both ice-based and aerial measurements on June 28, 1982. Four groups of narwhals (n = 9 to 10, 7, 7, and 6) responded when the ship was 4 mi (6.4 km) away (received levels of approximately 100 dB in the 150- to 1,150-Hz band). At a later point, observers sighted belugas moving away from the source at more than 12.4 mi (20 km; received levels of approximately 90 dB in the 150- to 1,150-Hz band). The total number of animals observed fleeing was about 300, suggesting approximately 100 independent groups (of three individuals each). No whales were sighted the following day, but some were sighted on June 30, with ship noise audible at spectrum levels of approximately 55 dB/Hz (up to 4 kHz).
Observations during 1983 (LGL and Greeneridge, 1986) involved two icebreaking ships with aerial survey and ice-based observations during seven sampling periods. Narwhals and belugas generally reacted at received levels ranging from 101 to 121 dB in the 20- to 1,000-Hz band and at a distance of up to 40.4 mi (65 km). Large numbers (100s) of beluga whales moved out of the area at higher received levels. As noise levels from icebreaking operations diminished, a total of 45 narwhals returned to the area and engaged in diving and foraging behavior. During the final sampling period, following an 8-h quiet interval, no reactions were seen from 28 narwhals and 17 belugas (at received levels ranging up to 115 dB).
The final season (1984) reported in LGL and Greeneridge (1986) involved aerial surveys before, during, and after the passage of two icebreaking ships. During operations, no belugas and few narwhals were observed in an area approximately 16.8 mi (27 km) ahead of the vessels, and all whales sighted over 12.4-50 mi (20-80 km) from the ships were swimming strongly away. Additional observations confirmed the spatial extent of avoidance reactions to this sound source in this context.
Buckstaff (2004) reported elevated dolphin whistle rates with received levels from oncoming vessels in the 110 to 120 dB range in Sarasota Bay, Florida. These hearing thresholds were apparently lower than those reported by a researcher listening with towed hydrophones. Morisaka
Morton and Symonds (2002) used census data on killer whales in British Columbia to evaluate avoidance of non-pulse acoustic harassment devices (AHDs). Avoidance ranges were about 2.5 mi (4 km). Also, there was a dramatic reduction in the number of days “resident” killer whales were sighted during AHD-active periods compared to pre- and post-exposure periods and a nearby control site.
Monteiro-Neto
Awbrey and Stewart (1983) played back semi-submersible drillship sounds (source level: 163 dB) to belugas in Alaska. They reported avoidance reactions at 984 and 4,921 ft (300 and 1,500 m) and approach by groups at a distance of 2.2 mi (3.5 km; received levels were approximately 110 to 145 dB over these ranges assuming a 15 log R transmission loss). Similarly, Richardson
Two studies deal with issues related to changes in marine mammal vocal behavior as a function of variable background noise levels. Foote
Several researchers conducting laboratory experiments on hearing and the effects of non-pulse sounds on hearing in mid-frequency cetaceans have reported concurrent behavioral responses. Nachtigall
Blackwell
Southall
Jacobs and Terhune (2002) observed harbor seal reactions to AHDs (source level in this study was 172 dB) deployed around aquaculture sites. Seals were generally unresponsive to sounds from the AHDs. During two specific events, individuals came within 141 and 144 ft (43 and 44 m) of active AHDs and failed to demonstrate any measurable behavioral response; estimated received levels based on the measures given were approximately 120 to 130 dB.
Costa
Kastelein
Potential effects to pinnipeds from aircraft activity could involve both acoustic and non-acoustic effects. It is uncertain if the seals react to the sound of the helicopter or to its physical presence flying overhead. Typical reactions of hauled out pinnipeds to aircraft that have been observed include looking up at the aircraft, moving on the ice or land, entering a breathing hole or crack in the ice, or entering the water. Ice seals hauled out on the ice have been observed diving into the water when approached by a low-flying aircraft or helicopter (Burns and Harbo, 1972, cited in Richardson
Blackwell
Born
Spotted seals hauled out on land in summer are unusually sensitive to aircraft overflights compared to other species. They often rush into the water when an aircraft flies by at altitudes up to 984-2,461 ft (300-750 m). They
Temporary or permanent hearing impairment is a possibility when marine mammals are exposed to very strong sounds. Non-auditory physiological effects might also occur in marine mammals exposed to strong underwater sound. Possible types of non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in mammals close to a strong sound source include stress, neurological effects, bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage. It is possible that some marine mammal species (
Numerous studies have shown that pulsed sounds from airguns are often readily detectable in the water at distances of many kilometers. Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in
As stated earlier in this document, masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, often at similar frequencies. For full details about masking, see the previous subsection in this document (“
There is evidence of some marine mammal species continuing to call in the presence of industrial activity. McDonald
There is little concern regarding masking due to the brief duration of these pulses and relatively longer silence between airgun shots (9-12 seconds) near the sound source. However, at long distances (over tens of kilometers away) in deep water, due to multipath propagation and reverberation, the durations of airgun pulses can be “stretched” to seconds with long decays (Madsen
As was described in more detail in the previous sub-section (“
Results of studies of gray, bowhead, and humpback whales have determined that received levels of pulses in the 160-170 dB re 1 µPa rms range seem to cause obvious avoidance behavior in a substantial fraction of the animals exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses from large arrays of airguns diminish to those levels at distances ranging from 2.8-9 mi (4.5-14.5 km) from the source. For the much smaller airgun array used during the ZVSP survey (total discharge volume of 760 in
Malme
Data on short-term reactions (or lack of reactions) of cetaceans to impulsive noises do not necessarily provide information about long-term effects. While it is not certain whether impulsive noises affect reproductive rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or years, certain species have continued to use areas ensonified by airguns and have continued to increase in number despite successive years of anthropogenic activity in the area. Gray whales continued to migrate annually along the west coast of North America despite intermittent seismic exploration and much ship traffic in that area for decades (Appendix A in Malme
Seismic operators and marine mammal observers sometimes see dolphins and other small toothed whales near operating airgun arrays, but, in general, there seems to be a tendency for most delphinids to show some limited avoidance of seismic vessels operating large airgun systems. However, some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic vessel and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel even when large arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless, there have been indications that small toothed whales sometimes move away or maintain a somewhat greater distance from the vessel when a large array of airguns is operating than when it is silent (
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of more relevance in this project) beluga whales exhibit changes in behavior when exposed to strong pulsed sounds similar in duration to those typically used in seismic surveys (Finneran
Reactions of toothed whales to large arrays of airguns are variable and, at least for delphinids, seem to be confined to a smaller radius than has been observed for mysticetes. However, based on the limited existing evidence, belugas should not be grouped with delphinids in the “less responsive” category.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics and in interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
Researchers have derived TTS information for odontocetes from studies on the bottlenose dolphin and beluga. For the one harbor porpoise tested, the received level of airgun sound that elicited onset of TTS was lower (Lucke
For baleen whales, there are no data, direct or indirect, on levels or properties of sound that are required to induce TTS. The frequencies to which baleen whales are most sensitive are assumed to be lower than those to which odontocetes are most sensitive, and natural background noise levels at those low frequencies tend to be higher. As a result, auditory thresholds of baleen whales within their frequency band of best hearing are believed to be higher (less sensitive) than are those of odontocetes at their best frequencies (Clark and Ellison, 2004), meaning that baleen whales require sounds to be louder (
In pinnipeds, TTS thresholds associated with exposure to brief pulses (single or multiple) of underwater sound have not been measured. However, systematic TTS studies on captive pinnipeds have been conducted (Bowles
NMFS has established acoustic thresholds that identify the received sound levels above which hearing impairment or other injury could potentially occur, which are 180 and 190 dB re 1 μPa (rms) for cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively (NMFS 1995, 2000). The established 180- and 190-dB criteria were established before additional TTS measurements for marine mammals became available, and represent the received levels above which one could not be certain there would be no injurious effects, auditory or otherwise, to marine mammals. TTS is considered by NMFS to be a type of Level B (non-injurious) harassment. The 180- and 190-dB levels are also typically used as shutdown criteria for mitigation applicable to cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively, as specified by NMFS (2000) and are used to establish exclusion zones (EZs), as appropriate. Additionally, based on the summary provided here and the fact that modeling indicates the back-propagated source level for the
There is no specific evidence that exposure to underwater industrial sound associated with oil exploration can cause PTS in any marine mammal (see Southall
It is highly unlikely that marine mammals could receive sounds strong enough (and over a sufficient duration) to cause PTS during the proposed exploratory drilling program. As mentioned previously in this document, the source levels of the drilling units are not considered strong enough to cause even slight TTS. Given the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS, it is even less likely that PTS could occur. In fact, based on the modeled source levels for the drilling units, the levels immediately adjacent to the drilling units may not be sufficient to induce PTS, even if the animals remain in the immediate vicinity of the activity. The modeled source level from the
Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky
In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical “fight or flight” response, which includes the cardiovascular system, the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with “stress.” These responses have a relatively short duration and may or may not have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, virtually all neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress—including immune competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior—are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered metabolism (Elasser
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose a risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, energy resources must be diverted from other biotic functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion. For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth. When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an animal's reproductive success and fitness will suffer. In these cases, the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological state which is called “distress” (sensu Seyle, 1950) or “allostatic loading” (sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state will last until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient to restore normal function. Note that these
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton
For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of stress responses in humans (
Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics. Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains limited, it seems reasonable to assume that reducing an animal's ability to gather information about its environment and to communicate with other members of its species would be stressful for animals that use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. Therefore, we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress responses because terrestrial animals exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003). More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral responses to TTS. However, as stated previously in this document, the source levels of the drilling units are not loud enough to induce PTS or likely even TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble formations (Crum
In general, very little is known about the potential for strong, anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be expected (Southall
Marine mammals close to underwater detonations of high explosives can be killed or severely injured, and the auditory organs are especially susceptible to injury (Ketten
Specific sound-related processes that lead to strandings and mortality are not well documented, but may include:
(1) Swimming in avoidance of a sound into shallow water;
(2) A change in behavior (such as a change in diving behavior) that might contribute to tissue damage, gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac arrhythmia, hypertensive hemorrhage or other forms of trauma;
(3) A physiological change, such as a vestibular response leading to a behavioral change or stress-induced hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn to tissue damage; and
(4) Tissue damage directly from sound exposure, such as through acoustically-mediated bubble formation and growth or acoustic resonance of tissues.
Some of these mechanisms are unlikely to apply in the case of impulse sounds. However, there are indications that gas-bubble disease (analogous to “the bends”), induced in supersaturated tissue by a behavioral response to acoustic exposure, could be a pathologic mechanism for the strandings and mortality of some deep-diving cetaceans exposed to sonar. However, the evidence for this remains circumstantial and is associated with exposure to naval mid-frequency sonar, not seismic surveys or exploratory drilling programs (Cox
Both seismic pulses and continuous drillship sounds are quite different from mid-frequency sonar signals, and some mechanisms by which sonar sounds have been hypothesized to affect beaked whales are unlikely to apply to airgun pulses or drillships. Sounds produced by airgun arrays are broadband impulses
There is no conclusive evidence of cetacean strandings or deaths at sea as a result of exposure to seismic surveys, but a few cases of strandings in the general area where a seismic survey was ongoing have led to speculation concerning a possible link between seismic surveys and strandings. Suggestions that there was a link between seismic surveys and strandings of humpback whales in Brazil (Engel
Shell will discharge drilling wastes to the Chukchi Sea. These discharges will be authorized under the EPA's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Oil and Gas Exploration Activities on the Outer Continental Shelf in the Chukchi Sea (AKG-28-8100; “NPDES exploration facilities GP”). This permit establishes various limits and conditions on the authorized discharges, and the EPA has determined that with these limits and conditions the discharges will not result in any unreasonable degradation of ocean waters.
Under the NPDES exploration facilities GP, drilling wastes to be discharged must have a 96-hr Lethal Concentration 50 percent (LC50) toxicity of 30,000 parts per million or greater at the point of discharge. Both modeling and field studies have shown that discharged drilling wastes are diluted rapidly in receiving waters (Ayers
The primary effect of the drilling waste discharges will be increases in total suspended solids (TSS) in the water column and localized increase in sedimentation on the sea floor. Shell conducted dispersion modeling of the drilling waste discharges using the Offshore Operators Committee Mud and Produced Water Discharge (OOC) model (Fluid Dynamix 2014). Simulations were performed for each of the six discrete drilling intervals with two discharge locations: Seafloor and sea surface. The Burger Prospect wells are all very similar in well design and site conditions so the simulation approximates the results for the all drill sites. The model results indicate that most of the increase in TSS will be ameliorated within 984 ft (300 m) of the discharge locations through settling and dispersion. Impacts to water quality will cease when the discharge is concluded.
Modeling of similar discharges offshore of Sakhalin Island predicted a 1,000-fold dilution within 10 minutes and 330 ft (100 m) of the discharge. In a field study (O'Reilly
Discharges of drilling wastes could potentially displace marine mammals a short distance from a drilling location. However, it is likely that marine mammals will have already avoided the area due to sound energy generated by the drilling activities.
Baleen whales, such as bowheads, tend to avoid drilling units at distances up to 12 mi (20 km). Therefore, it is highly unlikely that the whales will swim or feed in close enough proximity of discharges to be affected. The levels of drilling waste discharges are regulated by the NPDES exploration facilities GP. The impact of drilling waste discharges would be localized and temporary. Drilling waste discharges could displace endangered whales (bowhead and humpback whales) a short distance from a drill site. Effects on the whales present within a few meters of the discharge point would be expected, primarily due to sedimentation. However, endangered whales are not likely to have long-term exposures to drilling wastes because of the episodic nature of discharges (typically only a few hours in duration).
Like other baleen whales, gray whales will more than likely avoid drilling activities and therefore not come into close contact with drilling wastes. Gray whales are benthic feeders and the seafloor area covered by accumulations of discharged drilling wastes will be unavailable to the whales for foraging purposes, and represents an indirect impact on these animals. Such indirect impacts are negligible resulting in little effect on individual whales and no effect on the population, because such areas of disturbance will be few and in total will occur over a very small area representing an extremely small portion of available foraging habitat in the Chukchi Sea. Other baleen whales such as the minke whale, which could be found near the drill site, would not be expected to be affected.
Discharges of drilling wastes are not likely to affect beluga whales and other odontocetes such as harbor porpoises
Seals are also not expected to be impacted by the discharges of drilling wastes. It is highly unlikely that a seal would remain within 330 ft (100 m) of the discharge source for any extended period of time but if they were to remain within 330 ft (100 m) of the discharge source for an extended period of time, it is possible that physiological effects due to toxins could impact the animal.
The length of the
Any deflection of bowhead whales or other marine mammal species due to the physical presence of the drilling units or support vessels would be extremely small. Even if animals may deflect because of the presence of the drilling units, the Chukchi Sea's migratory corridor is much larger in size than the length of the drilling units, and animals would have other means of passage around the drilling units. In sum, the physical presence of the drilling units is not likely to cause a material deflection to migrating marine mammals. Moreover, any impacts would last only as long as the drilling units are actually present.
Seal species which may be encountered during ice management activities include ringed seals, bearded seals, spotted seals, and the much less common ribbon seal. Ringed seals are found in the activity area year-around. Bearded seals spend the winter season in the Bering Sea, and then follow the ice edge as it retreats in spring. Spotted seals are found in the Bering Sea in winter and spring where they breed, molt, and pup in large groups. Few spotted seals are expected to be encountered in the Chukchi Sea until July. Even then, they are rarely seen on pack ice but are commonly observed hauled out on land or swimming in open water.
Based on extensive analysis of digital imagery taken during aerial surveys in support of Shell's 2012 operations in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, ice seals are very infrequently observed hauled out on the ice in groups of greater than one individual. Tens of thousands of images from 17 flights that took place from July through October were reviewed in detail. Of 107 total observations of spotted or ringed seals on ice, only three of those sightings were of a group of two or more individuals. Since seals are found as individuals or in very small groups when they are in the activity area, the chance of a stampede event is very unlikely. Finally, ice seals are well adapted to move between ice and water without injury, including “escape reactions” to avoid predators.
As noted above, the specified activity involves the drilling of exploratory wells and associated activities in the Chukchi Sea during the 2015 open-water season. The impacts to marine mammals that are reasonably expected to occur will be behavioral in nature. The likelihood of a large or very large (
Shell has implemented several design standards and practices to reduce the already low probability of an oil spill occurring as part of its operations. The wells proposed to be drilled in the Arctic are exploratory and will not be converted to production wells; thus, production casing will not be installed, and the well will be permanently plugged and abandoned once exploration drilling is complete. Shell has also developed and will implement the following plans and protocols: Shell's Critical Operations Curtailment Plan; DIMP; Well Control Plan; and Fuel Transfer Plan. Many of these safety measures are required by the Department of the Interior's interim final rule implementing certain measures to improve the safety of oil and gas exploration and development on the Outer Continental Shelf in light of the Deepwater Horizon event (
• Shell's Blow Out Preventer (BOP) was inspected and tested by an independent third party specialist;
• Further inspection and testing of the BOP have been performed to ensure the reliability of the BOP and that all functions will be performed as necessary, including shearing the drill pipe;
• Shell will conduct a function test of annular and ram BOPs every 7 days between pressure tests;
• A second set of blind/shear rams will be installed in the BOP stack;
• Full string casings will typically not be installed through high pressure zones;
• Liners will be installed and cemented, which allows for installation of a liner top packer;
• Testing of liners prior to installing a tieback string of casing back to the wellhead;
• Utilizing a two-barrier policy; and
• Testing of all casing hangers to ensure that they have two independent, validated barriers at all times.
NMFS has considered Shell's proposed action and has concluded that there is no reasonable likelihood of serious injury or mortality of marine mammals from the proposed 2015 Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program. NMFS has consistently interpreted the term “potential,” as used in 50 CFR 216.107(a), to only include impacts that have more than a discountable probability of occurring, that is, impacts must be reasonably expected to occur. Hence, NMFS has regularly issued IHAs in cases where it found that the potential for serious injury or mortality was “highly unlikely” (
Interpreting “potential” to include impacts with any probability of occurring (
Despite concluding that the risk of serious injury or mortality from an oil spill in this case is extremely remote, NMFS has nonetheless evaluated the potential effects of an oil spill on marine mammals. While an oil spill is not a component of Shell's specified activity, potential impacts on marine mammals from an oil spill are discussed in more detail below and will be addressed in the Environmental Assessment.
The specific effects an oil spill would have on cetaceans are not well known. While mortality is unlikely, exposure to spilled oil could lead to skin irritation, baleen fouling (which might reduce feeding efficiency), respiratory distress from inhalation of hydrocarbon vapors, consumption of some contaminated prey items, and temporary displacement from contaminated feeding areas. Geraci and St. Aubin (1990) summarize effects of oil on marine mammals, and Bratton
In the case of an oil spill occurring during migration periods, disturbance of the migrating cetaceans from cleanup activities may have more of an impact than the oil itself. Human activity associated with cleanup efforts could deflect whales away from the path of the oil. However, noise created from cleanup activities likely will be short term and localized. Moreover, whale avoidance of clean-up activities may benefit whales by displacing them from the oil spill area.
There is no direct evidence that oil spills, including the much studied Santa Barbara Channel and Exxon Valdez spills, have caused any deaths of cetaceans (Geraci, 1990; Brownell, 1971; Harvey and Dahlheim, 1994). It is suspected that some individually identified killer whales that disappeared from Prince William Sound during the time of the Exxon Valdez spill were casualties of that spill. However, no clear cause and effect relationship between the spill and the disappearance could be established (Dahlheim and Matkin, 1994). The AT-1 pod of transient killer whales that sometimes inhabits Prince William Sound has continued to decline after the Exxon Valdez Oil Spill. Matkin
Migrating gray whales were apparently not greatly affected by the Santa Barbara spill of 1969. There appeared to be no relationship between the spill and mortality of marine mammals. The higher than usual counts of dead marine mammals recorded after the spill likely represented increased survey effort and therefore cannot be conclusively linked to the spill itself (Brownell, 1971; Geraci, 1990). The conclusion was that whales were either able to detect the oil and avoid it or were unaffected by it (Geraci, 1990).
Whales rely on a layer of blubber for insulation, so oil would have little if any effect on thermoregulation by whales. Effects of oiling on cetacean skin appear to be minor and of little significance to the animal's health (Geraci, 1990). Histological data and ultrastructural studies by Geraci and St. Aubin (1990) showed that exposures of skin to crude oil for up to 45 minutes in four species of toothed whales had no effect. They switched to gasoline and applied the sponge up to 75 minutes. This produced transient damage to epidermal cells in whales. Subtle changes were evident only at the cell level. In each case, the skin damage healed within a week. They concluded that a cetacean's skin is an effective barrier to the noxious substances in petroleum. These substances normally damage skin by getting between cells and dissolving protective lipids. In cetacean skin, however, tight intercellular bridges, vital surface cells, and the extraordinary thickness of the epidermis impeded the damage. The authors could not detect a change in lipid concentration between and within cells after exposing skin from a white-sided dolphin to gasoline for 16 hours in vitro.
Bratton
Whales could ingest oil if their food is contaminated, or oil could also be absorbed through the respiratory tract. Some of the ingested oil is voided in vomit or feces but some is absorbed and could cause toxic effects (Geraci, 1990).
Baleen itself is not damaged by exposure to oil and is resistant to effects of oil (St. Aubin
Some cetaceans can detect oil and sometimes avoid it, but others enter and swim through slicks without apparent effects (Geraci, 1990; Harvey and Dahlheim, 1994). Bottlenose dolphins in the Gulf of Mexico apparently could detect and avoid slicks and mousse but did not avoid light sheens on the surface (Smultea and Wursig, 1995). After the Regal Sword spill in 1979, various species of baleen and toothed whales were observed swimming and feeding in areas containing spilled oil southeast of Cape Cod, MA (Goodale
Effects of oil on cetaceans in open water are likely to be minimal, but there could be effects on cetaceans where both the oil and the whales are at least partly confined in leads or at ice edges (Geraci, 1990). In spring, bowhead and beluga whales migrate through leads in the ice. At this time, the migration can be concentrated in narrow corridors defined by the leads, thereby creating a greater risk to animals caught in the spring lead system should oil enter the leads. This situation would only occur if there were an oil spill late in the season and Shell could not complete cleanup efforts prior to ice covering the area. The oil would likely then be trapped in the ice until it began to thaw in the spring.
In fall, the migration route of bowheads can be close to shore (Blackwell
Bowhead and beluga whales overwinter in the Bering Sea (mainly from November to March). In the summer, the majority of the bowhead whales are found in the Canadian Beaufort Sea, although some have recently been observed in the U.S. Beaufort and Chukchi Seas during the summer months (June to August). Data from the Barrow-based boat surveys in 2009 (George and Sheffield, 2009) showed that bowheads were observed almost continuously in the waters near Barrow, including feeding groups in the Chukchi Sea at the beginning of July. The majority of belugas in the Beaufort stock migrate into the Beaufort Sea in April or May, although some whales may pass Point Barrow as early as late March and as late as July (Braham
Ice seals are present in open-water areas during summer and early autumn. Externally oiled phocid seals often survive and become clean, but heavily oiled seal pups and adults may die, depending on the extent of oiling and characteristics of the oil. Prolonged exposure could occur if fuel or crude oil was spilled in or reached nearshore waters, was spilled in a lead used by seals, or was spilled under the ice when seals have limited mobility (NMFS, 2000). Adult seals may suffer some temporary adverse effects, such as eye and skin irritation, with possible infection (MMS, 1996). Such effects may increase stress, which could contribute to the death of some individuals. Ringed seals may ingest oil-contaminated foods, but there is little evidence that oiled seals will ingest enough oil to cause lethal internal effects. There is a likelihood that newborn seal pups, if contacted by oil, would die from oiling through loss of insulation and resulting hypothermia. These potential effects are addressed in more detail in subsequent paragraphs.
Reports of the effects of oil spills have shown that some mortality of seals may have occurred as a result of oil fouling; however, large scale mortality had not been observed prior to the Exxon Valdez Oil Spill (St. Aubin, 1990). Effects of oil on marine mammals were not well studied at most spills because of lack of baseline data and/or the brevity of the post-spill surveys. The largest documented impact of a spill, prior to Exxon Valdez Oil Spill Exxon Valdez Oil Spill, was on young seals in January in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (St. Aubin, 1990). Brownell and Le Boeuf (1971) found no marked effects of oil from the Santa Barbara oil spill on California sea lions or on the mortality rates of newborn pups.
Intensive and long-term studies were conducted after the Exxon Valdez Oil Spill in Alaska. There may have been a long-term decline of 36% in numbers of molting harbor seals at oiled haul-out sites in Prince William Sound following
Adult seals rely on a layer of blubber for insulation, and oiling of the external surface does not appear to have adverse thermoregulatory effects (Kooyman
Newborn seal pups rely on their fur for insulation. Newborn ringed seal pups in lairs on the ice could be contaminated through contact with oiled mothers. There is the potential that newborn ringed seal pups that were contaminated with oil could die from hypothermia.
Marine mammals can ingest oil if their food is contaminated. Oil can also be absorbed through the respiratory tract (Geraci and Smith, 1976; Engelhardt
Although seals may have the capability to detect and avoid oil, they apparently do so only to a limited extent (St. Aubin, 1990). Seals may abandon the area of an oil spill because of human disturbance associated with cleanup efforts, but they are most likely to remain in the area of the spill. One notable behavioral reaction to oiling is that oiled seals are reluctant to enter the water, even when intense cleanup activities are conducted nearby (St. Aubin, 1990; Frost
Seals that are under natural stress, such as lack of food or a heavy infestation by parasites, could potentially die because of the additional stress of oiling (Geraci and Smith, 1976; St. Aubin, 1990; Spraker
The potential effects to marine mammals described in this section of the document do not take into consideration the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures described later in this document (see the “Proposed Mitigation” and “Proposed Monitoring and Reporting” sections).
The primary potential impacts to marine mammals and other marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by the exploratory drilling program (
Mooring of the drilling units and construction of MLCs will result in some seafloor disturbance and temporary increases in water column turbidity.
The drilling units would be held in place during operations with systems of eight anchors for each unit. The embedment type anchors are designed to embed into the seafloor thereby providing the required resistance. The anchors will penetrate the seafloor on contact and may drag 2-3 or more times their length while being set. Both the anchor and anchor chain will disturb sediments in this process creating a trench or depression with surrounding berms where the displaced sediment is mounded. Some sediments will be suspended in the water column during the setting and subsequent removal of the anchors. The depression with associated berm, collectively known as an anchor scar, remains when the anchor is removed.
Dimensions of future anchor scars can be estimated based on the dimensions of the anchor. Shell estimates that each anchor may impact a seafloor area of up to about 2,510 ft
Once the drilling units end operation, the
Excavation of each MLC by the drilling units using a large diameter drill bit will displace about 589m
Underwater noise generated from Shell's proposed exploration drilling activity may potentially affect marine mammal prey species, which are fish species and various invertebrates in the action area.
Zooplankton are food sources for several endangered species, including bowhead, fin, and humpback whales. The primary generators of sound energy associated with the exploration drilling program are the airgun array during the conduct of ZVSPs, the drilling units during drilling, and marine vessels, particularly during ice management and DP. Sound energy generated by these activities will not negatively impact the diversity and abundance of zooplankton, and will therefore have no direct effect on marine mammals.
Sound energy generated by the airgun arrays to be used for the ZVSPs will have no more than negligible effects on zooplankton. Studies on euphausiids and copepods, which are some of the more abundant and biologically important groups of zooplankton in the Chukchi Sea, have documented the use of hearing receptors to maintain schooling structures (Wiese 1996) and detection of predators (Hartline
The energy from airguns has sometimes been shown to damage eggs and fry of some fish. Eggs and larvae of some fish may apparently sustain sublethal to lethal effects if they are within very close proximity to the seismic-energy-discharge point. These types of effects have been demonstrated by some laboratory experiments using single airguns (
These studies indicate that some zooplankton within a distance of about 16 ft. (5.0 m) or less from the airgun array may sustain sublethal or lethal injuries but there would be no population effects even over small areas. Therefore there would be no indirect effect on marine mammals.
Ice management is likely to be the most intense sources of sound associated with the exploration drilling program Richardson
No appreciable adverse impact on zooplankton populations will occur due in part to large reproductive capacities and naturally high levels of predation and mortality of these populations. Any mortality or impacts on zooplankton as a result of Shell's operations is immaterial as compared to the naturally occurring reproductive and mortality rates of these species. This is consistent with previous conclusions that crustaceans (such as zooplankton) are not particularly sensitive to sound produced by seismic sounds (Wiese 1996). Impact from sound energy generated by an ice breaker, other marine vessels, and drill ships would have less impact, as these activities produce lower sound energy levels (Burns 1993). Historical sound propagation studies performed on the
There was no indication from post-drilling benthic biomass or density studies that previous drilling activities at the Hammerhead Prospect have had a measurable impact on the ecology of the immediate local area. To the contrary, the abundance of benthic communities in the Sivulliq area would suggest that the benthos were actually thriving there (Dunton
Sound energy generated by exploration drilling and ice management activities will not appreciably affect diversity and abundance of plants or animals on the seafloor. The primary generators of sound energy are the drilling units and marine vessels. Ice management vessels are likely to be the loudest sources of sounds associated with the exploration drilling program (Richardson
No appreciable adverse impacts on benthic populations would be expected due in part to large reproductive capacities and naturally high levels of predation and mortality of these populations. Any mortalities or impacts that might occur as a result of Shell's operations is immaterial compared to the naturally occurring high reproductive and mortality rates. This is consistent with previous BOEM conclusions that the effect of seismic exploration on benthic organisms probably would be immeasurable (USDI/MMS 2007). Impacts from sound energy generated by ice breakers, other marine vessels, and drilling units would have less impact, as these activities produce much lower sound energy levels (Burns
Fish react to sound and use sound to communicate (Tavolga
The impact of sound energy from exploration drilling and ice management activities will be negligible and temporary. Fish typically move away from sound energy above a level that is at 120 dB re 1 μPa rms or higher (Ona 1988).
Drilling unit sound source levels during drilling can range from 90 dB re 1 μPa rms within 31 mi (50 km) of the drilling unit to 138 dB re 1 μPa rms within a distance of 0.06 mi (0.01 km) from the drilling unit (Greene 1985, 1987b). These are predicted sound levels at various distances based on modeled transmission loss equations in the literature (Greene 1987b). Ice management vessel sound source levels can range from 174-184 dB re 1 μPa rms. At these intensity levels, fish may avoid the drilling unit, ice management vessels, or other large support vessels. This avoidance behavior is temporary and limited to periods when a vessel is underway or drilling. There have been no studies of the direct effects of ice management vessel sounds on fish. However, it is known that the ice management vessels produce sounds generally 10-15 dB re 1 μPa rms higher when moving through ice rather than open water (Richardson
Fish sensitivity to impulse sound such as that generated by ZVSPs varies depending on the species of fish. Cod, herring and other species of fish with swim bladders have been found to be relatively sensitive to sound, while mackerel, flatfish, and many other species that lack swim bladders have been found to have poor hearing (Hawkins 1981, Hastings and Popper 2005). An alarm response in these fish is elicited when the sound signal intensity rises rapidly compared to sound rising more slowly to the same level (Blaxter
Discharges of drilling wastes must be authorized by the NPDES exploration facilities GP, and this GP places numerous conditions and limitations on such discharges. The EPA (2012) has determined that with these limits and conditions in place, the discharges will not result in any unreasonable degradation of ocean waters. The primary impacts of the discharges are increases in TSS in the water column and the deposition of drilling wastes on the seafloor. These impacts would be localized to the drill sites and temporary.
Reviews by EPA (2006) and Neff (2005) indicate that though planktonic organisms are sensitive to environmental conditions (
Any impact by drilling waste discharges on zooplankton would be localized and temporary. Fine-grained particulates and other solids in drilling wastes could cause sublethal effects to organisms in the water column. Responses observed in the laboratory following exposure to drilling mud include alteration of respiration and filtration rates and altered behavior. Zooplankton in the immediate area of discharge from drilling operations could potentially be adversely impacted by sediments in the water column, which could clog respiratory and feeding structures, cause abrasions to gills and other sensitive tissues, or alter behavior or development. However, the planktonic organisms are not likely to have long-term exposures to the drilling waste because of the episodic nature of discharges (typically only a few hours in duration), the small area affected, and the movement of the organisms with the ocean currents. The discharged waste
Benthic organisms would primarily be affected by the discharges through the deposition of the discharged drilling waste on the seafloor resulting in the smothering of organisms, changes in the consistency of sediments on the seafloor, and possible elevation in heavy metal concentrations in the accumulations.
Drilling waste discharges are regulated by the EPA's NPDES exploration facilities GP. The impact of drilling waste discharges would be localized and temporary. Effects on benthic organisms present within a few meters of the discharge point would be expected, primarily due to sedimentation. However, benthic animals are not likely to have long-term exposures to drilling wastes because of the episodic nature of discharges (typically only a few hours in duration).
Shell conducted dispersion modeling of the drilling waste discharges using the Offshore Operators Committee Mud and Produced Water Discharge (OOC) model (Fluid Dynamix 2014a, b). The modeling effort provided predictions of the area and thickness of accumulations of discharged drilling waste on the seafloor. The USA EPA has performed an evaluation of drilling waste in support of the issuance of NPDES GP AKG-28-8100 for exploration facilities (EPA, 2012b) (October 2012), and determined these accumulations will not result in any unreasonable degradation of the marine environment.
Heavy metal contamination of sediments and resulting effects on benthic organisms is not expected. The NPDES exploration facilities GP contains stringent limitations on the concentrations of mercury, cadmium, chromium, silver, and thallium allowed in discharged drilling waste. Additional limitations are placed on free oil, diesel oil, and total aromatic hydrocarbons allowed in discharged drilling waste. Discharge rates are also controlled by the permit. Baseline studies at the 1985 Hammerhead drill site (Trefry and Trocine 2009) detected background levels Al, Fe, Zn, Cd and Hg in all surface and subsurface sediment samples. Considering the relatively small area that drilling waste discharges will be deposited, no material impacts on sediment are expected to occur. The expected increased concentrations of Zn, Cd, and Cr in sediments near the drill site due to the discharge are in the range where no or low effects would result.
Studies in the 1980s, 1999, 2000, and 2002 (Brown
Sediment samples taken in the Chukchi Sea Environmental Studies Program Burger Study Area were analyzed for metal and hydrocarbon concentrations (Neff
Trefry
Neff
These data show that the potential accumulation of heavy metals in discharged drilling waste on the Chukchi seafloor associated with drilling exploration wells is very limited and does not pose a threat. Impacts to seafloor sediments from the discharge of drilling wastes will be minor, as they would be restricted to a very small portion of the activity area and will not result in contamination.
The drilling waste discharges will be conducted as authorized by the EPA's NPDES exploration facilities GP, which limits the metal content and flow rate for such discharges. The EPA (2012b) analyzed the effects of these types of discharges, including potential transport of pollutants such as metals by biological, physical, or chemical processes, and has concluded that these types of discharges do not result in unreasonable degradation of ocean waters. The physical effects of mooring and MLC construction would be restricted to a very small portion of the Chukchi Sea seafloor (15.7-33.2 ac in total for the exploration program) which represents less than 0.000011%-0.000024% of the seafloor of the Chukchi Sea. However, the predicted small increases in concentrations of metals will likely be evident for a number of years until gouged by ice, redistributed by currents, or buried under natural sedimentation.
There is relatively little information on the effects of various deposition depths on arctic biota (Hurley and Ellis 2004); most such studies have investigated the effects of deposition of dredged materials (Wilbur 1992). Burial depths as low as 1.0 in (2.54 cm) have been found to be lethal for some benthic organisms (Wilbur 1992, EPA 2006). Accumulations of drilling waste to depths > 1.0 in (>2.54 cm) will be restricted to very small areas of the seafloor around each drill site and in total represent an extremely small portion of the Chukchi Sea. These areas would be re-colonized by benthic organisms rather quickly. Impacts to benthic organisms are therefore
Drilling waste discharges are regulated by the NPDES exploration facilities GP. The impact of drilling waste discharges would be localized and temporary. Drilling waste discharges could displace fish a short distance from a drill site. Effects on fish and fish larvae present within a few meters of the discharge point would be expected, primarily due to sedimentation. However, fish and fish larvae that live in the water column are not likely to have long-term exposures to drilling wastes because of the episodic nature of the discharges (typically only a few hours in duration).
Although unlikely at deeper offshore drilling locations, demersal fish eggs could be smothered if discharges occur in a spawning area during the period of egg production. No specific demersal fish spawning locations have been identified at the Burger drill site locations. The most abundant and trophically important marine fish, the Arctic cod, spawns with planktonic eggs and larvae under the sea ice during winter and will therefore have little exposure to discharges.
Habitat alteration concerns apply to special or relatively uncommon habitats, such as those important for spawning, nursery, or overwintering. Important fish overwintering habitats are located in coastal rivers and nearshore coastal waters, but are not found in the proposed exploration drilling areas. Important spawning areas have not been identified in the Chukchi Sea. Impacts on fish will be negligible, with no indirect effects on marine mammals.
Ice management or icebreaking activities include the physical pushing or moving of ice in the proposed exploration drilling area and to prevent ice floes from striking the drilling unit. Ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals) are dependent on sea ice for at least part of their life history. Sea ice is important for life functions such as resting, breeding, and molting. These species are dependent on two different types of ice: Pack ice and landfast ice. Shell does not expect to have to manage pack ice during the majority of the drilling season. The majority of the ice management or icebreaking should occur in the early and latter portions of the drilling season. Landfast ice would not be present during Shell's proposed operations.
The ringed seal is the most common pinniped species in the Chukchi Sea activity area. While ringed seals use ice year-round, they do not construct lairs for pupping until late winter/early spring on the landfast ice. Shell plans to conclude drilling on or before 31 October, therefore Shell's activities would not impact ringed seal lairs or habitat needed for breeding and pupping in the Chukchi Sea. Ringed seals can be found on the pack ice surface in the late spring and early summer in the Chukchi Sea, the latter part of which may overlap with the start of Shell's planned exploration drilling activities. Management of pack ice that contains hauled out seals may result in the animals becoming startled and entering the water, but such effects would be brief.
Ice management or icebreaking would occur during a time when ringed seal life functions such as breeding, pupping, and molting do not occur in the proposed project area. Additionally, these life functions occur more commonly on landfast ice, which will not be impacted by Shell's activity.
Bearded seals breed in the Bering and Chukchi Seas, but would not be plentiful in the area of the Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program. Spotted seals are even less common in the Chukchi Sea activity area. Ice is used by bearded and spotted seals for critical life functions such as breeding and molting, but it is unlikely these life functions would occur in the proposed project area, during the time in which drilling activities will take place. The availability of ice would not be impacted as a result of Shell's exploration drilling program.
Ice-management or icebreaking related to Shell's planned exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea is not expected to have any habitat-related effects that could cause material or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or on the food sources that they utilize.
Lower trophic organisms and fish species are primary food sources for Arctic marine mammals. However, as noted earlier in this document, the offshore areas of the Chukchi Sea are not primary feeding grounds for many of the marine mammals that may pass through the area. Therefore, impacts to lower trophic organisms (such as zooplankton) and marine fishes from an oil spill in the proposed drilling area would not be likely to have long-term or significant consequences to marine mammal prey. Impacts would be greater if the oil moves closer to shore, as many of the marine mammals in the area have been seen feeding at nearshore sites (such as bowhead whales). Gray whales do feed in more offshore locations in the Chukchi Sea; therefore, impacts to their prey from oil could have some impacts.
Due to their wide distribution, large numbers, and rapid rate of regeneration, the recovery of marine invertebrate populations is expected to occur soon after the surface oil passes. Spill response activities are not likely to disturb the prey items of whales or seals sufficiently to cause more than minor effects. Spill response activities could cause marine mammals to avoid the disturbed habitat that is being cleaned. However, by causing avoidance, animals would avoid impacts from the oil itself. Additionally, the likelihood of an oil spill is expected to be very low, as discussed earlier in this document.
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA, NMFS must, where applicable, set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant). This section summarizes the contents of Shell's Marine Mammal Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (4MP). Later in this document in the “Proposed Incidental Harassment Authorization” section, NMFS lays out the proposed conditions for review, as they would appear in the final IHA (if issued).
Shell submitted a 4MP as part of its application (see ADDRESSES). Shell's planned offshore drilling program incorporates both design features and operational procedures for minimizing potential impacts on marine mammals and on subsistence hunts. The 4MP is a combination of active monitoring in the area of operations and the implementation of mitigation measures designed to minimize project impacts to marine resources. Monitoring will provide information on marine mammals potentially affected by exploration activities, in addition to facilitating real time mitigation to
The objectives of the vessel based marine mammal monitoring are to ensure that disturbance to marine mammals and subsistence hunts is minimized, that effects on marine mammals are documented, and that data is collected on the occurrence and distribution of marine mammals in the project area.
The marine mammal monitoring will be implemented by a team of experienced protected species observers (PSOs). The PSOs will be experienced biologists and Alaska Native personnel trained as field observers. PSOs will be stationed on both drilling units, ice management vessels, anchor handlers and other drilling support vessels engaged in transit to and between drill sites to monitor for marine mammals. The duties of the PSOs will include; watching for and identifying marine mammals, recording their numbers, recording distances and reactions of marine mammals to exploration drilling activities, initiating mitigation measures when appropriate, and reporting results of the vessel based monitoring program, which will include the estimation of the number of marine mammal “exposures” as defined by the NMFS and stipulated in the IHA.
The vessel based work will provide:
• The basis for initiating real-time mitigation, if necessary, as required by the various permits that Shell receives;
• Information needed to estimate the number of “exposures” of marine mammals to sound levels that may result in harassment, which must be reported to NMFS;
• Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine mammals in the areas where drilling activity is conducted;
• Information to compare the distances, distributions, behavior, and movements of marine mammals relative to the drilling unit during times with and without drilling activity occurring;
• A communication channel to coastal communities including whalers; and
• Employment and capacity building for local residents, with one objective being to develop a larger pool of experienced Alaska Native PSOs.
The vessel based monitoring will be operated and administered consistent with monitoring programs conducted during past exploration drilling activities, seismic and shallow hazards surveys, or alternative requirements stipulated in permits issued to Shell. Agreements between Shell and other agencies will also be fully incorporated. PSOs will be provided training through a program approved by the NMFS.
Shell's planned exploration drilling activities incorporate design features and operational procedures aimed at minimizing potential impacts on marine mammals and subsistence hunts. Some of the mitigation design features include:
• Conducting pre-season acoustic modeling to establish the appropriate exclusion and disturbance zones;
• Vessel based PSO monitoring to implement appropriate mitigation if necessary, and to determine the effects of the drilling program on marine mammals;
• Passive acoustic monitoring of drilling and vessel sounds and marine mammal vocalizations; and
• Aerial surveys with photographic equipment over operations and in coastal and nearshore waters with photographic equipment to help determine the effects of project activities on marine mammals; and seismic activity mitigation measures during acquisition of the ZVSP surveys.
The potential disturbance of marine mammals during drilling activities will be mitigated through the implementation of several vessel based mitigation measures as necessary.
Mitigation for NMFS' incidental take authorizations typically includes “safety radii” or “exclusion zones” for marine mammals around airgun arrays and other impulsive industrial sound sources where received levels are ≥180 dB re 1 μPa (rms) for cetaceans and ≥190 dB re 1 μPa (rms) for pinnipeds. These zones are based on a cautionary assumption that sound energy at lower received levels will not injure these animals or impair their hearing abilities, but that higher received levels might have some such effects. Disturbance or behavioral effects to marine mammals from underwater sound may occur from exposure to sound at distances greater than these zones (Richardson
The areas exposed to sounds produced by the drilling units
Measured sound levels for the
In addition to drilling and MLC construction, numerous activities in support of exploration drilling produce continuous sounds above 120 dB (rms). These activities in direct support of the moored drilling units include ice management, anchor handling, and supply/discharge sampling vessels using DP thrusters. Detailed sound characterizations for each of these activities are presented in the 2012 Comprehensive Report for NMFS' 2012 IHA (LGL
The source levels for exploration drilling and related support activities are not high enough to cause temporary reduction in hearing sensitivity or permanent hearing damage to marine mammals. Consequently, mitigation as described for seismic activities including ramp ups, power downs, and shut downs should not be necessary for exploration drilling activities. However, Shell plans to use PSOs onboard the drilling units, ice management, and anchor handling vessels to monitor marine mammals and their responses to industry activities, in addition to initiating mitigation measures should in-field measurements of the activities indicate conditions that may present a threat to the health and well-being of marine mammals.
Two sound sources have been proposed by Shell for the ZVSP surveys. The first is a small airgun array that consists of three 150 in
PSOs on the drilling units will initially use the radii in Table 1 for monitoring and mitigation purposes during ZVSP surveys. An acoustics contractor will perform direct measurements of the received levels of underwater sound versus distance and direction from the ZVSP array using calibrated hydrophones. The acoustic data will be analyzed as quickly as reasonably practicable and used to verify (and if necessary adjust) the threshold radii distances during later ZVSP surveys. The mitigation measures to be implemented will include pre-ramp up watches, ramp ups, power downs and shut downs as described below.
A ramp up of an airgun array provides a gradual increase in sound levels, and involves a step-wise increase in the number and total volume of airguns firing until the full volume is achieved. The purpose of a ramp up (or “soft start”) is to “warn” cetaceans and pinnipeds in the vicinity of the airguns and to provide time for them to leave the area, thus avoiding any potential injury or impairment of their hearing abilities.
During the proposed ZVSP surveys, the operator will ramp up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp ups (
A power down is the immediate reduction in the number of operating energy sources from all firing to some smaller number. A shut down is the immediate cessation of firing of all energy sources. The arrays will be immediately powered down whenever a marine mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the applicable exclusion zone of the full arrays, but is outside the applicable exclusion zone of the single source. If a marine mammal is sighted within the applicable exclusion zone of the single energy source, the entire array will be shut down (
NMFS has carefully evaluated the applicant's proposed mitigation measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
• The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize adverse impacts to marine mammals,
• The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to minimize adverse impacts as planned, and
• The practicability of the measure for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals listed below:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received levels of noises generated from exploration drilling and associated activities, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed to received levels of noises generated from exploration drilling and associated activities, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number or number at biologically important time or location) to received levels of noises generated from exploration drilling and associated activities, or other activities expected to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation—an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
Proposed measures to ensure availability of such species or stock for
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking.” The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Shell submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA application. It can be found in Appendix B of the Shell's IHA application. The plan may be modified or supplemented based on comments or new information received from the public during the public comment period or from the peer review panel (see the “Monitoring Plan Peer Review” section later in this document).
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or more of the following general goals:
1. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, both within the mitigation zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation) and in general to generate more data to contribute to the analyses mentioned below;
2. An increase in our understanding of how many marine mammals are likely to be exposed to levels of noises generated from exploration drilling and associated activities that we associate with specific adverse effects, such as behavioral harassment, TTS, or PTS;
3. An increase in our understanding of how marine mammals respond to stimuli expected to result in take and how anticipated adverse effects on individuals (in different ways and to varying degrees) may impact the population, species, or stock (specifically through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival) through any of the following methods:
Behavioral observations in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent information);
Physiological measurements in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent information);
Distribution and/or abundance comparisons in times or areas with concentrated stimuli versus times or areas without stimuli;
4. An increased knowledge of the affected species; and
5. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of certain mitigation and monitoring measures.
Vessel based monitoring for marine mammals will be done by trained PSOs on both drilling units and ice management and anchor handler vessels throughout the exploration drilling activities. The observers will monitor the occurrence and behavior of marine mammals near the drilling units, ice management and anchor handling vessels, during all daylight periods during the exploration drilling operation, and during most periods when exploration drilling is not being conducted. PSO duties will include watching for and identifying marine mammals; recording their numbers, distances, and reactions to the exploration drilling activities; and documenting exposures to sound levels that may constitute harassment as defined by NMFS. PSOs will help ensure that the vessel communicates with the Communications and Call Centers (Com Centers) in Native villages along the Chukchi Sea coast.
A sufficient number of PSOs will be onboard to meet the following criteria:
• 100 percent monitoring coverage during all periods of exploration drilling operations in daylight;
• Maximum of four consecutive hours on watch per PSO; and
• Maximum of approximately 12 hours on watch per day per PSO.
PSO teams will consist of trained Alaska Natives and field biologist observers. An experienced field crew leader will be on every PSO team aboard the drilling units, ice management and anchor handling vessels, and other support vessels during the exploration drilling program. The total number of PSOs aboard may decrease later in the season as the duration of daylight decreases.
Shell anticipates that there will be provisions for crew rotation at least every three to six weeks to avoid observer fatigue. During crew rotations detailed notes will be provided to the incoming crew leader. Other communications such as email, fax, and/or phone communication between the current and oncoming crew leaders during each rotation will also occur when necessary. In the event of an unexpected crew change Shell will facilitate such communications to insure monitoring consistency among shifts.
Crew leaders serving as PSOs will have experience from one or more projects with operators in Alaska or the Canadian Beaufort.
Biologist-observers will have previous PSO experience, and crew leaders will be highly experienced with previous vessel based marine mammal monitoring projects. Resumes for those individuals will be provided to the NMFS for approval. All PSOs will be trained and familiar with the marine mammals of the area. A PSO handbook, adapted for the specifics of the planned Shell drilling program, will be prepared and distributed beforehand to all PSOs.
PSOs will also complete a two-day training and refresher session on marine mammal monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the anticipated start of the drilling season. The training sessions will be conducted by marine mammalogists with extensive crew leader experience from previous vessel based seismic monitoring programs in the Arctic.
Primary objectives of the training include:
• Review of the 4MP for this project, including any amendments adopted or specified by NMFS in the final IHA or other agreements in which Shell may elect to participate;
• Review of marine mammal sighting, identification, (photographs and videos) and distance estimation methods, including any amendments specified by NMFS in the IHA (if issued);
• Review operation of specialized equipment (
• Review of data recording and data entry systems, including procedures for recording data on mammal sightings, exploration drilling and monitoring activities, environmental conditions, and entry error control. These procedures will be implemented through use of a customized computer databases and laptop computers.
A PSO Handbook will be prepared for Shell's monitoring program. The
• Summary overview descriptions of the project, marine mammals and underwater sound energy, the 4MP (vessel-based, aerial, acoustic measurements, special studies), the IHA (if issued) and other regulations/permits/agencies, the Marine Mammal Protection Act;
• Monitoring and mitigation objectives and procedures, including initial exclusion and disturbance zones;
• Responsibilities of staff and crew regarding the 4MP;
• Instructions for staff and crew regarding the 4MP;
• Data recording procedures: codes and coding instructions, common coding mistakes, electronic database; navigational, marine physical, and drilling data recording, field data sheet;
• Use of specialized field equipment (
• Reticle binocular distance scale;
• Table of wind speed, Beaufort wind force, and sea state codes;
• Data storage and backup procedures;
• List of species that might be encountered: identification, natural history;
• Safety precautions while onboard;
• Crew and/or personnel discord; conflict resolution among PSOs and crew;
• Drug and alcohol policy and testing;
• Scheduling of cruises and watches;
• Communications;
• List of field gear provided;
• Suggested list of personal items to pack;
• Suggested literature, or literature cited;
• Field reporting requirements and procedures;
• Copies of the IHA will be made available; and
• Areas where vessels need permission to operate such as the Ledyard Bay Critical Habitat Unit (LBCHU).
The observer(s) will watch for marine mammals from the best available vantage point on the drilling units and support vessels. Ideally this vantage point is an elevated stable platform from which the PSO has an unobstructed 360o view of the water. The observer(s) will scan systematically with the naked eye and 7 x 50 reticle binoculars, supplemented with Big-eye binoculars and night-vision equipment when needed. Personnel on the bridge will assist the marine mammal observer(s) in watching for pinnipeds and cetaceans. New or inexperienced PSOs will be paired with an experienced PSO or experienced field biologist so that the quality of marine mammal observations and data recording is kept consistent.
Information to be recorded by marine mammal observers will include the same types of information that were recorded during previous monitoring projects (
• Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), physical description of features that were observed or determined not to be present in the case of unknown or unidentified animals;
• Behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting;
• Heading (if consistent), bearing and distance from observer;
• Apparent reaction to activities (
• Time, location, speed, and activity of the vessel, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare, on support vessels the distance and bearing to the drilling unit will also be recorded; and
• Positions of other vessel(s) in the vicinity of the observer location.
The vessel's position, speed, water depth, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare will also be recorded at the start and end of each observation watch, every 30 minutes during a watch, and whenever there is a change in any of those variables.
Distances to nearby marine mammals will be estimated with binoculars (Fujinon 7 x 50 binoculars) containing a reticle to measure the vertical angle of the line of sight to the animal relative to the horizon.
An electronic database will be used to record and collate data obtained from visual observations during the vessel-based study. The PSOs will enter the data into the custom data entry program installed on field laptops. The data entry program automates the data entry process and reduces data entry errors and maximizes PSO time spent looking at the water. PSOs also have voice recorders available to them. This is another tool that will allow PSOs to maximize time spent focused on the water.
PSO's are instructed to identify animals as unknown when appropriate rather than strive to identify an animal when there is significant uncertainty. PSOs should also provide any sightings cues they used and any distinguishable features of the animal even if they are not able to identify the animal and record it as unidentified. Emphasis will also be placed on recording what was not seen, such as dorsal features.
Night-vision equipment “Generation 3” binocular image intensifiers or equivalent units will be available for use when needed. However, past experience with night-vision devices (NVDs) in the Beaufort Sea and elsewhere indicates that NVDs are not nearly as effective as visual observation during daylight hours (
Shell will provide the following specialized field equipment for use by the onboard PSOs: reticle binoculars, Big-eye binoculars, GPS unit, laptop computers, night vision binoculars, and possibly digital still and digital video cameras. Big eye binoculars will be mounted and used on key monitoring vessels including the drilling units, ice management vessels and the anchor handler.
The observers on the drilling units and support vessels will record their observations directly into computers using a custom software package. The accuracy of the data entry will be verified in the field by computerized validity checks as the data are entered, and by subsequent manual checking. These procedures will allow initial summaries of data to be prepared during and shortly after the field season, and will facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical or other programs for further processing. Quality control of the data will be facilitated by (1) the start-of-season training session, (2) subsequent supervision by the onboard field crew leader, and (3) ongoing data checks during the field season.
The data will be sent off of the vessel to Anchorage on a daily basis and backed up regularly onto storage devices on the vessel, and stored at separate locations on the vessel. If practicable, hand-written data sheets will be photocopied daily during the field season. Data will be secured further by
In addition to routine PSO duties, observers will be encouraged to record comments about their observations into the “comment” field in the database. Copies of these records will be available to the observers for reference if they wish to prepare a statement about their observations. If prepared, this statement would be included in the 90-day and comprehensive reports documenting the monitoring work.
PSOs will be able to plot sightings in near real-time for their vessel. Significant sightings from key vessels including drilling units, ice management, anchor handlers and aircraft will be relayed between platforms to keep observers aware of animals that may be in or near the area but may not be visible to the observer at any one time. Emphasis will be placed on relaying sightings with the greatest potential to involve mitigation or reconsideration of a vessel's course (
Observer training will emphasize the use of “comments” for sightings that may be considered unique or not fully captured by standard data codes. In addition to the standard marine mammal sightings forms, a specialized form was developed for recording traditional knowledge and natural history observations. PSOs will be encouraged to use this form to capture observations related to any aspect of the arctic environment and the marine mammals found within it. Examples might include relationships between ice and marine mammal sightings, marine mammal behaviors, comparisons of observations among different years/seasons, etc. Voice recorders will also be available for observers to use during periods when large numbers of animals may be present and it is difficult to capture all of the sightings on written or digital forms. These recorders can also be used to capture traditional knowledge and natural history observations should individuals feel more comfortable using the recorders rather than writing down their comments. Copies of these records will be available to all observers for reference if they wish to prepare a statement about their observations for reporting purposes. If prepared, this statement would be included in the 90-day and final reports documenting the monitoring work.
Exploration drilling sounds are expected to vary significantly with time due to variations in the level of operations and the different types of equipment used at different times onboard the drilling units. The goals of these measurements are:
• To quantify the absolute sound levels produced by exploration drilling and to monitor their variations with time, distance and direction from the drilling unit;
• To measure the sound levels produced by vessels while operating in direct support of exploration drilling operations. These vessels will include crew change vessels, tugs, ice-management vessels, and spill response vessels not measured in 2012; and
• To measure the sound levels produced by an end-of-hole zero-offset vertical seismic profile (ZVSP) survey using a stationary sound source.
Sound characterization and measurements of all exploration drilling activities will be performed using five Autonomous Multichannel Acoustic Recorders (AMAR) deployed on the seabed along the same radial at distances of 0.31, 0.62, 1.2, 2.5 and 5 mi (0.5,1, 2, 4 and 8 km) from each drilling unit. All five recording stations will sample at least at 32 kHz, providing calibrated acoustic measurements in the 5 Hz to 16 kHz frequency band. The logarithmic spacing of the recorders is designed to sample the attenuation of drilling unit sounds with distance. The autonomous recorders will sample through completion of the first well, to provide a detailed record of sounds emitted from all activities. These recorders will be retrieved and their data analyzed and reported in the project's 90-day report.
The deployment of drilling sound monitoring equipment will occur before, or as soon as possible after the
Vessel sound characterizations will be performed using dedicated recorders deployed at sufficient distances from exploration drilling operations so that sound produced by those activities does not interfere. Three AMAR acoustic recorders will be deployed on and perpendicular to a sail track on which all Shell contracted vessels will transit. This geometry is designed to obtain sound level measurements as a function of distance and direction. The fore and aft directions are sampled continuously over longer distances to 3 and 6 miles (5 and 10 km) respectively, while broadside and other directions are sampled as the vessels pass closer to the recorders.
Vessel sound measurements will be processed and reported in a manner similar to that used by Shell and other operators in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas during seismic survey operations. The measurements will further be analyzed to calculate source levels. Source directivity effects will be examined and reported. Preliminary vessel characterization measurements will be reported in a field report to be delivered 120 hours after the recorders are retrieved and data downloaded. Those results will include sound level data but not source level calculations. All vessel characterization results, including source levels, will be reported in 1/3-octave bands in the project 90-day report.
Shell states that it may conduct a geophysical survey referred to as a zero-offset vertical seismic profile, or ZVSP, at two drill sites in 2015. During ZVSP surveys, an airgun array, which is much smaller than those used for routine seismic surveys, is deployed at a location near or adjacent to the drilling unit, while receivers are placed (temporarily anchored) in the wellbore. The sound source (airgun array) is fired repeatedly, and the reflected sonic waves are recorded by receivers (geophones) located in the wellbore. The geophones, typically a string of them, are then raised up to the next interval in the wellbore and the process is repeated until the entire wellbore has been surveyed. The purpose of the ZVSP survey is to gather geophysical information at various depths in the wellbore, which can then be used to tie-in or ground truth geophysical information from the previously collected 2D and 3D seismic surveys with geological data collected within the wellbore.
Shell will conduct a ZVSP surveys in which the sound source is maintained at a constant location near the wellbore. Two sound sources have been proposed by Shell for the ZVSP surveys in 2015. The first is a small airgun array that consists of three 150 in
A ZVSP survey is typically conducted at each well after total depth is reached but may be conducted at a shallower depth. For each survey, the sound source (airgun array) would be deployed over the side of the
ZVSP sound verification measurements will be performed using either the AMARs that are deployed for drilling unit sound characterizations, or by JASCO Ocean Bottom Hydrophone (OBH) recorders. The use of AMARS or OBHs depends on the specific timing these measurements will be required by NMFS; the AMARs will not be retrieved until several days after the ZVSP as they are intended to monitor during retrievals of drilling unit anchors and related support activities. If the ZVSP acoustic measurements are required sooner, four OBH recorders would be deployed at the same locations and those could be retrieved immediately following the ZVSP measurement. The ZVSP measurements can be delivered within 120 hours of retrieval and download of the data from either instrument type.
Exploration drilling sound data will be analyzed to extract a record of the frequency-dependent sound levels as a function of time. These results are useful for correlating measured sound energy events with specific survey operations. The analysis provides absolute sound levels in finite frequency bands that can be tailored to match the highest-sensitivity hearing ranges for species of interest. The analyses will also consider sound level integrated through 1-hour durations (referred to as sound energy equivalent level Leq (1-hour). Similar graphs for long time periods will be generated as part of the data analysis performed for indicating drilling sound variation with time in selected frequency bands.
Acoustic sound level results will be reported in the 90-day and comprehensive reports for this program. The results reported will include:
• Sound source levels for the drilling units and all drilling support vessels;
• Spectrogram and band level versus time plots computed from the continuous recordings obtained from the hydrophone systems;
• Hourly Leq levels at the hydrophone locations; and
• Correlation of exploration drilling source levels with the type of exploration drilling operation being performed. These results will be obtained by observing differences in drilling sound associated with differences in drilling unit activities as indicated in detailed drilling unit logs.
This section describes acoustic studies that were undertaken from 2006 through 2013 in the Chukchi Sea as part of the Joint Monitoring Program and that will be continued by Shell during exploration drilling activities. The acoustic “net” array used during the 2006-2013 field seasons in the Chukchi Sea was designed to accomplish two main objectives. The first was to collect information on the occurrence and distribution of marine mammals (including beluga whale, bowhead whale, and other species) that may be available to subsistence hunters near villages along the Chukchi Sea coast and to document their relative abundance, habitat use, and migratory patterns. The second objective was to measure the ambient soundscape throughout the eastern Chukchi Sea and to record received levels of sounds from industry and other activities further offshore in the Chukchi Sea.
A net array configuration similar to that deployed in 2007-2013 is again proposed. The basic components of this effort consist of autonomous acoustic recorders deployed widely across the U.S. Chukchi Sea during the open water season and then more limited arrays during the winter season. These calibrated systems sample at 16 kHz with 24-bit resolution, and are capable of recording marine mammal sounds and making anthropogenic noise measurements. The net array configuration will include a regional array of 23 AMAR recorders deployed July-October off the four main transect locations: Cape Lisburne, Point Lay, Wainwright and Barrow. All of these offshore systems will capture sounds associated with exploration drilling, where present, over large distances to help characterize the sound transmission properties in the Chukchi Sea. Six additional summer AMAR recorders will be deployed around the Burger drill sites to monitor directional variations and longer-range propagation of drilling-related sounds. These recorders will also be used to examine marine mammal vocalization patterns in vicinity of exploration drilling activities. The regional recorders will be retrieved in early October 2015; acoustic monitoring will continue through the winter with 8 AMAR recorders deployed October 2015-August 2016. The winter recorders will sample at 16 kHz on a 17% duty cycle (40 minutes every 4 hours). The winter recorders deployed in previous years have provided important information about fall and spring migrations of bowhead, beluga, walrus and several seal species.
The Chukchi acoustic net array will produce an extremely large dataset comprising several Terabytes of acoustic data. The analyses of these data require identification of marine mammal vocalizations. Because of the very large amount of data to be processed, the analysis methods will incorporate automated vocalization detection algorithms that have been developed over several years. While the hydrophones used in the net array are not directional, and therefore not capable of accurate localization of detections, the number of vocalizations detected on each of the sensors provides a measure of the relative spatial distribution of some marine mammal species, assuming that vocalization patterns are consistent within a species across the spatial and geographic distribution of the hydrophone array. These results therefore provide information such as timing of migrations and routes of migration for belugas and bowheads.
A second purpose of the Chukchi net array is to monitor the amplitude of exploration drilling sound propagation over a very large area. It is expected that sounds from exploratory drilling activities will be detectable on hydrophone systems within approximately 30 km of the drilling units when ambient sound energy conditions are low. The drilling sound levels at recorder locations will be quantified and reported.
Analysis of all acoustic data will be prioritized to address the primary questions. The primary data analysis
Shell has been reticent to conduct manned aerial surveys in the offshore Chukchi Sea because conducting those surveys puts people at risk. There is a strong desire, however, to obtain data on marine mammal distribution in the offshore Chukchi Sea and Shell will conduct a photographic aerial survey that would put fewer people at risk as an alternative to the fully-manned aerial survey. The photographic survey would reduce the number of people on board the aircraft from six persons to two persons (the pilot and copilot) and would serve as a pilot study for future surveys that would use an Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) to capture the imagery.
Aerial photographic surveys have been used to monitor distribution and estimate densities of marine mammals in offshore areas since the mid-1980s, and before that, were used to estimate numbers of animals in large concentration areas. Digital photographs provide many advantages over observations made by people if the imagery has sufficient resolution (Koski
The proposed photographic survey will provide imagery that can be used to evaluate the ability of future studies to use the same image capturing systems in an UAS where people would not be put at risk. Although the two platforms are not the same, the slower airspeed and potentially lower flight altitude of the UAS would mean that the data quality would be better from the UAS. Initial comparisons have been made between data collected by human observers on board both the Chukchi and Beaufort aerial survey aircraft and the digital imagery collected in 2012. Overall, the imagery provided better estimates of the number of large cetaceans and pinnipeds present but fewer sightings were identified to species in the imagery than by PSOs, because the PSOs had sightings in view for a longer period of time and could use behavior to differentiate species. The comparisons indicated that some cetaceans that were not seen by PSOs were detected in the imagery; errors in identification were made by the PSOs during the survey that could be resolved from examination of the imagery; cetaceans seen by PSOs were visible in the imagery; and during periods with large numbers of sightings, the imagery provided much better estimates of numbers of sightings and group size than the PSO data.
Photographic surveys would start as soon as the ice management, anchor handler and drilling units are at or near the first drill site and would continue throughout the drilling period and until the drilling related vessels have left the exploration drilling area. Since the current plans are for vessels to enter the Chukchi Sea on or about 1 July, surveys would be initiated on or about 3 July. This start date differs from past practices of beginning five days prior to initiation of an activity and continuing until five days after cessation of the activity because the presence of vessels with helidecks in the area where overflights will occur is one of the main mitigations that will allow for safe operation of the overflight program this far offshore. The surveys will be based out of Barrow and the same aircraft will conduct the offshore surveys around the drilling units and the coastal saw-tooth pattern. The surveys of offshore areas around the drilling units will take precedence over the sawtooth survey, but if weather does not permit surveying offshore, the nearshore survey will be conducted if weather permits.
The aerial survey grids are designed to maximize coverage of the sound level fields of the drilling units during the different exploratory drilling activities. The survey grids can be modified as necessary based on weather and whether a noisy activity or quiet activity is taking place. The intensive survey design maximizes the effort over the area where sound levels are highest. The outer survey grid covers an elliptical area with a 45 km radius near the center of the ellipse. The spacing of the outer survey lines is 10 km, and the spacing between the intensive and outer lines is 5 km. The expanded survey grid covers a larger survey area, and the design is based on an elliptical area with a 50 km radius centered on the well sties. For both survey designs the main transects will be spaced 10 km apart which will allow even coverage of the survey area during a single flight if weather conditions permit completion of a survey. A random starting point will be selected for each survey and the evenly spaced lines will be shifted NE or SW along the perimeter of the elliptical survey area based on the start point. The total length of survey lines will be about 1,000 km and the exact length will depend on the location of the randomly selected start point.
Following each survey, the imagery will be downloaded from the memory card to a portable hard drive and then backed up on a second hard drive and stored at accommodations in Barrow until the second hard drive can be transferred to Anchorage. In Anchorage, the imagery will be processed through a computer-assisted analysis program to identify where marine mammal sightings might be located among the many images obtained. A team of trained photo analysts will review the photographs identified as having potential sightings and record the appropriate data on each sighting. If time permits, a second review of some of the images will be conducted while in the field, but the sightings recorded during the second pass will be identified in the database as secondary sightings, so that biases associated with the detection in the imagery can be quantified. If time does not permit that review to be conducted while in the field, the review will be conducted by personnel in the office during or after the field season. A sample of images that are not identified by the computer-assisted analysis program will be examined in detail by the image analysts to determine if the program has missed marine mammal sightings. If the analysis program has missed mammal
Nearshore aerial surveys of marine mammals in the Chukchi Sea were conducted over coastal areas to approximately 23 miles (mi) [37 kilometers (km)] offshore in 2006-2008 and in 2010 in support of Shell's summer seismic exploration activities. In 2012 these surveys were flown when it was not possible to fly the photographic transects out over the Burger well site due to weather or rescue craft availability. These surveys provided data on the distribution and abundance of marine mammals in nearshore waters of the Chukchi Sea. Shell plans to conduct these nearshore aerial surveys in the Chukchi Sea as opportunities unfold and surveys will be similar to those conducted during previous years except that no PSOs will be onboard the aircraft. As noted above, the first priority will be to conduct photographic surveys around the offshore exploration drilling activities, but nearshore surveys will be conducted whenever weather does not permit flying offshore. As in past years, surveys in the southern part of the nearshore survey area will depend on the end of the beluga hunt near Point Lay. In past years, Point Lay has requested that aerial surveys not be conducted until after the beluga hunt has ended and so the start of surveys has been delayed until mid-July.
Alaskan Natives from villages along the east coast of the Chukchi Sea hunt marine mammals during the summer and Native communities are concerned that offshore oil and gas exploration activities may negatively impact their ability to harvest marine mammals. Of particular concern are potential impacts on the beluga harvest at Point Lay and on future bowhead harvests at Point Hope, Point Lay, Wainwright and Barrow. Other species of concern in the Chukchi Sea include the gray whale; bearded, ringed, and spotted seals. Gray whale and harbor porpoise are expected to be the most numerous cetacean species encountered during the proposed aerial survey; although harbor porpoise are abundant they are difficult to detect from aircraft because of their small size and brief surfacing. Beluga whales may occur in high numbers early in the season. The ringed seal is likely to be the most abundant pinniped species. The current aerial survey program will be designed to collect distribution data on cetaceans but will be limited in its ability to collect similar data on pinnipeds and harbor porpoises because they are not reliably detectable during review of the collected images unless a third camera with a 50 mm or similar lens is deployed.
Transects will be flown in a saw-toothed pattern between the shore and 23 mi (37 km) offshore as well as along the coast from Point Barrow to Point Hope. This design will permit completion of the survey in one to two days and will provide representative coverage of the nearshore region. Sawtooth transects were designed by placing transect start/end points every 34 mi (55 km) along the offshore boundary of this 23 mi (37 km) wide nearshore zone, and at midpoints between those points along the coast. The transect line start/end points will be shifted along both the coast and the offshore boundary for each survey based upon a randomized starting location, but overall survey distance will not vary substantially. The coastline transect will simply follow the coastline or barrier islands. As with past surveys of the Chukchi Sea coast, coordination with coastal villages to avoid disturbance of the beluga whale subsistence hunt will be extremely important. “No-fly” zones around coastal villages or other hunting areas established during communications with village representatives will be in place until the end of the hunting season.
Standard aerial survey procedures used in previous marine mammal projects (by Shell as well as by others) will be followed. This will facilitate comparisons and (as appropriate) pooling with other data, and will minimize controversy about the chosen survey procedures. The aircraft will be flown at 110-120 knots ground speed and usually at an altitude of 1,000 ft (305 m). Aerial surveys at an altitude of 1,000 ft. (305 m) do not provide much information about seals but are suitable for bowhead, beluga, and gray whales. The need for a 1,000+ ft (305+ m) or 1,500+ ft (454+ m) cloud ceiling will limit the dates and times when surveys can be flown. Selection of a higher altitude for surveys would result in a significant reduction in the number of days during which surveys would be possible, impairing the ability of the aerial program to meet its objectives.
The surveyed area will include waters where belugas are usually available to subsistence hunters. If large concentrations of belugas are encountered during the survey, the aircraft will climb to ~10,000 ft (3,050 m) altitude to avoid disturbing the cetaceans. If cetaceans are in offshore areas, the aircraft will climb high enough to include all cetaceans within a single photograph; typically about 3,000 ft (914 m) altitude. When in shallow water, belugas and other marine mammals are more sensitive to aircraft over flights and other forms of disturbance than when they are offshore (see Richardson
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer reviewed “where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a species or stock for taking for subsistence uses” (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing regulations state, “Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan” (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS has established an independent peer review panel to review Shell's 4MP for Exploration Drilling of Selected Lease Areas in the Alaskan Chukchi Sea in 2015. The panel is scheduled to meet in early March 2015, and will provide comments to NMFS shortly after they meet. After completion of the peer review, NMFS will consider all recommendations made by the panel, incorporate appropriate changes into the monitoring requirements of the IHA (if issued), and publish the panel's findings and recommendations in the final IHA notice of issuance or denial document.
A report on the results of the acoustic verification measurements, including at a minimum the measured 190-, 180-, 160-, and 120-dB (rms) radii of the drilling units, and support vessels, will be reported in the 90-day report. A report of the acoustic verification measurements of the ZVSP airgun array will be submitted within 120 hr after collection and analysis of those measurements once that part of the program is implemented. The ZVSP acoustic array report will specify the distances of the exclusion zones that were adopted for the ZVSP program. Prior to completion of these measurements, Shell will use the radii outlined in their application and proposed in Tables 2 and 3 of this document.
Throughout the exploration drilling program, the biologists will prepare a report each day or at such other interval as required summarizing the recent results of the monitoring program. The reports will summarize the species and numbers of marine mammals sighted. These reports will be provided to NMFS as required.
The results of Shell's 2015 Chukchi Sea exploratory drilling monitoring program (
Analysis of all acoustic data will be prioritized to address the primary questions, which are to: (a) Determine when, where, and what species of animals are acoustically detected on each AMAR ; (b) analyze data as a whole to determine offshore bowhead distributions as a function of time; (c) quantify spatial and temporal variability in the ambient noise; and (d) measure received levels of drilling unit activities. The detection data will be used to develop spatial and temporal animal distributions. Statistical analyses will be used to test for changes in animal detections and distributions as a function of different variables (
The initial technical report is due to NMFS within 90 days of the completion of Shell's Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program. The “90-day” report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
Shell will be required to notify NMFS' Office of Protected Resources and NMFS' Stranding Network of any sighting of an injured or dead marine mammal. Based on different circumstances, Shell may or may not be required to stop operations upon such a sighting. Shell will provide NMFS with the species or description of the animal(s), the condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if the animal is dead), location, time of first discovery, observed behaviors (if alive), and photo or video (if available). The specific language describing what Shell must do upon sighting a dead or injured marine mammal can be found in the “Proposed Incidental Harassment Authorization” section later in this document.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment]. Only take by Level B behavioral harassment is anticipated as a result of the proposed drilling program. Noise propagation from the drilling units, associated support vessels (including during icebreaking if needed), and the airgun array are expected to harass, through behavioral disturbance, affected marine mammal species or stocks. Additional disturbance to marine mammals may result from aircraft overflights and visual disturbance of the drilling units or support vessels. However, based on the flight paths and altitude, impacts from aircraft operations are anticipated to be localized and minimal in nature.
The full suite of potential impacts to marine mammals from various industrial activities was described in detail in the “Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals” section found earlier in this document. The potential effects of sound from the proposed exploratory drilling program without any mitigation might include one or more of the following: tolerance; masking of natural sounds; behavioral disturbance; non-auditory physical effects; and, at least in theory, temporary or permanent hearing impairment (Richardson
For continuous sounds, such as those produced by drilling operations and during icebreaking activities, NMFS uses a received level of 120-dB (rms) to indicate the onset of Level B harassment. For impulsive sounds, such as those produced by the airgun array during the ZVSP surveys, NMFS uses a received level of 160-dB (rms) to indicate the onset of Level B harassment. Shell provided calculations for the 120-dB isopleths produced by aggregate sources and then used those isopleths to estimate takes by harassment. Additionally, Shell provided calculations for the 160-dB isopleth produced by the airgun array and then used that isopleth to estimate takes by harassment. Shell provides a full description of the methodology used to estimate takes by harassment in its IHA application (see
Shell has requested authorization to take bowhead, gray, fin, humpback, minke, killer, and beluga whales, harbor porpoise, and ringed, spotted, bearded, and ribbon seals incidental to exploration drilling, ice management/icebreaking, and ZVSP activities. Additionally, Shell provided exposure estimates and requested takes of narwhal. However, as stated previously in this document, sightings of this species are rare, and the likelihood of occurrence of narwhals in the proposed
“Take by Harassment” is described in this section and was calculated in Shell's application by multiplying the expected densities of marine mammals that may occur near the exploratory drilling operations by the area of water likely to be exposed to continuous, non-pulse sounds ≥120 dB re 1 µPa (rms) during drilling unit operations or icebreaking activities and impulse sounds ≥160 dB re 1 µPa (rms) created by seismic airguns during ZVSP activities. NMFS evaluated and critiqued the methods provided in Shell's application and determined that they were appropriate to conduct the requisite MMPA analyses. This section describes the estimated densities of marine mammals that may occur in the project area. The area of water that may be ensonified to the above sound levels is described further in the “
Marine mammal density estimates in the Chukchi Sea have been derived for two time periods, the summer period covering July and August, and the fall period including September and October. Animal densities encountered in the Chukchi Sea during both of these time periods will further depend on the habitat zone within which the activities are occurring: open water or ice margin. More ice is likely to be present in the area of activities during the July-August period, so summer ice-margin densities have been applied to 50% of the area that may be ensonified from drilling and ZVSP activities in those months. Open water densities in the summer were applied to the remaining 50 percent of the area. Less ice is likely to be present during the September-October period, so fall ice-margin densities have been applied to only 20% of the area that may be ensonified from drilling and ZVSP activities in those months. Fall open-water densities were applied to the remaining 80 percent of the area. Since ice management activities would only occur within ice-margin habitat, the entire area potentially ensonified by ice management activities has been multiplied by the ice-margin densities in both seasons.
There is some uncertainty about the representativeness of the data and assumptions used in the calculations. To provide some allowance for the uncertainties, “maximum estimates” as well as “average estimates” of the numbers of marine mammals potentially affected have been derived. For a few marine mammal species, several density estimates were available. In those cases, the mean and maximum estimates were determined from the reported densities or survey data. In other cases only one or no applicable estimate was available, so correction factors were used to arrive at “average” and “maximum” estimates. These are described in detail in the following subsections.
Detectability bias, quantified in part by f(0), is associated with diminishing sightability with increasing lateral distance from the survey trackline. Availability bias, g(0), refers to the fact that there is <100% probability of sighting an animal that is present along the survey trackline. Some sources below included these correction factors in the reported densities (
Eight species of cetaceans are known to occur in the activity area. Three of the nine species, bowhead, fin, and humpback whales, are listed as “endangered” under the ESA.
Summer densities of beluga whales in offshore waters are expected to be low, with somewhat higher densities in ice-margin and nearshore areas. Past aerial surveys have recorded few belugas in the offshore Chukchi Sea during the summer months (Moore
In the fall, beluga whale densities offshore in the Chukchi Sea are expected to be somewhat higher than in the summer because individuals of the eastern Chukchi Sea stock and the Beaufort Sea stock will be migrating south to their wintering grounds in the Bering Sea (Allen and Angliss 2012). Densities derived from survey results in the northern Chukchi Sea in Clarke and Ferguson (in prep, cited in Shell 2014) and Clarke
By July, most bowhead whales are northeast of the Chukchi Sea, within or migrating toward their summer feeding grounds in the eastern Beaufort Sea. No bowheads were reported during 10,686 km of on-transect effort in the Chukchi Sea by Moore
The estimate of the July-August open-water bowhead whale density in the Chukchi Sea was calculated from the three bowhead sightings (3 individuals) and 22,154 km of survey effort in waters 36-50 m deep in the Chukchi Sea during July-August reported in Clarke and Ferguson (in prep, cited in Shell 2014) and Clarke
During the fall, bowhead whales that summered in the Beaufort Sea and Amundsen Gulf migrate west and south to their wintering grounds in the Bering Sea, making it more likely those bowheads will be encountered in the Chukchi Sea at this time of year. Moore
Gray whale densities are expected to be much higher in the summer months than during the fall. Moore
In the fall, gray whales may be dispersed more widely through the northern Chukchi Sea (Moore
Harbor Porpoise densities were estimated from industry data collected during 2006-2010 activities in the Chukchi Sea. Prior to 2006, no reliable estimates were available for the Chukchi Sea and harbor porpoise presence was expected to be very low and limited to nearshore regions. Observers on industry vessels in 2006-2010, however, recorded sightings throughout the Chukchi Sea during the summer and early fall months. Density estimates from 2006-2010 observations during non-seismic periods and locations in July-August ranged from 0.0013/km
The remaining five cetacean species that could be encountered in the Chukchi Sea during Shell's planned exploration drilling program include the humpback whale, killer whale, minke whale, and fin whale. Although there is evidence of the occasional occurrence of these five cetacean species in the Chukchi Sea, it is unlikely that more than a few individuals will be encountered during the planned exploration drilling program and therefore minimum densities have been assigned to these species (Tables 6-1 and 6-2 in Shell's IHA application). Clarke
Of these uncommon cetacean species, minke whale has the potential to be the most common based on recent industry surveys. Reider
Three species of pinnipeds under NMFS jurisdiction are likely to be encountered in the Chukchi Sea during Shell's planned exploration drilling program: Ringed seal, bearded seal, and spotted seal. Ringed and bearded seals are associated with both the ice margin and the nearshore area. The ice margin is considered preferred habitat (as compared to the nearshore areas) for ringed and bearded seals during most seasons. Spotted seals are often considered to be predominantly a coastal species except in the spring when they may be found in the southern margin of the retreating sea ice. However, satellite tagging has shown that they sometimes undertake long excursions into offshore waters during summer (Lowry
Ringed seal and bearded seals “average” and “maximum” summer ice-margin densities were available in Bengtson
Little information on spotted seal densities in offshore areas of the Chukchi Sea is available. Spotted seal densities in the summer were estimated by multiplying the ringed seal densities by 0.02. This was based on the ratio of the estimated Chukchi populations of the two species. Chukchi Sea spotted seal abundance was estimated by assuming that 8% of the Alaskan population of spotted seals is present in the Chukchi Sea during the summer and fall (Rugh
Four ribbon seal sightings were reported during industry vessel operations in the Chukchi Sea in 2006-2010 (Hartin
The assumed start date of Shell's exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea using the drilling units
Previous IHA applications for offshore Arctic exploration programs estimated areas potentially ensonified to ≥120 or ≥160 dB re 1 μPa rms independently for each continuous or pulsed sound
The continuous sound sources used for sound propagation modeling of activity scenarios included (1) drilling unit and drilling sounds, (2) supply and drilling support vessels using DP when tending to a drilling unit, (3) MLC construction, (4) anchor handling in support of mooring a drilling unit, and (5) ice management activities. The information used to generate sound level characteristics for each continuous sound source is summarized below to provide background on the model inputs. A “safety factor” of 1.3 dB re 1 μPa rms was added to the source level for each sound source prior to modeling activity scenarios to account for variability across the project area associated with received levels at different depths, geoacoustical properties, and sound-speed profiles. The addition of the 1.3 dB re 1 μPa rms safety factor to source levels resulted in an approximate 20 percent increase in the distance to the 120 dB re 1 μPa rms threshold for each continuous source.
Table 2 summarizes the 120 dB re 1 μPa rms radii for individual sound sources, both the “original” radii as measured in the field, and the “adjusted” values that were calculated by adding the “safety factor” of 1.3 dB re 1 μPa rms to each source. The adjusted source levels were then used in sound propagation modeling of activity scenarios to estimate ensonified areas and associated marine mammal exposure estimates. Additional details for each of the continuous sound sources presented in Table 2 are discussed below.
The pulsed sound sources used for sound propagation modeling of activity scenarios consisted of two small airgun arrays proposed for ZVSP activities. All possible array configurations and operating depths were modeled to identify the arrangement with the greatest sound propagation characteristics. The resulting ≥160 dB re 1 μPa rms radius was multiplied by 1.5 as a conservative measure prior to estimating exposed areas, which is discussed in greater detail below.
Two sound sources have been proposed by Shell for the ZVSP surveys in 2015. The first is a small airgun array that consists of three 150 in3 (2,458 cm
There are two reasons that the radii for the 450 in
The estimated 95th percentile distances to the following thresholds for the 450 in
As noted above, previous IHA applications for Arctic offshore exploration programs estimated areas potentially ensonified to continuous sound levels ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms independently for each sound source. This method was appropriate for assessing a small number of continuous sound sources that did not consistently overlap in time and space. However, many of the continuous sound sources described above will operate concurrently at one or more nearby locations in 2015 during Shell's planned exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea. It is therefore appropriate to consider the concurrent operation of numerous sound sources and the additive acoustic effects from combined sound fields when estimating areas potentially exposed to levels ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms.
A range of potential “activity scenarios” was derived from a realistic operational timeline by considering the
This section provides estimates of the number of individuals potentially exposed to continuous sound levels ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms from exploration drilling related activities and pulsed sound levels ≥160 dB re 1 μPa rms by ZVSP activities. The estimates are based on a consideration of the number of marine mammals that might be affected by operations in the Chukchi Sea during 2015 and the anticipated area exposed to those sound levels.
To account for different densities in different habitats, Shell has assumed that more ice is likely to be present in the area of operations during the July-August period than in the September-October period, so summer ice-margin densities have been applied to 50% of the area that may be exposed to sounds from exploration drilling activities in those months. Open water densities in the summer were applied to the remaining 50% of the area.
Less ice is likely to be present during the September-October period than in the July-August period, so fall ice-margin densities have been applied to only 20% of the area that may be exposed to sounds from exploration drilling activities in those months. Fall open-water densities were applied to the remaining 80% of the area. Since icebreaking activities would only occur within ice-margin habitat, the entire area potentially ensonified by icebreaking activities has been multiplied by the ice-margin densities in both seasons.
Estimates of the numbers of marine mammals potentially exposed to continuous sounds ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms or pulsed sounds ≥160 dB re 1 μPa rms are based on assumptions that include upward scaling of source levels for all sound sources, no avoidance of activities/sounds by individual marine mammals, and 100% turnover of individuals in ensonified areas every 24 hours (except for bowhead whales, as discussed below). NMFS considers that these assumptions are overly conservative, especially for non-migratory species/periods and for cetaceans in particular, which are known to avoid anthropogenic activities and associated sounds at varying distances depending on the context in which activities and sounds are encountered (Koski and Miller 2009; Moore 2000; Moore
The following sections present a range of exposure estimates for bowhead whales and ringed seals. Estimates were generated based on an evaluation of the best available science and a consideration of the assumptions surrounding avoidance behavior and the frequency of turnover. In addition to demonstrating the sensitivity of exposure estimates to variable assumptions, the wide range of estimates is more informative for assessing negligible impact compared to a single estimated value with a high degree of uncertainty.
It is difficult to determine an appropriate, precise average turnover time for a population of animals in a particular area of the Chukchi Sea. Reasons for this include differences in residency time for migratory and non-migratory species, changes in distribution of food and other factors such as behavior that influence animal movement, variation among individuals of the same species, etc. Complete turnover of individual bowhead whales in the project area each 24-hour period may occur during fall migration when bowheads are traveling through the area. Even during this fall period, bowheads often move in pulses with one to several days between major pulses of whales (Miller
During the summer, relatively few bowhead or beluga whales are present in the Chukchi Sea and in most cases, given that the operations area is not known to be a critical feeding area (Citta
Several historical studies provide valuable information on the distribution and behavior of bowhead whales relative to drilling activities in the Alaskan Arctic offshore. One is a 1986 study by Shell at Hammerhead and Corona prospects (Davis 1987) and another is an analysis by Schick and Urban (2000) of 1993 aerial survey data collected by Coastal Offshore and Pacific Corporation. Both studies suggest that few whales approached within ~18 km of an offshore drilling operation in the Beaufort Sea. Davis (1987) reported that the surfacing and respiration variables that are often used as indicators of behavioral disturbance seemed normal when whales were >18.5 km from the active drill site and as they circumnavigated the drilling operation. The Schick and Urban (2000) study found whales as close as 18.5-20.3 km in all directions around the active operation, suggesting that whales that had diverted returned to their normal migration routes shortly after passing the operation.
If bowhead whales avoid drilling and related support activities at distances of approximately 20 km in 2015, as was noted consistently by Davis (1987) and Schick and Urban (2002), this would preclude exposure of the vast majority of individuals to continuous sounds ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms or pulsed sounds ≥160 dB re 1 μPa rms. The largest ensonified areas during Shell's 2012 exploration drilling program were produced by mudline cellar construction, ice management, and anchor handling (JASCO Applied Sciences and Greeneridge Sciences 2014). Only anchor handling is expected to result in the lateral propagation of continuous sound levels ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms to distances of 20 km or greater from the source.
By assuming half of the individual bowhead whales would avoid areas with sounds at or above Level B thresholds, the exposure estimate would be reduced accordingly by 50% even if 100% turnover of migrating whales was still assumed to take place every 24 hours. Taking into consideration what is known from studies documenting temporary diversion around drilling activities, and conservative assumptions with regards to turnover rates, NMFS considers the conservative estimate associated with a 24 hour turnover and 50% avoidance to be the most reasonable estimate of individual exposures.
Table 4 presents the exposure estimates for Shell's proposed 2015 exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea. The table also summarizes abundance estimates for each species and the corresponding percent of each population that may be exposed to continuous sounds ≥120 dB re 1 μPa rms or pulsed sounds ≥160 dB re 1 μPa rms. With the exception of the exposure estimate for bowhead whales described above, estimates for all other species assumed 100% daily turnover and no avoidance of activities or ensonified areas.
In summary, several precautionary methods were applied when calculating exposure estimates. These conservative methods and related considerations include:
• Application of a 1.3 dB re 1 μPa rms safety factor to the source level of each continuous sound source prior to sound propagation modeling of areas exposed to Level B thresholds;
• Binning of similar activity scenarios into a representative scenario, each of which reflected the largest exposed area for a related group of activities;
• Modeling numerous iterations of each activity scenario at different drill site locations to identify the spatial arrangement with the largest exposed area for each;
• Assuming 100 percent daily turnover of populations, which likely overestimates the number of different individuals that would be exposed, especially during non-migratory periods;
• Expected marine mammal densities assume no avoidance of areas exposed to Level B thresholds (with the exception of bowhead whale, for which 50% of individuals were assumed to demonstrate avoidance behavior); and
• Density estimates for some cetaceans include nearshore areas where more individuals would be expected to occur than in the offshore Burger Prospect area (
Additionally, post-season estimates of the number of marine mammals exposed to Level B thresholds per Shell 90-Day Reports from the 2012 IHA consistently support the methods used in Shell's IHA applications as precautionary. Most recently, exposure estimates reported by Reider
Negligible impact is “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival” (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
No injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur as a result of Shell's proposed Chukchi Sea exploratory drilling program, and none are proposed to be authorized. Injury, serious injury, or mortality could occur if there were a large or very large oil spill. However, as discussed previously in this document, the likelihood of a spill is extremely remote. Shell has implemented many design and operational standards to mitigate the potential for an oil spill of any size. NMFS does not propose to authorize take from an oil spill, as it is not part of the specified activity. Additionally, animals in the area are not expected to incur hearing impairment (
Bowhead and beluga whales are less likely to occur in the proposed project area in July and August, as they are found mostly in the Canadian Beaufort Sea at this time. The animals are more likely to occur later in the season (mid-September through October), as they head west towards Russia or south towards the Bering Sea. Additionally, while bowhead whale tagging studies revealed that animals occurred in the LS 193 area, a higher percentage of animals were found outside of the LS 193 area in the fall (Quakenbush
Gray whales occur in the northeastern Chukchi Sea during the summer and early fall to feed. Hanna Shoals, an area northeast of Shell's proposed drill sites, is a common gray whale feeding ground. This feeding ground lies outside of the 120-dB and 160-dB ensonified areas from Shell's activities. While some individuals may swim through the area of active drilling, it is not anticipated to interfere with their feeding at Hanna Shoals or other Chukchi Sea feeding grounds. Other cetacean species are much rarer in the proposed project area. The exposure of cetaceans to sounds produced by exploratory drilling operations (
Few seals are expected to occur in the proposed project area, as several of the species prefer more nearshore waters. Additionally, as stated previously in this document, pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of anthropogenic sound, especially at lower received levels, than other marine mammals, such as mysticetes. Shell's proposed activities would occur at a time of year when the ice seal species found in the region are not molting, breeding, or pupping. Therefore, these important life functions would not be impacted by Shell's proposed activities. The exposure of pinnipeds to sounds produced by Shell's proposed exploratory drilling operations in the Chukchi Sea is not expected to result in more than Level B harassment of the affected species or stock.
Of the 12 marine mammal species or stocks likely to occur in the proposed drilling area, four are listed as endangered under the ESA: the bowhead, humpback, fin whales, and ringed seal. All four species are also designated as “depleted” under the MMPA. Despite these designations, the Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort stock of bowheads has been increasing at a rate of 3.4% annually for nearly a decade (Allen and Angliss, 2011), even in the face of ongoing industrial activity. Additionally, during the 2001 census, 121 calves were counted, which was the
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in this document (see the “Anticipated Effects on Habitat” section). Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of marine mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor. Based on the vast size of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by marine mammals occurs versus the localized area of the drilling program, any missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area would be of little consequence, as marine mammals would have access to other feeding grounds.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine mammal take from Shell's proposed 2015 open-water exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks.
The estimated takes proposed to be authorized represent less than 1% of the affected population or stock for 6 of the species and less than 5.5% for three additional species. The estimated takes for bowhead and gray whales and for ringed seals are 13.2%, 13.5%, and 16.8%, respectively. These estimates represent the percentage of each species or stock that could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment if each animal is taken only once.
The estimated take numbers are likely somewhat of an overestimate for several reasons. First, an application of a 1.3 dB safety factor to the source level of each continuous sound source prior to sound propagation modeling of areas exposed to Level B thresholds, which make the effective zones for take calculation larger than they likely would be. In addition, Shell applied binning of similar activity scenarios into a representative scenario, each of which reflected the largest exposed area for a related group of activities. Further, the take estimates assume 100% daily turnover of populations, which likely overestimates the number of different individuals that would be exposed, especially during non-migratory periods. In addition, the take estimates assume no avoidance of marine mammals in areas exposed to Level B thresholds (with the exception of bowhead whale, for which 50% of individuals were assumed to demonstrate avoidance behavior). Finally, density estimates for some cetaceans include nearshore areas where more individuals would be expected to occur than in the offshore Burger Prospect area (
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks.
The disturbance and potential displacement of marine mammals by sounds from drilling activities are the principal concerns related to subsistence use of the area. Subsistence remains the basis for Alaska Native culture and community. Marine mammals are legally hunted in Alaskan waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In rural Alaska, subsistence activities are often central to many aspects of human existence, including patterns of family life, artistic expression, and community religious and celebratory activities. Additionally, the animals taken for subsistence provide a significant portion of the food that will last the community throughout the year. The main species that are hunted include bowhead and beluga whales, ringed, spotted, and bearded seals. The importance of each of these species varies among the communities and is largely based on availability.
The subsistence communities in the Chukchi Sea that have the potential to be impacted by Shell's offshore drilling program include Point Hope, Point Lay, Wainwright, Barrow, and possibly Kotzebue and Kivalina (however, these two communities are much farther to the south of the proposed project area).
Sound energy and general activity associated with drilling and operation of vessels and aircraft have the potential to temporarily affect the behavior of bowhead whales. Monitoring studies (Davis 1987, Brewer
Behavioral effects on bowhead whales from sound energy produced by drilling, such as avoidance, deflection, and changes in surface/dive ratios, have generally been found to be limited to areas around the drill site that are ensonified to >160 dB re 1 μPa rms, although effects have infrequently been observed out as far as areas ensonified to 120 dB re 1 μPa rms. Ensonification by drilling to levels >120 dB re 1 μPa rms will be limited to areas within about 0.93 mi (1.5 km) of either drilling units during Shell's exploration drilling program. Shell's proposed drill sites are located more than 64 mi (103 km) from the Chukchi Sea coastline, whereas mapping of subsistence use areas indicates bowhead hunts are conducted within about 30 mi (48 km) of shore; there is therefore little or no opportunity for the proposed exploration drilling activities to affect bowhead hunts.
Vessel traffic along planned travel corridors between the drill sites and marine support facilities in Barrow and Wainwright would traverse some areas used during bowhead harvests by
Barrow crews have traditionally hunted bowheads during both spring and fall; however spring whaling by Barrow crews is normally finished before the date on which Shell operations would commence. From 1984 through 2011 whales were harvested in the spring by Barrow crews only between April 23 and June 15 (George and Tarpley 1986; George
Aircraft traffic (helicopters and small fixed wing airplanes) between the drill sites and facilities in Wainwright and Barrow would also traverse these subsistence areas. Flights between the drill sites and Wainwright or other shoreline locations would take place after the date on which spring bowhead whaling out of Point Hope, Point Lay, and Wainwright is typically finished for the year; however, Wainwright has harvested bowheads in the fall since 2010 and aircraft may traverse areas sometimes utilized for these fall hunts. Aircraft overflights between the drill sites and Barrow or other shoreline locations could also occur over areas used by Barrow crews during fall whaling, but again, most fall whaling by Barrow crews takes place to the east of Barrow in the Beaufort Sea. The most commonly observed reactions of bowheads to aircraft traffic are hasty dives, but changes in orientation, dispersal, and changes in activity are sometimes noted. Such reactions could potentially affect subsistence hunts if the flights occurred near and at the same time as the hunt, but Shell has developed and proposes to implement a number of mitigation measures to avoid such impacts. These mitigation measures include minimum flight altitudes, employment of SAs, and Com Centers. Twice-daily calls are held during the exploration drilling program and are attended by operations staff, logistics staff, and SAs. Vessel movements and aircraft flights are adjusted as needed and planned in a manner that avoids potential impacts to bowhead whale hunts and other subsistence activities.
Beluga whales typically do not represent a large proportion of the subsistence harvests by weight in the communities of Wainwright and Barrow, the nearest communities to Shell's planned exploration drilling program. Barrow residents hunt beluga in the spring (normally after the bowhead hunt) in leads between Point Barrow and Skull Cliffs in the Chukchi Sea, primarily in April-June and later in the summer (July-August) on both sides of the barrier island in Elson Lagoon/Beaufort Sea (Minerals Management Service [MMS] 2008), but harvest rates indicate the hunts are not frequent. Wainwright residents hunt beluga in April-June in the spring lead system, but this hunt typically occurs only if there are no bowheads in the area. Communal hunts for beluga are conducted along the coastal lagoon system later in July-August.
Belugas typically represent a much greater proportion of the subsistence harvest in Point Lay and Point Hope. Point Lay's primary beluga hunt occurs from mid-June through mid-July, but can sometimes continue into August if early success is not sufficient. Point Hope residents hunt beluga primarily in the lead system during the spring (late March to early June) bowhead hunt, but also in open water along the coastline in July and August. Belugas are harvested in coastal waters near these villages, generally within a few miles from shore. Shell's proposed drill sites are located more than 60 mi (97 km) offshore, therefore proposed exploration drilling in the Burger Prospect would have no or minimal impacts on beluga hunts. Aircraft and vessel traffic between the drill sites and support facilities in Wainwright, and aircraft traffic between the drill sites and air support facilities in Barrow, would traverse areas that are sometimes used for subsistence hunting of belugas.
Disturbance associated with vessel and aircraft traffic could therefore potentially affect beluga hunts. However, all of the beluga hunt by Barrow residents in the Chukchi Sea, and much of the hunt by Wainwright residents, would likely be completed before Shell activities would commence. Additionally, vessel and aircraft traffic associated with Shell's planned exploration drilling program will be restricted under normal conditions to designated corridors that remain onshore or proceed directly offshore thereby minimizing the amount of traffic in coastal waters where beluga hunts take place. The designated vessel and aircraft traffic corridors do not traverse areas indicated in recent mapping as utilized by Point Lay or Point Hope for beluga hunts, and avoids important beluga hunting areas in Kasegaluk Lagoon that are used by Wainwright. Shell has developed and proposes to implement a number of mitigation measures,
Seals are an important subsistence resource and ringed seals make up the bulk of the seal harvest. Most ringed and bearded seals are harvested in the winter or in the spring before Shell's exploration drilling program would
NMFS has defined “unmitigable adverse impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as: “an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
Noise and general activity during Shell's proposed drilling program have the potential to impact marine mammals hunted by Native Alaskans. In the case of cetaceans, the most common reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as noted previously in this document) is avoidance of the ensonified area. In the case of bowhead whales, this often means that the animals divert from their normal migratory path by several kilometers. Helicopter activity also has the potential to disturb cetaceans and pinnipeds by causing them to vacate the area. Additionally, general vessel presence in the vicinity of traditional hunting areas could negatively impact a hunt. Native knowledge indicates that bowhead whales become increasingly “skittish” in the presence of seismic noise. Whales are more wary around the hunters and tend to expose a much smaller portion of their back when surfacing (which makes harvesting more difficult). Additionally, natives report that bowheads exhibit angry behaviors in the presence of seismic activity, such as tail-slapping, which translate to danger for nearby subsistence harvesters. Only limited seismic activity is planned in the vicinity of the drill units in 2015.
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a Plan of Cooperation (POC) or information that identifies what measures have been taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes.
Shell has prepared and will implement a POC pursuant to BOEM Lease Sale Stipulation No. 5, which requires that all exploration operations be conducted in a manner that prevents unreasonable conflicts between oil and gas activities and the subsistence activities and resources of residents of the North Slope. This stipulation also requires adherence to USFWS and NMFS regulations, which require an operator to implement a POC to mitigate the potential for conflicts between the proposed activity and traditional subsistence activities (50 CFR 18.124(c)(4) and 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)). A POC was prepared and submitted with the initial Chukchi Sea EP that was submitted to BOEM in May 2009, and approved on 7 December 2009. Subsequent POC Addendums were submitted in May 2011 with a revised Chukchi Sea EP and the IHA application for the 2012 exploration drilling program. For this IHA application, Shell has again updated the POC Addendum. The POC Addendum has been updated to include documentation of meetings undertaken to specifically gather feedback from stakeholder communities on Shell's implementation of the Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program during 2012, plus inform and obtain their input regarding the continuation of the program with the addition of a second drilling unit, additional vessels and aircraft.
The POC Addendum identifies the measures that Shell has developed in consultation with North Slope subsistence communities to minimize any adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence uses and will implement during its planned Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program for the summer of 2015. In addition, the POC Addendum details Shell's communications and consultations with local subsistence communities concerning its planned exploration drilling program, potential conflicts with subsistence activities, and means of resolving any such conflicts (50 CFR 18.128(d) and 50 CFR 216.104(a) (12) (i), (ii), (iv)). Shell has documented its contacts with the North Slope subsistence communities, as well as the substance of its communications with subsistence stakeholder groups.
The POC Addendum report (Attachment C of the IHA application) provides a list of public meetings attended by Shell since 2012 to develop the POC and the POC Addendum. The POC Addendum is updated through July 2015, and includes sign-in sheets and presentation materials used at the POC meetings held in 2014 to present the 2015 Chukchi Sea exploration drilling information. Comment analysis tables for numerous meetings held during 2014 summarize feedback from the communities on Shell's 2015 exploration drilling and planned activities beginning in the summer of 2015.
The following mitigation measures, plans and programs, are integral to this POC and were developed during Shell's consultation with potentially affected subsistence groups and communities. These measures, plans, and programs to monitor and mitigate potential impacts to subsistence users and resources will be implemented by Shell during its exploration drilling operations in the Chukchi Sea. The mitigation measures Shell has adopted and will implement during its Chukchi Sea exploration drilling operations are listed and discussed below. These mitigation measures reflect Shell's experience conducting exploration activities in the Alaska Arctic OCS since the 1980s and its ongoing efforts to engage with local subsistence communities to better understand their concerns and develop appropriate and effective mitigation measures to address those concerns. This most recent version of Shell's planned mitigation measures was presented to community leaders and subsistence user groups starting in January 2009 and has evolved since in response to information learned during the consultation process.
To minimize any cultural or resource impacts from its exploration operations, Shell will continue to implement the following additional measures to ensure coordination of its activities with local subsistence users to minimize further the risk of impacting marine mammals
• Shell has developed a Communication Plan and will implement this plan before initiating exploration drilling operations to coordinate activities with local subsistence users, as well as Village Whaling Captains' Associations, to minimize the risk of interfering with subsistence hunting activities, and keep current as to the timing and status of the bowhead whale hunt and other subsistence hunts. The Communication Plan includes procedures for coordination with Com Centers to be located in coastal villages along the Chukchi Sea during Shell's proposed exploration drilling activities.
• Shell will employ local SAs from the Chukchi Sea villages that are potentially impacted by Shell's exploration drilling activities. The SAs will provide consultation and guidance regarding the whale migration and subsistence activities. There will be one per village, working approximately 8-hr per day and 40-hr per week during each drilling season. The subsistence advisor will use local knowledge (Traditional Knowledge) to gather data on subsistence lifestyle within the community and provide advice on ways to minimize and mitigate potential negative impacts to subsistence resources during each drilling season. Responsibilities include reporting any subsistence concerns or conflicts; coordinating with subsistence users; reporting subsistence-related comments, concerns, and information; coordinating with the Com and Call Center personnel; and advising how to avoid subsistence conflicts.
• Aircraft over land or sea shall not operate below 1,500 ft. (457 m) altitude unless engaged in marine mammal monitoring, approaching, landing or taking off, in poor weather (fog or low ceilings), or in an emergency situation.
• Aircraft engaged in marine mammal monitoring shall not operate below 1,500 ft. (457 m) in areas of active whaling; such areas to be identified through communications with the Com Centers.
• The drilling unit(s) and support vessels will enter the Chukchi Sea through the Bering Strait on or after 1 July, minimizing effects on marine mammals and birds that frequent open leads and minimizing effects on spring and early summer bowhead whale hunting.
• The transit route for the drilling unit(s) and drilling support fleets will avoid known fragile ecosystems and the Ledyard Bay Critical Habitat Unit (LBCHU), and will include coordination through Com Centers.
• PSOs will be aboard the drilling unit(s) and transiting support vessels.
• When within 900 ft (274 m) of whales, vessels will reduce speed, avoid separating members from a group and avoid multiple changes of direction.
• Vessel speed will be reduced during inclement weather conditions in order to avoid collisions with marine mammals.
• Shell will communicate and coordinate with the Com Centers regarding all vessel transit.
• Airgun arrays will be ramped up slowly during ZVSPs to warn cetaceans and pinnipeds in the vicinity of the airguns and provide time for them to leave the area and avoid potential injury or impairment of their hearing abilities. Ramp ups from a cold start when no airguns have been firing will begin by firing a single airgun in the array. A ramp up to the required airgun array volume will not begin until there has been a minimum of 30 min of observation of the safety zone by PSOs to assure that no marine mammals are present. The safety zone is the extent of the 180 dB radius for cetaceans and 190 dB re 1 μPa rms for pinnipeds. The entire safety zone must be visible during the 30-min lead-into an array ramp up. If a marine mammal(s) is sighted within the safety zone during the 30-min watch prior to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed until the marine mammal(s) is sighted outside of the safety zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15-30 min: 15 min for small odontocetes and pinnipeds, or 30 min for baleen whales and large odontocetes.
• Real time ice and weather forecasting will be from SIWAC.
• Pre-booming is required for all fuel transfers between vessels.
The potentially affected subsistence communities, identified in BOEM Lease Sale, that were consulted regarding Shell's exploration drilling activities include: Barrow, Wainwright, Point Lay, Point Hope, Kotzebue, and Deering. Additionally, Shell has met with subsistence groups including the Alaska Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC), Inupiat Community of the Arctic Slope (ICAS), and the Native Village of Barrow, and presented information regarding the proposed activities to the North Slope Borough (NSB) and Northwest Arctic Borough (NWAB) Assemblies, and NSB and NWAB Planning Commissions during 2014. In July 2014, Shell conducted POC meetings in Chukchi villages to present information on the proposed 2015 drilling season. Shell has supplemented the IHA application with a POC addendum to incorporate these POC visits. Throughout 2014 and 2015 Shell anticipates continued engagement with the marine mammal commissions and committees active in the subsistence harvests and marine mammal research.
Shell continues to meet each year with the commissioners and committee heads of AEWC, Alaska Beluga Whale Committee, the Nanuuq Commission, Eskimo Walrus Commission, and Ice Seal Committee jointly in co-management meetings. Shell held individual consultation meetings with representatives from the various marine mammal commissions to discuss the planned Chukchi exploration drilling program. Following the drilling season, Shell will have a post-season co-management meeting with the commissioners and committee heads to discuss results of mitigation measures and outcomes of the preceding season. The goal of the post-season meeting is to build upon the knowledge base, discuss successful or unsuccessful outcomes of mitigation measures, and possibly refine plans or mitigation measures if necessary.
Shell attended the 2012-2014 Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA) negotiation meetings in support of exploration drilling, offshore surveys, and future drilling plans. Shell will do the same for the upcoming 2015 exploration drilling program. Shell states that it is committed to a CAA process and will make a good-faith effort to negotiate an agreement every year it has planned activities.
NMFS considers that these mitigation measures including measures to reduce overall impacts to marine mammals in the vicinity of the proposed exploration drilling area and measures to mitigate any potential adverse effects on subsistence use of marine mammals are adequate to ensure subsistence use of marine mammals in the vicinity of Shell's proposed exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea.
Based on the description of the specified activity, the measures described to minimize adverse effects
There are four marine mammal species listed as endangered under the ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area: The bowhead, humpback, and fin whales, and ringed seals. NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division will initiate consultation with NMFS' Endangered Species Division under section 7 of the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to Shell under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be concluded prior to a determination on the issuance of an IHA.
NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA), pursuant to NEPA, to determine whether the issuance of an IHA to Shell for its 2015 drilling activities may have a significant impact on the human environment. NMFS has released a draft of the EA for public comment along with this proposed IHA.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to Shell for conducting an exploration drilling program in the Chukchi Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-water season, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
(1) This Authorization is valid from July 1, 2015, through October 31, 2015.
(2) This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with Shell's 2015 Chukchi Sea exploration drilling program. The specific areas where Shell's exploration drilling program will be conducted are within Shell lease holdings in the Outer Continental Shelf Lease Sale 193 area in the Chukchi Sea.
(3)(a) The incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the following species: bowhead whale; gray whale; beluga whale; minke whale; fin whale; humpback whale; killer whale; harbor porpoise; ringed seal; bearded seal; spotted seal; and ribbon seal.
(3)(b) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or death of any of the species listed in Condition 3(a) or the taking of any kind of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension or revocation of this Authorization.
(4) The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the following acoustic sources (or sources with comparable frequency and intensity) and from the following activities:
(a) a three-airgun array consisting of three 150 in
(b) continuous drilling unit and associated dynamic positioning sounds during active drilling operations;
(c) vessel sounds generated during active ice management or icebreaking;
(d) mudline cellar construction during the exploration drilling program;
(e) anchor handling during the exploration drilling program, and
(f) aircraft associated with marine mammal monitoring and support operations,
(5) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under this Authorization must be reported immediately to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS or her designee.
(6) The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at least 48 hours prior to the start of exploration drilling activities (unless constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in which case notification shall be made as soon as possible).
(7) General Mitigation and Monitoring Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation and monitoring requirements when conducting the specified activities to achieve the least practicable impact on affected marine mammal species or stocks:
(a) All vessels shall reduce speed to a maximum of 5 knots when within 900 ft (300 yards/274 m) of whales. Those vessels capable of steering around such groups should do so. Vessels may not be operated in such a way as to separate members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
(b) Avoid multiple changes in direction and speed when within 900 ft (300 yards/274 m) of whales;
(c) When weather conditions require, such as when visibility drops, support vessels must reduce speed and change direction, as necessary (and as operationally practicable), to avoid the likelihood of injury to whales;
(d) Aircraft shall not fly within 1,000 ft (305 m) of marine mammals or below 1,500 ft (457 m) altitude (except during takeoffs, landings, or in emergency situations) while over land or sea;
(e) Utilize two, NMFS-approved, vessel-based Protected Species Observers (PSOs) (except during meal times and restroom breaks, when at least one PSO shall be on watch) to visually watch for and monitor marine mammals near the drilling units or support vessel during active drilling or airgun operations (from nautical twilight-dawn to nautical twilight-dusk) and before and during start-ups of airguns day or night. The vessels' crew shall also assist in detecting marine mammals, when practicable. PSOs shall have access to reticle binoculars (7x50 Fujinon), big-eye binoculars (25x150), and night vision devices. PSO shifts shall last no longer than 4 consecutive hours and shall not be on watch more than 12 hours in a 24-hour period. PSOs shall also make observations during daytime periods when active operations are not being conducted for comparison of animal abundance and behavior, when feasible;
(f) When a mammal sighting is made, the following information about the sighting will be recorded by the PSOs:
(i) Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing and distance from the PSO, apparent reaction to activities (
(ii) Time, location, speed, activity of the vessel, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and
(iii) The positions of other vessel(s) in the vicinity of the PSO location.
(iv) The ship's position, speed of support vessels, and water temperature, water depth, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare will also be recorded at the start and end of each observation watch, every 30 minutes during a watch, and whenever there is a change in any of those variables.
(g) PSO teams shall consist of Alaska Native observers and experienced field biologists. An experienced field crew leader will supervise the PSO team onboard the survey vessel. New observers shall be paired with experienced observers to avoid situations where lack of experience impairs the quality of observations;
(h) PSOs will complete a two or three-day training session on marine mammal monitoring, to be conducted shortly
(i) PSO training that is conducted prior to the start of the survey activities shall be conducted with both Alaska Native PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained at the same time in the same room. There shall not be separate training courses for the different PSOs; and
(j) PSOs shall be trained using visual aids (
(8) ZVSP Mitigation and Monitoring Measures: The Holder of this Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation and monitoring requirements when conducting the specified activities to achieve the least practicable impact on affected marine mammal species or stocks:
(a) PSOs shall conduct monitoring while the airgun array is being deployed or recovered from the water;
(b) PSOs shall visually observe the entire extent of the exclusion zone (EZ) (180 dB re 1 μPa [rms] for cetaceans and 190 dB re 1 μPa [rms] for pinnipeds) using NMFS-qualified PSOs, for at least 30 minutes (min) prior to starting the airgun array (day or night). If the PSO finds a marine mammal within the EZ, Shell must delay the seismic survey until the marine mammal(s) has left the area. If the PSO sees a marine mammal that surfaces then dives below the surface, the PSO shall continue the watch for 30 min. If the PSO sees no marine mammals during that time, they may assume that the animal has moved beyond the EZ. If for any reason the entire radius cannot be seen for the entire 30 min period (
(c) Establish and monitor a 180 dB re 1 μPa (rms) and a 190 dB re 1 μPa (rms) EZ for marine mammals before the airgun array is in operation. Before the field verification tests, described in condition 10(c)(i) below, the 180 dB radius is temporarily designated to be 1.28 km and the 190 dB radius is temporarily designated to be 255 m;
(d) Implement a “ramp-up” procedure when starting up at the beginning of seismic operations. During ramp-up, the PSOs shall monitor the EZ, and if marine mammals are sighted, a power-down, or shut-down shall be implemented as though the full array were operational. Therefore, initiation of ramp-up procedures from shut-down requires that the PSOs be able to view the full EZ;
(e) Power-down or shutdown the airgun(s) if a marine mammal is detected within, approaches, or enters the relevant EZ. A shutdown means all operating airguns are shutdown (
(f) Following a power-down, if the marine mammal approaches the smaller designated EZ, the airguns must then be completely shutdown. Airgun activity shall not resume until the PSO has visually observed the marine mammal(s) exiting the EZ and is not likely to return, or has not been seen within the EZ for 15 min for species with shorter dive durations (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 min for species with longer dive durations (mysticetes);
(g) Following a power-down or shut-down and subsequent animal departure, airgun operations may resume following ramp-up procedures described in Condition 8(d) above;
(h) ZVSP surveys may continue into night and low-light hours if such segment(s) of the survey is initiated when the entire relevant EZs are visible and can be effectively monitored; and
(i) No initiation of airgun array operations is permitted from a shutdown position at night or during low-light hours (such as in dense fog or heavy rain) when the entire relevant EZ cannot be effectively monitored by the PSO(s) on duty.
(9) Subsistence Mitigation Measures: To ensure no unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses of marine mammals, the Holder of this Authorization shall:
(b) Not enter the Bering Strait prior to July 1 to minimize effects on spring and early summer whaling;
(c) Implement the Communication Plan before initiating exploration drilling operations to coordinate activities with local subsistence users and Village Whaling Associations in order to minimize the risk of interfering with subsistence hunting activities;
(d) Participate in the Com Center Program. The Com Centers shall operate 24 hours/day during the 2015 bowhead whale hunt;
(e) Employ local Subsistence Advisors (SAs) from the Chukchi Sea villages to provide consultation and guidance regarding the whale migration and subsistence hunt;
(f) Not operate aircraft below 1,500 ft (457 m) unless engaged in marine mammal monitoring, approaching, landing or taking off, or unless engaged in providing assistance to a whaler or in poor weather (low ceilings) or any other emergency situations;
(10) Monitoring Measures:
(a) Vessel-based Monitoring: The Holder of this Authorization shall designate biologically-trained PSOs to be aboard the drilling units and all transiting support vessels. The PSOs are required to monitor for marine mammals in order to implement the mitigation measures described in conditions 7 and 8 above;
(b) Aerial Survey Monitoring: The Holder of this Authorization must implement the aerial survey monitoring program detailed in its Marine Mammal Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (4MP); and
(c) Acoustic Monitoring:
(i) Field Source Verification: the Holder of this Authorization is required to conduct sound source verification tests for the drilling units, support vessels, and the airgun array not measured in previous seasons. Sound source verification shall consist of distances where broadside and endfire directions at which broadband received levels reach 190, 180, 170, 160, and 120 dB re 1 μPa (rms) for all active acoustic sources that may be used during the activities. For the airgun array, the configurations shall include at least the full array and the operation of a single source that will be used during power downs. The test results for the airgun array shall be reported to NMFS within 5 days of completing the test.
A report of the acoustic verification measurements of the ZVSP airgun array will be submitted within 120 hr after collection and analysis of those measurements once that part of the program is implemented. The ZVSP acoustic array report will specify the distances of the exclusion zones that were adopted for the ZVSP program. Prior to completion of these measurements, Shell will use the radii in condition 8(c).
(ii) Acoustic “Net” Array: Deploy acoustic recorders widely across the U.S. Chukchi Sea and on the prospect in order to gain information on the distribution of marine mammals in the
(11) Reporting Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is required to:
(a) Within 5 days of completing the sound source verification tests for the airguns, the Holder shall submit a preliminary report of the results to NMFS. A report on the results of the acoustic verification measurements of the drilling units and support vessels, not recorded in previous seasons, will be reported in the 90-day report. The report should report down to the 120-dB radius in 10-dB increments;
(b) Submit a draft report on all activities and monitoring results to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, within 90 days of the completion of the exploration drilling program. This report must contain and summarize the following information:
(i) Summaries of monitoring effort (
(ii) Sound source verification results for drilling units and vessels recorded in 2015;
(iii) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing detectability of marine mammals (
(iv) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
(v) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and without exploration drilling activities (and other variables that could affect detectability), such as: (A) Initial sighting distances versus drilling state; (B) closest point of approach versus drilling state; (C) observed behaviors and types of movements versus drilling state; (D) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus drilling state; (E) distribution around the survey vessel versus drilling state; and (F) estimates of take by harassment;
(v) Reported results from all hypothesis tests should include estimates of the associated statistical power when practicable;
(vi) Estimate and report uncertainty in all take estimates. Uncertainty could be expressed by the presentation of confidence limits, a minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, etc.; the exact approach will be selected based on the sampling method and data available;
(vii) The report should clearly compare authorized takes to the level of actual estimated takes;
(viii) If, changes are made to the monitoring program after the independent monitoring plan peer review, those changes must be detailed in the report.
(c) The draft report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered the final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has not provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of the draft report.
(d) A draft comprehensive report describing the aerial, acoustic, and vessel-based monitoring programs will be prepared and submitted within 240 days of the date of this Authorization. The comprehensive report will describe the methods, results, conclusions and limitations of each of the individual data sets in detail. The report will also integrate (to the extent possible) the studies into a broad based assessment of all industry activities and their impacts on marine mammals in the Arctic Ocean during 2015.
(e) The draft comprehensive report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS, the Alaska Eskimo Whaling Commission, and the North Slope Borough Department of Wildlife Management. The draft comprehensive report will be accepted by NMFS as the final comprehensive report upon incorporation of comments and recommendations.
(12)(a) In the unanticipated event that the drilling program operation clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this Authorization, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury or mortality (
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with Shell to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. Shell may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(b) In the event that Shell discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
(c) In the event that Shell discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 2 of this Authorization (
(13) Activities related to the monitoring described in this Authorization do not require a separate scientific research permit issued under section 104 of the Marine Mammal Protection Act.
(14) The Plan of Cooperation outlining the steps that will be taken to
(15) Shell is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the Incidental Take Statement (ITS) corresponding to NMFS's Biological Opinion issued to NMFS's Office of Protected Resources.
(16) A copy of this Authorization and the ITS must be in the possession of all contractors and PSOs operating under the authority of this Incidental Harassment Authorization.
(17) Penalties and Permit Sanctions: Any person who violates any provision of this Incidental Harassment Authorization is subject to civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and forfeiture as authorized under the MMPA.
(18) This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the Holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for subsistence uses.
As noted above, NMFS requests comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for Shell's 2015 Chukchi Sea exploratory drilling program. Please include, with your comments, any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on Shell's request for an MMPA authorization.
Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness, DoD.
Interim final rule.
This interim final rule establishes policy and assigns responsibilities for addressing child abuse and domestic abuse through the FAP. The Family Advocacy Program (FAP): Guidelines for Clinical Intervention for Persons Reported as Domestic Abusers provides clinical guidelines for the FAP assessment, clinical rehabilitative treatment, and ongoing monitoring and risk management of individuals who have reported to FAP by means of an unrestricted report for domestic abuse against current or former spouses, or intimate partners. This rule is being published as an interim final rule to broaden the scope of FAP services to include former and current same-sex spouses in a legal union recognized as a marriage by a state or other jurisdiction. This rule extends benefits to same-sex spouses of Military Service members and DoD civilians following the June 26, 2013 U.S. Supreme Court decision to declare Section Three of the Defense of Marriage Act unconstitutional.
This rule is effective March 4, 2015. Comments must be received by May 4, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and/or RIN number and title, by any of the following methods:
• Federal Rulemaking Portal:
• Mail: Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Mary Campise, 571-372-5346.
This rule is part of DoD's retrospective plan, completed in August 2011, under Executive Order 13563, ”Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review.” DoD's full plan and updates can be accessed at:
This interim final rule represents a significant update to standards that were originally published in 1992 and are long overdue. This update represents a major revision to address significant gaps in policy and procedures. Research supported clinical practices and victim advocacy services have changed substantially in the last 20 years. Delaying publication potentially poses a serious and continued risk to our most vulnerable families.
The interim final rule emphasizes the essential role FAP must fulfill in the safety and risk management of child abuse/neglect and domestic abuse incidents. This focus on safety and risk management is a significant shift in policy and procedures. Highlights include: (1) Requires the Services to develop and monitor standardized risk management plans to ensure that the safety needs of adult victims of domestic abuse and child victims of child abuse/neglect are addressed immediately; (2) establishes standards for domestic abuse victim advocates who perform essential safety planning functions; (3) establishes standards for the involvement of military family advocacy services in child abuse and neglect cases that are managed by the local or State courts, or child welfare or protection agencies. This ensures that the military family advocacy programs and the civilian child protection agencies work closely on court-managed cases involving military affiliated children. Targeted focus has been applied to families with children 0-3 who are most vulnerable to the effects of family disruption; (4) institutes research based standard decision trees in the assessment of child abuse and neglect and domestic abuse referrals. This standardization ensures that all incidents of abuse and neglect are assessed consistently and with high standards of care across all geographic locations; (5) requires the establishment of internal and external duress systems for personnel who are responding to potentially high-risk-for-violence incidents; (6) establishes standards for early intervention with new parents and families who are at high risk for child abuse/neglect; and (7) provides unprecedented and essential policy and guidance on the response, assessment, and treatment of military affiliated offenders of domestic abuse.
DoD is committed to preventing child abuse and neglect and domestic abuse against current or former spouses and intimate partners by ensuring the Family Advocacy Program (FAP) provides a full range of prevention and intervention services to all eligible beneficiaries. This rule will provide guidance to military families if child abuse and neglect or domestic abuse occurs. This rule updates previous policy statements and more completely annotates references and source documents. This rule also adds new review, reporting and information protection responsibilities along with new procedures addressing those tasks.
Description of Authority Citation:
5 U.S.C. 552a; Privacy Act establishes the regulation of records maintained on individuals by any executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government controlled corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch of the Government.
10 U.S.C. 1058(b) Establishes the responsibilities of military law enforcement officials at scenes of domestic violence
10 U.S.C. 1783 establishes guidance on family members serving on advisory committees
10 U.S.C. 1787 directs the Secretary of Defense to request each State to provide for the reporting to the Secretary of any report the State receives of known or suspected instances of child abuse and neglect in which the person having care of the child is a member of the armed forces (or the spouse of the member).
10 U.S.C. 1794 directs the Secretary of Defense to maintain a special task force to respond to allegations of widespread child abuse at a military installation. The task force shall be composed of personnel from appropriate disciplines, including, where appropriate, medicine, psychology, and childhood development. In the case of such allegations, the task force shall provide assistance to the commander of the installation, and to parents at the installation, in helping them to deal with such allegations.
Public Law 103-337, Section 534(d)(2) establishes victim advocacy services for victims of family violence through the family advocacy programs of the military departments.
This regulatory action:
a. Establishes policy and assigns responsibilities for addressing child abuse and domestic abuse through the FAP.
b. Establishes guidance about FAP research and evaluation and participates in other federal research and evaluation projects relevant to the assessment, treatment, and risk management of domestic abuse.
c. Identifies tools to assess risk of recurrence of domestic abuse.
d. Establishes lethality risk assessment guidelines.
e. Extends benefits to same-sex spouses of Military Service members and DoD civilians.
Providing the full spectrum of Family Advocacy Program services at military installations with command sponsored families as described in this Rule costs approximately 180 million annually. This cost represents the labor costs to the Department to provide these services. Without these installation-centric services, the burden would be shifted to the civilian sector. Service members and their families will return to the civilian community after their service to our country is complete. Child abuse and domestic abuse prevention and intervention services targeting at-risk military families while on active duty are designed and delivered to reduce the risk of re-occurrence of family violence after this transition is complete.
Benefit to the Department and to the public is to provide an effective and well-coordinated community response to reports of child abuse and neglect and domestic abuse involving military service members and their families that addresses the unique aspects of military life to include frequent moves, deployments, and lengthy separations. In Fiscal Year 2012, the DoD Family Advocacy Program assessed 18,671 unrestricted reports of domestic abuse and 15,646 reports of child abuse and neglect. Of those, 9,254 met the criteria for domestic abuse and 7,003 met the criteria for child abuse and neglect. The assessment of these reports is best accomplished by a standardized and well-coordinated approach involving social services, medical treatment, law enforcement, and command to promote the safety and well-being of all those referred and to preserve the readiness of our military. Referrals that meet the criteria for domestic abuse or child abuse and neglect require clinical assessment, treatment, rehabilitation and ongoing monitoring and risk management of offenders. Standard requirements and clinical guidelines based on the best available research in the field enable the Family Advocacy Program to promote effective intervention with offenders and potentially reduce recidivism thus reducing the long-term cost of domestic abuse and child abuse and neglect.
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distribute impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
It has been determined that 32 CFR part 61 is a significant regulatory action because it raises novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in these Executive Orders.
However, this rule does not:
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy; a section of the economy; productivity; competition; jobs; the environment; public health or safety; or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another Agency; or
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof.
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2014, that threshold is approximately $141 million. This document will not mandate any requirements for State, local, or tribal governments, nor will it affect private sector costs.
It has been certified that this rule is not subject to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601) because it would not, if promulgated, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended, does not require us to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis.
Section 61.5(d)(8) of this rule contains information collection requirements. DoD submitted the following proposal to OMB under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35). OMB pre-approved this collection and assigned it OMB control number 0704-0536. Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of DoD, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
(1)
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be sent to Ms. Jasmeet Seehra at the Office of Management and Budget, Desk Officer for DoD, Room 10236, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503, with a copy to Mary E. Campise at the Office of Family Policy/Children and Youth, Program Analyst for the Family Advocacy Program, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Suite 03G15, Alexandria, VA 22350-2300. Comments can be received from 30 to 60 days after the date of this notice, but comments to OMB will be most useful if received by OMB within 30 days after the date of this notice.
You may also submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by the following method:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to Mary E. Campise at the Office of Family Policy/Children and Youth, Program Analyst for the Family Advocacy Program, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Suite 03G15, Alexandria, VA 22350-2300, 571-372-5346.
Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it promulgates a proposed rule (and subsequent final rule) that imposes substantial direct requirement costs on State and local governments, preempts State law, or otherwise has Federalism implications. This interim final rule will not have a substantial effect on State and local governments.
Alcohol abuse, Domestic violence, Drug abuse.
Accordingly 32 CFR part 61 is added to read as follows:
5 U.S.C. 552a; 10 U.S.C. 1058(b), 1783, 1787, and 1794; Public Law 103-337, Section 534(d)(2).
This part is composed of several subparts, each containing its own purpose. This subpart establishes policy and assigns responsibilities for addressing child abuse and domestic abuse through the FAP.
This subpart applies to the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), the Military Departments, the Office of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Joint Staff, the Combatant Commands, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Defense, the Defense Agencies, the DoD Field Activities, and all other organizational entities within the Department of Defense (referred to collectively in this subpart as the “DoD Components”).
Unless otherwise noted, these terms and their definitions are for the purposes of this subpart.
(1) A current or former spouse.
(2) A person with whom the abuser shares a child in common; or
(3) A current or former intimate partner with whom the abuser shares or has shared a common domicile.
(1) A current or former spouse.
(2) A person with whom the abuser shares a child in common; or
(3) A current or former intimate partner with whom the abuser shares or has shared a common domicile.
It is DoD policy to:
(a) Promote public awareness and prevention of child abuse and domestic abuse.
(b) Provide adult victims of domestic abuse with the option of making restricted reports to domestic abuse victim advocates and to healthcare providers in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.06, “Domestic Abuse Involving DoD Military and Certain Affiliated Personnel” (available at
(c) Promote early identification; reporting options; and coordinated, comprehensive intervention, assessment, and support to:
(1) Victims of suspected child abuse, including victims of extra-familial child abuse.
(2) Victims of domestic abuse.
(d) Provide assessment, rehabilitation, and treatment, including comprehensive abuser intervention.
(e) Provide appropriate resource and referral information to persons who are not covered by this subpart, who are victims of alleged child abuse or domestic abuse.
(f) Cooperate with responsible federal and civilian authorities and organizations in efforts to address the problems to which this subpart applies.
(g) Ensure that personally identifiable information (PII) collected in the course of FAP activities is safeguarded to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure and that the collection, use, and release of PII is in compliance with 5 U.S.C. 552a.
(h) Develop program standards (PSs) and critical procedures for the FAP that reflect a coordinated community risk management approach to child abuse and domestic abuse.
(i) Provide appropriate individualized and rehabilitative treatment that supplements administrative or disciplinary action, as appropriate, to persons reported to FAP as domestic abusers.
(j) Maintain a central child abuse and domestic abuse database to:
(1) Analyze the scope of child abuse and domestic abuse, types of abuse, and information about victims and alleged abusers to identify emerging trends, and develop changes in policy to address child abuse and domestic abuse.
(2) Support the requirements of DoD Instruction 1402.5, “Criminal History Background Checks on Individuals in Child Care Services” (available at
(3) Support the response to public, congressional, and other government inquiries.
(4) Support budget requirements for child abuse and domestic abuse program funding.
(a) The Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (USD(P&R)) will:
(1) Collaborate with the DoD Component heads to establish programs and guidance to implement the FAP elements and procedures in § 61.6 of this subpart.
(2) Program, budget, and allocate funds and other resources for FAP, and ensure that such funds are only used to implement the policies described in § 61.6 of this subpart.
(b) Under the authority, direction, and control of the USD(P&R), the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Readiness and Force Management (ASD(R&FM)) or designee will review FAP instructions and policies prior to USD(P&R) signature.
(c) Under the authority, direction, and control of the USD(P&R) through the ASD(R&FM), the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Military Community and Family Policy (DASD(MC&FP)) will:
(1) Develop DoD-wide FAP policy, coordinate the management of FAP with other programs serving military families, collaborate with federal and State agencies addressing FAP issues, and serve on intra-governmental advisory committees that address FAP-related issues.
(2) Ensure that the information included in notifications of extra-familial child sexual abuse in DoD-sanctioned activities is retained for 1 month from the date of the initial report to determine whether a request for a FACAT in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.03, “Family Advocacy Command Assistance Team” (available at
(3) Monitor and evaluate compliance with this subpart.
(4) Review annual summaries of accreditation/inspection reviews submitted by the Military Departments.
(5) Convene an annual DoD Accreditation/Inspection Review Summit to review and respond to the findings and recommendations of the Military Departments' accreditation/inspection reviews.
(d) The Secretaries of the Military Departments will:
(1) Establish DoD Component policy and guidance on the development of FAPs, including case management and monitoring of the FAP consistent with 10 U.S.C. 1058(b), this subpart, and published FAP guidance, including DoD Instruction 6400.06 and DoD 6400.1-M, “Family Advocacy Program Standards and Self-Assessment Tool” (available at
(2) Designate a FAPM to manage the FAP. The FAPM will have, at a minimum:
(i) A masters or doctoral level degree in the behavioral sciences from an accredited U.S. university or college.
(ii) The highest licensure in good standing by a State regulatory board in either social work, psychology, or marriage and family therapy that authorizes independent clinical practice.
(iii) 5 years of post-license experience in child abuse and domestic abuse.
(iv) 3 years of experience supervising licensed clinicians in a clinical program.
(3) Coordinate efforts and resources among all activities serving families to promote the optimal delivery of services and awareness of FAP services.
(4) Establish standardized criteria, consistent with DoD Instruction 6025.13, “Medical Quality Assurance (MQA) and Clinical Quality Management in the Military Health System (MHS)” (available at
(5) Establish a process for an annual summary of installation accreditation/inspection reviews of installation FAP.
(6) Ensure that installation commanders or Service-equivalent senior commanders or their designees:
(i) Appoint persons at the installation level to manage and implement the local FAPs, establish local FACs, and appoint the members of IDCs in accordance with DoD 6400.1-M and supporting guidance issued by the USD(P&R).
(ii) Ensure that the installation FAP meets the standards in DoD 6400.1-M.
(iii) Ensure that the installation FAP immediately reports allegations of a crime to the appropriate law enforcement authority.
(7) Notify the DASD(MC&FP) of any cases of extra-familial child sexual abuse in a DoD-sanctioned activity within 72 hours in accordance with the procedures in § 61.6 of this subpart.
(8) Submit accurate quarterly child abuse and domestic abuse incident data from the DoD Component FAP central registry of child abuse and domestic abuse incidents to the Director of the Defense Manpower Data Center in accordance with DoD 6400.1-M-1, “Manual for Child Maltreatment and Domestic Abuse Incident Reporting System” (available at
(9) Submit reports of DoD-related fatalities known or suspected to have resulted from an act of domestic abuse; child abuse; or suicide related to an act of domestic abuse or child abuse on DD Form 2901, “Child Abuse or Domestic Violence Related Fatality Notification,” by fax to the number provided on the form in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.06 or by other method as directed by the DASD(MC&FP). The DD Form 2901 can be found at
(10) Ensure that fatalities known or suspected to have resulted from acts of child abuse or domestic violence are reviewed annually in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.06.
(11) Ensure the annual summary of accreditation/inspection reviews of installation FAPs are forwarded to OSD FAP as directed by DASD(MC&FP).
(12) Provide essential data and program information to the USD(P&R) to enable the monitoring and evaluation of compliance with this subpart in accordance with DoD 6400.1-M-1.
(13) Ensure that PII collected in the course of FAP activities is safeguarded to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure and that the collection, use, and release of PII is in compliance with 5 U.S.C. 552a, also known as “The Privacy Act of 1974,” as implemented in the DoD by 32 CFR part 310).
(a)
(1)
(2)
(i) A multidisciplinary IDC established to assess incidents of alleged abuse and make incident status determinations.
(ii) A clinical case staff meeting (CCSM) to make recommendations for treatment and case management.
(3)
(i) Developing local memorandums of understanding with civilian authorities for reporting cases, providing services, and defining responsibilities when responding to child abuse and domestic abuse.
(ii) Use of personal service contracts to accomplish program goals.
(iii) Preparation of reports, consisting of incidence data.
(4)
(5)
(b)
(1) Reporting and responding to suspected child abuse consistent with 10 U.S.C. 1787 and 1794, 42 U.S.C. 13031, and 28 CFR part 81.
(2) Providing victim advocacy services to victims of domestic abuse consistent with DoD Instruction 6400.06 and section 534(d)(2) of Public Law 103-337, “National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1995.”
(3) Responding to restricted and unrestricted reports of domestic abuse consistent with DoD Instruction 6400.06 and 10 U.S.C. 1058(b).
(4) Collection of FAP data into a central registry and analysis of such data in accordance with DoD 6400.1-M-1.
(5) Coordinating a comprehensive DoD response, including the FACAT, to allegations of extra-familial child sexual abuse in a DoD-sanctioned activity in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.03 and 10 U.S.C. 1794.
(c)
(1) Name of the installation.
(2) Type of child care setting.
(3) Number of children alleged to be victims.
(4) Estimated number of potential child victims.
(5) Whether an installation response team is being convened to address the investigative, medical, and public affairs issues that may be encountered.
(6) Whether a request for the DASD(MC&FP) to deploy a FACAT in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.03 is being considered.
5 U.S.C. 552a, 10 U.S.C. chapter 47, 42 U.S.C. 13031.
(a) This part is composed of several subparts, each containing its own purpose. The purpose of the overall part is to implement policy, assign responsibilities, and provide procedures for addressing child abuse and domestic abuse in military communities.
(b) This subpart prescribes uniform program standards (PSs) for all installation FAPs.
This subpart applies to OSD, the Military Departments, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Joint Staff, the Combatant Commands, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Defense, the Defense Agencies, the DoD Field Activities, and all other organizational entities in the DoD (referred to collectively in this subpart as the “DoD Components”).
Unless otherwise noted, the following terms and their definitions are for the purposes of this subpart.
(1) A current or former spouse.
(2) A person with whom the abuser shares a child in common; or
(3) A current or former intimate partner with whom the abuser shares or has shared a common domicile.
(1) A current or former spouse.
(2) A person with whom the abuser shares a child in common; or
(3) A current or former intimate partner with whom the abuser shares or has shared a common domicile.
According to subpart A of this part, it is DoD policy to:
(a) Promote early identification; reporting; and coordinated, comprehensive intervention, assessment, and support to victims of child abuse and domestic abuse.
(b) Ensure that personally identifiable information (PII) collected in the course of FAP activities is safeguarded to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure and that the collection, use, and release of PII is in compliance with 5 U.S.C. 552a.
(a) Under the authority, direction, and control of the USD(P&R) through the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Readiness and Force Management, the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Military Community and Family Policy (DASD(MC&FP)):
(1) Monitors compliance with this subpart.
(2) Collaborates with the Secretaries of the Military Departments to develop policies and procedures for monitoring compliance with the PSs in § 61.12 of this subpart.
(3) Convenes an annual DoD Accreditation and Inspection Summit to review and respond to the findings and recommendations of the Military Departments' accreditation or inspection results.
(b) The Secretaries of the Military Departments:
(1) Develop Service-wide FAP policy, supplementary standards, and instructions to provide for unique requirements within their respective installation FAPs to implement the PSs in this subpart as appropriate.
(2) Require all installation personnel with responsibilities in this subpart receive appropriate training to implement the PSs in § 61.12 of this subpart.
(3) Conduct accreditation and inspection reviews outlined in § 61.12 of this subpart.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(b)
(ii)
The plan is based on a review of:
(A) The most recent installation needs assessment.
(B) Research-supported protective factors that promote and sustain healthy family relationships.
(C) Risk factors for child abuse and domestic abuse.
(D) The most recent prevention strategy to include primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions.
(E) Trends in the installation's risk management approach to high risk for violence, child abuse, and domestic abuse.
(F) The most recent accreditation review or DoD Component Inspector General inspection of the installation agencies represented on the FAC.
(G) The evaluation of the installation's coordinated community response to child abuse and domestic abuse.
(iii)
(A) The development, signing, and implementation of formal memorandums of understanding (MOUs) among military activities and between military activities and civilian authorities and agencies to address child abuse and domestic abuse.
(B) Steps taken to address problems identified in the most recent accreditation review of the FAP and evaluation of the installation's coordinated community response and risk management approach.
(C) FAP recommended criteria to identify populations at higher risk to commit or experience child abuse and domestic abuse, the special needs of such populations, and appropriate actions to address those needs.
(D) Effectiveness of the installation coordinated community response and risk management approach in responding to high risk for violence, child abuse, and domestic abuse incidents.
(E) Implementation of the installation prevention strategy to include primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions.
(F) The annual report of fatality reviews that Service FAP headquarters fatality review teams conduct. The FAC should also review the Service FAP headquarters' recommended changes for the coordinated community response and risk management approach. The coordinated community response will focus on strengthening protective factors that promote and sustain healthy family relationships and reduce the risk factors for future child abuse and domestic abuse-related fatalities.
(2)
(ii)
(A) Formal MOUs are established as appropriate with counterparts in the local civilian community to improve coordination on: Child abuse and domestic abuse investigations; emergency removal of children from homes; fatalities; arrests; prosecutions; and orders of protection involving military personnel.
(B) Installation agencies established MOUs setting forth the respective roles and functions of the installation and the appropriate federal, State, local, or foreign agencies or organizations (in accordance with status-of-forces agreements (SOFAs)) that provide:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(A) Such personnel may include federal employees, civilians working under contract for the DoD, civilians providing services through a formal MOU between the installation and a local civilian victim advocacy service agency, volunteers, or a combination of such personnel.
(B) All domestic abuse victim advocates are supervised in accordance with Service FAP headquarters policies.
(vi)
(vii)
(A) Within 24 hours, FAP will communicate all reports of child abuse involving military personnel or their family members to the appropriate civilian child protective services agency or law enforcement agency in accordance with subpart A of this part, 42 U.S.C. 13031, and 28 CFR 81.2.
(B) Within 24 hours, FAP will communicate all unrestricted reports of domestic abuse involving military personnel and their current or former spouses or their current or former intimate partners to the appropriate
(viii)
(A) The safety of child victim(s) of abuse or other children in the household when they are in danger of continued abuse or life-threatening child neglect.
(B) Safe transit of such child(ren) to appropriate care. When the installation is located outside the continental United States, this includes procedures for transit to a location of appropriate care within the United States.
(C) Ongoing collaborative case management between FAP, relevant courts, and child welfare agencies when military children are placed in civilian foster care.
(D) Notification of the affected Service member's command when a dependent child has been taken into custody or foster care by local or State courts, or child welfare or protection agencies.
(3)
(A) In child abuse cases:
(
(
(
(B) In domestic abuse cases:
(
(
(
(
(ii)
(B) When victim(s) and abuser(s) are assigned to different servicing FAPs or are from different Services, the PMA is assigned according to PS 12 (paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section), and both serving FAP offices and Services are kept informed of the status of the case, regardless of who has PMA.
(iii)
(A) At least quarterly on all open FAP cases.
(B) Monthly on FAP cases assessed as high risk and those involving court involved children placed in out-of-home care, child sexual abuse, and chronic child neglect.
(C) Within 30 days of any change since the last risk assessment that presents increased risk to the victim or warrants additional safety planning.
(iv)
(v)
(A) The forward command notifies the home station command when the deployed Service member will return to the home station command.
(B) The home station command implements procedures to reduce the risk of subsequent child abuse and domestic abuse during the reintegration of the Service member into the FAP case management process.
(4)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) Training on their roles and responsibilities before assuming their positions on their respective teams.
(B) Periodic information and training on DoD policies and Service FAP headquarters policies and guidance.
(iv)
(c)
(ii)
(A) Family center(s).
(B) Substance abuse program(s).
(C) Sexual assault and prevention response programs.
(D) Child and youth program(s).
(E) Program(s) that serve families with special needs.
(F) Medical treatment facility, including:
(
(
(
(G) Law enforcement.
(H) Criminal investigative organization detachment.
(I) Staff judge advocate or servicing legal office.
(J) Chaplain(s).
(K) Department of Defense Education Activity (DoDEA) school personnel.
(L) Military housing personnel.
(M) Transportation office personnel.
(iii)
(iv)
(A) Funds that OSD provides for the FAP must be used in direct support of the prevention and intervention for domestic abuse and child maltreatment; including management, staffing, domestic abuse victim advocate services, public awareness, prevention, training, intensive risk-focused secondary prevention services, intervention, record keeping, and evaluation as set forth in this subpart.
(B) Funds that OSD provides for the NPSP must be used only for secondary prevention activities to support the screening, assessment, and provision of home visitation services to prevent child abuse and neglect in vulnerable families in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.05.
(v)
(A) Adequate telephones.
(B) Office automation equipment.
(C) Handicap accessible.
(D) Access to emergency transport.
(E) Private offices and rooms available for interviewing and counseling victims, alleged abusers, and other family members in a safe and confidential setting.
(F) Appropriate equipment for 24/7 accessibility.
(2)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) A Master in Social Work, Master of Science, Master of Arts, or doctoral-level degree in human service or mental health from an accredited university or college.
(B) The highest licensure in a State or clinical licensure in good standing in a State that authorizes independent clinical practice.
(C) Two years of experience working in the field of child abuse and domestic abuse.
(D) Clinical privileges or credentialing in accordance with Service FAP headquarters policies.
(iv)
(A) A Bachelor's degree from an accredited university or college in any of the following disciplines:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(B) Two years of experience in a family and children's services public agency or family and children's services community organization, 1 year of which is in prevention, intervention, or treatment of child abuse and domestic abuse.
(C) Supervision by a qualified staff person in accordance with the Service FAP headquarters policies.
(v)
(A) A Bachelor's degree from an accredited university or college in any of the following disciplines:
(
(
(
(
(
(B) Two years of experience in assisting and providing advocacy services to victims of domestic abuse or sexual assault.
(C) Supervision by a Master's level social worker.
(vi)
(3)
(ii)
(A) Issue written FAP procedures to ensure minimal risk and maximize personal safety when FAP or NPSP staff perform home visits.
(B) Require that all FAP and NPSP personnel who conduct home visits are trained in FAP procedures to ensure minimal risk and maximize personal safety before conducting a home visit.
(iii)
(4)
(A) Accurate and comparable statistics needed for planning, implementing, assessing, and evaluating the installation coordinated community response to child abuse and domestic abuse.
(B) Identifying unmet needs or gaps in services.
(C) Determining installation FAP resource needs and budget.
(D) Developing installation FAP guidance.
(E) Administering the installation FAP.
(F) Evaluating installation FAP activities.
(ii)
(A)
(
(B)
(
(C)
(
(D)
(
(
(
(
(d)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) Protective factors that promote and sustain healthy parent/child relationships.
(
(
(
(
(
(
(B) The dynamics of risk factors for different types of child abuse and domestic abuse, including information for teenage family members on teen dating violence.
(C) Developmentally appropriate supervision of children.
(D) Creating safe sleep environments for infants.
(E) How incidents of suspected child abuse should be reported in accordance with subpart A of this part, 42 U.S.C. 13031, 28 CFR 81.2, and DoD Instruction 6400.03, “Family Advocacy Command Assistance Team” (available at
(F) The availability of domestic abuse victim advocates.
(G) Hotlines and crisis lines that provide 24/7 support to families in crisis.
(H) How victims of domestic abuse may make restricted reports of incidents of domestic abuse in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.06.
(I) The availability of FAP clinical assessment and treatment.
(J) The availability of NPSP home visitation services.
(K) The availability of transitional compensation for victims of child abuse and domestic abuse in accordance with DoD Instruction 1342.24, “Transitional Compensation for Abused Dependents” (available at
(2)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) Information, classes, and non-medical counseling as defined in § 61.3 to assist Service members and their family members in strengthening their interpersonal relationships and marriages, in building their parenting skills, and in adapting successfully to military life.
(B) Proactive outreach to identify and engage families during pre-deployment, deployment, and reintegration to decrease the negative effects of deployment and other military operations on parenting and family dynamics.
(C) Family strengthening programs and activities that facilitate social connections and mutual support, link families to services and opportunities for growth, promote children's social
(iv)
(A) Relevant research findings.
(B) One or more relevant needs assessments in the locality.
(C) Data from unit deployments and returns from deployment.
(D) Data of expectant parents and parents of children 3 years of age or younger.
(E) Lessons learned from Service FAP headquarters and local fatality reviews.
(F) Feedback from the FAC, the IDC, and the command.
(v)
(A) Educational classes and counseling to assist Service members and their family members with troubled interpersonal relationships and marriages in improving their interpersonal relationships and marriages.
(B) The NPSP, in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.05 and Service FAP headquarters implementing policy and guidance.
(C) Educational classes and counseling to help improve the parenting skills of Service members and their family members who experience parenting problems.
(D) Health care screening for domestic abuse.
(E) Referrals to essential services, supports, and resources when needed.
(3)
(ii)
(A) Voluntarily screened for factors that may place them at risk for child abuse and domestic abuse.
(B) Further assessed using standardized and more in-depth measurements if the screening indicates potential for risk.
(C) Receive home visits and additional NPSP services as appropriate.
(D) Assessed for risk on a continuing basis.
(iii)
(A) Are eligible to receive services in a military medical treatment facility.
(B) Have been assessed by NPSP staff as:
(
(
(
(iv)
(v)
(A) Are sensitive to cultural attitudes and practices, to include the need for interpreter or translation services.
(B) Are based on a comprehensive assessment of research-based protective and risk factors.
(C) Emphasize developmentally appropriate parenting skills that build on the strengths of the parent(s).
(D) Support the dual roles of the parent(s) as Service member(s) and parent(s).
(E) Promote the involvement of both parents when applicable.
(F) Decrease any negative effects of deployment and other military operations on parenting.
(G) Provide education to parent(s) on how to adapt to parenthood, children's developmental milestones, age-appropriate expectations for their child's development, parent-child communication skills, parenting skills, and effective discipline techniques.
(H) Empower parents to seek support and take steps to build proactive coping strategies in all domains of family life.
(I) Provide referral to additional community resources to meet identified needs.
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(4)
(ii)
(A) Commanders within 90 days of assuming command.
(B) Annually to NCOs who are senior enlisted advisors.
(iii)
(A) Law enforcement and investigative personnel.
(B) Health care personnel.
(C) Sexual assault prevention and response personnel.
(D) Chaplains.
(E) Personnel in DoDEA schools.
(F) Personnel in child development centers.
(G) Family home care providers.
(H) Personnel and volunteers in youth programs.
(I) Family center personnel.
(J) Service members.
(iv)
(A) Research-supported protective factors that promote and sustain healthy family relationships.
(B) Risk factors for and the dynamics of child abuse and domestic abuse.
(C) Requirements and procedures for reporting child abuse in accordance with subpart A of this part, 42 U.S.C. 13031, 28 CFR 81.2, and DoD Instruction 6400.03.
(D) The availability of domestic abuse victim advocates and response to restricted and unrestricted reports of incidents of domestic abuse in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.06.
(E) The dynamics of domestic abuse, reporting options, safety planning, and response unique to the military culture that establishes and supports competence in performing core victim advocacy duties.
(F) Roles and responsibilities of the FAP and the command under the installation's coordinated community response to a report of a child abuse, including the response to a report of child sexual abuse in a DoD sanctioned child or youth activity in accordance with subpart A of this part and DoD 6400.1-M-1, or domestic abuse incident, and actions that may be taken to protect the victim in accordance with subpart A of this part and DoD Instruction 6400.06.
(G) Available resources on and off the installation that promote protective factors and support families at risk before abuse occurs.
(H) Procedures for the management of child abuse and domestic abuse incidents that happen before a Service member is deployed, as set forth in PS 16, located at paragraph (b)(3)(v) of this section.
(I) The availability of transitional compensation for victims of child abuse and domestic abuse in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a and DoD Instruction 6400.03, and Service FAP headquarters implementing policy and guidance.
(v)
(e)
(A) Suspected incidents of child abuse in accordance with subpart A of this part, 42 U.S.C. 13031, 28 CFR 81.2, and Service FAP headquarters implementing policies and guidance, federal and State laws, and applicable SOFAs.
(B) Suspected incidents of child abuse involving students, ages 3-18, enrolled in a DoDEA school or any children participating in DoD-sanctioned child or youth activities or programs.
(C) Suspected incidents of the sexual abuse of a child in DoD-sanctioned child or youth activities or programs that must be reported to the DASD(MC&FP) in accordance with DoD Instruction 6400.03 and Service FAP headquarters implementing policies and guidance.
(D) Suspected incidents involving fatalities or serious injury involving child abuse that must be reported to OSD FAP in accordance with subpart A of this part and Service FAP headquarters implementing policies and guidance.
(ii)
(B) The FAP provides ongoing and direct case management and coordination of care of children placed in foster care in collaboration with the child welfare and foster care agency, and will not close the FAP case until a permanency plan for all involved children is in place.
(iii)
(iv)
(A) FAP makes a direct referral to the servicing early intervention agency, such as the Educational and Developmental Intervention Services (EDIS) where available, for infants and toddlers from birth to 3 years of age who are involved in an incident of child abuse in accordance with 20 U.S.C. 921 through 932 and chapter 33.
(B) FAP provides ongoing and direct case management services to families and their infants and toddlers placed in foster care or other out-of-home placements to ensure the unique developmental, physical, social-emotional, and mental health needs are addressed in child welfare-initiated care plans.
(v)
(B) The installation FAPM acts as the installation coordinator for the FACAT before it arrives at the installation.
(2)
(3)
(A) Issued a lawful order by a military commander to participate.
(B) Ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction to participate.
(C) A child, and the parent or guardian has authorized such assessment or services.
(ii)
(iii)
(4)
(ii)
(iii)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(B) The FAP case manager monitors risk at least quarterly when civilian agencies provide the clinical intervention services or child welfare services through MOUs with such agencies.
(C) The FAP case manager monitors risk at least monthly when the case is high risk or involves chronic child neglect or child sexual abuse.
(iv)
(5)
(A) A prompt response based on the severity of the alleged abuse and further risk of child abuse or domestic abuse.
(B) Developmentally appropriate clinical tools and measures to be used, including those that take into account relevant cultural attitudes and practices.
(C) Timelines for FAP staff to complete the assessment of an alleged abuse incident.
(ii)
(A) The nature of the information that is being sought.
(B) The sources from which such information will be sought.
(C) The reason(s) why the information is being sought.
(D) The circumstances in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a, DoD 6025.18-R, 32 CFR part 310, and Service FAP headquarters policies and guidance under which the information may be released to others.
(E) The procedures under 5 U.S.C. 552a, DoD 6025.18-R, 32 CFR part 310, and Service FAP headquarters policies and guidance for requesting the person's authorization for such information.
(F) The procedures under 5 U.S.C. 552a, DoD 6025.18-R, 32 CFR part 310, and Service FAP headquarters policies and guidance by which a person may request access to his or her record.
(iii)
(A) An interview.
(B) A review of pertinent records.
(C) A review of information obtained from collateral contacts, including but not limited to medical providers, schools, child development centers, and youth programs.
(D) A psychosocial assessment, including developmentally appropriate assessment tools for infants, toddlers, and children.
(E) An assessment of the basic health, developmental, safety, and special health and mental health needs of infants and toddlers.
(F) An assessment of the presence and balance of risk and protective factors.
(G) A safety assessment.
(H) A lethality assessment.
(iv)
(6)
(A) Actions that may be taken by appropriate authorities under the coordinated community response, including safety and protective measures, to reduce the risk of another act of child abuse or domestic abuse, and the assignment of responsibilities for carrying out such actions.
(B) Treatment modalities based on the clinical assessment that may assist the abuser (whether alleged or adjudicated) in ending his or her abusive behavior.
(C) Actions that may be taken by appropriate authorities to assess and monitor the risk of recurrence.
(ii)
(A) The intervention goals and activities described in PS 77, located at paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section.
(B) The alleged abuser's prognosis for treatment, as determined from a clinical assessment.
(C) The extent to which the alleged abuser accepts responsibility for his or her behavior and expresses a genuine desire for treatment, provided that such information obtained from the alleged abuser was obtained in compliance with Service policies with respect to advisement of rights in accordance with 10 U.S.C. chapter 47.
(D) Other factors considered appropriate for the command, including the results of any previous treatment of the alleged abuser for child abuse or domestic abuse and his or her compliance with the previous treatment plan, and the estimated time the alleged abuser will be required to be away from military duties to fulfill treatment commitments.
(E) Status of any child taken into protective custody.
(iii)
(iv)
(7)
(A) Psycho-educationally based programs and services.
(B) Supportive services that may include financial counseling and spiritual support.
(C) Clinical treatment specifically designed to address risk and protective factors and dynamics associated with child abuse or domestic abuse.
(D) Trauma informed clinical treatment when appropriate.
(ii)
(A) Immediate and ongoing domestic abuse victim advocacy services, available 24 hours per day through personal or telephone contact, as set forth in DoD Instruction 6400.06 and Service FAP headquarters policies and guidance.
(B) Supportive services that may include financial counseling and spiritual support.
(C) Psycho-educationally based programs and services.
(D) Appropriate trauma informed clinical treatment specifically designed to address risk and protective factors and dynamics associated with child abuse or domestic abuse victimization.
(E) Supportive services, information and referral, safety planning, and treatment (when appropriate) for child victims and their family members of abuse by non-caretaking offenders.
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(A) Child sexual abuse cases are reviewed monthly in the CCSM.
(B) Cases involving foster care placement of children are reviewed monthly in the CCSM.
(C) All other cases are reviewed at least quarterly in the CCSM.
(D) Cases must be reviewed within 30 days of any significant event or a pending significant event that would impact care, including but not limited to a subsequent maltreatment incident, geographic move, deployment, pending separation from the Service, or retirement.
(vi)
(A) At the same installation or other installations of the same Service FAP headquarters.
(B) At installations of other Service FAP headquarters.
(C) In the civilian community.
(D) In child welfare services in the civilian community.
(8)
(A) Treatment provided to the abuser(s) (whether alleged or adjudicated) is terminated only if either:
(
(
(
(
(B) Treatment and supportive services provided to the victim are terminated only if either:
(
(
(ii)
(A) The abuser (whether alleged or adjudicated) and victim, and in a child abuse case, the non-abusing parent.
(B) The commander of an active duty victim or abuser (whether alleged or adjudicated).
(C) Any appropriate civilian court currently exercising jurisdiction over the abuser (whether alleged or adjudicated), or in a child abuse case, over the child.
(D) A civilian child protective services agency currently exercising protective authority over a child victim.
(E) The NPSP, if the family has been currently receiving NPSP intensive home visiting services.
(F) The domestic abuse victim advocate if the victim has been receiving victim advocacy services.
(iii)
(f)
(A) The informed consent of the parents based on the services offered.
(B) The results of the initial screening for risk and protective factors and, if the risk was high, document:
(
(
(
(
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(2)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(3)
(ii)
(iii)
(4)
(ii)
(g)
(ii)
(iii)
(2)
(ii)
(h)
(ii)
(iii)
(2)
(ii)
10 U.S.C. chapter 47, 42 U.S.C. 5106g, 42 U.S.C. 13031.
(a) This part is composed of several subparts, each containing its own purpose. This subpart implements policy, assigns responsibilities, and provides procedures for addressing child abuse and domestic abuse in military communities.
(b) Restricted reporting guidelines are provided in DoD Instruction 6400.06, “Domestic Abuse Involving DoD Military and Certain Affiliated Personnel” (available at
(1) Current or former spouses, or
(2) Intimate partners.
This subpart applies to OSD, the Military Departments, the Office of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Joint Staff, the Combatant Commands, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Defense, the Defense Agencies, the DoD Field Activities, and all other organizational entities within the DoD (referred to in this subpart as the “DoD Components”).
Unless otherwise noted, the following terms and their definitions are for the purpose of this subpart.
(1) A current or former spouse;
(2) A person with whom the abuser shares a child in common; or
(3) A current or former intimate partner with whom the abuser shares or has shared a common domicile.
(1) A current or former spouse.
(2) A person with whom the abuser shares a child in common; or
(3) A current or former intimate partner with whom the abuser shares or has shared a common domicile.
In accordance with subpart A of this part and DoD Instruction 6400.06, it is DoD policy to:
(a) Develop PSs and critical procedures for the FAP that reflect a coordinated community response to domestic abuse.
(b) Address domestic abuse within the military community through a coordinated community risk management approach.
(c) Provide appropriate individualized and rehabilitative treatment that supplements administrative or disciplinary action, as appropriate, to persons reported to FAP as domestic abusers.
(a) The Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (USD(P&R)):
(1) Sponsors FAP research and evaluation and participates in other federal research and evaluation projects relevant to the assessment, treatment, and risk management of domestic abuse.
(2) Ensures that research is reviewed every 3 to 5 years and that relevant progress and findings are distributed to the Secretaries of the Military Departments using all available Web-based applications.
(3) Assists the Secretaries of the Military Departments to:
(i) Identify tools to assess risk of recurrence.
(ii) Develop and use pre- and post-treatment measures of effectiveness.
(iii) Promote training in the assessment, treatment, and risk management of domestic abuse.
(b) The Secretaries of the Military Departments issue implementing guidance in accordance with this part.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) Clinical intervention will neither be confrontational nor intentionally or unintentionally rely on the use of shame to address the abuser's behavior. Such approaches have been correlated in research studies with the abuser's premature termination of or minimal compliance with treatment.
(A) It is appropriate to encourage abusers to take responsibility for their use of violence; however, in the absence of a strong, supportive, therapeutic relationship, confrontational approaches may induce shame and are likely to reduce treatment success and foster dropout. Approaches that create and maintain a therapeutic alliance are more likely to motivate abusers to seek to change their behaviors, add to their relationship skills, and take responsibility for their actions. Studies indicate that a strong therapeutic alliance is related to decreased psychological and physical aggression.
(B) A clinical style that helps the abuser identify positive motivations to change his or her behavior is effective in strengthening the therapeutic alliance while encouraging the abuser to evaluate his or her own behavior. Together, the therapist and abuser attempt to identify the positive consequences of change, identify motivation for change, determine the obstacles that lie in the path of change, and identify specific behaviors that the abuser can adopt.
(5)
(i) Demonstrated superiority in formal evaluations in comparison to one or more other approaches.
(ii) Demonstrated statistically significant success in formal evaluations, but not yet supported by a consensus of experts.
(iii) The support of a consensus due to significant potential in the absence of statistically significant success.
(iv) Significant potential when consensus does not yet exist.
(6)
(i) Attention should be given to the motivation and context for their use of abusive behaviors to discover whether or not using violence against their spouse, former spouse, or intimate partner has been in response to his or her domestic abuse.
(ii) Although both men and women who are domestic abusers may have undergone previous traumatic experiences that may warrant treatment, women's traumatic experiences may require additional attention within the context of domestic abuse.
(7)
(i) Clinical service providers who conduct clinical assessments of or provide clinical treatment to abusers will adhere to Service policies with respect to the advisement of rights pursuant to the UCMJ, will seek guidance from the supporting legal office when a question of applicability arises, and will notify the relevant military law enforcement investigative agency if advisement of rights has occurred.
(ii) Clinical service providers and military and civilian victim advocates must follow the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, and other applicable laws, regulations, and policies regarding the disclosure of information about victims and abusers.
(iii) Individuals and agencies providing clinical intervention to persons reported as domestic abusers will not discriminate based on race, color, religion, gender, disability, national origin, age, or socioeconomic status. All members of clinical intervention teams will treat abusers with dignity and respect regardless of the nature of their conduct or the crimes they may have committed. Cultural differences in attitudes will be recognized, respected, and addressed in the clinical assessment process.
(8)
(b)
(2)
(i) The Service member's commander when a Service member is a domestic abuser or is the victim (or their military dependent is the victim) of domestic abuse.
(ii) The commander of the installation or garrison on which a Service member who is a domestic abuser or who is the victim (or their military dependent who is the victim) of domestic abuse may live.
(iii) The commander of the military installation on which the civilian is housed for a civilian abuser accompanying U.S. military forces outside the United States.
(iv) The FAP clinical service provider or case manager for liaison with civilian authorities in the event the abuser is a civilian.
(3)
(i) The commander of the military installation to participate in local coalitions and task forces to enhance communication and strengthen program development among activities. In the military community, this may include inviting State, local, and tribal government representatives to participate in their official capacity as non-voting guests in meetings of the Family Advocacy Committee (FAC) to discuss coordinated community risk management in domestic abuse incidents that cross jurisdictions. (See subpart B of this part for FAC standards.)
(A) Agreements with non-federal activities will be reflected in signed MOU.
(B) Agreements may be among military installations of different Military Services and local government activities.
(ii) Advance planning through the installation FAC by:
(A) The commander of the installation.
(B) FAP and civilian clinical service providers.
(C) Victim advocates in the military and civilian communities.
(D) Military chaplains.
(E) Military and civilian law enforcement agencies.
(F) Military supporting legal office and civilian prosecutors.
(G) Military and civilian mental health and substance abuse treatment agencies.
(H) DoDEA school principals or their designees.
(I) Other civilian community agencies and personnel including:
(
(
(
(
(iii) FAP clinical service providers to address:
(A) Whether treatment approaches under consideration are based on individualized assessments and directly address other relevant risk factors.
(B) Whether the operational tempo of frequent and lengthy deployments to accomplish a military mission affects the ability of active duty Service members to complete a State-mandated treatment program.
(C) Respective responsibilities for monitoring abusers' behavior on an ongoing basis, developing procedures for disclosure of relevant information to appropriate authorities, and implementing a plan for intervention to address the safety of the victim and community.
(4)
(i) The installation FAC should give particular attention to special and early returns so during deployment of a unit, the forward command is aware of the procedures to notify the home station command of regularly-scheduled and any special or early returns of such personnel to reduce the risk of additional abuse.
(ii) An active duty Service member reported as a domestic abuser may be returned from deployment early for military disciplinary or civilian legal procedures, for rest and recuperation (R&R), or, if clinical conditions warrant, for treatment not otherwise available at the deployed location and if the commander feels early return is necessary under the circumstances. To prevent placing a victim at higher risk, the deployed unit commander will notify the home station commander and the installation FAP in advance of the early return, unless operational security prevents such disclosure.
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) The victim or other person at risk and the victim advocate to review, and possibly revise, the safety plan.
(B) The appropriate military command, and military or civilian law enforcement agency.
(C) Other treatment providers to modify their intervention with the abuser. For example, the provider of substance abuse treatment may need to change the requirements for monitored urinalysis.
(c)
(i) Gather information to evaluate and ensure the safety of all parties—victim, abuser, other family members, and community.
(ii) Assess relevant risk factors, including the risk of lethality.
(iii) Determine appropriate risk management strategies, including clinical treatment; monitoring, controlling, or supervising the abuser's behavior to protect the victim and any individuals who live in the household; and victim safety planning.
(2)
(i) Since the immediacy of the response is based on the imminence of risk, the victim must be contacted as soon as possible to evaluate her or his safety, safety plan, and immediate needs. If a domestic abuse victim advocate is available, the victim advocate must contact the victim. If a victim advocate is not available, the clinician must contact the victim. Every attempt must be made to contact the victim via telephone or email to request a face-to-face interview. If the victim is unable or unwilling to meet face-to-face, the victim's safety, safety plan, and immediate needs will be evaluated by telephone.
(ii) The clinician must interview the victim and abuser separately to maximize the victim's safety. Both victim and abuser must be assessed for the risk factors in paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(6) of this section.
(A) The clinician must inform the victim and abuser of the limits of confidentiality and the FAP process before obtaining information from them. Such information must be provided in writing as early as practical.
(B) The clinician must build a therapeutic alliance with the abuser using an interviewing style that assesses readiness for and motivates behavioral change. The clinician must be sensitive
(iii) The clinician must also gather information from a variety of other sources to identify additional risk factors, clarify the context of the use of any violence, and determine the level of risk. The assessment must include information about whether the Service member is scheduled to be deployed or has been deployed within the past year, and the dates of scheduled or past deployments. Such sources of information may include:
(A) The appropriate military command.
(B) Military and civilian law enforcement.
(C) Medical records.
(D) Children and other family members residing in the home.
(E) Others who may have witnessed the acts of domestic abuse.
(F) The FAP central registry of child maltreatment and domestic abuse reports.
(iv) The clinician will request disclosure of information and use the information disclosed in accordance with 32 CFR part 310 and DoD 6025.18-R, “DoD Health Information Privacy Regulation” (available at
(3)
(i)
(A) Uses violence as an inappropriate means of expressing frustrations with life circumstances.
(B) Uses violence as a means to exert and maintain power and control over the other party.
(C) Has inflicted injuries on the other party during the relationship, and the extent of such injuries.
(D) Fears the other.
(ii)
(A) In self-defense.
(B) To protect another person, such as a child.
(C) In retaliation, as noted in the most recent incident or in the most serious incident.
(4)
(i) For both victim and domestic abuser:
(A) Increased frequency and severity of violence in the relationship.
(B) Ease of access to weapons.
(C) Previous use of weapons or threats to use weapons.
(D) Threats to harm or kill the other party, oneself, or another (especially a child of either party).
(E) Excessive use of alcohol and use of illegal drugs.
(F) Jealousy, possessiveness, or obsession, including stalking.
(ii) For the domestic abuser only:
(A) Previous acts or attempted acts of forced or coerced sex with the victim.
(B) Previous attempts to strangle the victim.
(iii) For the victim only:
(A) The victim's attempts or statements of intent to leave the relationship.
(B) If the victim is a woman, whether the victim is pregnant and the abuser's attitude regarding the pregnancy.
(C) The victim's fear of harm from the abuser to himself or herself or any child of either party or other individual living in the household.
(5)
(i) The clinician will promptly contact the appropriate commander and military or civilian law enforcement agency and the victim advocate.
(ii) The commander or military law enforcement agency will take immediate steps to protect the victim, addressing the lethality factor(s) identified.
(iii) The victim advocate will contact the victim to develop or amend any safety plan to address the lethality factor(s) identified.
(iv) The commander will intensify ongoing coordinated community risk management and monitoring of the abuser.
(6)
(i) Previous physical and sexual violence and emotional abuse committed in the current and previous relationships. The greater the frequency, duration, and severity of such violence, the greater the risk.
(ii) Use of abuse to create and maintain power and control over others.
(iii) Attitudes and beliefs directly or indirectly supporting domestic abusive behavior. The stronger the attitudes and beliefs, the greater the risk.
(iv) Blaming of the victim for the abuser's acts. The stronger the attribution of blame to the victim, the greater the risk.
(v) Denial that his or her abusive acts were wrong and harmful, or minimization of their wrongfulness and harmfulness.
(vi) Lack of motivation to change his or her behavior. The weaker the motivation, the greater the risk.
(vii) Physical and/or emotional abuse of any children in the present or previous relationships. The greater the frequency, duration, and severity of such abuse, the greater the risk.
(viii) Physical abuse of pets or other animals. The greater the frequency, duration, and severity of such abuse, the greater the risk.
(ix) Particular caregiver stress, such as the management of a child or other family member with disabilities.
(x) Previous criminal behavior unrelated to domestic abuse. The greater the frequency, duration, and severity of such criminal behavior, the greater the risk.
(xi) Previous violations of civil or criminal court orders. The greater the frequency of such violations, the greater the risk.
(xii) Relationship problems, such as infidelity or significant ongoing conflict.
(xiii) Financial problems.
(xiv) Mental health issues or disorders, especially disorders of emotional attachment or depression and issues and disorders that have not been treated successfully.
(xv) Experience of traumatic events during military service, including events that resulted in physical injuries.
(xvi) Any previous physical harm, including head or other physical injuries, sexual victimization, or emotional harm suffered in childhood and/or as a result of violent crime outside the relationship.
(xvii) Fear of relationship failure or of abandonment.
(7)
(i) At least quarterly, but more frequently as required to monitor safety when the current situation is deemed high risk.
(ii) Whenever the abuser is alleged to have committed a new incident of domestic abuse or an incident of child abuse.
(iii) During significant transition periods in clinical case management, such as the change from assessment to treatment, changes between treatment modalities, and changes between substance abuse or mental health treatment and FAP treatment.
(iv) After destabilizing events such as accusations of infidelity, separation or divorce, pregnancy, deployment, administrative or disciplinary action, job loss, financial issues, or health impairment.
(v) When any clinically relevant issues are uncovered, such as childhood trauma, domestic abuse in a prior relationship, or the emergence of mental health problems.
(8)
(9)
(i) Screening for suitability for treatment.
(ii) Tailoring treatment approaches, modalities, and content.
(iii) Reporting changes in the level of risk.
(iv) Developing risk management strategies.
(v) Making referrals to other clinical service providers for specialized intervention when appropriate.
(d)
(2)
(i) The treatment plan will not be based on a generic “one-size-fits-all” approach. The treatment plan will consider that people who commit domestic abuse do not compose a homogeneous group, and may include people:
(A) Of both sexes.
(B) With a range of personality characteristics.
(C) With mental illness and those with no notable mental health problems.
(D) Who abuse alcohol or other substances and/or use illegal drugs and those who do not.
(E) Who combine psychological abuse with coercive techniques, including violence, to maintain control of their spouse, former spouse, or intimate partner and those who do not attempt to exert coercive control.
(F) In relationships in which both victim and domestic abuser use violence (excluding self-defense).
(ii) Due to the demographics of the military population, structure of military organizations, and military culture, it is often possible to intervene in a potentially abusive relationship before the individual uses coercive techniques to gain and maintain control of the other party. Thus, a reliance on addressing the abuser's repeated use of power and control tactics as the sole or primary focus of treatment is frequently inapplicable in the military community.
(iii) Treatment objectives, when applicable, will seek to:
(A) Educate the abuser about what domestic abuse is and the common dynamics of domestic abuse in order for the abuser to learn to identify his or her own abusive behaviors.
(B) Identify the abuser's thoughts, emotions, and reactions that facilitate abusive behaviors.
(C) Educate the abuser on the potential for re-abusing, signs of abuse escalation and the normal tendency to regress toward previous unacceptable behaviors.
(D) Identify the abuser's deficits in social and relationship skills. Teach the abuser non-abusive, adaptive, and pro-social interpersonal skills and healthy sexual relationships, including the role of intimacy, love, forgiveness, development of healthy ego boundaries, and the appropriate role of jealousy.
(E) Increase the abuser's empathic skills to enhance his or her ability to understand the impact of violence on the victim and empathize with the victim.
(F) Increase the abuser's self-management techniques, including assertiveness, problem solving, stress management, and conflict resolution.
(G) Educate the abuser on the socio-cultural basis for violence.
(H) Identify and address issues of gender role socialization and the relationship of such issues to domestic abuse.
(I) Increase the abuser's understanding of the impact of emotional abuse and violence directed at children and violence that is directed to an adult but to which children in the family are exposed.
(J) Facilitate the abuser's acknowledgment of responsibility for abusive actions and consequences of actions. Although the abuser's history of victimization should be addressed in treatment, it should never take precedence over his or her responsibility to be accountable for his or her abusive and/or violent behavior, or be used as an excuse, rationalization, or distraction from being held so accountable.
(K) Identify and confront the abuser's issues of power and control and the use of power and control against victims.
(L) Educate the abuser on the impact of substance abuse and its correlation to violence and domestic abuse.
(iv) These factors should inform treatment planning:
(A)
(B)
(
(
(C)
(
(
(
(D)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(E)
(F)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(3)
(i)
(A) The decision to assign an individual to group treatment is initially accomplished during the clinical assessment process; however, the group facilitator(s) should assess the appropriateness of group treatment for each individual on an ongoing basis.
(B) The most manageable maximum number of participants for a domestic abuser treatment group with one or two facilitators is 12.
(C) A domestic abuser treatment group may be restricted to one sex or open to both sexes. When developing a curriculum or clinical treatment agenda for a group that includes both sexes, the clinician should consider that the situations in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(C)(
(
(
(
(D) A group may have one or two facilitators; if there are two facilitators, they may be of the same or both sexes.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(A)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(B)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(v)
(4)
(i)
(ii)
(A) Clinicians may follow applicable State standards specifying the duration of treatment as a benchmark unless otherwise indicated.
(B) An abuser may not be considered to have successfully completed clinical treatment unless he or she has completed the total number of required sessions. An abuser may not miss more than 10 percent of the total number of required sessions. On a case-by-case basis, the facilitator should determine whether significant curriculum content has been missed and make-up sessions are required.
(iii)
(iv)
(A) Abstain from all forms of domestic abuse.
(B) Accept responsibility for previous abusive and violent behavior.
(C) Abstain from purchasing or possessing personal firearms or ammunition.
(D) Talk openly and process personal feelings.
(E) Provide financial support to his or her spouse and children per the terms of an agreement with the spouse or court order.
(F) Treat group members, facilitators, and clinicians with respect.
(G) Contact the facilitator prior to the session when unable to attend a treatment session.
(H) Comply with the rules concerning the frequency and duration of treatment, and the number of absences permitted.
(v)
(A) Violations of the abuser contract may include, but are not limited to:
(
(
(
(
(
(B) If the abuser violates any of the terms of the abuser contract, the clinician or facilitator may terminate the abuser from the treatment program; notify the command, civilian criminal justice agency, and/or civilian court as appropriate; and notify the victim if contact will not endanger the victim.
(C) The command should take any action it deems appropriate when notified that the abuser's treatment has been terminated due to a contract violation.
(vi)
(A) Past, present, and future acts and threats of child abuse or neglect will be reported to the member's commander; child protective services, when appropriate; and the appropriate military and/or civilian law enforcement agency in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies.
(B) Recent and future acts and threats of domestic abuse will be reported to the member's commander, the appropriate military and/or civilian law enforcement agency, and the potential victim in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies.
(vii)
(5)
(6)
(i)
(A) Demonstrates the ability for self-monitoring and assessment of his or her behavior.
(B) Is able to develop a relapse prevention plan.
(C) Is able to monitor signs of potential relapse.
(D) Has completed all treatment recommendations.
(ii)
(A) Ceased all domestic abuse.
(B) Reduced the frequency of non-violent abusive behavior.
(C) Reduced the severity of non-violent abusive behavior.
(D) Delayed the onset of abusive behavior.
(E) Demonstrated the use of improved relationship skills.
(iii)
(e)
(i) A master's or doctoral-level human service and/or mental health professional degree from an accredited university or college.
(ii) The highest license in a State or clinical license in good standing in a State that authorizes independent clinical practice.
(iii) 1 year of experience in domestic abuse and child abuse counseling or treatment.
(2)
(i) Within 6 months of employment, orientation into the military culture. This includes training in the Service rank structures and military protocol.
(ii) A minimum of 15 hours of continuing education units within every 2 years that are relevant to domestic abuse and child abuse. This includes, but is not limited to, continuing education in interviewing adult victims of domestic abuse, children, and domestic abusers, and conducting treatment groups.
(iii) Service FAP Managers must develop policies and procedures for continued education with clinical skills training that validates clinical competence, and not rely solely on didactic or computer disseminated training to meet continuing education requirements.
(f)
(i) A quarterly peer review of a minimum of 10 percent of open clinical records that includes procedures for addressing any deficiencies with a corrective action plan
(ii) A quarterly administrative audit of a minimum of 10 percent of open records that includes procedures for addressing any deficiencies with a corrective action plan.
(2)
(3)
Federal Communications Commission.
Final rule.
In this
This final rule is effective April 3, 2015 except for 47 CFR 20.18(i)(2)(ii)(A) and (B); 20.18(i)(2)(iii); 20.18(i)(3)(i) and (ii); 20.18(i)(4)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv); and 20.18(j)(2) and (3), which contains information collection requirements that have not been approved by the Office of Management and Budget. The Commission will publish a document in the
Dana Zelman of the Policy and Licensing Division of the Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, (202) 418-0546 or
This is a summary of the Commission's
1. In this
2. Our actions in this order respond to major changes in the wireless landscape since the Commission first adopted its wireless Enhanced 911 (E911) location accuracy rules in 1996 and since the last significant revision of these rules in 2010. Consumers are increasingly replacing traditional landline telephony with wireless phones; the majority of wireless calls are now made indoors; and the majority of calls to 911 are from wireless phones. This increases the likelihood that wireless 911 calls will come from indoor environments where traditional location accuracy technologies optimized for outdoor calling often do not work effectively or at all. This gap in the performance of 911 location service needs to be closed: The public rightfully expects 911 location technologies to work effectively regardless of whether a 911 call originates indoors or outdoors.
3. The record in this proceeding also indicates that a range of potential solutions to this gap already exist and have the potential to be implemented over the next few years through concerted effort by Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS) providers and PSAPs. These solutions will both lead to more accurate horizontal location of indoor calls, and add the capacity to provide vertical location information for calls originating in multi-story buildings. In addition, the record makes clear that the potential exists to move beyond coordinate-based location and to provide PSAPs with “dispatchable location” information for many indoor 911 calls,
4. To be sure, no single technological approach will solve the challenge of indoor location, and no solution can be implemented overnight. The requirements we adopt are technically feasible and technologically neutral, so that providers can choose the most effective solutions from a range of options. In addition, our requirements allow sufficient time for development of applicable standards, establishment of testing mechanisms, and deployment of new location technology in both handsets and networks. Our timeframes also take into account the ability of PSAPs to process enhancements in the location data they receive. Clear and measurable timelines and benchmarks for all stakeholders are essential to drive the improvements that the public reasonably expects to see in 911 location performance.
5. In determining the appropriate balance to strike in our requirements and timeframes, we give significant weight to the “Roadmap for Improving E911 Location Accuracy” (Roadmap) that was agreed to in November 2014 by the Association of Public Safety Communications Officials (APCO), the National Emergency Number Association (NENA), and the four national wireless CMRS providers, and supplemental commitments related thereto as discussed below. We give similar weight to the “Parallel Path for Competitive Carriers' Improvement of E911 Location Accuracy Standards” (“Parallel Path”) that was submitted by the Competitive Carriers Association (CCA). We believe the Roadmap and the Parallel Path establish an essential foundation for driving improvements to indoor location accuracy, and we therefore incorporate their overall timelines and many of their provisions into the rules adopted in this order. In addition, to provide greater certainty and accountability in areas that the Roadmap and the Parallel Path do not fully address, the rules we adopt today include additional elements with “backstop” requirements derived from our proposals in the
6. Incorporating all of these elements, we adopt the following E911 location rules:
• All CMRS providers must provide (1) dispatchable location, or (2) x/y location within 50 meters, for the following percentages of wireless 911 calls within the following timeframes, measured from the effective date of rules adopted in this Order (“Effective Date”):
○
○
○
○
• Non-nationwide CMRS providers (regional, small, and rural carriers) can extend the five- and six-year deadlines based on the timing of Voice over Long Term Evolution (VoLTE) deployment in the networks.
• All CMRS providers must also meet the following requirements for provision of vertical location information with wireless 911 calls, within the following timeframes measured from the Effective Date:
○
○
○
Where dispatchable location is used: The National Emergency Address Database (NEAD) must be populated with a total number of dispatchable location reference points in the CMA equal to 25 percent of the CMA population.
Where z-axis technology is used: CMRS providers must deploy z-axis technology to cover 80 percent of the CMA population.
○
○ Non-nationwide carriers that serve any of the top 25 or 50 CMAs will have an additional year to meet these benchmarks.
• Compliance with the above metrics will be determined by reference to quarterly live 911 call data reported by CMRS providers in six cities (San Francisco, Chicago, Atlanta, Denver/Front Range, Philadelphia, and Manhattan Borough, New York City) and their surrounding areas that have been determined to be representative of dense urban, urban, suburban, and rural areas nationally. Quarterly reporting of this data will begin no later than 18 months from the Effective Date.
• Beginning no later than 18 months from the Effective Date, CMRS providers in the six cities will also provide quarterly live call data on a more granular basis that allows evaluation of the performance of individual location technologies within different morphologies (
• PSAPs will be entitled to obtain live call data from CMRS providers and seek Commission enforcement of these requirements within their jurisdictions, but they may seek enforcement only so long as they have implemented policies that are designed to obtain all 911 location information made available by CMRS providers pursuant to our rules.
• In order to gauge progress on the development of improved indoor location accuracy solutions and the implementation of these rules, nationwide CMRS providers must submit reports on their initial plans for implementing improved indoor location accuracy and must submit subsequent reports on their progress.
7. In addition, we revise our regulatory framework for all 911 calls, both indoor and outdoor, as follows:
• We adopt a 30-second limit on the time period allowed for a CMRS provider to generate a location fix in order for the 911 call to be counted towards compliance with existing Phase II location accuracy requirements that rely on outdoor testing, but we do not extend this provision to the new indoor-focused requirements adopted in this order.
• We require that confidence and uncertainty data for all wireless 911 calls—whether placed from indoors or outdoors—be delivered at the request of a PSAP, on a per-call basis, with a uniform confidence level of 90 percent.
• We require CMRS providers to provide 911 call data, including (1) the percentage of wireless 911 calls to the PSAP that include Phase II location information, and (2) per-call identification of the positioning source method or methods used to derive location coordinates and/or dispatchable location, to any requesting PSAP. Compliance with the 30-second time limit will also be measured from this data.
8. In establishing these requirements, our ultimate objective is that all Americans using mobile phones—whether they are calling from urban or rural areas, from indoors or outdoors—have technology that is functionally capable of providing accurate location information so that they receive the support they need in times of emergency. We also view these requirements as a floor, not a ceiling. We encourage CMRS providers to take advantage of the potential of rapidly-developing location technology to exceed the thresholds and timelines established by this order. In addition, we encourage CMRS providers to work with public safety organizations and consumer organizations, including disability organizations, to develop new and innovative solutions that will make all Americans safer.
9. In February 2014, we released the
10. In setting forth these proposals, we emphasized that our ultimate
11. On November 18, 2014, APCO, NENA, AT&T Mobility, Sprint Corporation, T-Mobile USA, Inc., and Verizon Wireless (collectively, “Roadmap Parties”) submitted the Roadmap. According to the Roadmap Parties, the Roadmap “marks a new course using indoor technologies to deliver a `dispatchable location' for indoor 9-1-1 calls” and “contrasts with current and proposed outdoor technologies that provide estimates of location and face challenges with indoor location accuracy,” adding that “the Roadmap commits to meaningful improvements and FCC-enforceable timeframes to deliver effective location solutions.” On November 20, 2014, we sought expedited comment on the Roadmap. We received extensive comment in response, both supportive and critical of the Roadmap.
12. Following the submission of comments on the Roadmap, CCA submitted its Parallel Path proposal on behalf of its members, which include most of the nation's non-nationwide CMRS providers, including small, regional, and rural carriers. The Parallel Path for the most part tracks the Roadmap, and commits the non-nationwide CMRS providers to the same approach and requirements for improving indoor location that the nationwide CMRS providers committed to in the Roadmap. However, the Parallel Path proposes to modify certain Roadmap benchmarks and timeframes to afford non-nationwide CMRS providers more time and flexibility to meet their commitments.
13. Most recently, in response to criticism of the Roadmap by some commenters and to concerns raised by Commission staff, the Roadmap Parties have amended the Roadmap to strengthen certain provisions and incorporate additional commitments by the nationwide CMRS providers, particularly with respect to deployment of dispatchable location and z-axis technologies.
14. The record in this proceeding demonstrates that circumstances affecting wireless location accuracy have changed dramatically since the Commission first adopted its Phase II location accuracy rules. As discussed in the
15. The record in this proceeding—including the CSRIC test bed results, the Amended Roadmap and Parallel Path, and other evidence indicating further improvements to indoor location technologies—also demonstrates that there has also been progress in the development of technologies that can support improved indoor location accuracy. Accordingly, we find that it is now appropriate to implement measures designed to address public safety's critical need for obtaining indoor location information, and to ensure that wireless callers receive the same protection whether they place a 911 call indoors or outdoors.
16.
17. In the
18.
19. The record also indicates that the increase in wireless calls to 911 from indoors has reduced the quality of location information available to first responders in the absence of compensatory technologies to enhance location. Specifically, satellite-based location technologies do not provide accurate location data for many wireless calls placed from indoor locations, particularly in urban areas where a growing number of Americans reside. This highlights the critical importance of the enhanced indoor wireless indoor location accuracy rules that we adopt
20. In this
21. CMRS providers must certify at 36 months and again at 72 months that they have deployed compliant technology throughout their networks to improve indoor location accuracy, consistent with the compliant technology's performance in an independent test bed. To demonstrate further compliance with these metrics, CMRS providers must submit aggregated live 911 call data from the six cities recommended for indoor testing by the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions Emergency Services Interconnection Forum (ATIS ESIF). CMRS providers that provide dispatchable location must also provide x/y coordinates to the PSAP (as well as z coordinates where feasible and appropriate). This will enable PSAPs to corroborate the validity of dispatchable location information, but the coordinates will not be considered for FCC compliance purposes.
22.
23. We also invited comment on alternative approaches that would best weigh the costs and benefits of implementing an indoor location requirement with technical feasibility, timing, and other implementation concerns. In particular, we invited industry and public safety stakeholders to propose consensus-based, voluntary commitments that would address the public safety goals set forth in this proceeding and facilitate closing the regulatory gap between indoor and outdoor location accuracy without the need to adopt regulatory requirements.
24. Subsequent to the close of the comment period, NENA, APCO, and the four national CMRS providers submitted the Roadmap agreement. The Roadmap provides that, within one year, the signatory CMRS providers will establish a test bed for 911 location technologies and, within three years, they will establish a national location database for provision of dispatchable location information from in-building beacons and hotspots (
25. As originally proposed, the Roadmap contained the following horizontal location accuracy performance benchmarks:
○ Within two years of the Roadmap's execution, CMRS providers will use “heightened location accuracy technologies” to locate 40 percent of all 911 calls (indoor and outdoor). “Heightened location accuracy technologies” consist of: (1) Satellite-based (A-GNSS) location, (2) dispatchable location, or (3) “any other technology or hybrid of technologies capable of location accuracy performance of 50 m[enters].”
○ Within three years, CMRS providers will use the above “heightened location accuracy technologies” to provide location for 50 percent of all 911 calls (indoor and outdoor).
○ Within five years, CMRS providers will use the above “heightened location accuracy technologies” to provide location for 75 percent of all VoLTE 911 calls (indoor and outdoor).
○ Within six years, CMRS providers will use the above “heightened location accuracy technologies” to provide location for 80 percent of all VoLTE 911 calls (indoor and outdoor).
26. In recent
27. The Roadmap commits CMRS providers to use live 911 call data to demonstrate compliance with these metrics. The data will be collected monthly in the six cities that ATIS ESIF has recommended for indoor location technology testing (San Francisco, Chicago, Atlanta, Denver/Front Range, Philadelphia, and Manhattan). Providers will provide reports to APCO and NENA on a quarterly basis, subject to appropriate confidentiality protections, with the first report due 18 months after the Effective Date. All CMRS providers, along with APCO and NENA, will use the data from these reports to assess the trend in positioning performance over time.
28. Rather than propose a specific z-axis metric, the Roadmap focuses on dispatchable location solutions to identify floor level. After 36 months, the parties will determine if these efforts are “on track,” and only if they are “off track” are the CMRS providers obligated to pursue development of a standards-based z-axis solution (
29. The Parallel Path incorporates the same two- and three-year horizontal accuracy benchmarks as the Roadmap, and proposes slightly different five- and six-year benchmarks. Under the Parallel Path, non-nationwide CMRS providers would use heightened accuracy technologies in 70 percent of all wireless 911 calls (VoLTE and non-VoLTE) within five years or within six months of having a commercially operating VoLTE platform in their network, whichever is later. Similarly, non-nationwide CMRS providers would achieve heightened accuracy for 80 percent of all wireless 911 calls within six years or within one year of having a commercially operating VoLTE platform in their network, whichever is later.
30. Regarding data reporting, the Parallel Path commits non-nationwide CMRS providers to collect data for live wireless 911 calls that would show the percentage of time that each “positioning source method” (
31. For z-axis location information, the Parallel Path provides that for small CMRS providers whose service footprints include any county or county equivalent with a population density of 20.0 people per square mile or more (per most recent U.S. Census data), those providers agree to deliver uncompensated barometric pressure data to PSAPs from any voice-capable handset that supports such a capability within four (4) years of that agreement, while such providers whose serve designated areas with population densities of 19.9 or less will be exempt from providing any uncompensated barometric pressure data to PSAPs.
32. Some vendors praise the Roadmap as a meaningful step toward improved indoor location. For example, TCS states that the proposals in the Roadmap are more realistic than the proposals in the
33. However, some public safety entities, consumer advocacy groups, and other vendors express strong concern about the Roadmap proposals. Multiple commenters argue that the Roadmap dilutes the Commission's efforts to adopt indoor location accuracy rules and does not present a viable alternative to the proposals in the
34.
35. Critics of the Roadmap and the Parallel Path have raised legitimate concerns regarding the sufficiency of the commitments made by CMRS providers therein. However, we believe that the recent amendments to both the Roadmap and the Parallel Path have substantially strengthened these commitments and provide the basis for ensuring measurable improvements in indoor location while holding CMRS providers accountable for results. Of particular significance, the horizontal accuracy benchmarks in both the Amended Roadmap and the Parallel Path now apply uniformly to all wireless 911 calls rather than some benchmarks applying to VoLTE calls only. Similarly, the nationwide CMRS providers' commitment to begin delivering uncompensated barometric data within three years will provide an important near-term opportunity for PSAPs that have the strongest interest in obtaining vertical location information, while development of enhanced vertical location technologies proceeds in parallel. Finally, the new provisions in the Amended Roadmap for development of a z-axis standard and the inclusion of timeframes for deployment of dispatchable location and z-axis technology will drive investment in solutions to the challenge of identifying the floor level—or preferably, the dispatchable location—of 911 calls originated from multi-story buildings.
36. We applaud the process that resulted in these commitments and the benefits that will flow to the American people as a result. To ensure that all parties make progress as promised, and to ensure that all stakeholders and the Commission have adequate assurances that parties are held accountable, we are codifying these commitments through the rules we adopt today. We are also including reporting, recordkeeping, and retention obligations associated both with the technology test bed and live 911 call information that will illuminate the implementation of the dispatchable location standard, and the real world performance of the horizontal and vertical location technologies that have been put forward in the record.
37. In this respect, to ensure transparency and accountability, we require that nationwide CMRS providers report to the Commission on their plans and progress towards implementing improved indoor location accuracy no later than 18 months from the Effective Date, and that non-nationwide CMRS providers submit their plans no later than 24 months from the Effective Date. These reports should include details as to each provider's implementation plan to meet our requirements. For the nationwide CMRS providers, this report must also include detail as to steps taken and future plans to implement the NEAD, which is discussed in further detail below. These reports will provide a baseline for measuring the subsequent progress made by each provider toward improving indoor location accuracy. In addition we require each CMRS provider to file a progress report at 36 months indicating what progress the provider has made consistent with its implementation plan. Nationwide CMRS providers shall include in their 36-month reports an assessment of their deployment of dispatchable location solutions. For any CMRS provider participating in the development of the NEAD database, this progress report must also include detail as to implementation of the database. Furthermore, we encourage CMRS providers to share these reports and discuss their implementation plans with public safety, consumer, and disability groups. We incorporate these requirements into our rules.
38. In the Roadmap, the CMRS providers state that within six to twelve months they intend to test “improved” A-GNSS technologies that can augment GPS-only geolocation by obtaining positioning information from other international satellite positioning systems, including the Russian GLONASS system. TruePosition contends that the potential use of GLONASS to support E911 location “raises a wide range of national security, reliability, liability, and economic trade issues,” and should be rejected by the Commission. CTIA, however, explains that “the Roadmap never states that GLONASS will be the
39. To date, none of the CMRS provider parties to the Roadmap have submitted, nor has the Commission approved, any waiver petition or application that would seek authorized use of any non-U.S. Radionavigation Satellite Service (RNSS) system to support E911 location or general location-based services. Indeed, the Roadmap only states that the signatory CMRS providers intend to test the potential use of non-U.S. systems (such as GLONASS or Galileo) to support E911 location. It does not call for the Commission to approve operations with any non-U.S. satellite systems, either explicitly or implicitly, in this proceeding, and we decline to do so. Thus, the parties to the Roadmap and other CMRS providers must comply with the location accuracy requirements established by this order regardless of the disposition of any future request they may make under FCC rules to operate with any non-U.S. satellite systems in support of E911 location. Moreover, any such request will be subject to a full review and federal inter-agency coordination of all relevant issues, including technical, economic, national security, and foreign policy implications.
40. We do not decide the issue of operating with non-U.S. satellite signals in this proceeding, which would require consideration of a variety of issues, including its potential impact on the use of adjacent bands. Therefore, nothing in today's decision authorizes the use of any non-U.S. satellite system in conjunction with the 911 system, including the 911 location accuracy rules we adopt today. Moreover, A-GNSS technologies used to augment GPS may increase the potential exposure of devices to interference by increasing the number of unwanted signals and the number of signals that can introduce data integrity problems. We believe that CMRS providers seeking to use non-U.S. satellites should also conduct testing to ensure that operation with these signals does not inadvertently introduce vulnerabilities to the devices that could impair E911 performance or compromise data integrity. For example, devices that are augmented to receive signals from multiple satellite constellations may be more susceptible to radio frequency interference than devices that receive signals from GPS alone. Devices should also be evaluated to determine their capabilities to detect and mitigate the effects of inaccurate or corrupted data from any RNSS system that could result in incorrect location information, or no information at all, being relayed to a PSAP. We expect CMRS providers, at the time they certify their compliance with the Commission's location accuracy requirements, to also certify that any devices on their network operating with foreign A-GNSS signals for 911 location accuracy have proper authorizations in place to permit such use. Before incorporating foreign A-GNSS into E911, CMRS providers must coordinate plans for foreign A-GNSS signal integration with the Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau to confirm that signals are interoperable with GPS and that measures to prevent interference are appropriate. Furthermore, CMRS providers are expected to certify that the devices have been tested to determine their ability to detect and mitigate the effects of harmful interference.
41. In the
42. Although we viewed development of dispatchable location capability as a long-term goal in the
43. The Roadmap uses the term “dispatchable location” rather than “dispatchable address” to describe the same objective identified in the
44. For the purposes of this rulemaking, we define “dispatchable location” as the verified or corroborated street address of the calling party plus additional information such as floor, suite, apartment or similar information that may be needed to adequately identify the location of the calling party. We note that while all dispatchable addresses are necessarily civic addresses, not all civic addresses are “dispatchable,”
45. In the
46. Commenters confirm that the feasibility of dispatchable location is linked to the proliferation of indoor, infrastructure-based technologies, including small cell technology, distributed antenna systems (DAS), Wi-Fi access points, beacons, commercial location-based services (cLBS), institutional and enterprise location systems, and smart building technology. These technologies can be used in a location system information “stack” that would allow a CMRS provider's location server to compile and compare location fixes from multiple sources, to identify and disregard inaccurate fixes, and otherwise synthesize available location data.
47. The record also confirms that many of these technologies can contribute to the development of dispatchable location solutions in the near term. Nearly all wireless phones are now equipped with Bluetooth and Wi-Fi capabilities, though some standardization work remains. Small cells are increasingly deployed in urban areas, and all four nationwide CMRS providers currently sell or plan to sell in-home consumer products designed to provide improved wireless coverage indoors, but which could also be leveraged to provide dispatchable location information. Indeed, the Roadmap commits to making all CMRS provider-provided small cell equipment compatible with any dispatchable location solution. Additionally, Bluetooth beacons and Wi-Fi hotspots are increasingly deployed in public spaces. For example, TCS estimates that there are more than 126 million Wi-Fi access points nationwide, with approximately 40 million in commercial settings and 86 million in residential settings. Cisco and TCS assert that, using Cisco's wireless local area network and TCS's gateway client technology for commercial location solutions, they can already provide a “ `dispatchable' location—indicating street address, building identifier, floor number, and suite number—along with a floor plan . . . showing the location of the phone,” with accuracy between five and ten meters. Though much of the deployment of indoor location-capable infrastructure thus far has been commercial, there are a growing number of residential products that easily be used as a source of location in a comprehensive dispatchable location solution. Nevertheless, some commenters still argue that beacon and Wi-Fi technologies have not been thoroughly enough tested to justify reliance on them in any dispatchable location solution. Others submit that the Commission should open a separate proceeding dedicated to dispatchable location.
48. CMRS commenters note that much of the in-building infrastructure that will be needed to support dispatchable location lies outside their control and will require building owners and other third-party stakeholders to be involved in the deployment process. T-Mobile submits that “[t]o attain truly actionable indoor locations requires buy-in and development from all stakeholders—not just wireless carriers, but also public safety, . . . state and local governments who regulate building codes, and, perhaps most critically, premises owners.” T-Mobile suggests that state and local governments should modify building and fire codes to require deployment of such devices throughout a building.
49. Despite the widespread availability of Wi-Fi- and Bluetooth-equipped phones, commenters observe that implementation of dispatchable location solutions may require hardware, firmware, and/or software modifications to handsets to enable them to communicate with in-building infrastructure such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth beacons. Several commenters also note that in order for handsets to use Wi-Fi or Bluetooth to search for nearby location beacons when a caller places a 911 call, handset operating systems will need to be configured to activate Wi-Fi and Bluetooth automatically, in the same manner that current GPS-capable handsets activate GPS automatically when the user calls 911. The Roadmap Parties commit to work with device manufacturers and operating system developers in order to implement these changes.
50. The Roadmap also anticipates the need for deployment of new handsets to accommodate dispatchable location technologies, and commits the signatory CMRS providers to equip all carrier-provided VoLTE handset models with the “capability to support delivery of beacon information,
51. The Parallel Path offers similar commitments on a longer timeframe, including a suggestion that all VoLTE handset models for non-nationwide CMRS providers would support the same delivery of beacon information no later than 48 months after the completion of relevant standards. The Parallel Path commits to the delivery of beacon information by their VoLTE networks within 36 months after completion of standards, or 12 months of their VoLTE networks becoming operational, with full end to end functionality for dispatchable location for their VoLTE networks within 60 months (or 12 months of becoming operational).
52. Some commenters stress the need for further development of standards to ensure that location applications originally developed for cLBS have the level of quality, reliability and redundancy needed to support emergency location. We note that efforts are already under way to develop such standards. The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) and Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) have been in cooperative efforts to enhance LTE to meet public safety application requirements, and 3GPP has been prioritizing indoor positioning in developing its most recent release for LTE. In addition, CSRIC IV Working Group 1 was charged to examine whether CMRS providers transitioning to VoLTE platforms should still heed recommendations from an earlier CSRIC report on testing methodology and parameters as they began “blending” GPS handset-based location data with network-based data, per Section 20.18(h) of the Commission's rules. Among other findings, CSRIC notes that “[i]n addition to the committed LTE location methods discussed . . ., other location methods such as Wi-Fi for VoLTE have been standardized. Wi-Fi for position calculation has been standardized in Secure User Plane (“SUPL”) 2.0 and is available for deployment on GSM, UMTS, CDMA and LTE.”
53. The Roadmap commits the four nationwide CMRS providers to promote
54. We sought comment in the
55. The Roadmap addresses the database issue by proposing a plan for the implementation of a National Emergency Address Database (NEAD). As envisioned in the Roadmap, the NEAD will contain media access control (MAC) address information of fixed indoor access points, which a device would “see” upon initiating a wireless 911 call. When the device “sees” the MAC address of this particular device, the CMRS network would cross-reference this MAC address with a dispatchable address, which would be made available to the PSAP. The Roadmap Parties have committed to work together to develop the design, operations, and maintenance requirements for the NEAD within 12 months of the Agreement. The Parallel Path makes a similar commitment within the 12-month timeframe. The parties also agree to “work together to establish a database owner, funding mechanisms, provisions for defining security/privacy, performance, and management aspects, and to launch the initial database within 12-24 months after the development of the design requirements.” Finally, the parties agree to work together to integrate dispatchable location information from third-party sources into the NEAD, and to enlist the support of other organizations to achieve this goal.
56. In response to the Roadmap's NEAD proposal, numerous commenters express concern that the proposal lacks critical details and leaves too many issues unresolved, some of which could hamper development. For example, NASNA states that “the carriers promised to `take steps to make non-NEAD dispatchable location information available for delivery of PSAPs,' but did not describe when or how those steps would be taken. It may be surmised from the discussion in the Roadmap at 2.b.i, ii and iii that this would occur within 30 days of the anniversary of the agreement, but that is not clear.” NASNA also notes that Roadmap does not specify how it will incorporate existing legacy location databases and new or soon-to-be operational NG911 location databases. To address this concern, Sprint submits that the Commission could play an important role in the development and implementation of the NEAD: “the Commission could, for example, include in its equipment authorization rules, procedures or training materials for telecommunications certification bodies a labeling requirement instructing the consumer or installer of the equipment to register it in the NEAD.”
57. Additionally, a number of commenters express concern with regard to the preservation of individual privacy throughout the implementation and subsequent use of the NEAD. Specifically, Public Knowledge cautions that the NEAD would contain sensitive personal information, and that the proposal as written in the Roadmap lacks safeguards to ensure “that the database will be secure, used only for E911 purposes, and never sold to or otherwise shared with third parties, including government entities.” Public Knowledge suggests that the Commission should require communications providers, cable operators, and satellite providers offering wireless consumer home products to allow consumers to “opt out” of including their products in such a database. Public Knowledge asks the Commission to clarify that location information collected from a consumer's device and stored in the NEAD would be considered customer proprietary network information (CPNI), and determine what safeguards would apply to information that may not constitute CPNI. Public Knowledge urges that the Commission address these privacy issues now and encourages the Commission to adopt a “privacy by design” approach. Public Knowledge also recommends that the Commission adopt regulations that “require CMRS carriers and others to treat mobile 911 location information and NEAD as protected information and prohibit its sharing with third parties.”
58. On the other hand, TCS states that “the technologies suggested by the Roadmap raise no new privacy concerns that do not already exist with today's 9-1-1 solutions; and the security concerns raised are no greater than those already facing public safety with regards to [NG911] technologies.” TCS adds that “our current public safety infrastructure contains much more sensitive information than what the Roadmap envisions.” AT&T submits that the Roadmap's proposal is “basically analogous to how 911 location has always been performed on the PSTN,” and stresses that the NEAD database would be limited “to access for 911 purposes and only during the processing of 911 calls.” Sprint states that privacy related concerns “will be addressed in the context of working groups.”
59. In response to these concerns, the Roadmap Parties filed an Addendum that sets forth measures they will take to address privacy and security concerns related to the implementation of the NEAD. In particular, the Roadmap Parties commit to (1) “engage with various industry experts on privacy and security to ensure that best practices are followed in the development and operation of the database”; and (2) “require the vendor(s) selected for the NEAD administration to develop a Privacy and Security Plan in advance of going live and transmit it to the FCC.” New America, Public Knowledge, and other privacy advocates suggest that these measures remain insufficient, however, and urge the Commission to take additional actions to promote privacy and security.
60. Finally, we sought comment in the
61. The commitments in the Roadmap regarding dispatchable location are not contingent on a PSAP's ability to accept such information, but the Roadmap does include a caveat that “implementation and execution of the elements within this document may be subject to a number of variables, including but not limited to . . . third party resources, which may require the signatories to reassess the progress” of the Roadmap. However, the Roadmap also states that the parties “will work with public safety to study and consider further steps to providing wireline-equivalent routing for wireless consumer home products that provide a dispatchable location.”
62. Although we originally proposed dispatchable location as a long-term goal, the record shows that technology exists today that could be used to implement various dispatchable location solutions in the near term, as evidenced by the Amended Roadmap's provisions for immediate commencement of development of dispatchable location solutions and the Parallel Path's provisions committing to the implementation of dispatchable location technologies into wireless consumer home products and wireless handsets. Moreover, CMRS providers are already incentivized to deploy many of these technologies to expand coverage and to manage network capacity more efficiently. For example, Cisco notes that in 2013, “approximately 45 percent of all mobile data traffic was offloaded on the fixed network via Wi-Fi or femtocell” and further estimates that “by 2018, more traffic will be offloaded on to Wi-Fi networks than will be carried over cellular networks.” Given the commercial benefits of deploying the technologies that would support improved indoor location accuracy, we anticipate that commercial location systems will continue to proliferate, providing additional resources that could be leveraged for E911 use.
63. The record also confirms the clear public safety benefits of implementing dispatchable location as a core component of our approach to improving wireless indoor location. As APCO and NENA point out, dispatchable location represents the “gold standard” for first responders, because it provides the functional equivalent of address-based location information provided with wireline 911 calls. We note that wireline-equivalent location accuracy is of particular importance to individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing, deaf-blind, and/or have speech disabilities, and we believe the approach adopted here serves as a significant step in the right direction towards achieving such location accuracy.
64. We recognize, nonetheless, that dispatchable location cannot be achieved overnight, that the implementation concerns raised by commenters must be addressed, and that we must adopt timeframes that afford sufficient time to address these concerns. We agree with Verizon that any indoor location solution that can be scaled nationwide “will depend on third parties or require cooperation with vendors in order to comply with any standards the Commission may adopt,” but also that “[t]he need for engagement with other stakeholders merely reflects the diversity of the wireless communications ecosystem consisting of service providers, solution vendors, manufacturers, and others and already exists today.”
65. We believe the Amended Roadmap provides the appropriate foundation for our approach. With regard to standards, as described above, the standards development process for many dispatchable location technologies is already under way, and the Amended Roadmap contains commitments to advance the development and approval of standards for many relevant technologies. The Amended Roadmap also offers a reasonable path forward with respect to deployment of in-building infrastructure and introducing necessary hardware and software modifications into new handsets. The Parallel Path makes similar commitments for non-nationwide CMRS providers. In light of the Amended Roadmap and Parallel Path, we find that the implementation timeframes adopted today sufficiently consider these issues and provide adequate time for all CMRS providers to plan for and implement a compliant dispatchable location solution if they so choose.
66. In evaluating dispatchable location, the Addendum also proposes that compliance with vertical accuracy requirements would be satisfied in a CMA where the total number of “dispatchable location reference points” in that CMA meets or exceeds the population of the CMA divided by a concentration factor of 4 within six years, based on 2010 census data. The Addendum commits parties to populate the NEAD with MAC address or Bluetooth reference points for dispatchable location reference points under their direct control for all CMAs. We agree with this approach, and find that a location solution that provides dispatchable location information to PSAPs in accordance with the prescribed benchmarks and meets the density calculation recommended by the Addendum will be considered in compliance with the vertical location accuracy requirements adopted herein. We concur that given the average population per household in the top 50 CMAs and typical Wi-Fi usage scenarios, the density calculation recommended in the Addendum should provide adequate coverage, particularly in light of the horizontal accuracy benchmarks described below that CMRS providers using dispatchable location must ensure that they meet.
67. The Parallel Path suggests that non-nationwide providers would be able to take certain steps in advance of the NEAD's implementation to develop dispatchable location ability, and that such CMRS providers commit to development, design and implementation of the NEAD, population of its data, and support of the database in concert with NENA, APCO and other stakeholders. They also commit to certain timeframes associated with handset and network design and development to support delivery of beacon information.
68. With respect to the proposal to develop and implement the NEAD to support dispatchable location, we recognize that while the NEAD has significant public safety value, there are significant privacy and security concerns associated with the aggregation of critical infrastructure and private intellectual property data. Although some commenters contend that the NEAD does not present a greater threat to data privacy than already exists today, the Roadmap and Parallel Path Parties agree that there is a need for privacy and security measures to be implemented with the NEAD. We emphasize that privacy and security concerns must be addressed during the design and development of the NEAD from its earliest stages. We will hold the
69.
70. We will make the NEAD Privacy and Security Plan available for public notice and comment to promote openness and transparency, and to ensure that the plan addresses the full range of security and privacy concerns that must be resolved prior to use of the database. Upon review of the plan and the record generated in response, we will evaluate the need to take any additional measures to protect the privacy, security, and resiliency of the NEAD and any associated data. In this respect, while commenters have raised important issues, we need not address their specific concerns regarding the treatment of data within the NEAD at this time, as such concerns can be raised and fully addressed in connection with our evaluation of any specific plan that may be filed.
71.
72.
73. We applaud the commitments for dispatchable location set forth in the Amended Roadmap and Parallel Path, as they represent a meaningful and actionable plan for achieving dispatchable location for wireless 911 calls, particularly indoor calls. The Roadmap and Parallel Path also state that the signatory CMRS providers will work with public safety to study and consider further steps to providing wireline-equivalent routing for wireless consumer home products that provide a dispatchable location. However, as many commenters point out, the Roadmap contains no guarantee that dispatchable location will be successfully deployed or will function as intended. Therefore, to ensure sufficient location accuracy for all wireless indoor 911 calls, we find it necessary to adopt coordinate-based requirements for both the x- and y-axes and the z-axis as alternatives to dispatchable location. We discuss these requirements below.
74. In the
• Nationwide CMRS providers must provide (1) dispatchable location, or (2) x/y location within 50 meters, for the following percentages of wireless 911 calls within the following timeframes, measured from the effective date of rules adopted in this Order (“Effective Date”):
○ Within 2 years: 40 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
○ Within 3 years: 50 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
○ Within 5 years: 70 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
○ Within 6 years: 80 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
• Non-nationwide CMRS providers are subject to the same two- and three-year benchmarks as nationwide CMRS providers
○ Within the later of five years from the Effective Date or six months of having an operational VoLTE platform in their network, 70 percent of all wireless 9-1-1 calls (including VoLTE calls); and
○ within the later of six years from the Effective Date or six months of having an operational VoLTE platform in their network, 80 percent of all wireless 9-1-1 calls (including VoLTE calls).
75.
76. Public safety commenters overwhelmingly support the proposed 50-meter standard, although some express a preference for a smaller search radius than 50 meters. Some CMRS providers argue against setting a 50-meter standard. AT&T, for example, argues that such a requirement is of “dubious value to public safety” for indoor location dense-urban and urban morphologies.” CMRS providers also argue that it is more efficient to concentrate their resources on achieving dispatchable location rather than meeting a 50-meter standard that provides only approximate location. The Roadmap, however, provides that technologies capable of achieving 50-meter indoor horizontal accuracy qualify as “heightened location accuracy technologies” that may be used to meet the accuracy benchmarks in the agreement.
77.
78. In the
79. CMRS providers generally object to the
80. The Roadmap proposes horizontal location benchmarks and timeframes that, like those in the
81. The parties to the Roadmap contend that the Roadmap benchmarks and timelines offer significant advantages over the corresponding proposals in the
82. However, many other commenters criticize the proposed Roadmap benchmarks and timeframes as inadequate to improve indoor location accuracy. These commenters contend that because the Roadmap accuracy benchmarks blend indoor and outdoor measurements, CMRS providers can meet the benchmarks primarily through improvements to satellite-based location that enhance outdoor location accuracy without achieving any significant improvement to indoor location accuracy. They also criticize the fact that the Roadmap sets lower percentage thresholds than the
83. In debating the relative merits of the proposed benchmarks and timeframes for horizontal location in the
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89. As noted, both the
90. Another key strength of the Amended Roadmap is its use of live 911 call data as opposed to relying solely on test data to measure compliance with location accuracy requirements. While test data also plays an important role in validating location accuracy performance, both in the Amended Roadmap and in the rules we adopt in this
91. We also modify our original proposal to establish horizontal location benchmarks at two and five years, instead adopting benchmarks at two, three, five, and six years that are more reflective of the Amended Roadmap timetable. While many commenters would prefer us to adopt our original timetable, we also received extensive comment indicating that adhering to overly aggressive deadlines could end up being counterproductive. In this respect, we believe the general timeframes and benchmarks offered in the Amended Roadmap, which were the product of intense negotiation among the Roadmap parties, are more realistic and therefore more likely to result in concrete improvements in location accuracy. We also note that Roadmap's six-year timeframe is not significantly longer than the five-year timeframe proposed in the
92. Regarding horizontal location information, the Parallel Path commits the non-nationwide CMRS providers to providing dispatchable location or x/y location within 50 meters for the following percentages of calls:
• 40 percent of all wireless 911 calls within two (2) years;
• 50 percent of all wireless 911 calls within three (3) years;
• 70 percent of all wireless 911 calls (including VoLTE calls) within the later of five (5) years, from the date of this Agreement or six months of having an operational VoLTE platform in their network; and
• 80 percent of all wireless 911 calls (including VoLTE calls) within the later of six (6) years from the date of this Agreement or one year of having an operational VoLTE platform in their network.
93. We conclude that it is in the public interest to codify the horizontal location benchmarks in the Amended Roadmap (as modified for small CMRS providers in the Parallel Path) in this
94. As noted above, some commenters have criticized allowing CMRS providers to blend location accuracy data from outdoor as well as indoor calls. However, we do not believe it is practical or appropriate to establish compliance benchmarks that are limited to indoor calls or indoor-oriented solutions, or that the foregoing concerns outweigh the substantial benefits of live call data. For example, the record indicates that satellite-based A-GNSS location is not only capable of providing a location fix of 50 meters or less outdoors, but will also be able to locate callers in indoor environments where satellite signal reception is not compromised (
95. CMRS providers will be able to choose from a variety of technology solutions that are either already commercially available or close to commercial availability, because they have already recognized the potential need to rely on these technologies to meet their commitments if there is no timely dispatchable location solution, and because CMRS providers will have substantial time and flexibility to implement the best solution or combination of solutions. To the extent that CMRS providers choose to move forward with dispatchable location, as discussed in Section III.B.2.b,
96. In addition to dispatchable location and OTDOA, CMRS providers have several other technologies to choose from. While NextNav's first-generation beacon technology fell short of 50-meter accuracy in some environments in the CSRIC test bed, subsequent testing indicates that its second-generation MBS technology can achieve 50-meter accuracy in suburban, urban, and dense urban environments. Moreover, the additional year CMRS providers will have to meet our benchmarks should provide sufficient time for deployment of MBS-capable handsets.
97. UTDOA technology is also sufficiently developed to present a viable option for CMRS providers. Although TruePosition has not tested UTDOA with LTE networks, CSRIC notes that “[l]ocation accuracy of UTDOA deployed on LTE networks should be comparable to, or better than, the accuracy achieved by UTDOA deployed on 3G or 2G networks . . .” UTDOA is already commercially available from two different vendors and does not require any handset replacement, only updates to the CMRS providers' networks. While some commenters question UTDOA's viability because it relies on “powering up” by the handset, this is not an insurmountable problem. Powering up already occurs for emergency voice calls on GSM networks, adjustment of handset power is incorporated into industry standards, and any power-up requirements for emergency calls would be fairly brief and limited exclusively to 911 calls. We also find that should CMRS providers decide to pursue
98. Polaris Wireless' RF fingerprinting technology will also likely be able to meet our requirements in many indoor environments when used in conjunction with other location technologies. Radio Frequency (RF) fingerprinting can be used in conjunction with OTDOA and other location technologies, with no handset replacement necessary because the RF mapping capability is implemented from the network side. Thus, if CMRS providers wish to use RF mapping, the technology is also likely to be sufficiently developed that it can be used in a hybrid solution to help meet both our horizontal location accuracy requirements.
99. In the
100. In response to the
101.
102. Moreover, our existing E911 exclusions apply only to outdoor areas in which naturally-formed physical characteristics of the area prevent the CMRS provider from obtaining accurate location information on the 911 caller. Because the rules we adopt today are focused on indoor 911 calls—which are not hindered by naturally-formed physical characteristics—there is no need to adopt similar exclusions here. Moreover, applying these requirements uniformly nationwide is consistent with the principle that improving 911 location is just as important in the least populous markets as in the most populous.
103. First, for compliance with the horizontal indoor location metrics, we require that the non-nationwide CMRS providers provide either dispatchable location or x/y location within 50 meters for the same percentages of all wireless 911 calls, applicable to the nationwide providers, 40 and 50 percent at the two-year and three-year timeframes, respectively, that are measured from the Effective Date. As noted above, the record shows that non-nationwide CMRS providers that use handset-based location technologies already rely extensively on satellite-based location technologies. Further, our requirement allows them to comply with the indoor-based location accuracy requirements by using any location technologies or combinations thereof. Similarly, current network-based non-nationwide CMRS providers can either continue to use their non-satellite technologies that provide x/y coordinates or combine them with implementing hybrid location technologies within the initial timeframes we require. These providers also have the option and incentive to commence working on dispatchable location technologies and resources to satisfy both our horizontal and vertical requirements.
104. Second, compared to the horizontal location metrics for years five and six under the Roadmap, we require that non-nationwide CMRS providers that have deployed a commercially operating VoLTE platform in their network shall provide dispatchable location or x/y location within 50 meters for the same percentages of all wireless 911 calls applicable to the nationwide providers as follows: (i) 70 percent within the later of five years or six months of deploying a commercially operating VoLTE platform, and (ii) 80 percent of all wireless 911 calls within the later of six years or one year of deploying a commercially operating VoLTE platform. We agree with CCA that the disadvantages non-nationwide CMRS providers face in deploying LTE networks warrant flexibility as they migrate to VoLTE networks over the next few years. Non-nationwide
105. In the
106. Public safety and consumer commenters urge the Commission to adopt indoor location accuracy requirements as quickly as possible, but the record is divided with regard to the technical feasibility of the proposed vertical location accuracy requirements and timeframe for implementation. Some commenters argue that the proposed requirements are technically feasible, particularly if multifaceted approaches are used. Other commenters, however, argue that current vertical location technologies are not sufficiently precise to support the proposed level of vertical accuracy, and that it will take significantly more time than estimated in the
107. The comments suggest two potential paths for providing floor-level information with indoor 911 calls: (1) Programming physical fixed infrastructure such as beacons or Wi-Fi access points with accurate floor-level information, and (2) using barometric pressure sensors in handsets to determine the caller's altitude, which is then used to identify the caller's floor level. With respect to the second option, commenters note that barometric sensors are increasingly common in handsets, and some analysts project that the number of smartphones equipped with such sensors will increase to 681 million new units per year in 2016. Bosch, a leading international supplier of sensors, notes that the large volume of sensors being produced has resulted in significant economies of scale, which it estimates will drive the per-unit cost downward to between $0.24 and $0.35 by 2017.
108. Despite the widespread commercial availability of barometric sensors, CMRS providers question the accuracy of the current generation of sensors and argue that it will take significant time to develop and standardize barometrically-generated vertical location information for 911 calls. These commenters stress that barometer readings must be calibrated in order to provide first responders with meaningful information, a process which is currently unstandardized. However, NENA and several vendor commenters submit that calibration is not a difficult process, and that while calibrated data would provide more accurate information and is preferable, even uncalibrated data would be useful to first responders.
109. The Roadmap, Addendum, and additional filings reflect the parties' preference for using dispatchable location as the primary means to provide vertical location information, but they also make specific and measureable commitments to develop and deploy capabilities to determine z-axis vertical location information. First, in the Amended Roadmap, the CMRS provider parties commit to develop and deliver uncompensated barometric pressure sensor data to PSAPs from compatible handsets that support such a delivery capability within three years. Second, they commit “to develop a specific z-axis location accuracy metric that would be used as the standard for any future deployment of z-axis solutions.” To demonstrate progress along this path, the parties agree to “promote the development and approval of standards” for barometer-based solutions within 18 months. The parties also agree to complete (i) a study within six months to evaluate options for using barometric pressure data to obtain a z-axis, and (ii) a further study within 24 months that would include test bed evaluation of barometric and other z-axis solutions. The Addendum further commits the nationwide CMRS providers to deploy z-axis solutions according to specific benchmarks for major population centers in the event they are unable to provide dispatchable location. The Addendum provides a quantifiable z-axis backstop if a provider has not met the dispatchable location benchmark by year 6 in any of the most populous 50 CMAs. Further, a CMRS provider “will be deemed to have implemented a Z-axis location solution in that CMA if its Z-axis solution provides coverage for at least 80% of the population of the CMA within 8 years” and “at least 50% of all new handset model offerings everywhere must be z-capable by year 7, and 100% of all new handset models by year 8.”
110. Numerous commenters oppose the Roadmap's vertical location provisions, particularly objecting to the fact that the Roadmap proposes no specific standard for providing vertical location information in the event that a dispatchable location solution cannot be achieved. On the other hand, the parties to the Roadmap offer a vigorous defense of its vertical location proposals. For example, Verizon submits that “Roadmap opponents that support the NPRM's proposed vertical location rules . . . disregard critical facts that would limit the availability of barometric pressure sensor-based solutions like NextNav's and Polaris Wireless's to consumers in even the best of circumstances,” as well as “vendors' dependence on spectrum licenses; their ability and willingness to deploy their solution throughout its licensed area; and a PSAP's need to update its own system and equipment to handle the vertical information.” NENA argues that the Roadmap adequately addresses
111. We also sought comment in the
112. Based on the record, we find that there is a need for vertical location information in connection with indoor 911 calls, and that adopting clear timelines for providers to deliver vertical location information is in the public interest. The Amended Roadmap affirms the importance and need for floor-level location information to be provided to emergency responders. Moreover, the Roadmap, the Addendum, and additional filings provide a backstop mechanism using both uncompensated barometric data and a specific z-axis location accuracy metric to obtain vertical location information for PSAPs as an alternative to dispatchable location. Therefore, while 911 calls that provide dispatchable location information, as discussed in Section III.B.2 above, will count towards the vertical location accuracy requirement, the vertical location rules adopted herein are also designed to provide for a potential alternative to the Road Map parties' preferred solution.
113. We find that it is reasonable to establish a z-axis metric standard for vertical accuracy as an alternative to providing floor-level accuracy by means of dispatchable location. Although some commenters support immediate adoption of a three-meter standard to provide PSAPs with accurate floor-level information, we believe that, in light of the substantial dispute in the record about the feasibility of achieving a z-axis metric on the timetable proposed in the
114. Therefore, we adopt rules that (1) require the provision of uncompensated barometric pressure readings to PSAPs from capable devices within three years of the Effective Date, and (2) require CMRS providers to meet a specific z-axis metric and deploy such technology in major CMAs beginning six years from the Effective Date.
115.
116.
117. Within six years of the Effective Date, nationwide CMRS providers will be required to either (1) meet the dispatchable location benchmark described herein; or (2) deploy z-axis technology that achieves any such Commission-approved z-axis metric in each of the top 25 CMAs and covers 80 percent of the population in each of those CMAs. Within eight years of the Effective Date, nationwide CMRS providers will be required to either meet the dispatchable location benchmark described herein, or (2) deploy z-axis technology that achieves any such Commission approved z-axis metric in the top 50 CMAs and covers 80 percent of the population in each of those CMAs. The same requirements will apply to non-nationwide CMRS providers serving the top 25 and top 50 CMAs, except that the six- and eight-year benchmarks will be extended to 7 and 9 years, respectively. Taken together, and based on the progress identified to date in concert with the rapid rollout of VoLTE phones, it is our predictive judgment that the extended six- and eight-year timetable for compliance will be more than adequate for nationwide CMRS providers, as will the extension by one year each for non-nationwide CMRS providers. Our solution recognizes the substantial but still incomplete technological progress achieved to date and makes the most effective use of the Amended Roadmap to work toward a backstop solution in the event the failure of a dispatchable location approach requires it. It also provides reasonable and appropriate incentives for CMRS providers to ensure the success of their preferred dispatchable location solution and/or a z-axis metric alternative.
118. To further ensure that nationwide CMRS providers are on track to provide a proposed z-axis metric for vertical location at three years, we require that they report to the Commission on their progress towards testing and developing the proposed metric 18 months from the Effective Date. As part of the 18-month report, at a minimum, CMRS providers must show how they are testing and developing z-axis solutions and, consistent with their commitment in the Roadmap, demonstrate their efforts to promote the development and approval of standards to support such solutions. We find that the requirements and adjusted timeframe we adopt today sufficiently address concerns raised by commenters with regard to technical feasibility, the time necessary for standards development and deployment of new technologies, and for integration into PSAP systems and procedures.
119. We also find that the current limitations on the ability of PSAPs to use vertical location information fail to justify delaying adoption of vertical location accuracy requirements beyond the timeframes adopted in this order. Indeed, public safety commenters argue that even imperfect vertical location information would be of use to them. We believe the provision of uncompensated barometric pressure data mitigates that problem in the near term. We also agree with APCO that PSAPs are unlikely to invest in upgrading their equipment and software unless there are requirements in place to ensure that the information will soon be available to them. While PSAPs may not be able to utilize vertical location information immediately, the six-year timeframe associated with this requirement provides ample time for PSAPs to develop such capability.
120. Finally, although we adopt a nationwide requirement for all CMRS providers to provide uncompensated barometric pressure data to PSAPs from any capable handset, we decline to apply a similar requirement at this time to the deployment of z-axis metric solution. We anticipate that the provision of dispatchable location obviates the need for nationwide deployment within the timeframes adopted today. Again, we find that the requirements and adjusted timeframe adopted herein sufficiently take into account concerns raised by commenters with regard to technical feasibility, the time necessary for standards development and deployment of new technologies, and for integration into PSAP systems and procedures even in rural areas.
121.
122. Commenters generally support the establishment of a test bed for technology vendors and CMRS providers to demonstrate indoor location accuracy. CMRS providers urge establishment of an independent test bed, and argued that requiring testing in all markets served by CMRS providers could delay or impede identifying candidate technologies. A number of commenters agree that testing in representative environments that include rural, suburban, urban and dense urban morphologies provides an acceptable proxy to conducting market-by-market testing. Other commenters argue that live 911 call data should be compared to any certified results achieved in a test bed environment in order for PSAPs to determine if service providers are meeting compliance requirements in their area.
123. In June 2014, CSRIC IV WG1 released its Final Report on specifications for an indoor location
124. The Roadmap provides for establishment of a test bed modeled on the CSRIC III recommendations. The Roadmap test bed would facilitate testing of both indoor and outdoor 911 location technologies and would include both experimental testing and compliance components. The Roadmap signatories pledge to establish the test bed by November 2015 and to operate it in a technology neutral manner in order to test and validate existing and future location technologies, including “OTDOA/A-GNSS, dispatchable location solutions, and other possible location solutions (including but not limited to technologies described in PS Docket No. 07-114).” The Roadmap also provides for use of the test bed data to demonstrate CMRS provider compliance with location accuracy performance benchmarks. However, rather that measuring compliance based on test data alone, the Roadmap would measure compliance based on actual use of the tested technologies in live 911 calls.
125. Most commenters approve of the Roadmap's commitment to establish a test bed consistent with CSRIC III's recommendations. However, some commenters question whether test bed performance data can provide sufficient certainty that the tested technologies will perform as well in the real world environment as in the test environment. Other commenters contend that the Roadmap test bed proposal has limited value because the Roadmap does not contain sufficiently rigorous requirements to deploy successfully tested technologies. Some commenters contend that the Roadmap test bed proposal leaves out key performance indicators which serve to demonstrate whether a technology meets Commission benchmarks. Finally, rural CMRS providers express concern that due to the limited number of test bed locations, there will be no test bed facilities in their service areas and they therefore may be forced to conduct more expensive individualized testing.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132. With regard to non-nationwide CMRS providers that cannot participate directly in the test bed, we find that the test bed administrator shall make available to them the same data available to participating CMRS providers and under the same confidentiality requirements established by the test bed administrator. This will enable such CMRS providers to determine whether to deploy that technology in their own networks. Enabling non-nationwide CMRS providers to access test data under the same confidentiality conditions as participating CMRS providers obviates the need for individual testing by those providers.
133.
134. In response to the Roadmap, multiple commenters support the collection and reporting of live call data. For example, Cisco submits that “[l]ive call data is an important step and necessitated by the commitments made in the Roadmap.” NASNA contends that CMRS providers should report live call data to NASNA and the Commission as well, consistent with existing outdoor location accuracy reporting requirements. The Lackawanna County, PA District Attorney argues that this information should also be made available to law enforcement upon request. Small and rural CMRS providers, however, argue that live 911 call tracking and reporting would be overly burdensome for them. For example, though it supports the use of live call data, CCA notes that its members “may not hold licenses for spectrum or otherwise operate in any of the six ATIS ESIF regions, much less the single location ultimately selected for the test bed,” and therefore, the Commission should improve upon the proposal included in the Roadmap to accommodate smaller CMRS providers. In its Parallel Path proposal, CCA suggests that non-nationwide providers would also collect and report data if a given provider operates in one of the six regions, and if it operates in more than one it would collect and report only in half of the regions (as selected by the CMRS provider) in order to minimize burdens. For those providers not operating in any of the six regions, CCA suggests that a provider would collect and report data based on the largest county within its footprint, and in where serving more than one of the ATIS ESIF morphologies it would also include a sufficient number of representative counties to cover each morphology. They suggest that such reports would be provided within 60 days following each of the two-, three-, five-, and six-year benchmarks.
135.
136. We further adopt the Parallel Path's proposal for non-nationwide CMRS providers. We modify, however, the frequency of reporting for non-nationwide providers to every six months, beginning at 18 months following the Effective Date of the reporting requirement. In this respect, and as herein, we seek to inform our understanding of z-axis technologies by providing clear, real world data to augment the record data to date. While this may represent a slight increase in burden for smaller providers, we find that the clear benefit of this actual data in our future review of z-axis metrics outweighs those considerations. However, as discussed in Section IV.D, all CMRS providers must retain and will be required to produce live call data to requesting PSAPs in their service areas as a check on such certification.
137. We will use this data as a complement to the test bed in determining compliance. The performance of positioning source methods, whether based on geodetic coordinate information or dispatchable location, will first be determined based on performance of the technology in the test bed. CMRS providers must then certify to the Commission that they have deployed the tested technology throughout their service areas in a manner that is consistent with the deployment of that technology in the test bed, such that the test bed results can be reasonably relied upon as representative of the technology's real-word performance. Each CMRS provider must make this certification on or before our three- and six-year benchmarks, and will need to re-certify when implementing new technology or otherwise making a significant change to its network, such that previous test bed performance is no longer representative of the network or technology as now deployed. The certification will establish a presumption that 911 location performance results derived from live call data from the six ATIS ESIF test cities are representative of the CMRS provider's E911 location performance throughout in areas outside the reporting areas.
138. In this respect, submission of test and live call data will augment our understanding of the progress of such technologies as we consider the providers' proposal for a six-year benchmark when filed in the future. In order to maximize the utility of such data for those purposes, as well as for compliance, while balancing the potential burden of such reporting, we require all providers to include the following in their reports.
139. First, the live call data will include identification of the positioning source method or methods used for each call. The test bed performance of each positioning source method will then determine the degree to which that method can be counted towards the required location accuracy thresholds each time that positioning source method is used.
140. Second, to the extent available, live call data for all providers shall delineate based on a per technology basis accumulated and so identified for: (1) Each of the ATIS ESIF morphologies; (2) on a reasonable community level basis;
141. Finally, in order to verify compliance based on dispatchable location, we adopt the Addendum's proposed calculation regarding reference point “density” within a CMA. We require that nationwide CMRS providers include such calculation for relevant CMAs in their quarterly reporting. We find that this formulation will be reasonably representative of the capability of a
142.
143. In response, NASNA supports enforcement on a county/PSAP-level basis, and “agrees with the concept of a CMRS provider being required to demonstrate compliance with the test,” but also expresses concern that any presumptive compliance demonstrated in the test bed “not hinder or prevent a state or local jurisdiction from taking effective action to resolve a problem with any carrier that does not meet the location accuracy requirements.” NextNav submits that applying a PSAP-level enforcement regime to indoor calls “would ensure that compliance testing reflects the actual makeup in each county and would ensure the performance fulfills the expectations of the callers in each area,” as well as “facilitate comparison of county or PSAP level compliance testing with the actual daily operational results experienced in each county or PSAP service area.”
144. On the other hand, several commenters argue that the proposed test bed approach would obviate the need for a county- or PSAP-level enforcement regime. Verizon states that compliance testing at the county- or PSAP-level “is not feasible without different test bed parameters for each county or PSAP,” and therefore, enforcement at this level would “defeat the purpose and promised efficiencies of a test bed in the first place.” Sprint submits that the
145. With respect to whether enforcement should be preconditioned on PSAPs' use of all available location data, APCO “understands the Commission's desire to ensure that PSAPs use rebidding before filing complaints, but is concerned that the proposed standard is vague as there may be differing views regarding what constitutes a `rebidding policy.' Moreover, the proposed rebidding condition on complaints will be irrelevant and unnecessary to the extent that future location technologies do not require rebidding to meet accuracy requirements.”
146. We also sought comment in the
147.
148. We agree with Verizon and CCA, however, that PSAPs should first engage with relevant service providers to see whether an issue could be resolved without Commission involvement. As discussed above, we require CMRS providers to collect live call data to the extent of their coverage footprint in the six ATIS ESIF test cities, for purposes of compliance and quarterly reporting to NENA, APCO, NASNA, and the Commission. In addition, we require CMRS providers to collect live 911 call data for its entire service area to make available to PSAPs upon request. By enabling PSAPs to obtain meaningful data regarding the quality of location fixes delivered with 911 calls, we intend to facilitate the ability of PSAPs and CMRS providers to troubleshoot and identify issues regarding E911 location accuracy. Accordingly, before a PSAP may seek an enforcement action through the Commission, PSAPs should first attempt to resolve the issue with the CMRS provider. We also require that, before seeking enforcement action, a PSAP must show that (1) it has implemented policies (whether through re-bidding or other mechanisms) to retrieve all location information being made available by the CMRS provider in conjunction with 911 calls and (2) provide the CMRS provider with [30] days written notice of the PSAP's intention to seek Commission enforcement, which shall include all of
149. PSAPs may also file an informal complaint pursuant to the Commission's existing complaint procedures. We find that our existing informal complaint procedures should be sufficient to address PSAP concerns. At the same time, however, given the critical importance of addressing any concerns regarding the delivery of location information in connection with wireless 911 calls, we encourage parties submitting informal complaints to provide copies to PSHSB staff directly. In this regard, we seek to ensure that PSAPs and other stakeholders receive immediate consideration in the event there is an issue regarding E911 location accuracy.
150. Finally, we emphasize that CMRS providers and other stakeholders, such as SSPs, share responsibility to ensure the end-to-end transmittal of wireless 911 call location information to PSAPs, in compliance with our E911 location accuracy requirements. All stakeholders must collaborate to ensure the delivery of accurate location information, as well as the delivery of associated data to help PSAPs interpret location information, such as confidence and uncertainty data. PSAP call-takers must be able to quickly evaluate, trust, and act on such information to dispatch first responders to the correct location. In the event any party in the end-to-end delivery of location information fails to satisfy its obligation under our E911 location accuracy requirements, we reserve the right to pursue enforcement action or take other measures as appropriate.
151.
152. We understand commenters' arguments that liability protection is necessary in order for CMRS providers to fully comply with location accuracy requirements. In the
153. The record in response to the
154.
155.
156. A number of commenters support, or at least do not oppose, the idea of an E911-specific waiver relief process. TruePosition identifies several factors specific to indoor 911 location that may be appropriate as a basis for an E911-specific waiver process: “if a carrier has ordered the necessary equipment (network hardware, handsets, etc.) that would, if delivered on time, meet the indoor safety standards, that type of `good faith' effort should be considered as fair grounds for granting the service provider additional time.” BRETSA submits a similar argument for “good faith efforts” as a basis for granting waiver relief. RWA submits that the Commission “should adopt a safe harbor for waiver applicants based on a showing of technical infeasibility or financial difficulty,” which should “on its own should justify a waiver.” NTCA notes that “for the small rural carriers who comprise NTCA's membership, the expense of a waiver can impose a substantial financial burden, and the regulatory uncertainty can be disruptive to business planning and operations,” but nevertheless supports the adoption of a streamlined waiver process if the Commission were to adopt the location requirements. However, CTIA opposes the establishment of a specific waiver process, arguing that “a waiver standard that requires a commitment to achieve compliance within a specific timeframe . . . is problematic given the uncertainties associated with technology availability and deployability.” CTIA argues further that “the waiver process should not be a
157.
158. In this section, we demonstrate that the benefits of building upon the Amended Roadmap and Parallel Path with the wireless location accuracy rules we adopt today outweigh the costs. In developing a regulatory framework for indoor location accuracy, our objective is to implement rules that serve the public safety goals established by Congress. While in the
159.
160. We cited to a study examining emergency incidents during 2001 in the Salt Lake City area which found that a decrease in ambulance response times reduced the likelihood of mortality (
161. The large majority of commenters affirm the importance of improvements to indoor location accuracy. Several commenters state that improved location accuracy would lead to more rapid response time by eliminating time and resources spent pursuing incorrect addresses and locations. The Commission's expectation that improving location information quality would lead to a decline in latency was further confirmed by recent testing conducted by public safety representatives in the CSRIC test bed. Many commenters also agree that shorter response times lead to not only reductions in mortality, but better prognoses for many non-life-threatening cases. Many commenters also concur that improved location information can be particularly important for saving the lives of persons with disabilities and for those who may not be able to adequately communicate their location to a 911 call-taker. AT&T is the only commenter that does not agree that the
162.
163. The location accuracy rules we adopt today are a measured response to the critical public safety need for improved wireless indoor location accuracy. While AT&T makes an array of arguments against the benefits the Commission has identified as a likely result of improved indoor location accuracy, we find that the
164. The
165. The DoT's VSL was designed to calculate the value of preventing injuries or deaths. That makes VSL an appropriate metric for our analysis of the projected benefits of the wireless location accuracy rules we adopt today. AT&T argues that our use of DoT's VSL statistic is inapposite because those affected by our wireless location accuracy rules have already contracted a disease or been seriously injured. As stated by AARP, however, the relevant timeframe during which a life should be valued for the purpose of our analysis is not the moment at which that individual dials 911, but the time when a presumptively healthy consumer decides whether to buy a given cellphone product based at least in part on their perception that they will be able to use that cellphone to timely summon life-saving assistance.
166. We conclude that the location accuracy improvements we adopt today have the potential to save approximately 10,120 lives annually, at a value of $9.1 million per life, for an annual benefit of approximately $92 billion, or $291 per wireless subscriber. We find that our reliance on the
167.
168.
169.
170.
171. In the following sections, we adopt measures to ensure that PSAPs receive Phase II information in a swift and consistent format, and to improve the quality of the Phase II information. Through these measures, we seek to ensure that PSAPs receive the full breadth of information they need to respond swiftly and effectively to emergency calls.
172.
173. A number of public safety and industry commenters support a maximum latency of 30 seconds for obtaining a location fix as reasonable based on the performance of current handset and network-based technologies. Some commenters, however, urge the Commission to set maximum latency at less than 30 seconds. Industry commenters also oppose the proposal to exclude only calls of less than 10 seconds. They argue that it is unreasonable to allow CMRS providers up to 30 seconds to obtain a location fix while also including calls lasting more than 10 but less than 30 seconds in the compliance calculation. AT&T submits that “all calls should be given at least 30 seconds for purposes of calculating the location-accuracy success rate” and that to “do [otherwise] would unfairly mischaracterize the provider's compliance with location-accuracy benchmarks.”
174.
175. We find that a 30-second maximum latency period appropriately balances the need for first responders to obtain a prompt location fix and the need to allow sufficient time for location accuracy technologies to work effectively. Excessive delay in the provision of location information can undermine or negate its benefits to public safety, but providing sufficient time for location technologies to work can lead to improved accuracy that reduces overall response time. As CSRIC III noted, 30 seconds is “generally accepted as the
176. In fact, we expect technology to reduce latency for many wireless 911 calls to significantly less than 30 seconds. CMRS providers indicate that new satellite positioning technologies they are planning to implement in conjunction with deployment of VoLTE will likely reduce latency fix for wireless 911 calls from outdoor locations. For example, newer-generation A-GNSS may be capable of generating a location fix within 12-15 seconds. Nevertheless, even in such cases, allowing up to 30 seconds provides additional time to refine the location information and potentially return a more accurate location fix. On balance, we find that a 30-second maximum latency period will encourage solutions that deliver location information to first responders quickly while providing flexibility for solutions that can deliver greater accuracy over a modestly longer time interval. Establishing a maximum latency period will also ensure that PSAPs and CMRS providers have the same expectations regarding the timeframe for delivering location information.
177. While we adopt the 30-second maximum latency period for outdoor calls as proposed in the
178. Finally, as noted above, we limit the scope of the 30-second latency requirement to wireless 911 calls covered by our existing Phase II rules, as we believe it is premature to impose a latency standard for indoor calls at this time. Compliance will be measured by evaluating the results of each CMRS providers' outdoor drive testing. CMRS providers have yet to test location for latency, among other metrics, in
179.
180.
181. We recognize that the six-year timeframe adopted in this order for indoor-focused accuracy standards may ultimately moot the issue of whether to replace the current outdoor-based accuracy requirements for E11 Phase II. The five and six-year benchmarks in the new rules, set to take effect in 2020 and 2021, will require 50-meter accuracy for 70 and 80 percent of all wireless 911 calls, respectively, and will apply to indoor and outdoor calls, thus exceeding the current Phase II handset-based standard of 50-meter accuracy for 67 percent of calls, based on outdoor measurements only. The last handset-based benchmark under the current Phase II requirements will occur in January 18, 2019. Thus, once the last Phase II benchmark has passed, we may revisit the issue of when to sunset date the current Phase II requirements and establish a unitary accuracy standard.
182.
183. In response, most public safety and industry commenters agree that a standardized confidence level of 90 percent would provide important, useful information to PSAPs in interpreting the quality of location information and would rectify the current CMRS provider practice of using varying confidence levels in providing uncertainty data.
184.
185. Moreover, the record indicates that a standardized 90 percent confidence value will serve to eliminate confusion on the part of emergency call-takers and is supported by numerous commenters. As ATIS explains, a 90 percent confidence level will provide “for the consistent interpretation of location data by the PSAP staff without significantly affecting the integrity of the calculated [uncertainty].” We note that some commenters recommend an even higher standardized confidence value,
186. In light of these public interest benefits, we disagree with commenters who oppose standardizing a set of confidence and uncertainty values. For example, while Verizon “agrees that there may be value” in establishing a uniform confidence level, it nevertheless asserts that the delivery of C/U data should be “appropriately left to standards or best practices, as PSAP[s] need to determine what approach makes sense . . .” Others contend that further study is necessary, especially as location technologies evolve. We see no reason to delay the delivery of more uniform C/U data. By reducing the variability in C/U information, we can help ensure that call-takers more fully understand the location information that is provided to them, enabling them to respond more efficiently to emergencies.
187. Requiring a standardized confidence level of 90 percent (with varying uncertainty values) will also provide CMRS providers with regulatory certainty as they configure C/U data using newly implemented location technologies. Ensuring the continued provision of C/U data, in a manner that allows PSAPs to fully utilize and understand that data, is particularly timely as providers migrate to 4G VoLTE networks. CSRIC IV WG1 reports that “[t]he content of the Phase II location estimate delivered to the PSAP” for a VoLTE 4G network “includes the same position, confidence, and uncertainty parameters used in 2G/3G networks for technologies that directly generate geographic (
188. We find that the costs of implementing a standardized confidence level should be minimal. Because CMRS providers are currently required to deliver C/U data to requesting PSAPs on a per-call basis, they have already programmed their networks to furnish a confidence value, with some CMRS providers already either delivering or testing for it with a 90 percent confidence level. Moreover, RWA does not offer support for its allegation that a 90 percent standard confidence level would necessitate the construction of additional cell sites and therefore create a burden on small CMRS providers. Likewise, we find that the costs for SSPs to continue to transport C/U data to ensure its delivery to PSAPs would be minimal. Like CMRS providers, SSPs currently must ensure that PSAPs receive C/U data on a per-call basis. The requirement we adopt for C/U data will continue to apply to all entities responsible for transporting C/U data between CMRS providers and PSAPs, including LECs, CLECs, owners of E911 networks, and emergency service providers, to enable the transmission of such data to the requesting PSAP.
189. Finally, we note that commenters generally support the delivery of C/U data to PSAPs using a consistent format. As discussed above, we believe that consistency in the delivery of C/U data will promote PSAP call-takers' ability to more readily evaluate the C/U data being delivered. We therefore urge stakeholders to work together to develop a consistent format for the delivery of C/U data that considers the different capabilities of PSAPs to receive both geodetic and dispatchable location information. We also encourage the public safety community to continue to take measures to ensure that PSAP call-takers can fully benefit from the availability of C/U data, including obtaining upgraded CPE and programming, as well as providing relevant education and training.
190.
191.
192. In sum, our call tracking requirements will empower multiple stakeholders to monitor and ensure that location information is compliant with our E911 requirements, and will provide PSAPs and CMRS providers with an objective set of data that can help inform decision-making in the event of a service issue or dispute between the parties as to E911 compliance. In this regard, our call tracking requirement will serve to encourage transparency, accountability, and cooperation among stakeholders.
193.
194. Public safety commenters support the periodic testing proposal and suggest that testing requirements should cover both indoor and outdoor location accuracy performance. For instance, APCO agrees with the recommendations in the CSRIC WG3 report and “urg[ed] the Commission to adopt appropriate rules to implement those recommendations.”
195. CMRS providers oppose the Commission's proposal as costly and unnecessary. For example, RWA and CCA oppose periodic testing as burdensome on small rural CMRS providers. However, both RWA and CCA submit that periodic testing is appropriate in case of substantial network changes.
196.
197. While we do not codify any particular approach, we find that the ongoing maintenance testing framework set forth in the CSRIC III WG3 and CSRIC IV WG1 recommendations provides a reasonable and adequate basis for ensuring continued compliance with our E911 location accuracy requirements. We urge CMRS providers to undertake periodic testing to ensure continued compliance accordingly. Moreover, such ongoing testing enables CMRS providers to implement testing protocols more efficiently and without the cost burdens associated with periodic testing pursuant to a mandatory, established timetable (
198. Finally, consistent with our views on KPI testing, we are revising the Commission's outdoor requirement for C/U data, which currently specifies that “[o]nce a carrier has established baseline confidence and uncertainty levels in a county or PSAP service area . . . additional testing shall not be required.” We remove the language excluding additional testing. Although CSRIC III WG3 stated that “[u]ncertainty estimates, when taken on average over time, can indicate a
199. The
200. After considering the views of the commenters, we refrain from taking action with respect to roaming at this time. We believe the better course is to monitor progress on the roaming issue as CMRS providers fully deploy VoLTE, and to examine any problems that may arise during this implementation process. We reserve the right to take action in the future, if necessary, to ensure that accurate location information is provided for wireless calls to 911 while roaming.
201. To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an email to
202. This
203. The Commission will send a copy of this
204. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was incorporated into the
205. In this
206. The Commission adopts rules applicable to CMRS providers that reflect technical feasibility and are technologically neutral, so that providers can choose the most effective solutions from a range of options. Further, the rules allow sufficient time for development of applicable standards, establishment of testing mechanisms, and deployment of new location technology in both handsets and networks, on timeframes that account for the ability of PSAPs to process enhancements in the location data they receive. In determining the appropriate balance to strike between its requirements and timeframes, the Commission gave significant weight to the “Roadmap for Improving E911 Location Accuracy” (Roadmap) that was agreed to in November 2014 by the Association of Public Safety Communications Officials (APCO), the National Emergency Number Association (NENA), and the four national wireless CMRS providers, as well as the “Parallel Path for Competitive Carriers' Improvement of E911 Location Accuracy Standards” (“Parallel Path”) that was submitted by the Competitive Carriers Association (CCA). At the same time, in order to provide greater certainty and accountability in areas that the Amended Roadmap does not fully address, the rules incorporate “backstop” requirements derived from the Commission's original proposals in the
207. The rules the Commission adopts are designed to increase indoor location accuracy in a commercially reasonable manner by leveraging many aspects of the Amended Roadmap. They do not change, or seek to change, the commitment that the four nationwide CMRS providers voluntarily entered into and have already made progress towards. The Amended Roadmap is intended to build confidence in the technical solutions outlined therein, and it establishes clear milestones to gauge progress and ensure that if the signatory parties fail to deliver on their commitments, there is clear accountability for the integrity of location accuracy using metrics adopted at earlier stages in this proceeding. The rules the Commission adopts are in addition to, not a replacement of, its existing E911 location rules applicable to outdoor calls, which remain in effect, unless otherwise amended herein. In establishing these requirements, the Commission's objective is that all Americans using mobile phones—whether they are calling from urban or rural areas, from indoors or outdoors—have technology that is functionally capable of providing accurate location information so that they receive the support they need in times of emergency.
208. No comments were submitted specifically in response to the IRFA. Nevertheless, small and rural CMRS providers suggested that compliance with the rules (as proposed in both the
• Blooston believes “that substantial investments in new E911 equipment that small rural carriers will be required to make in order to comply with the proposed new E911 requirements will soon become unrecoverable stranded investments when NG911 technology is deployed.”
• CCA is concerned that small and rural CMRS providers may not hold licenses for spectrum or otherwise operate in the single location defined implied in the Roadmap and will thus be forced to commit to individualized testing of a particular heightened location accuracy technology should it utilize any component of their network (such as an RF-based technology), possibly placing a substantial burden on these smaller CMRS providers.
• Several small and regional CMRS providers argue that it would also be appropriate either to exclude rural areas from indoor location accuracy requirements, or to phase-in any requirements.
• Regarding technology-specific costs, Rx Networks proposes establishment of a central and standardized service to process location requests. Such a clearinghouse solution would entail a base station almanac of Cell-IDs and Wi-Fi access point locations, and cost-effective provisioning of A-GNSS and barometric pressure data among CMRS providers, which could bridge technical gaps while minimizing capital outlays.
• Small and rural CMRS providers generally believe that live 911 call tracking and reporting will be overly burdensome for them.
• Regarding outdoor compliance and reporting, RWA and CCA oppose periodic testing as burdensome on small rural CMRS providers, but both agree that periodic testing is appropriate in case of substantial network changes.
• SouthernLINC Wireless believes that any delays in implementing any adopted rules by the nationwide carriers will necessarily create downstream delays for regional and rural carriers that are beyond the smaller carriers' control.
209. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.” In addition, the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small business concern” under the Small Business Act. A small business
210.
211. Pursuant to 47 CFR 20.18(a), the Commission's 911 service requirements are only applicable to Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS) “[providers], excluding mobile satellite service operators, to the extent that they: (1) Offer real-time, two way switched voice service that is interconnected with the public switched network; and (2) Utilize an in-network switching facility that enables the provider to reuse frequencies and accomplish seamless hand-offs of subscriber calls. These requirements are applicable to entities that offer voice service to consumers by purchasing airtime or capacity at wholesale rates from CMRS licensees.”
212. Below, for those services subject to auctions, we note that, as a general matter, the number of winning bidders that qualify as small businesses at the close of an auction does not necessarily represent the number of small businesses currently in service. Also, the Commission does not generally track subsequent business size unless, in the context of assignments or transfers, unjust enrichment issues are implicated.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217. On January 26, 2001, the Commission completed the auction of 422 C and F Block Broadband PCS licenses in Auction No. 35. Of the 35 winning bidders in that auction, 29 claimed small business status. Subsequent events concerning Auction 35, including judicial and agency determinations, resulted in a total of 163 C and F Block licenses being available for grant. On February 15, 2005, the Commission completed an auction of 242 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block licenses in Auction No. 58. Of the 24 winning bidders in that auction, 16 claimed small business status and won 156 licenses. On May 21, 2007, the Commission completed an auction of 33 licenses in the A, C, and F Blocks in Auction No. 71. Of the 12 winning bidders in that auction, five claimed small business status and won 18 licenses. On August 20, 2008, the Commission completed the auction of 20 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block Broadband PCS licenses in Auction No. 78. Of the eight winning bidders for Broadband PCS licenses in that auction, six claimed small business status and won 14 licenses.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225. In 2007, the Commission reexamined its rules governing the 700 MHz band in the
226.
227.
228. The second category,
229.
230.
231. In this
232. The rules we adopt today require that:
• All CMRS providers must provide (1) dispatchable location, or (2) x/y (horizontal) location within 50 meters, for the following percentages of wireless 911 calls within the following timeframes, measured from the Effective Date of rules adopted in this
○ Within 2 years: 40 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
○ Within 3 years: 50 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
○ Within 5 years: 70 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
○ Within 6 years: 80 percent of all wireless 911 calls.
• Non-nationwide CMRS providers (regional, small, and rural providers) can extend the five and six-year deadlines based on the timing of VoLTE deployment in the networks.
233. All CMRS providers must meet the following requirements for provision of vertical location information with wireless 911 calls:
○ Within 3 years, all CMRS providers must make uncompensated barometric data available to PSAPs from any handset that has the capability to deliver barometric sensor data.
○ Within 3 years, nationwide CMRS providers must use an independently administered and transparent test bed process to develop a proposed z-axis accuracy metric, and must submit the proposed metric to the Commission for approval.
○ Within 6 years, nationwide CMRS provides must deploy either (1) dispatchable location, or (2) z-axis technology that achieves the Commission-approved z-axis metric, in each of the top 25 CMAs:
The National Emergency Address Database (NEAD) must be populated with a total number of dispatchable location reference points in the CMA equal to 25 percent of the CMA population if dispatchable location is used.
CMRS providers must deploy z-axis technology to cover 80 percent of the CMA population if z-axis technology is used.
○ Within 8 years, nationwide CMRS providers must deploy dispatchable location or z-axis technology in accordance with the above benchmarks in each of the top 50 CMAs.
○ Non-nationwide carriers that serve any of the top 25 or 50 CMAs will have an additional year to meet the latter two benchmarks (
234. Quarterly reporting of live 911 data will begin no later than 18 months from the date the rules become effective; CMRS providers will also provide quarterly live call data on a more granular basis that allows evaluation of the performance of individual location technologies within different morphologies (
235. We adopt a 30-second limit on the time period allowed for a CMRS provider to generate a location fix in order for the 911 call to be counted towards compliance with existing Phase II location accuracy requirements that rely on outdoor testing, but we do not extend this provision to the new indoor-focused requirements adopted in this order. We require that confidence and uncertainty data for all wireless 911 calls—whether placed from indoors or outdoors—be delivered at the request of a PSAP, on a per-call basis, with a uniform confidence level of 90 percent.
236. We require CMRS providers to provide 911 call data, including (1) the percentage of wireless 911 calls to the PSAP that include Phase II location information, and (2) per-call identification of the positioning source method or methods used to derive location coordinates and/or dispatchable location, to any requesting PSAP. Compliance with the 30-second time limit will also be measured from this data.
237. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in developing its approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others): “(1) The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) the use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small entities.”
238. We received comments from entities representing small and/or rural interests, suggesting that the rules would apply a unique burden on small and/or rural entities, and raising the possibility of exemptions or waivers for small or rural entities. In the
239. To accommodate the unique circumstances facing small and rural carriers, the rules we adopt today include the following steps that we believe will minimize the impact on such carriers:
• While all CMRS providers (including small providers) must provide dispatchable location or x/y (horizontal) location within 50 meters for certain percentages of wireless 911 calls at Years 2, 3, 5, and 6 after the rules in this
• Regarding vertical location accuracy, while all CMRS providers (including small providers) must make uncompensated barometric data available to PSAPs from any handset that has the capability to deliver barometric sensor data within 3 years of the rules in this
• While nationwide CMRS providers must report to the Commission on their plans and progress towards implementing improved indoor location accuracy no later than 18 months of the date the rules in this
• While nationwide CMRS providers must aggregate live 911 call data on a quarterly basis and report that data to the Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials (APCO), National Emergency Number Association (NENA), and the National Association of State 911 Administrators (NASNA), small providers must do so on a biannual basis.
240. Regarding the overall scope of the indoor 911 location accuracy rules we adopt in this
241. We sought comment in the
242. The Commission will send a copy of the
243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
Communications common carriers, Communications equipment, Radio.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends 47 CFR part 20 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 151, 152(a), 154(i), 157, 160, 201, 214, 222, 251(e), 301, 302, 303, 303(b), 303(r), 307, 307(a), 309, 309(j)(3), 316, 316(a), 332, 615, 615a, 615b, 615c.
(h) * * *
(3)
(i)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(2)
(i)
(B) Non-nationwide CMRS providers shall provide; dispatchable location or; x/y location within 50 meters, for the following percentages of wireless 911 calls within the following timeframes, measured from the effective date of the adoption of this rule:
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C) Within 6 years: In each of the top 25 CMAs, nationwide CMRS providers shall deploy either;) dispatchable location, or ; z-axis technology in compliance with any z-axis accuracy metric that has been approved by the Commission,
(D) Within 8 years: In each of the top 50 CMAs, nationwide CMRS providers shall deploy either
(E) Non-nationwide CMRS providers that serve any of the top 25 or 50 CMAs will have an additional year to meet each of the benchmarks in paragraphs (i)(2)(ii)(C) and (D) of this section.
(iii)
(A) All CMRS providers must certify that the indoor location technology (or technologies) used in their networks are deployed consistently with the manner in which they have been tested in the test bed. A CMRS provider must update certification whenever it introduces a new technology into its network or otherwise modifies its network, such that previous performance in the test bed would no longer be consistent with the technology's modified deployment.
(B) CMRS providers that provide quarterly reports of live call data in one or more of the six test cities specified in paragraph (i)(1)(vi) of this section must certify that their deployment of location technologies throughout their coverage area is consistent with their deployment of the same technologies in the areas that are used for live call data reporting.
(C) Non-nationwide CMRS providers that do not provide service or report quarterly live call data in any of the six test cities specified in paragraph (i)(1)(vi) of this section must certify that they have verified based on their own live call data that they are in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(B) and (ii) of this section.
(iv)
(3)
(A) Include testing in representative indoor environments, including dense urban, urban, suburban and rural morphologies;
(B) Test for performance attributes including location accuracy (ground truth as measured in the test bed), latency (Time to First Fix), and reliability (yield); and
(C) Each test call (or equivalent) shall be independent from prior calls and accuracy will be based on the first location delivered after the call is initiated.
(D) In complying with paragraph (i)(3)(i)(B) of this section, CMRS providers shall measure yield separately for each individual indoor location morphology (dense urban, urban, suburban, and rural) in the test bed, and based upon the specific type of location technology that the provider intends to deploy in real-world areas represented by that particular morphology. CMRS providers must base the yield percentage based on the number of test calls that deliver a location in compliance with any applicable indoor location accuracy requirements, compared to the total number of calls that successfully connect to the testing network. CMRS providers may exclude test calls that are dropped or otherwise disconnected in 10 seconds or less from calculation of the yield percentage (both the denominator and numerator).
(ii)
(A) CMRS providers subject to this section shall identify and collect information regarding the location technology or technologies used for each 911 call in the reporting area during the calling period.
(B) CMRS providers subject to this section shall report Test City call location data on a quarterly basis to the Commission, the National Emergency Number Association, the Association of Public Safety Communications Officials, and the National Association of State 911 Administrators, with the first report due 18 months from the effective date of rules adopted in this proceeding.
(C) CMRS providers subject to this section shall also provide quarterly live call data on a more granular basis that allows evaluation of the performance of individual location technologies within different morphologies (
(D) Non-nationwide CMRS providers that operate in a single Test City need only report live 911 call data from that city or portion thereof that they cover. Non-nationwide CMRS providers that operate in more than one Test City must report live 911 call data only in half of the regions (as selected by the provider). In the event a non-nationwide CMRS provider begins coverage in a Test City it previously did not serve, it must update its certification pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(iii)(C) of this section to reflect this change in its network and begin reporting data from the appropriate areas. All non-nationwide CMRS providers must report their Test City live call data every 6 months, beginning 18 months from the effective date of rules adopted in this proceeding.
(E) Non-nationwide CMRS providers that do not provide coverage in any of the Test Cities can satisfy the requirement of paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section by collecting and reporting data based on the largest county within its footprint. In addition, where a non-nationwide CMRS provider serves more than one of the ATIS ESIF morphologies, it must include a sufficient number of representative counties to cover each morphology.
(iii)
(4)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(j)
(i) The caller's location with a uniform confidence level of 90 percent, and;
(ii) The radius in meters from the reported position at that same confidence level. All entities responsible for transporting confidence and uncertainty between CMRS providers and PSAPs, including LECs, CLECs, owners of E911 networks, and emergency service providers, must enable the transmission of confidence and uncertainty data provided by CMRS providers to the requesting PSAP.
(2) Upon meeting the 3-year timeframe pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section, CMRS providers shall provide with wireless 911 calls that have a dispatchable location the C/U data for the x- and y-axis (latitude, longitude) required under paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
(3) Upon meeting the 6-year timeframe pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section, CMRS providers shall provide with wireless 911 calls that have a dispatchable location the C/U data for the x- and y-axis (latitude, longitude) required under paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
(k)
(m)
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |